Telerik.WinControls.UI Gets the location and size of the accessible object Gets the location and size of the accessible object Gets the location and size of the accessible object Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is about to be checked. Cancelable. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is checked. Moves the next core. Gets or sets the font for this RadListDataItem instance. Clears all Checked Items Represents a CheckedDropDown List. The RadCheckedDropDownList class is essentially a simple wrapper for the RadDropDownListElement. The latter may be included in other telerik controls. All UI and logic functionality is implemented by the RadDropDownListElement class. RadDropDownList act to transfer event to and from its RadDropDownListElement instance. This property is not applicable for RadCheckedDropDownList This property is not applicable for RadCheckedDropDownList Show or Hide the CheckAll item Gets or sets a value indicating whether the hosted textbox is multiline. true if multiline; otherwise, false. This property is not applicable for RadCheckedDropDownList. Specifies the mode for the automatic completion feature used in the DropDownList and the TextBox controls. Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the DropDownList This property is not applicable for RadCheckedDropDownList Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop down list is read only. true if the drop down list is read only; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. true if the user can give the focus to the control using the TAB key;otherwise, false. The default is true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items checked state is synchronized with the text in the editable area. Gets the associated auto complete text box element. Occurs when text is validating as token /// Occurs when text block is formatting. Occurs when an instance of is created Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is about to be checked. Cancelable. Occurs when a CheckAllItem is about to be checked. Cancelable. Occurs when a CheckAllItem is checked. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is checked. Gets or sets the text that is selected in the editable portion of the ComboBox. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the editable portion of the combo box. Gets or sets the starting index of text selected in the combo box. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when the ComboBox contains a null reference. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when the ComboBox contains a null reference. Selects a range of text in the editable portion of the combo box The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. The number of characters to select. Selects all the text in the editable portion of the combo box. This property is not applicable for RadCheckedDropDownList This property is not applicable for RadCheckedDropDownList Specifies the mode for the automatic completion feature used in the DropDownList and the TextBox controls. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract a text for description text from the data items. The value of the property with this name will be available via the Value property of every RadListDataItem in the Items collection. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items checked state is synchronized with the text in the editable area. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is about to be checked. Cancelable. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is checked. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is about to be checked. Cancelable. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is checked. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the RadListElement. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop down list is read only. true if the drop down list is read only; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value that indicates if this item is selected. Setting this property will cause the selection events of the owner list control to fire if there is one. Displays a flat collection of labeled items with checkbox, each represented by a ListViewDataItem. Gets or sets value indicating whether checkboxes should be shown. Gets or sets value indicating whether editing is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item's check state changes whenever the item is clicked. Gets or sets a boolean value that determines whether the SizeGripItem can resize the hosting control. Returns a flag indicating whether the sizing element is at the bottom of the window. If true, the size of the popup should increase. If false, the size should decrease. Base interface for providers. The type used to specialize the provider implementation. Gets IEnumerable<T> for items that match the conditions defined by the specified predicate. The Predicate<T> delegate that defines the conditions of the item to search for. IEnumerable<T> for items that match the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; Inserts an item of type T. The item of type T to insert. Updates he first occurrence of a specific item in the data store. The item of type T to update. Name of the property which value changed. Null or an empty string if all properties should be updated. Removes the first occurrence of a specific item from the data store. The item of type T to delete. The ItemsChanged event is raised by the provider to inform all listeners that the items in the data store have changed. The PositionChanged event is raised by the provider to inform all listeners that the current position in data items list has changed. Gets or sets the current position in the list of data items. Gets or sets a data store mapping to the provider. Associates a source properties collection with the corresponding properties collection exposed by the scheduler events. It is used in common by all RadScheduler data providers. Contains a collection of SchedulerMapping objects, and is implemented by the Searches for a SchedulerMapping instance that binds a property of an item from the data store to a property of an item from RadScheduler. The RadScheduler items are events, resources, etc. Property name of an item in RadScheduler. The first element that matches the property name, if found. Searches for a SchedulerMapping instance that binds a property of an item from the data store to a property of an item from RadScheduler. The RadScheduler items are events, resources, etc. Property name of an item in the data store. The first element that matches the property name, if found. Represents the method that will handle the type conversion between the values of corresponding properties. The value to be converted. The converter applied. The converted value. Contains information about a list change event. Initializes a new instance of the class. Type of the list change. Initializes a new instance of the class. Type of the list change. The new item. The new index. Initializes a new instance of the class. Type of the list change. The changed item. Name of the property. Initializes a new instance of the class. Type of the list change. The new item. The old item. Initializes a new instance of the class. Type of the list change. The new items. Initializes a new instance of the class. Type of the list change. The changed items. Name of the property. Initializes a new instance of the class. Type of the list change. The new items. The old items. Gets the type of the list change. The type of the list change. Gets the new items. The new items. Gets the old items. The old items. Gets the name of the property. The name of the property. Represents the simple binding between the property of an item from the data store and the property of an item from RadScheduler. The RadScheduler items are events, resources, etc. Initializes a new instance of the SchedulerMapping class that simple-binds the indicated property of an item from RadScheduler to the specified item from the data store. Property name of an item in RadScheduler. Property name of an item in the data store. The callback that converts the given value object from the data store to the specified type of the RadScheduler corresponding item. The callback that converts the given value object from a RadScheduler item to the specified type of the data store corresponding item. Gets or sets the RadScheduler item property name that is mapped. Gets or sets the data store item property name that is mapped. Base class for all generic RadDock objects - such as Services, Settings, etc. Notifies that the object is disposed. Forces object clean-up and resource release. Performs the actual dispose logic. True to notify that managed resources should also be disposed. Disposes any managed resources associated with this object. Disposes any unmanaged resources associated with this instance. Raises the PropertyChanging notification. True to indicate that the change is accepted, false otherwise. Raises the PropertyChanged event. Determines whether the property with the specified name needs serialization. Encapsulates the layout information for a layout pass of a RadSplitContainer. Gets a list with all the panels that are target of a layout operation. Gets a list with all the panels that are target of an auto-size logic. Gets or sets the auto-size factor which depends on the auto-sizable targets per container. Gets or sets the length (width or height, depending on the orientation) that is avilable for layout. Gets or sets the length vailable for all panels with AutoSize mode. Gets or sets the length of all panels which are with Absolute size mode. Gets or sets the total length, reserved for splitters. Gets or sets the total length, reserved for splitters. Gets or sets the content rectangle that represents the layoutable area of the container. Gets or sets the orientation of the associated container. Defines the layout strategy for a RadSplitContainer. Entry point for the entire layout operation. Called in the OnLayout override of RadSplitContainer. Applies a correction in both of the specified panels, after a successful spliter drag operation. The panel left (top) on the splitter. The panel right (bottom) on the splitter. The dragged distance. Updates the layout info for a pending layout operation. Performs the core measure logic. This is the pass which determines the desired size for each panel. Performs the core layout logic. Updates each panel's bounds, keeping in mind restrictions like Minimum and Maximum size. Gets an integer value for the specified size (depending on the orientation of the current laid-out container). Gets a single-precision value from the provides SizeF struct. Gets the available length left for the panel at the specified index. Gets the minimum size for the specified split panel. If it is a container, the sum of minimum sizes of all child panels is calculated. Special measure logic, used when there is at least one fill panel in the layout info. Default measure logic. Apply constraints on measured length for each layout target, having in mind MinSize, MaxSize, available size and other conditions. Final pass that determines whether we have less or more measured length than the currently available one and performs the needed corrections. Updates the provides panel after a splitter drag operation. Propagates a splitter change down to all children of the specified container. Gets the viewport origin for the current layout operation. Gets a list with all the descendant panels which SizeMode is SplitPanelSizeMode.Fill Gets the layout info associated with this layout strategy. Gets or sets the Type that is treated as Root for the layout strategy. Allows for defining how deep the search for a Fill panel should be. Gets the SplitPanel instance associated with the event. Gets the Control instance, which Controls collection has changed. Gets the child Control instance, inserted or removed in the Parent's collection. Gets the action of the notification. Defines the possible actions for a ControlTreeChanged event. A control has been added. A control has been removed. Encapsulates all size-related properties for a SplitPanel instance residing on a RadSplitContainer. Gets or sets the minimum size for the associated SplitPanel. Gets or sets the maximum size for the associated SplitPanel. Gets or sets the amount (in pixels) applied to the size of the panel by a splitter. Gets or sets the scale factor for relatively-sized panels. Gets or sets the scale factor to be used by auto-sized panels. Usually this is internally updated by a splitter resize. Gets or sets the size mode for the owning panel. Gets or sets the size used when size mode is Absolute. Gets or sets the desired (measured) size for the owning panel. This field is internally updated by a SplitContainerLayoutStrategy upon a layout operation. Gets the current DPI scaling. Defines the posiible size modes for a split panel residing on a RadSplitContainer. The panel is auto-sized. Its size depends on the size of its container as well as the number of all auto-sizable panels within the container. The panel has fixed size, regardless of the size of its container. The panel occupies a relative amount of its container's available size. A special mode, used to specify that a certain panel should fill all the available auto-sizable area. Represents the action button element Values used by RadDropDownButton, to determine the mouse position relative to the action or arrow button part. This class represents the popup of the control. Represents a combo box element. Initializes a new instance of the RadComboBoxElement class. Gets a layout panel that contains editor and arrow panel LimitToList Property Gets a value indicating whether a keyboard command has been issued. Gets or set the value in Milliseconds indicating delay between last key press and filtering operation Gets a value indicating whether the drop down is shown. Gets the arrow button element. Gets the fill element. Gets the border element. Specifies the mode for the automatic completion feature used in the ComboBox and the TextBox controls. Gets or sets a value indicating whether string comparisons are case-sensitive. Rotate items on double click in the edit box part Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the user can scroll through the items when the popup is closed by using the mouse wheel. Gets or sets the height in pixels of the drop-down portion of the ComboBox. Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the combo box. Gets whether the text input control of the combo box is in editable mode. Gets or sets the width of the of the drop-down portion of a combo box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should show or not partial items. Gets a collection representing the items contained in this ComboBox. Gets a value indicating whether the combo box is displaying its drop-down portion. Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the ComboBox. Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when the ComboBox contains a null reference. Gets or sets the currently selected item. Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. Gets or sets the text that is selected in the editable portion of the ComboBox. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the editable portion of the combo box. Gets or sets the starting index of text selected in the combo box. Gets or sets a value indicating the sort style the of items in the combo box. Gets or sets the displayed text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the ComboBox DropDown will be enabled when it shows. Gets or sets the type of the DropDown animation. Gets or sets the number of frames that will be used when the DropDown is being animated. Gets the TextBoxElement which is used in the ComboBox. Gets or sets a value indicating whether RadScrollViewer uses UI virtualization. Gets or sets the property to display. Gets or sets the data source. Gets or sets the IFormatProvider that provides custom formatting behavior. Gets or sets the format-specifier characters that indicate how a value is to be displayed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting is applied to the DisplayMember property. Gets or sets value specifying the currently selected item. Gets or sets t he property to use as the actual value for the items. Gets the text of the specified item. Occurs when the CaseSensitive property has changed. Raises the CaseSensitiveChanged event. Raises the DropDownStyleChanged event. Occurs when the SelectedIndex property has changed. Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. Fires when the selected value is changed. Raises the SelectedValueChanged event. Occurs when the Sorted property has changed. Raises the SortedChanged event. Processes the Enter key An instance of Processes the Escape key An instance of true if the event is processed, false otherwise Finds the first item in the combo box that starts with the specified string. The String to search for. The first RadCOmboBoxItem found; returns null if no match is found. Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. The String to search for. The first item found; returns null if no match is found. Finds the index of the item with the specified text. The passed argument is compared with the DisplayMember value for each item in the items collection. The text of the item which index is to be acquired. The index of the item if found, otherwise -1. Call BeginUpdate at the begining of a block that makes many modifications in the GUI Call BeginUpdate at the end of a block that makes many modifications in the GUI Call the GetItemHeight member function to retrieve the height of list items in a combo box. Specifies the item of the combo box whose height is to be retrieved. Selects a range of text in the editable portion of the combo box The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. The number of characters to select. Selects all the text in the editable portion of the combo box. Represents a date time editor. Initializes a new instance of the RadDateTimeEditor class. The DateTime value assigned to the date picker when the Value is null Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the editor. Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the editor. Gets or sets the custom date/time format string. Represents a date time editor element used in RadDateTimeEditor Represents a DropDownList editor. Initializes a new instance of the RadDropDownListEditor class. Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the DropDownList. Gets or sets the drop down sizing mode. The mode can be: horizontal, veritcal or a combination of them. Represents a DropDownList editor element. Abstract class that represents basic logic for editor Gets a value indicating whether this is the active editor in grid. Gets a value indicating whether the editor is initializing. Gets a value indicating whether the editor is in BeginMode mode. Sets the IsInBeginEditMode property. This method is used internally. The new value of the IsInBeginEditMode property Gets the element that owns this editor. Gets a value indicating whether the editor is in RightToLeft mode. Gets the type of the editor value Gets or sets the editor value. Gets a value indicating whether the editor value is modified. Gets the associated with this editor. Initializes the editor. Used internally in RadGridView. The owner of this editor. The value of the editor. Starts the editing process. Used internally in RadGridView. Finishes the editing process. Used internally in RadGridView. Validates the value currently entered in the editor. Fires when changing the value of the editor. Fires when the editor value has been changed. Fires when the editor is validating. Fires when the editor has finished validating. Fires when a validation error is occurred. Begins the editor initialization process. Finishes the editor initialization process. Fires the event. A that contains the event data. Fires the event. Fires the event. A that contains the event data. Fires the event. Fires the event. Creates a new editor element. a if successful Represents a numeric up/down editor. Gets or sets the minimum value that could be set in the editor. Gets or sets the maximum value that could be set in the editor. Gets or sets the value which is added to/subtracted from the current value of the editor. Gets or sets the number of decimal places to display in the editor. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a thousands separator is displayed in the editor. Gets or sets the type of the value to use in the editor. Represents a numeric up/down editor element. Initializes a new instance of the GridSpinEditorElement class. Represents a text editor. Gets or sets the null text for the editor. Indicates if all charactes should be left alone or converted to upper or lower case The text could span more than a line when the value is true Specifies the maximum length of characters which could be entered Gets or sets wheather the editor accepts tha tab key in multiline mode Gets or sets wheather the editor accepts tha tab key in multiline mode Represents a text editor. Initializes a new instance of the RadTextBoxEditor class. Gets or sets the null value for the editor. Indicates if all charactes should be left alone or converted to upper or lower case The text could span more than a line when the value is true Specifies the maximum length of characters which could be entered Gets or sets wheather the editor accepts tha tab key in multiline mode Gets or sets wheather the editor accepts tha tab key in multiline mode Represents a text box editor element. Represents a TimePicker editor. Represents a TimeSpan editor. Occurs when internally the editor detects an error or when the Validating event fails. Gets whether the editor is instantiated on demand or is always availabele. Example: GridBooleanCellElement and GridViewBooleanColumn. Gets the VisualElement that must receive the focus, when the editor is invoked. Initializes the provider. Initializes the provider. value to be pre-loaded inside the initialized editor. Initializes the provider. the owner value to be pre-loaded inside the initialized editor. This class manages all opened popups per UI thread. Gets the count of the IPopupControl instances currently registered in the PopupManager. The popup which was last activated. Adds a popup form to the popups of the PopupManager and registers a message hook if the form provided is the first one. The popup to add. Removes the provided popup from the popups of the PopupManager and unregisters the message hook if there are no more popups. The popup to remove. Attempts to close an implementation. The popup to close. Closes all popups managed by the PopupManager. Clarification why all popups need to be closed. Closes all popups from a leaf to the root. The reason why popups are closed. The leaf popup from which to start closing the hierarchy. Checks if the PopupManager monitors the provided popup. The popup to check for. Calls the OnMouseDown method. The mouse location. This method begins to close all IPopupControl instances starting from the end of the collection. If a IPopupControl cannot be closed, the iteration stops and all popups previously added to the collection will not be closed. Gets the only instance of the PopupManager class. Other instances can not be created. Represents a calculator editor element used in calculator editors. Represents a date time editor element used in date time editors. Represents a class that handles append auto-complete mode in Initializes a new instance of the class. The element. Sets the editable element text. Index of the item. Represents a DropDownList element used in drop down list editors. Represents the base for all editor elements. Provides the default visual states such as IsFocused and Disabled. Gets or sets the mask type. Represents a numeric up/down element used by spin editors.. Initializes a new instance of the RadSpinEditorElement class. Represents a textbox editor element used in RadTextBoxEditor Control used for the navigation part of the , and Occurs when Exception during File (or Directory) creation / observation / modification is raised. Occurs when the DirectoryInfo wrapper is about to be created. Occurs when the current folder is about to change. Occurs when context menu is about to open. Gets or sets the paths to the custom places navigation tree view. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this allows drag-drop operations. Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiple selection of files or folders is allowed. Gets or sets how the files and folders in the can be edited. Note that the shell context menu and drag and drop operations are handled separately. Gets or sets the current of the Main pane. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is used for directories selection or both directories and files. Gets or sets a value indicating the path of the current directory in this instance. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the main navigation pane expands and brings into view the current directory. Gets or sets a value indicating the current filter index from the list of filter strings specified by the property. It has effect only when is False. Gets or sets the filter string that describes the list of extensions to filter by. It has effect only when is False. Gets the list of the specified by the property. It has effect only when is False. Gets the full path of the currently selected file or directory. Gets the list of full paths of the currently selected files and / or folders. Gets the list of names of the currently selected files and / or folders. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether hidden files and folders should be visible in the Explorer. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dialog shows network computers in the navigation tree. Gets or sets the minimum width for when the is resized or the separator is dragged. Gets or sets the minimum width for when the is resized or the separator is dragged. Gets or sets the proportional size of MainNaigationTreeView according to the total width of the ExplorerControl. Note that this property is considered only when SizeMode is set to Proportional. Default value is 0.25 Gets or sets a value indicating how the width will be changed when the is resized. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the QuickAccess/Favorites items from the Windows FileExplorer will be shown as child nodes in the . Adds a new custom places node to the . This node can be used to add organized shortcuts. For example: Favorites, Libraries etc. The name of custom places node. The image of custom places node. The list of paths that will be displayed as children of the newly created node. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Determines how the files and folders in the can be edited. Note that the shell context menu and drag and drop operations are handled separately. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the read-only check box is selected. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dialog contains a read-only check box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a file dialog returns either the location of the file referenced by a shortcut or the location of the shortcut file. Opens a read-only stream for the file that is selected by the user using RadOpenFileDialog />. A new that contains the selected file. Selected file is null. Selected file is empty string, contains only white space, contains one or more invalid characters, or refers to a non-file device. Selected file refers to a non-file device. Selected file cannot be found, such as when mode is FileMode.Truncate or FileMode.Open, and the file specified by path does not exist. The file must already exist in these modes. An I/O error occurred or the stream has been closed. The caller does not have the required permission. Selected file is invalid, such as being on an unmapped drive. The access requested is not permitted by the operating system for the specified path, such as when access is Write or ReadWrite and the file or directory is set for read-only access. The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. For example, on Windows-based platforms, paths must be less than 248 characters, and file names must be less than 260 characters. The specified mode contains an invalid value. Determines how the files and folders in the can be edited. Note that the shell context menu and drag and drop operations are handled separately. Determines how the files and folders in the can be edited. Note that the shell context menu and drag and drop operations are handled separately. Creates a read-write file stream for the filename selected by the user using RadSaveFileDialog" />. A new that contains the selected file. Selected file is null. Selected file is empty string, contains only white space, contains one or more invalid characters, or refers to a non-file device. Selected file refers to a non-file device. Selected file cannot be found, such as when mode is FileMode.Truncate or FileMode.Open, and the file specified by path does not exist. The file must already exist in these modes. An I/O error occurred or the stream has been closed. The caller does not have the required permission. Selected file is invalid, such as being on an unmapped drive. The access requested is not permitted by the operating system for the specified path, such as when access is Write or ReadWrite and the file or directory is set for read-only access. The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. For example, on Windows-based platforms, paths must be less than 248 characters, and file names must be less than 260 characters. The specified mode contains an invalid value. Provides localization services for RadMaskedEditBox. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. RadMaskedEditBox localization strings. Enable or Disable the selection of the next or previous part of the date with arrow keys Gets or sets the days step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the hours step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the minutes step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the seconds step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the milliseconds step used when modifying the value. Returns a formatted TimeSpan string based on the list of . TimeSpan value. List of TimeSpanMaskPart structs, who define the format of TimeSpan value. The culture used to format the string when value is negative. If it is passed as null, the method will use the CultureInfo.CurrentCulture. Returns a formatted TimeSpan string based on the given format string. TimeSpan value. Format string. The culture used to format the string when value is negative. The event handler for the event. The sender. The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The that is about to show its drop down menu. The drop down menu instance, that is about to be shown for the corresponding . Gets the that is about to show its drop down menu. Gets or sets the drop down menu that is about to be shown for the corresponding . A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.IO.UnmanagedMemoryStream similar to System.IO.MemoryStream. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Byte[]. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Looks up a localized resource of type System.Drawing.Bitmap. Gets or sets the type of contents encoded by the Data Matrix barcode. Gets or sets the symbol size and shape of the generated barcode. Gets or sets the character encoding used to encode the barcode contents. Default value is UTF-8. @struct DmtxQuadruplet @brief DmtxQuadruplet Represents the encodation used to generate the DataMatrix barcode. Represents the ASCII encodation. Allowed characters include double digit numerics and all values from the ASCII table. The double digit numerics use 4 bits. The ASCII values in the 0-127 range use 8 bits. The ASCII values in 128-255 range use 16 bits. Represents the C40 encodation. Used primarily for upper-case alphanumerics. The upper-case alphanumeric characters use 5.33 bits. The lower-case and special characters use 10.66 bits. Represents the Text encodation. Used primarily for lower-case alphanumerics. The lower-case alphanumeric characters use 5.33 bits. The upper-case and special characters use 10.66 bits. Represents the X12 encodation. Uses the characters from ANSI X12 EDI data set. Each character takes 5.33 bits. Represents the EDIFACT encodation. Used to encode ASCII values in the 32-94 range. Each character takes 6 bits. Represents the Base256 encodation. Used to encode characters in the whole ASCII range. Each character takes 8 bits. Represents the ASCII GS1 encodation. Used to encode FNC1 characters in the ASCII range Represents the symbol size of the generated barcode. Automatically determined square symbol size. Automatically determined rectangular symbol size. 10x10 symbol size. 12x12 symbol size. 14x14 symbol size. 16x16 symbol size. 18x18 symbol size. 20x20 symbol size. 22x22 symbol size. 24x24 symbol size. 26x26 symbol size. 32x32 symbol size. 36x36 symbol size. 40x40 symbol size. 44x44 symbol size. 48x48 symbol size. 52x52 symbol size. 64x64 symbol size. 72x72 symbol size. 80x80 symbol size. 88x88 symbol size. 96x96 symbol size. 104x104 symbol size. 120x120 symbol size. 132x132 symbol size. 144x144 symbol size. 8x18 symbol size. 8x32 symbol size. 12x26 symbol size. 12x36 symbol size. 16x36 symbol size. 16x48 symbol size. Represents the SwissQRCode symbology type. Creates the elements needed to draws the Swiss Cross in the middle of the QRCode. The size of the flag area including the quiet area. Gets or sets the type of code that will be used for encoding, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji. Not applicable for SwissQRCode Gets or sets how much data will be available for error correction. Not applicable for SwissQRCode Gets or sets the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets. Not applicable for SwissQRCode Gets or sets application of special formatting to the code data. Not applicable for SwissQRCode Gets or sets the application identifier to be encoded in the QR code. Not applicable for SwissQRCode. Not applicable for SwissQRCode The EncodingMode enumeration determines the type of the acceptable data. Auto mode. Accepts byte data. Allows text data. Allows numeric data. Gets or sets how much data will be available for error correction. Gets or sets the number of rows fro the generated barcode. Gets or sets the number of columns fro the generated barcode. Gets or sets a module by which the barcode can be scaled up. Gets or sets the type of the acceptable data. Gets the true/false values representing each module in the PDF417 code. Creates a new PDF417 symbology with default values which can be used by to encode values into PDF417 barcodes. Creates a new PDF417 symbology which can be used by to encode values into PDF417 barcodes. The number of columns fro the generated barcode. The number of rows fro the generated barcode. How much data will be available for error correction. Switch to "Uppercase". Switch to "Lowercase". Switch to "Mixed". Switch to "Punctuation" only for next character. Initializes a new instance of the class. Provides methods for encoding and validation of double-byte Kanji characters. Initializes a new instance of the class. This method encodes the data for the Kanji Mode. Validates the data, to ensure no invalid characters are present. Determines the type of code, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji. Byte Mode. Allows Numbers [0-9]. Allows characters or numbers. Kanji Mode. Determines how much data is available for error correction. Low. Medium. Quartile. High. Determines the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets. None. ECI 9. ECI 8. ECI 7. ECI 6. ECI 5. ECI 4. ECI 3. ECI 2. ECI 1. ECI 10. ECI 11. ECI 13. ECI 15. ECI 17. ECI 21. ECI 22. ECI 23. ECI 24. UTF-8. ECI 27. Signifies application of special formatting to the code data. None. FNC 1 in first position. FNC 1 in second position. Gets the true/false values representing each module in the QR code. Gets or sets a module by which the barcode can be scaled up. Note that this property is considered only when is set to . Gets or sets whether the bars of the barcode should be stretched to fill the space available. Gets the matrix, reflecting the filled modules/positions in the QR code matrix. Gets the size of the QR code based on the current version. Gets or sets the version of the QR code. The version determines the size of the QR code and the amount of information that can be encoded. Accepted values are in the range [1..40]. If you set the version to a number outside this range, version will be calculated automatically. Gets or sets the type of code that will be used for encoding, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji. Gets or sets how much data will be available for error correction. Gets or sets the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets. Gets or sets application of special formatting to the code data. Gets or sets the application identifier to be encoded in the QR code. Creates a new QRCode symbology with default values which can be used by to encode values into QR barcodes. Creates a new QRCode symbology which can be used by to encode values into QR barcodes. The type of code that will be used for encoding. Determines the size of the QR code and the amount of information that can be encoded. Accepted values are in the range [1..40]. If you set the version to a number outside this range, version will be calculated automatically. How much data will be available for error correction. Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets. Application of special formatting to the code data. The application identifier to be encoded in the QR code. Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the text dislayed in the barcode. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the text dislayed in the barcode. Gets or sets whether the barcode should display the human readable value of the barcode. Gets or sets whether the bars of the barcode should be stretched to fill the space available. Gets or sets whether the barcode should calculate a checksum. Gets or sets a module by which the barcode can be scaled up. Gets the value currently being encoded by the symbology. Generates and displays a barcode using a provided encoding method (symbology) and a value. Gets the barcode element of this control. AutoSize is irrelevant for RadBarcodeView and should always be false. Gets or sets the value that will be converted into a barcode. Gets or sets the symbology that will be used to convert the value of this element into a visual barcode representation. Exports the barcode with the current dimentions of the control. An image of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided dimentions and exports it to an image. The width of the exported image. The height of the exported image. An image of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified stream. The stream to export the barcode to. The size of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified file location. The location of the file where to export the barcode. The size of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified stream in the specified image format. The stream to export the barcode to. The size of the barcode. The format of the exported image. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified file location in the specified image format. The location of the file where to export the barcode. The size of the barcode. The format of the exported image. Occurs after the value of the barcode is changed. Occurs before the value of the barcode is changed. Occurs after the symbology of the barcode is changed. Occurs before the symbology of the barcode is changed. Gets or sets the element factory that is used to create the elements of the displayed barcode. Gets or sets the symbology that will be used to convert the value of this element into a visual barcode representation. Gets or sets the value that will be converted into a barcode. Updates the layout and invalidates the barcode. Occurs after the value of the barcode is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs before the value of the barcode is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs after the symbology of the barcode is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs before the symbology of the barcode is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Exports the barcode with the current dimentions of the control. An image of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided dimentions and exports it to an image. The width of the exported image. The height of the exported image. An image of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified stream. The stream to export the barcode to. The size of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified file location. The location of the file where to export the barcode. The size of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified file location in the specified image format. The location of the file where to export the barcode. The size of the barcode. The format of the exported image. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified stream in the specified image format. The stream to export the barcode to. The size of the barcode. The format of the exported image. Called when a property of the symbology changes. Suitable for performing necessary updates based on the changes. Represents a barcode reader that can decode a bitmap image. Constructor of RadBarcodeReader. Decodes a bitmap image based on given barcode types. Returns the decode result with best confidence that contains the value, barcode type and the success confidence. Decodes a pixel matrix with argb values based on given barcode types. Returns the decode result with best confidence that contains the value, barcode type and the success confidence. Decodes a bitmap image based on given barcode types. Returns a list of decode results. Decodes a pixel matrix with argb values based on given barcode types. Returns a list of decode results. Generates a pixel matrix based on a give bitmap. This is a public class, enumerating all presently available barcode types. None of the barcodes. Code128. Code93. Code93Extended. CodeMSI. EAN13. EAN128. EAN8. Postnet. Planet. IntelligentMail. UPCA. UPCE. UPCSupplement2. UPCSupplement5. All 1D barcodes. All width-modulated 1D barcodes (39/93 Extended included). All height-modulated barcodes. Defines the options for barcode rendering. The code is stretched to fit exactly the available size, each line or dot size is calculated so they snap to the device pixels. The code is stretched to the available size, but each line or dot is drawn with exact number of pixels so they look sharp. User can define the size of the smallest line or dot of the code through the Module property. The Module property is measured in device pixels. Gets or sets the algorithm for generating the checksum digit. Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the text displayed in the barcode. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the text displayed in the barcode. Gets or sets the spacing around the text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text of the barcode should be drawn. Gets or sets the type of contents encoded by the Data Matrix barcode. Gets or sets the symbol size and shape of the generated barcode. Gets or sets the character encoding used to encode the barcode contents. Default value is UTF-8. Represents the encodation used to generate the DataMatrix barcode. Represents the ASCII encodation. Allowed characters include double digit numerics and all values from the ASCII table. The double digit numerics use 4 bits. The ASCII values in the 0-127 range use 8 bits. The ASCII values in 128-255 range use 16 bits. Represents the C40 encodation. Used primarily for upper-case alphanumerics. The upper-case alphanumeric characters use 5.33 bits. The lower-case and special characters use 10.66 bits. Represents the Text encodation. Used primarily for lower-case alphanumerics. The lower-case alphanumeric characters use 5.33 bits. The upper-case and special characters use 10.66 bits. Represents the X12 encodation. Uses the characters from ANSI X12 EDI data set. Each character takes 5.33 bits. Represents the EDIFACT encodation. Used to encode ASCII values in the 32-94 range. Each character takes 6 bits. Represents the Base256 encodation. Used to encode characters in the whole ASCII range. Each character takes 8 bits. Represents the ASCII GS1 encodation. Used to encode FNC1 characters in the ASCII range Represents the symbol size of the generated barcode. Automatically determined square symbol size. Automatically determined rectangular symbol size. 10x10 symbol size. 12x12 symbol size. 14x14 symbol size. 16x16 symbol size. 18x18 symbol size. 20x20 symbol size. 22x22 symbol size. 24x24 symbol size. 26x26 symbol size. 32x32 symbol size. 36x36 symbol size. 40x40 symbol size. 44x44 symbol size. 48x48 symbol size. 52x52 symbol size. 64x64 symbol size. 72x72 symbol size. 80x80 symbol size. 88x88 symbol size. 96x96 symbol size. 104x104 symbol size. 120x120 symbol size. 132x132 symbol size. 144x144 symbol size. 8x18 symbol size. 8x32 symbol size. 12x26 symbol size. 12x36 symbol size. 16x36 symbol size. 16x48 symbol size. The EncodingMode enumeration determines the type of the acceptable data. Auto mode. Accepts byte data. Allows text data. Allows numeric data. Gets or sets how much data will be available for error correction. Gets or sets the number of rows from the generated barcode. Gets or sets the number of columns from the generated barcode. Gets or sets the type of the acceptable data. Determines the type of code, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji. Byte Mode. Allows Numbers [0-9]. Allows characters or numbers. Kanji Mode. Determines the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets. None. ECI 9. ECI 8. ECI 7. ECI 6. ECI 5. ECI 4. ECI 3. ECI 2. ECI 1. ECI 10. ECI 11. ECI 13. ECI 15. ECI 17. ECI 21. ECI 22. ECI 23. ECI 24. UTF-8. ECI 27. Determines how much data is available for error correction. Low. Medium. Quartile. High. Signifies application of special formatting to the code data. None. FNC 1 in first position. FNC 1 in second position. Gets the true/false values representing each module in the QR code. Gets the matrix, reflecting the filled modules/positions in the QR code matrix. Gets or sets the version of the QR code. The version determines the size of the QR code and the amount of information that can be encoded. Accepted values are in the range [1..40]. If you set the version to a number outside this range, version will be calculated automatically. Gets or sets the type of code that will be used for encoding, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji. Gets or sets how much data will be available for error correction. Gets or sets the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets. Gets or sets application of special formatting to the code data. Gets or sets the application identifier to be encoded in the QR code. Represents the SwissQRCode symbology type. Gets or sets a module by which the barcode can be scaled up. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checksum will be automatically added to the end of the text. Gets or sets the sizing mode of this barcode symbology. Gets the value currently being encoded by the symbology. Returns the collection of buttons that appears on the right side of the text. Returns the collection of buttons that appears on the left side of the text. Shows/hides the inner text box. Gets or set the default space between the elements. Fires when an item is clicked. Gets or set the default space between the elements. Returns the collection of buttons that appears on the right side of the text. Returns the collection of buttons that appears on the left side of the text. Returns the panel tat contain the elements on the left. Returns the panel tat contain the elements on the right. Shows/hides the inner text box. Fires when an item is clicked. Represents all the available operation types. The binary operation type. The unary operation type. The percent operation type. The equals operation type. Gets or sets the display trace that is generated when an operation is executed. The display trace. Gets or sets the delegate that describes operation's logic. The operation delegate. Gets or sets the type of the operation - binary, unary, percent. The operation type. Represents an operations source for a calculator control. Gets an Operation instance that represents addition. Gets an Operation instance that represents subtraction. Gets an Operation instance that represents multiplication. Gets an Operation instance that represents division. Gets an Operation instance that represents reciprocal. Gets an Operation instance that represents square root. Gets an Operation instance that represents negation. Gets an Operation instance that represents percent. Gets or sets the calculated value. Gets or sets the input value. Gets or sets the displayed value. Gets or sets the pending operation. Gets or sets the memory value. Gets or sets the history text. Gets or sets the currently displayed error message. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the memory is updated. Gets or sets the available mathematical operations. Gets or sets the redo stack. Gets or sets the undo stack. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the input is updated. Gets or sets a value indicating whether an operation is executed. Executed when a key down event is fired. Executed when a key press event is fired. Executed when a button is mouse up event is fired. Executed once Ctrl modifier key and a key from the keyboard are pressed. Executed once a key from the keyboard is pressed. Executed once Shift modifier key and a key from the keyboard are pressed. Represents a control with calculator functionality. Creates the main element for this control. Gets the default size of the control. Gets the . Gets the calculation behavior, that is responsible for the calculation logic and history. Gets or sets the displayed value. This property is not relevant for this class. Fired when the display value is about to be changed. Fired when the displayed value has changed. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates the , which is responsible for the displayed value, memory and history. Creates the , which is responsible for calculator buttons and their layout. Creates the calculation behavior. responsible for the mathematic operations and history. Gets or sets the calculation behavior. Gets the , which is responsible for the displayed value, memory and history. Gets the , which is responsible for calculator buttons and their layout. Gets or sets current culture for the . Updates the displayed text/value. Gets the formatted value. Executed when a key down event is fired. Executed when a key press event is fired. Executed when a button is mouse up event is fired. Executed when the memory is updated. Executed when the displayed value is about to be updated. Cancellable. The old value. The new value. A value indicating whether to cancel the operation. Executed when the display value needs to be updated. Executed when the history text needs to be updated. Gets a value indicating, whether a child will be measured during the MeasureOverride. The child. Whether the child will be measured in MeasureOverride. Gets a value indicating, whether a child will be arranged during the ArrangeOverride. The child. Whether the child will be arranged in ArrangeOverride. Measures the space required by the Used by the layout system. The size that is available to the . The available size can be infinity (to take the full size of the element) The minimum size required by the element to be completely visible. Cannot be infinity. In this method call to the Measure method of each child must be made. Arranges the to its final location. The element must call the Arrange method of each of its children. The size that is available for element. The rectangle occupied by the element. Usually . Should you return different size, the Layout system will restart measuring and rearranging the items. That could lead to infinite recursion. In this method call to the Arrange method of each child must be made. Fired when the display value is about to be changed. Fired when the displayed value has changed. Fires the event. Fires the event. A class responsible for following the bounds changes of the target control or element, or when their owner form is moved when the callout is shown. Initializes a new instance pf the class. The owner callout form. Detaches from all events and releases all resources. Gets the rectangle of target control/element in screen coordinates. The rectangle of target control/element in screen coordinates. Attaches to a and follows its bounds for changes, its owner control for bounds changes and the parent form for location changes. The element to attach to. A value indicating whether the attach is successful. Attaches to a and follows its bounds for changes and the parent form for location changes. The control to attach to. A value indicating whether the attach is successful. Detaches all events from target element, target control and their owner - target form. Detaches all events from target element, target control and their owner - target form and releases their references. Adjusts the location of the owner when the target control/element changes its bounds or when the target form location is changed. Callout animations provided by . No animation. A 'Fade' animation type. A 'Slide' animation type. Defines a callout shape, base on the settings defined in class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the used when creating callout shape. Creates a based on the given bounds. The bounds of the shape. The graphics path. A class that defines settings for configuring the callout and its animations. Initializes a new instance of the class. Releases all resources. Gets or sets the type of show animation. Gets or sets the type of close animation. Gets or sets the duration of show animation, in milliseconds. Gets or sets the duration of close animation, in milliseconds. Starts a callout form show animation based on the , and properties. Starts a callout form close animation based on the , and properties. A class that defines settings for the Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the type of the shape of the callout. Gets or sets the type of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the direction of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the size of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the length of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the width of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the size of the arrow of the callout. It is used when is . Gets or sets the distance between the callout and the control(element) relative to which it is shown. Gets or sets the offset of the arrow anchor point. Gets or sets the border width of the callout. It is used during the calculation of arrow position. An event that is raised when a property is changed. Determines the major arrow geometry types for the callout. No arrow. Triangle arrow. Determines the major callout geometry types. Rectangle geometry shape. User can additionally set and control arrow via the . Rounded rectangle geometry shape. User can additionally set and control arrow via the . Determines what action will be executed when the callout form is about to be closed. The callout form is hidden and can be shown again. The callout form is closed and cannot be shown again. A message listener class used to track the mouse and application activation when is true. Initializes a new instance of the class. Unsubscribes from all messages and releases all resources. Subscribes to listen for mouse events and application activation. Unsubscribes from listening for mouse events and application activation. The component can host any and is used to display additional information, warnings, hints, or to highlight relevant data. Gets or sets the title(caption) of the error message. Gets or sets the content of the error message. Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates the callout form. The callout form. Gets the callout form. Gets or sets theme name. Gets or sets the associated control that is displayed in the callout. Note that you can associate a single control to . If you need to add multiple controls, add them in a container(for example ) control and associate it with . Gets or sets the type of the shape of the callout. Gets or sets the type of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the size of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the direction of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the size of the arrow of the callout. It is applicable when is . Gets or sets the distance between the callout and the control(element) relative to which it is shown. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the callout drops a shadow. Note that the shadow effect cannot be customized. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the callout will automatically close. If true, the Mouse is captured in the callout. If false, user is responsible for closing the callout form either manually or with method. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the callout will move along with the parent form of the placement target. This property has effect only when is false. Determines the executed action when the callout form is about to be closed. Gets the animation manager, which holds all the animation settings and is responsible for the callout animations. Shows a callout form pointing to a specific location in screen coordinates. The location to point to. Shows a callout form pointing to a specific control. The control to point to. Shows a callout form pointing to a specific element. The element to point to. Closes the callout form. Fires when the callout about to be opened. Cancellable. Fires when the callout is opened. Fires when the callout about to be closed. Cancellable. Fires when the callout is closed. Shows a callout by given content over the provided target point. The control that represents the content of the callout. The target screen location. The callout shape settings related to callout shape, arrow direction, arrow size etc. The callout. Shows a callout by given content over the provided target control. The control that represents the content of the callout. The target control. The callout shape settings related to callout shape, arrow direction, arrow size etc. The callout. Shows a callout by given content over the provided target element. The control that represents the content of the callout. The target element. The callout shape settings related to callout shape, arrow direction, arrow size etc. The callout. Shows a screen tip in a callout over the provided target point. The target screen location. The content of tool tip. The header(Caption) of tool tip. The footer of tool tip. The callout shape settings related to callout shape, arrow direction, arrow size etc. Shows a screen tip in a callout over the provided target control. The target control. The content of tool tip. The header(Caption) of tool tip. The footer of tool tip. The callout shape settings related to callout shape, arrow direction, arrow size etc. Shows a screen tip in a callout over the provided target element. The target element. The content of tool tip. The header(Caption) of tool tip. The footer of tool tip. The callout shape settings related to callout shape, arrow direction, arrow size etc. Shows a screen tip in a given callout over the provided target screen point. The callout. The target point. The content of tool tip. The header(Caption) of tool tip. The footer of tool tip. Shows a screen tip in a given callout over the provided target control. The callout. The target control. The content of tool tip. The header(Caption) of tool tip. The footer of tool tip. Shows a screen tip in a given callout over the provided target element. The callout. The target element. The content of tool tip. The header(Caption) of tool tip. The footer of tool tip. The callout form is a and provides a form with integrated arrow, which points to a specific location, control or element. Initializes a new instance of the . Initializes all fields/properties with their default values. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the callout drops a shadow. Note that the shadow effect cannot be customized. Gets or sets the associated control that is displayed in the callout. Sets the associated control. Adds the control to the form's collection. The control to associate with. Gets or sets the animation manager, which holds the animation settings and is responsible for the animation. Determines the executed action when the callout form is about to be closed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the callout will automatically close. If true, the Mouse is captured in the callout. If false, user is responsible for closing the callout form either manually or with method. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the callout will move along with the parent form of the placement target. This property has effect only when is false. Creates the callout element shape. The element shape. This property is not intended to be used in this class. RadCalloutForm uses a . Gets or sets the used when creating callout shape. Gets the class responsible for following changes of the size and location of the target control or element when the callout is shown. Gets the class used to track the mouse and application activation when is true. Gets or sets the direction of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the type of the shape of the callout. Gets or sets the type of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the size of the arrow of the callout. Gets or sets the size of the arrow of the callout. It is applicable when is . Gets or sets the distance between the callout and the control(element) relative to which it is shown. Gets or sets the border width of callout. Updates the location of associated control. Shows a callout form pointing to a specific location in screen coordinates. The target location to point to. Shows a callout form pointing to a specific control. The control to point to. Shows a callout form pointing to a specific element. The element to point to. Fires when the callout is about to be opened. The opening action can be canceled by modifying the arguments of this event. Fires when the callout is opened. Fires when the callout is about to be closed. The closing action can be canceled by modifying the arguments of this event. Fires when the callout is closed. Occurs when the callout form is about to be opened. Fires the opening event. The event arguments. Occurs when the callout form is opened. Fires the opened event. The event arguments. Occurs when the callout form is about to be closed. Fires the closing event. The event arguments. Occurs when the callout form is closed. Fires the closed event. The event arguments. Occurs when the callout form is about to be closed. The event arguments. Defines the display style for buttons used in binding navigator. Specifies that an appropriate image is rendered for each button. Specifies that an appropriate glyph symbol from the TelerikWebUI font is rendered for each button. Displays a set of two elements to indicate and modify the minimum and maximum values. Displays a to indicate and modify the minimum and maximum values. Displays a combination of two elements and a to indicate and modify the minimum and maximum values. The event handler for the event. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Contains information about the filtering arguments. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner category. The item. Gets the text category. Gets or sets the . Note that the Item must inherit from . A base class used to display grouped(categorized) values of the . Initializes a new instance of the class. The name of the property. The type of the property. The display name of the property. Creates the element stack. Creates th e header element. Creates the items holder element. Gets the header element. Gets the stack panel which holds the and elements. Gets the element which holds the items. Gets or sets the property name. Gets or sets the property type. Gets or sets the display name. Note that if this property is not set as a display name will be used the . Gets the owner of the category. Gets or sets a value indicating, whether the category is expanded. Gets a value indicating, whether the filter is changed. Gets or sets a value indicating, whether the filter is automatically generated. Gets or sets a the values collection. Gets or sets the header text. Note that this property is not public, because the property controls this. A method used to create the items of the category based on a given collection of values. The values. Clears the items. Called when the item filter is changed. Gets the . Note that if the filter is not changed this method will return null. CLears the filter. Shows a context menu on a given location. An event that is fired when the expander is expanded or collapsed. Fired when the expanded property is changed. A class that represents the expand button element of the Gets a value indicating whether the filter is changed. Gets the main stack. Gets the stack with text labels and editors. Gets the minimal value text element. Gets the maximal value text element. Gets the minimal value . Gets the maximal value . A class that is responsible for the visual states of the task expander elements. Initializes a new instance of the class. The expanded property. Gets the main stack panel. Gets the stack element which holds the editors. Gets the minimum value . Gets the minimum value . Gets the maximum value . Gets the maximum value . Gets the . Gets or sets the number of steps between the min and max values. An event that occurs when a new item is created. The event handler for the event. The sender. The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The category element. Gets or sets the category. The event handler for the event. The sender. The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The category element. The values of the category. Gets or sets the category. Gets or sets the values collection. An enumeration that controls how the Associated control of RadFilterView control is being filtered. The associated control instance is instantly filtered, when the filter is changed. Programmatically update the filter. The event handler for the event. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Contains information about the filtering arguments. Initializes a new instance of the class. The modified property of the filter. The descriptor that is added or modified. If the value is Null the filter on the given property is removed. Gets the modified category of the filter. Gets the . If null the filter was cleared. Gets the property name of the filter. Provides localization services for RadFilterView. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. RadFilterView localization strings. Displays a hierarchical collection of filter options. Initializes a new instance of the control. Gets the . Gets or sets the associated control. Gets or sets the data source. Gets the categories collection. Gets or sets the filtering mode. Gets the filter expression. Gets the filter descriptors collection. Gets or sets the factory responsible for creating category elements. Gets or sets the context menu. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to generate the category elements asynchronously. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to auto generate categories when the DataSource property is set. A value indicating whether to auto generate categories. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs when the filter is changed. An event that occurs when a category is created and is about to be populated with items. This event is suitable to modify the values collection(sort/add/remove/reorder) or modify/replace the Category element. An event that occurs when a category is created and populated with items. This event is suitable to modify properties of the Category element. Occurs when an item in the context menu is clicked. Occurs when the context menu is opening. Occurs when the context menu is closing. Occurs when the context menu is opened. Occurs when the context menu is closed. The main element of the control. Can be used as an element, hosted into another . Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes the fields. Creates child elements. Creates context menu. The new instance. Creates a stack panel, which holds all categories. The new instance. Creates a horizontal scrollbar. The new instance. Creates a vertical scrollbar. The new instance. Creates the list source. Gets or sets the associated filterable. This is a control or a class that implements the interface. Gets or sets the filtering mode. Gets or sets the data source. Gets the filter expression. Gets the filter descriptors collection. Gets the categories collection. Gets or sets the factory responsible for creating category elements. Gets the panel which holds all category elements. Gets the horizontal scrollbar element. Gets the vertical scrollbar element. Gets or sets the context menu. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to auto generate categories when the DataSource property is set. A value indicating whether to auto generate categories. Clears all applied filters. Updates the scroll bars visibility and value range. Create new row item. Initializes the categories asynchronously. Initialized the categories. Fires the and events and creates category items. The category element. The values of the category. Initializes IDataItemSource. Identifies and creates the categories elements. Processes and populates with data the categories. Clears all auto-generated categories. Called when the filter of a category is changed. The category with changed filter. Shows a context menu by given category and location. The category. The location of context menu. Initializes the items of the default context menu. Updates the collection of the with current filters applied to this element categories. An event that occurs when the filter is changed. An event that occurs when a category is created and is about to be populated with items. This event is suitable to modify the values collection(sort/add/remove/reorder) or modify/replace the Category element. An event that occurs when a category is created and populated with items. This event is suitable to modify properties of the Category element. Occurs when an item in the context menu is clicked. Occurs when the context menu is opening. Occurs when the context menu is closing. Occurs when the context menu is opened. Occurs when the context menu is closed. Called when the filter is changed. The event arguments. Called when a category is about to be created. This event is suitable to modify the values collection(sort/add/remove/reorder) or modify/replace the Category element. The event arguments. Called when a category element is created. This event is suitable to modify properties of the Category element. The event arguments. Raises the ContextMenuOpening event. The event arguments. Raises the ContextMenuOpened event. Raises the ContextMenuClosing event. The event arguments. Raises the ContextMenuClosed event. Called when an item of the context menu is clicked by the user. The clicked item. The event arguments. Called when a mouse-down event is fired. The event arguments. Called when a mouse-move event is fired. The event arguments. Called when a mouse-up event is fired. The event arguments. Raises the MouseWheel event. The event arguments. Called when a mouse wheel event is raised. The event arguments. The scrollbar element. Gets a value indicating, whether a child will be measured during the MeasureOverride. The child. Whether the child will be measured in MeasureOverride. Measures the space required by the Used by the layout system. The size that is available to the . The available size can be infinity (to take the full size of the element) The minimum size required by the element to be completely visible. Cannot be infinity. In this method call to the Measure method of each child must be made. Gets a value indicating, whether a child will be arranged during the ArrangeOverride. The child. Whether the child will be arranged in ArrangeOverride. Arranges the to its final location. The element must call the Arrange method of each of its children. The size that is available for element. The rectangle occupied by the element. Usually . Should you return different size, the Layout system will restart measuring and rearranging the items. That could lead to infinite recursion. In this method call to the Arrange method of each child must be made. Represents a text editor class. The RadDomainUpDown class is essentially a simple wrapper for the RadDomainUpDownElement. The latter may be included in other telerik controls. All UI and logic functionality is implemented by the RadDomainUpDownElement class. RadDomainUpDown acts to transfer event to and from its RadDomainUpDownElement instance. Gets or sets a value whether auto-complete is enabled. With an enabled auto-complete the matched item`s text will be appended to the input in the editor. Gets or sets a value indicating that selected item will revert to first item after reaching the last item and vice versa. Gets or sets a value indicating whether typing is enabled inside the text box. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Represents the DomainUpDownElement element. Selects the previous item in the list. Selects the previous item in the list. Specifies whether the navigations will be wrapped. Selects the next item in the list. Selects the next item in the list. Specifies whether the navigations will be wrapped. Get the element representing the decrement button. Get the element representing the increment button. Gets or sets a value indicating that selected item will revert to first item after reaching the last item and vice versa. Gets or sets a value indicating whether typing is enabled inside the text box. Gets or sets a value whether auto-complete is enabled. With an enabled auto-complete the matched item`s text will be appended to the input in the editor. Selects the previous item in the list. Specifies whether the navigations will be wrapped. Selects the next item in the list. Specifies whether the navigations will be wrapped. Enable or disables the preview font functionality. This property returns the underlying RadListView. Gets the hovered font when the drop down is opened. This property gets or sets the selected font. This property controls the number of items displayed in the Recently Used Fonts group. This property shows/hides the Recently Used Fonts group. Fires when the selected font is changed. Fires when the hovered font is changed. Returns the underlying RadListView control. Returns a list that contains all system fonts. Gets or sets the visibility of the Recently Used Fonts section. Gets or sets the Selected font name. Gets the hovered font when the drop down is opened. Gets or sets the count of the items in the recently used fonts section. Enable or disables the preview font functionality. Allows you to localize the text of the All Fonts group. Allows you to localize the text of the Recently Used Fonts group. Adds a font according to the provided family name. The ThemeResolutionService class will be also checked for any loaded custom fonts matching the font name. The font to be added. By default the control loads the fonts according to the font families exposed by the InstalledFontCollection class. This method can be used to add other fonts, including such not installed on the machine. The font to be added. Removes the specified font from the font collection used by the control. The font to be removed. Removes the font with the specified name from the font collection used by the control. The family name of the font to be removed. Allows you to manully update the recently used fonts list. The array where the new fonts are. Clears the current list prior adding the new fonts. Fires when the selected font is changed. Fires when the hovered font is changed. The RadLinearGauge control is designed to display a a single quantitative measure. This portion of the bullet graph displays the primary data. Presents a value which should be less visually dominant than the featured measure, but easy to see in relation to the featured measure. Gets or sets the ForeColor of the control. This is actually the ForeColor property of the root element. The OrientationChanged event fires when the orientation of the gauges is changed. The OrientationChanged event fires when the orientation of the gauges is changed. Represent a continuous band in Linear Gauge Indicates whether the RangeStart property is bound to the gauge's Value. Indicates whether the RangeEnd property is bound to the gauge's Value. Specifies the start range offset of the arc according to the gauge's value. Specifies the end range offset of the arc according to the gauge's value. Represents the scale labels. Specifies the font size. Default value is 8. Specifies the start value from which the labels are displayed. Specifies the end value to which the labels are displayed. Controls how far according to the gauge's arc the labels are rendered Specifies the format of the label's value. Controls how many labels will be displayed next ticks for the specified range. Represent a continuous band in Linear Gauge Indicates whether the RangeStart property is bound to the gauge's Value. Indicates whether the RangeEnd property is bound to the gauge's Value. Specifies the start range offset of the arc according to the gauge's value. Specifies the end range offset of the arc according to the gauge's value. Present additional information for the RadLinearGauge. Specifies the label format. By default, it is set to #,##0.#. Controls whether the specific ticks are circle or not. Specifies the value offset of the needle according to the gauge's value. Indicates whether the needle's value is bound to the gauge's Value. Specifies the inner radius of the needle's start point. Specifies the value with which the needle juts out from the center point. Specifies the outer radius of the needle's start point. Controls the needle width. Specifies the needle's value. Controls how long the needle will be rendered. Present additional information for the RadLinearGauge, e.g. current value Indicates whether the single label's text is bound to the gauge's Value. Controls the label's location (x, y) according to the center point. LocationPercentage accepts values withing the range [(-1,-1), (1,1)]. Specifies the label size. Specifies the label format. By default, it is set to #,##0.#. Represents the scale ticks. Specifies at which index the visible ticks range will start. Specifies at which index the visible ticks range will end. Controls how far according to the gauge's arc the ticks will be rendered. Specifies the width of ticks. Specifies the color for the ticks Specifies the ticks back length towards the center point. Controls the ticks length. Specifies how many ticks will be displayed. The RadLinearGauge control is designed to display a simple value within a definite range. The ValueChanged event fires when the value is modified. The OrientationChanged event fires when the orientation of the gauges is changed. Specifies the gauge's end. Specifies the gauge's start. Specifies the gauge's value Set or Get Gauge Orientation Gets or sets the ForeColor of the control. This is actually the ForeColor property of the root element. Gets the serialization info for RadRadialGauge used by Save/Load loyout methods to persist grid settings to/from XML. By default, or when set to null the ComponentXmlSerializationInfo provided by GetDefaultXmlSerializationInfo() will be used. XmlWriter to use by the built-in serializer Stores to a stream RadRadialGauge properties, sub-objects and their properties in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property Writes the Xml content in the stream and leaves the stream open. Stores to a file RadRadialGauge properties, sub-objects and their properties in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property Loads RadRadialGauge properties, sub-objects and their properties from XML reader, using the serialization information provided by the property Loads RadRadialGauge properties, sub-objects and their properties from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property Loads RadRadialGauge properties, sub-objects and their properties from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property Represent main needle element. This element is container for all other elements in the Gauge The ValueChanged event fires when the value is modified. The OrientationChanged event fires when the orientation of the gauges is changed. Specifies the gauge's value Set or Get Gauge Orientation Gets or sets a value indicating element visibility. Setting this property affects also the children of the element. Collapsed means the element and its children would not be painted and would not be calculated in the layout. This property has no effect in design-time on objects. Represent a continuous band spanning the entire sweep angle. Controls the radius of the arc. The width of the arc. The start of the arc. The end value of the arc. Indicates whether the RangeStart property is bound to the gauge's Value. Indicates whether the RangeEnd property is bound to the gauge's Value. Specifies the start range offset of the arc according to the gauge's value. Specifies the end range offset of the arc according to the gauge's value. Creates Star like shape. Overrides CreatePath method in the base class ElementShape. Represents the scale labels displayed next to the ticks. Specifies the font size. Default value is 8. Specifies the start value from which the labels are displayed. Specifies the end value to which the labels are displayed. Controls how far according to the gauge's arc the labels are rendered Specifies the format of the label's value. Controls how many labels will be displayed next ticks for the specified range. Represent a scale indicator that points to a value. Specifies the value offset of the needle according to the gauge's value. Indicates whether the needle's value is bound to the gauge's Value. Specifies the inner radius of the needle's start point. Specifies the value with which the needle juts out from the center point. Specifies the outer radius of the needle's start point. Controls the needle width. Specifies the needle's value. Controls how long the needle will be rendered. Present additional information for the RadRadialGauge, e.g. current value Indicates whether the single label's text is bound to the gauge's Value. Controls the label's location (x, y) according to the center point. LocationPercentage accepts values withing the range [(-1,-1), (1,1)]. Specifies the label size. Specifies the label format. By default, it is set to #,##0.#. Represents the scale ticks. Specifies at which index the visible ticks range will start. Specifies at which index the visible ticks range will end. Controls how far according to the gauge's arc the ticks will be rendered. Controls whether the specific ticks are circle or not. Specifies the width of ticks. Specifies the color for the ticks Specifies the ticks back length towards the center point. Controls the ticks length. Specifies how many ticks will be displayed. The RadRadialGauge control is designed to display a value within a definite range The ValueChanged event fires when the value is modified. Controls the RadRadialGauge's offset in vertical direction. Controls the RadRadialGauge's offset in horizontal direction. Specifies the gauge's value Specifies the gauge's end. Specifies the gauge's start. Determines the angle value starting from the StartAngle to draw an arc in clockwise direction. Determines the angle value starting from the StartAngle to draw an arc in clockwise direction. Gets or sets the ForeColor of the control. This is actually the ForeColor property of the root element. Gets the serialization info for RadRadialGauge used by Save/Load loyout methods to persist grid settings to/from XML. By default, or when set to null the ComponentXmlSerializationInfo provided by GetDefaultXmlSerializationInfo() will be used. XmlWriter to use by the built-in serializer Stores to a stream RadRadialGauge properties, sub-objects and their properties in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property Writes the Xml content in the stream and leaves the stream open. Stores to a file RadRadialGauge properties, sub-objects and their properties in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property Loads RadRadialGauge properties, sub-objects and their properties from XML reader, using the serialization information provided by the property Loads RadRadialGauge properties, sub-objects and their properties from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property Loads RadRadialGauge properties, sub-objects and their properties from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property Represent main needle element. This element is container for all other elements in the Gauge The ValueChanged event fires when the value is modified. Specifies the gauge's value Specifies the gauge's end. Specifies the gauge's start. Determines the angle value starting from the StartAngle to draw an arc in clockwise direction. Determines the angle value starting from the StartAngle to draw an arc in clockwise direction. Controls the RadRadialGauge's offset in vertical direction. Controls the RadRadialGauge's offset in horizontal direction. This class represents the custom editor shown when the FadeAnimationType of the popup is adjusted in the Visual Studio Designer. Creates an instance of the FadeAnimationTypeEditorUI class. This class represents the control used to set the FadeAnimationType property while in the Visual Studio Designer. The inital value of the property. Gets the result of the editor execution. This class stores information about a close request sent to an . The class stores the reason for the close request, information about the operation result, and an instance to a context. Creates an instance of the class. The default value of the Closed property is true. A value from the enum that determines the reason for the close request. A request context. Defines whether the request is executed or not. The reason for the close request. The context associated with this the close request. This class represents a base class for popup controls used by editors like ComboBox, MultiColumnComboBox etc. Creates an instance of the RadEditorPopupControlBase class. This class is used in all popup-powered controls. An instance of the RadItem class that represents the owner of the popup. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets the date and time format used by RadDateInput. A string specifying the date format used by RadDateInput. The default value is "d" (short date format). private void Page_Load(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { RadDateInput1.DateFormat = "M/d/yyyy"; //Short date pattern. The same as "d". } Private Sub Page_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles MyBase.Load RadDateInput1.DateFormat = "M/d/yyyy" 'Short date pattern. The same as "d". End Sub Gets or sets a value that indicates the end of the century that is used to interpret the year value when a short year (single-digit or two-digit year) is entered in the input. The year when the century ends. Default is 2029. Having a value of 2029 indicates that a short year will be interpreted as a year between 1930 and 2029. For example 55 will be interpreted as 1955 but 12 -- as 2012 Gets a value that indicates the start of the century that is used to interpret the year value when a short year (single-digit or two-digit year) is entered in the input. The year when the century starts. Default is 1930. Having a value of 1930 indicates that a short year will be interpreted as a year between 1930 and 2029. For example 55 will be interpreted as 1955 but 12 -- as 2012 Removes the assigned characters between the specified positions from the formatted string. true if the character was successfully removed; otherwise, false. The zero-based index of the first assigned character to remove. The zero-based index of the last assigned character to remove. Enable or Disable the selection of the next or prev. part of the date with arrow keys Gets the culture that determines the value of the localizable separators and placeholders in the input mask. A containing the culture information associated with the input mask. Gets the input mask. A containing the full mask. Initializes a new instance of the NumericTextBoxProvider> class using the specified mask and culture. A that represents the input mask. A that is used to set region-sensitive separator characters. . Replaces all ocurances of given parameters with string.Empty. Gets a value indicating whether all required inputs have been entered into the formatted string. true if all required input has been entered into the mask; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the text insertion mode of the masked text box control. An value that indicates the current insertion mode. The default is . An invalid value was supplied when setting this property. Raises the event. An that contains event data. Occurs after the insert mode has changed. Gets a value that specifies whether new user input overwrites existing input. true if will overwrite existing characters as the user enters new ones; false if will shift existing characters forward. The default is false. 1 This provider should not implement this property and should thrown an exception This provider should not implement this property and should thrown an exception Gets a value indicating whether all required inputs have been entered into the formatted string. true if all required input has been entered into the mask; otherwise, false. Uses a mask to distinguish between proper and improper user input Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets a mask expression. Gets or sets the mask type. Gets or sets the value associated to the mask edit box Gets or sets a value that determines whether literals and prompt characters are included in the formatted string. One of the values. The default is . Property set with a value that is not valid. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the bottom part of characters, clipped due to font name or size particularities Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the defined shortcuts are enabled. Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadTextBox control has been modified by the user since the control was created or since its contents were last set. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is a multiline TextBox control. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when the ComboBox contains a null reference. Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line TextBox control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the contents of the TextBox control can be changed. Gets or sets which scroll bars should appear in a multiline TextBox control. Gets or sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the control. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected text remains highlighted even when the RadTextBox has lost the focus. Gets or sets the lines of text in multiline configurations. Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing ENTER in a multiline RadTextBox control creates a new line of text in the control or activates the default button for the form. Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the TAB key in a multiline text box control types a TAB character in the control instead of moving the focus to the next control in the tab order. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadTextBox control modifies the case of characters as they are typed. Gets or sets the current culture associated to the RadMaskBox Gets or set a value indicating whether end users can set the value to NULL. This can be achieved by pressing Ctrl + Del or Ctrl + 0 key combinations. Occurs when the editing value has been changed Occurs when the editing value is changing. Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user pressees a key down Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user pressees a key Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user releases the pressed key up Occurs when the value of the Multiline property has changed. Occurs when the value of the TextAlign property has changed. Occurs when the element is clicked. Clears all text from the text box control and Value. Clears information about the most recent operation from the undo buffer of the text box. Selects all text in the control. Fires the ValueChanging event Constructor There is no mask applied by default Enables the SelectionStartMouseClick functionality. The selection start will be moved to this position when EnableClickSelectionStart is enabled. The selection length will be set to this value when EnableClickSelectionStart is enabled. This is used to set or get the label text. When set, the text is formatted according to the current masked text provider settings. If the mask is empty, the text is set as-is. When retrieved, the text is returned in its formatted state. Use to get the text without the mask applied. Represent the RadMaskedEditBox ContextMenu Gets or sets a value that determines whether literals and prompt characters are included in the formatted string. One of the values. The default is . Property set with a value that is not valid. This returns a clone of the masked text provider currently being used by the masked label control. This returns the result hint for the last assignment to the property. If the assigned text could not be properly formatted, this will contain a hint as to why not. Positive values indicate success. Negative values indicate failure. This returns the result hint position for the last assignment to the property. If the assigned text could not be properly formatted, this will contain the position of the first failure. This read-only property returns the unmasked copy of the text This is used to set or get the culture information associated with the masked label. This is thrown if the culture value is null This is used to set or get the mask for the label text This is used to set or get the prompt character for display in the label text. The default is an underscore (_). This is used to set or get whether or not prompt characters are also displayed in the label text. By default, prompt characters are not shown. Gets or sets the mask type. Gets or sets the edited value Gets or set a value indicating whether end users can set the value to NULL. This can be achieved by pressing Ctrl + Del or Ctrl + 0 key combinations. Occurs when MaskProvider has been created This event will be fired multiple times because the provider is created when some properties changed Properties are: Mask, Culture, MaskType and more. Occurs when the editing value has been changed Occurs when the editing value is changing. handles the key press Fires the ValueChanged event Fires the ValueChanging event Determines whether to add minus sign to the value. Format the specified text using the specified mask The mask to use The text to format The formatted text string There are four overloads for this method. Format the specified text using the specified mask and prompt character. The mask to use. The text to format. The prompt character to use for missing characters. If a null character ('\x0') is specified, prompt characters are omitted. The formatted text string. Format the specified text using the specified mask, prompt character, and culture information. The mask to use. The text to format. The prompt character to use for missing characters. If a null character ('\x0') is specified, prompt characters are omitted. The culture information to use. If null, the current culture is used. The formatted text string. Format the specified text using the specified mask, prompt character, and culture information and return the result values. The mask to use. The text to format. The prompt character to use for missing characters. If a null character ('\x0') is specified, prompt characters are omitted. The culture information to use. If null, the current culture is used. The result of formatting the text. The position related to the result hint. The formatted text string. Gets the text which is in the clipboard Represents an application drop down menu in Office 2007 style. Gets a collection representing the right column items of RadApplicationMenu. Gets a collection representing the button items of RadApplicationMenu. Gets or sets the right column width Gets or sets the whether RadApplicationMenu will have TwoColumnDropDownMenu. Gets or sets the whether RadApplicationMenu will have TwoColumnDropDownMenu. Represents an application drop down menu in Office 2007 style. Gets or sets the right column width Gets a collection representing the right column items of RadApplicationMenu. Gets a collection representing the button items of RadApplicationMenu. Represents a context menu Occurs when the drop down is opening. Occurs when the drop down is closing. Occurs when the drop down is opened. Occurs when the drop down is closed. Gets menu items collection Gets or sets control's preferred theme name. Themes are stored and retrieved using APIs of . If ThemeResolutionService.ApplicatonThemeName refers to a non-empty string, the theme of a RadControl can differ from the one set using RadControls.ThemeName property. If the themes differ, the RadControls.ThemeName property will be overridden by ThemeResolutionService.ApplicatonThemeName. If no theme is registered with a name as ThemeResolutionService.ApplicatonThemeName, then control will revert to the theme specified by its ThemeName property. If ThemeName is assigned to a non-existing theme name, the control may have no visual properties assigned, which will cause it look and behave in unexpected manner. If ThemeName equals empty string, control's theme is set to a theme that is registered within ThemeResolutionService with the name "ControlDefault". Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images displayed by this control. Gets menu drop down panel Gets or sets a bool value determining whether popup animation is enabled. Gets or sets the count of the frames of the drop down animation. Gets or sets a value determining what animation type to use when showing the popup. Displays the context menu in its default position. Displays the context menu relative to the specified screen location. The horizontal screen coordinate, in pixels. The vertical screen coordinate, in pixels. Displays the context menu relative to the specified screen location. The horizontal and vertical location of the screen's upper-left corner, in pixels. Positions the context menu relative to the specified screen location and with the specified direction. The horizontal and vertical location of the screen's upper-left corner, in pixels. One of the RadDirection values. Positions the context menu relative to the specified control location. The control that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal coordinate relative to the control, in pixels. The vertical coordinate relative to the control, in pixels. Positions the context menu relative to the specified control location. The control that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal and vertical location of the reference control's upper-left corner, in pixels. Positions the context menu relative to the specified control location and with the specified direction. The control that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal and vertical location of the reference control's upper-left corner, in pixels. One of the RadDirection values. Positions the context menu relative to the specified RadItem location. The RadItem that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal coordinate relative to the control, in pixels. The vertical coordinate relative to the control, in pixels. Positions the context menu relative to the specified RadItem location. The RadItem that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal and vertical location of the RadItem's upper-left corner, in pixels. Positions the context menu relative to the specified RadItem location and with the specified direction. The RadItem that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal and vertical location of the RadItem's upper-left corner, in pixels. One of the RadDirection values. Positions the context menu relative to the specified RadItem location and with specified direction and offset according to the owner. The RadItem that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. Specifies the offset from the owner in pixels. One of the RadDirection values. Raises the DropDownOpening event. The event arguments Raises the DropDownClosing event. The event arguments Raises the DropDownOpened event. Raises the DropDownClosed event. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Analytics functionality is enabled or disabled for this control. This class represents the drop-down menu used in the component. Gets or sets the header text of the drop-down menu. Gets or sets the header image of the drop-down menu. Gets an instance of the class that represents layout panel that provides scrolling functionality. Gets or sets the left column minimal width. Gets or sets the right column minimal width. Gets a boolean value indicating whether the popup is visible. Gets menu items collection Get/Set minimum value allowed for size Get/Set maximum value allowed for size Provides a reference to the ButtonElement element in the menu item. Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed on the item. Gets or sets the key accessor for the image in the ImageList. Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed on the item. Gets or sets the key accessor for the image in the ImageList. Gets the ImagePrimitive of this RadMenuHeaderItem. Gets the FillPrimitive of this RadMenuHeaderItem. Gets the BorderPrimitive of this RadMenuHeaderItem. Gets the TextPrimitive of this RadMenuHeaderItem. Represents a menu item which has a combobox placed inside. Provides a reference to the hosted control in the menu item. Gets the popup form Closes the popup if it is open, or shows the popup if it is closed. Closes the popup with a RadPopupCloseReason.CloseCalled reason. Closes the popup with the provided reason for closing. the reason for the close operation as specified through RadPopupCloseReason enumeration. Displays the popup on the screen. Used to initialize the size of the popup when it is initially opened and the element tree is loaded. Performs the core popup display logic. The popup form that is about to be displayed. Gets the screen coordinated where the popup should be displayed. Gets the display size for the popup. The popup which size should be retrieved. True to perform explicit measure, false otherwise. Gets the size of the ControlBoundingRectangle. Applies any Min/Max size restrictions to the popup form. Syncronizes the theme of the editor itself with the popup that is about to be displayed. Determines whether the popup form may be displayed. Creates the popup instance. You have to override this method in order to provide a popup that is specialized by its content. Example: In a combo box you have to override and provide a specialized class that contains and handles the listbox element. The popup instance. Gets a valid instance of the popup, that is properly initialized to work with the PopupEditorBaseElement. The popup instance. Creates an instance of the RadMenuItemPopup class. This class represents the popup which is used to display menu items in the RadMenu control. An instance of the RadItem class which represents the owner of the popup. Defines the animation type used in popups No animation is applied. The control fades in upon showing. The control uses easing animation. Both easing and fade animation will be applied. Defines the type of fade animation. No fade animation is applied. The control fades in upon showing. The control fades out upon closing. Defines the horizontal alignment of the popup based on the alignment rectangle passed in the ShowPopup method. The left edge of the popup is aligned to the left edge of the alignment rectangle. The left edge of the popup is aligned to the right edge of the alignment rectangle. The right edge of the popup is aligned to the left edge of the alignment rectangle. The right edge of the popup is aligned to the right edge of the alignment rectangle. Defines the vertical alignment of the popup based on the alignment rectangle passed in the ShowPopup method. The top edge of the popup is aligned to the top edge of the alignment rectangle. The top edge of the popup is aligned to the bottom edge of the alignment rectangle. The bottom edge of the popup is aligned to the top edge of the alignment rectangle. The bottom edge of the popup is aligned to the bottom edge of the alignment rectangle. Defines the popup alignment correction mode. The values of this enumerator define how the popup alignment is adjusted when the default aligning routine is not able to properly position the popup due to lack of screen space. No adjustments to the coordinates are applied. The coordinates are adjusted with the needed amount so that the popup remains visible in the current screen. The coordinates are adjusted with the needed amount so that the popup remains visible in the current screen, whereby the popup edge is aligned with an edge of the alignment rectangle. The coordinates are adjusted with the needed amount so that the popup remains visible in the current screen, whereby the popup edge is aligned with an outer edge of the alignment rectangle. The popup does not cross the alignment rectangle bounds. This enum defines how the size of a is fitted to the screen bounds. The size of the popup is not fit to the bounds of the screen. The width of the popup is fit to the available space on the screen. The height of the popup is fit to the available space on the screen. This eunm defines the possible screen space usage modes. The whole screen is used when positioning the popup. The working area of the screen is used when positioning the popup. An enum that defines the possible overlap modes which are used to position the popup when its location cannot be adjusted so that it meets all alignment and alignment correction requirements. The popup's bounds can overlap with the alignment rectangle. The popup will be snapped to the first possible outer edge of the alignment rectangle so that it does not overlap it. The order of the considered edges depends on the popup alignment settings. An interface for all Popup-forms used in RadControls for WinForms. Shows the IPopupControl at the specific location. An instance of the Rectangle struct which represents a portion of the screen which the IPopupControl is aligned to. Closes the IPopupControl. Tries to close the . An instance of the class containing information about the close request. This method determines whether the IPopupControl can be closed. Used in the PopupManager class to prevent the IPopupControl from closing in specific occasions. The reason why the IPopupControl is closed. True if the IPopupControl can be closed, otherwise false. Gets a instance that represents a collection of logical children of this IPopupControl. The OwnerPopup property of these children would point to this IPopupControl instance. Gets the owner IPopupControl of this IPopupControl. Gets the Bounds rectangle of the IPopupControl. Gets the owner element of the IPopupControl. Executes when a key is pressed. An instance of the struct which contains the key information. A boolean value that determines whether the IPopupControl processes the message. Callback for handling the WM_MOUSEWHEEL message. True if the message is processed, false otherwise. Represents a base class for all popup-forms used throughout the suite. Creates an instance of the PopupAnimationProperties class. This class encapsulates a WindowAnimationEngine instance and exposes its properties. The WindowAnimationEngine instance. Gets or sets the direction of the drop-down animation. Gets or sets the count of the frames of the animation. Gets or sets the easing type of the animation. Gets an integer value representing the animation step. Gets the instance associated with the AnimationProperties instance. Creates an instance of the RadPopupFormBase class. Gets or sets the direction of the drop-down animation. Gets or sets the easing type for the drop down animations. Gets or sets the count of the frames of the drop down animation. Gets or sets a bool value determining whether popup animation is enabled. Gets or sets a value determining what animation type to use when showing the popup. Gets or sets the frame count for the fade animation. Gets or sets the time interval for each fade animation frame. Gets or sets a float value that determines the opacity of the popup. This property accepts values from 0.0 to 1.0. For example, to make the popup semi-transparent, set the property to 0.5. Gets or sets a boolean value which determines whether the popup drops a shadow. Enables the support for Windows Vista DWM effects. Gets or sets a value indicating the type of the fade animation. Gets or sets a value from the enum which defines how the size of the popup is fit to the currently active screen. Gets or sets a value from the enum which determines what part of the screen is considered when positioning the popup. Gets or sets a value from the which defines how the popup will be positioned according to the alignment rectangle when its location cannot be adjusted so that it meets all popup alignment and alignment correction mode requirements. Defines how the popup will be horizontally aligned in case of lack of screen space. Defines how the popup will be vertically aligned in case of lack of screen space. Gets or sets a value that defines the vertical alignment of the popup based on the alignment rectangle passed in the ShowPopup method. Gets or sets a value that defines the horizontal alignment of the popup based on the alignment rectangle passed in the ShowPopup method. Gets the RadElement that owns this popup. Gets or sets the windows related setting. Shows the popup based on the value set to its Location property. Shows the popup at the location passed as a parameter. The location is in screen coordinates An instance of the struct that represents the location. Shows the control based on the screen rectangle of a given control. The control which defines the location of the popup. Closes the popup. Fires when the popup is opened. Fires when the popup is about to open. A CancelEventArgs object that contains information about the event Fires when the popup is closed. A RadPopupClosedEventArgs instance that contains information about what caused the popup to close. Fires when the popup is about to close. A RadPopupClosingEventArgs instance that contains information about the event Updates the Aero effects support upon property change. Updates the location of the popup based on the alignment rectangle and the current alignment settings. You can adjust the alignment settings by using the VerticalPopupAlignment and HorizontalPopupAlignment properties. The alignment rectangle based on which the popup is positioned. Updates the location of the popup based on the last used alignment rectangle and the current alignment settings. You can adjust the alignment settings by using the VerticalPopupAlignment and HorizontalPopupAlignment properties. This method returns a point which defines the position of the popup. By default, aligns the popup based on the and the current alignment settings. You can adjust the alignment settings by settin the HorizontalPopupAlignment and VerticalPopupAlignment properties. The alignment rectangle based on which the popup is aligned. An instance of the struct that represents the calculated position of the popup. This method returns a point which defines the position of the popup. By default, aligns the popup based on the and the current alignment settings. You can adjust the alignment settings by settin the HorizontalPopupAlignment and VerticalPopupAlignment properties. An instance of the class that represents the screen where the popup is about to be positioned. The alignment rectangle based on which the popup is aligned. An instance of the struct that represents the calculated position of the popup. This method returns a point which defines the position of the popup. By default, aligns the popup based on the and the current alignment settings. You can adjust the alignment settings by settin the HorizontalPopupAlignment and VerticalPopupAlignment properties. An instance of the class that represents the screen where the popup is about to be positioned. The alignment rectangle based on which the popup is aligned. The size of the popup. An instance of the struct that represents the calculated position of the popup. Gets the screen on which the popup will be displayed. The alignment rectangle for the popup. An instance of the class that represents the screen where the popup will be displayed. Gets an instance of the class that represents the screen where the popup is displayed. Gets a which represents the available bounds for the popup to show. By default this method returns the bounds of the screen. An instance of the class that represents the active screen where the popup is about to be shown. An instance of the struct that represents the available bounds for the popup based on the active screen. Calculates the horizontal position of the popup according to the current and . The screen in which the popup will be aligned. The alignment rectangle of the popup. The calculated location that will be corrected if needed. An instance of the struct that represents the corrected location of the popup Calculates the horizontal position of the popup according to the current and . The screen in which the popup will be aligned. The alignment rectangle of the popup. The calculated location that will be corrected if needed. The size of the popup. An instance of the struct that represents the corrected location of the popup Calculates the vertical position of the popup according to the current and . The screen in which the popup will be aligned. The alignment rectangle of the popup. The calculated location that will be corrected if needed. An integer that represents the corrected vertical location of the popup Calculates the vertical position of the popup according to the current and . The screen in which the popup will be aligned. The alignment rectangle of the popup. The calculated location that will be corrected if needed. The size of the popup. An integer that represents the corrected vertical location of the popup Calculates the horizontal popup location based on the . This method uses the HorizontalPopupAlignment property setting. An instance of the struct that represents the alignment rectangle. Returns an integer that represents the X coordinate of the popup. Calculates the vertical popup location based on the . This method uses the VerticalPopupAlignment property setting. An instance of the struct that represents the alignment rectangle. Returns an integer that represents the Y coordinate of the popup. Fires when a drop-down animation is about to begin. This method is executed when the popup needs to receive manual horizontal alignment. This can happen when there is no reasonable possibility for the alignment routines to define a proper horizontal position for the popup. In this way the developer is enabled to define a horizontal position according to their preferences. The proposed alignment rectangle with screen coordinates.. The proposed coordinates. The proposed available space for the popup.. An instance of the struct that represents the location of the popup. Checks whether the current alignment rectangle intersects with the popup's bounds according to a given popup location. An instance of the struct that represents the current alignment rectangle. An instance of the struct that represents the proposed popup location. An instance of the struct that represents the available bounds on the screen. An instance of the struct that represents the result of the operation. Checks whether the current alignment rectangle intersects with the popup's bounds according to a given popup location. An instance of the struct that represents the current alignment rectangle. An instance of the struct that represents the proposed popup location. An instance of the struct that represents the available bounds on the screen. The size of the popup. An instance of the struct that represents the result of the operation. This method is executed when the popup needs to receive manual vertical alignment. This can happen when there is no reasonable possibility for the alignment routines to define a proper vertical position for the popup. In this way the developer is enabled to define a vertical position according to their preferences. The proposed alignment rectangle with screen coordinates.. The proposed coordinates. The proposed available space for the popup.. An instance of the struct that represents the location of the popup. Gets a instance that represents a collection of logical children of this IPopupControl. The OwnerPopup property of these children would point to this IPopupControl instance. Shows the popup. The alignment rectangle. Closes the popup. The info. Called when the popup is closing. The info. Called when popup is closed. The info. Closes the IPopupControl. This method determines whether the IPopupControl can be closed. Used in the PopupManager class to prevent the IPopupControl from closing in specific occasions. The reason why the IPopupControl is closed. True if the IPopupControl can be closed, otherwise false. Executes when a key is pressed. An instance of the struct which contains the key information. A boolean value that determines whether the IPopupControl processes the message. Determines whether the MouseWheel event is handled by the popup. Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the element. Raises the MouseWheel event. Fires when a fade animation has finished. The event args contain information about the type of the animation. Fires when the popup-form is about to be opened. Fires when the popup-form is opened. Fires when the popup is about to be closed. Fires when the popup is closed. This class represents a pop-up form that exposes sizing-grip and thus can be resized by the user. Creates an instance of the RadSizablePopupControl class. The owner of the popup-form Gets or sets a value of the enumeration. This value determines how the pop-up form can be resized: vertically, horizontally or both. Gets the element that represents the sizing grip of the popup. Gets the DockLayoutPanel that holds the sizing grips. Gets or sets a value of the enumeration. This value determines how the pop-up form can be resized: vertically, horizontally or both. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. /// true if the user can give the focus to the control using the TAB key;otherwise, false. The default is true. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the DropDownList ArrowButton Property Gets or sets the text associated with this item. Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the DropDownList Represents an interface for printable objects. Called when the printing begins. The that has initiated the printing. The event args. The number of pages. Called when the printing ends. The that has initiated the printing. The event args. [false] if cancel Prints the page with the specified number. The number of the current page. The that has initiated the printing. The event args. [true] if there are more pages, [false] otherwise Gets a print settings dialog that is specific for the printable object. The that has initiated the printing. The dialog. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets the associated with the event. Gets the graphics object which is used for painting. Gets the bounds in which the element is being painted. Represents an UI dialog for editing print settings. Gets the page view control of the dialog. The page view. Gets the shown in this dialog. If [true] a Preview button is shown, otherwise an OK button is shown. Loads the settings when the dialog is shown. Saves all settings from the dialog into the . Creates the specific control for editing the settings of the printed control. The that will be displayed on the first page of this dialog Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Defines a reusable object that sends output to a printer and manages the whole printing process, when printing from an application. Can be associated with any object that implements the interface. Gets or sets the currently selected page. This page will be the first to be printed when the PrintRange is set to Current or Selection. Gets or sets the count of the selected pages. This indicates how many pages will be printed when the PrintRange is set to Selection. Gets or sets the font of the page header. Gets or sets the font of the page footer. [true] if the LeftHeader and RightHeader should be reversed on even pages, [false] otherwise. [true] if the LeftFooter and RightFooter should be reversed on even pages, [false] otherwise. Gets or sets the text that will be printed near the upper left corner of the page. Gets or sets the text that will be printed near the upper right corner of the page. Gets or sets the text that will be printed at the top center of the page. Gets or sets the text that will be printed near the bottom left corner of the page. Gets or sets the text that will be printed near the bottom right corner of the page. Gets or sets the text that will be printed at the bottom center of the page. Gets or sets the height of the header area. Gets or sets the height of the header area. Gets or sets the object, associated with this document. Gets the number of the page being printed. The value of this property changes during the printing process. Gets the total page count. The value is populated when the printing process begins. Indicates whether the printing process is running. Prints the header part of the page. The printing arguments. Prints the footer part of the page. The printing arguments. Prints the watermark of the page. The printing arguments. Called when the associated printable object has changed. Parses a given string for special words. The string. The parsed string. Gets or sets the padding arround the text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text should be drawn. Gets or sets the rotation angle of the element. Gets or sets the scale factors of the element. Gets or sets whether a fill should be drawn. Gets or sets whether a border should be drawn. Gets or sets whether the cell is right to left. Gets or sets the fore color of the element. Gets or sets the back color of the element. Gets or sets the back color of the element. Gets or sets the text alignment of the element. Gets or sets the text to be drawn. Gets or sets the font used for drawing the text. Gets or sets the string trimming mode. Gets or sets the string format flags. Gets or sets the image of the element. Gets or sets the image layout. Gets or sets the image alignment Represents a series of points that will define the shape of the element. Gets or sets a value indicating whether html text will be interpreted or will be printed directly. Draws the element using the object in the given rectangle. The graphics object used for the drawing. The draw area. Draws the element using the object in the given rectangle. The graphics object used for the drawing. The draw area. A control which is responsible for displaying print documents. Gets or sets the border color for each page. Gets or sets the inner border color for each page. Gets or sets the current scroll position. A dialog for previwing and setting before printing. Gets or sets the that should be previewed. Gets the RadMenu instance of the form. Gets the RadCommandBar instance of the form. Gets the that is shown by this dialog. Gets the that is shown by this dialog. Scrolls the preview with a specified offset. The offset. Sets the zoom factor of the preview. The zoom factor. Localizes the strings in the dialog with strings from the current Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets a list of integer values for the string Pages. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the watermark is printed on all pages. Gets or sets a string which indicates on which pages the watermark should be printed. Gets or sets the fore color of the text. Gets or sets the text. Gets or sets the font of the text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the watermark is drawn under or over the printed content. Gets a value indicating whether there is a text to be printed. Gets or sets the angle at which the text is rotated. Gets or sets the text opacity. Gets or sets the text horizontal offset. Gets or sets the text vertical offset. Gets a value indicating whether there is an image to be printed. Gets or sets the path to the image. Gets or sets the image opacity. Gets or sets the image horizontal offset. Gets or sets the image vertical offset. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image should tiled. Checks whether the watermark should be printed on the given page. The page to check. True if the watermark should be printed, otherwise false. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents event data for some of the progress bar event: ValueChanged, MinimumChanged, MaximumChanged, StepChanged, StepWidthChanged, DashChanged, IntegralDashChanged, SeparatorWidthChanged, TextOrientationChanged, TextAlignmentChanged, ProgressOrientationChanged, ShowProgressIndicatorsChanged and SeparatorColorChanged. Initializes a new instance of the ProgressBarEventArgs class using the sender of the event. Represents the event sender. Gets or sets the event sender. event sender. Exposes the reason for a progress bar or waiting bar event. Indicates that value1 or value2 has been changed. Indicates that the Minimum property has been changed. Indicates that the Maximum property has been changed. Indicates that the Step has been changed. Indicates that the Step width has been changed. Indicates that the Dash property has been changed. Indicates that the Hatch property has been changed. Indicates that the IntegralDash property has been changed. Indicates that the Text property has been changed. Indicates that the SeparatorWidth property has been changed. Indicates that the TextOrientatio property has been changed. Indicates that the TextAlignment property has been changed. Indicates that the ProgressOrientation property has been changed. Indicates that the ProgressOrientation property has been changed. Indicates that one of the separator colors property has been changed. Indicates that the separators gradeient angle property has been changed. Indicates that the separator color stop has changed Indicates that the separator number of colors changed. Initializes the fields. Rrepresents a progress indicator used in Represents a state manager for the progress bar progress indicators. Creates the state manager. Represents a state manager for Creates the specific states. Creates the state manager. Gets or sets the width of the separator. The width of the separator. Gets or sets the width of the step. The width of the step. Gets or sets the separator color1. The separator color1. Gets or sets the separator color2. The separator color2. Gets or sets the separator color3. The separator color3. Gets or sets the separator color4. The separator color4. Gets or sets the separator gradient angle. The separator gradient angle. Gets or sets the separator gradient percentage1. The separator gradient percentage1. Gets or sets the separator gradient percentage2. The separator gradient percentage2. Gets or sets the number of colors to be used. The number of colors. Gets or sets the flow direction of the progress indicator. The progress orientation. Gets or sets the sweep angle. The sweep angle. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is dash. true if dash; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is hatch. true if hatch; otherwise, false. Virtual function that draws the primitive on the screen. The graphics object. The angle. The scale. Gets or sets whether this progress indicatior will automatically control its opacity when close to or over the second progress indicator. Gets or sets the minimum opacity level this progress indicator will go to when over the second progress indicator when AutoOpacity property is set to true. Initializes the fields. The RadCheckBoxThreeStateAttribute determines whether properties inside will have a three state check box editor or a two state one. Creates a new instance of the attribute with the specified value. The value defining whether the editor should be three state. Gets the value of the attribute. The RadRangeAttribute is an attribute which specifies the allowed range of values. It can be applied to properties declarations only. It is used by an editor when the propertyes is being edited. Gets the minimum value of the specified range. Gets the maximum value of the specified range. Creates a new instance of the attribute withe the specific range. The minimum possible value in the range. The maximum possible value in the range. The RadSortOrderAttribute is an attribute which specifies the sort order for properties inside . It can be applied to properties declarations only. Creates a new instance of the attribute with the specified value. The value defining the sort order. Gets the value of the attribute. Defines an interface used to acces property information in RadPropertyGrid. Gets the property name. Gets the property display name Gets or sets the property value. Gets the property description. Gets a value indicating whether the property is read only. Gets the property category. Gets a collection of the attributes applied to the property. Gets the property type. Gets the associated with this property. Gets the associated with this property. Gets the associated with this property. Gets the property name. Gets the property display name Gets or sets the property value. Gets or sets the description associated with this property. Gets the categoty of the property from its or returns "Other" if no category is specified. Gets a value indicating whether the property is editable. Gets a collection of the attributes applied to the property. Gets the property type. Gets the property descriptor for this property. Gets the UITypeEditor associated with this property Gets the TypeConverter associated with this property Gets the associated with this accessor. Expands this instance. Collapses this instance. Gets the group item. The group item. Gets the expanded state of the group. Gets the property name Gets or sets the text that would be displayed for this property. Gets or sets the description associated with this item. Gets the category of the property from its or returns "Other" if no category is specified. Gets a value indicating whether the property is read only. Gets or sets the item value. The text. Gets the value of the property as a string using its . Gets the original property value. Gets a value indicating whether the property value is modified. Gets a value indicating whether this is a complex property. Gets or sets a value defining the sort order of the item when no other sorting is applied. Gets or sets a value defining whether check box editor will be three state. Gets a collection of the attributes applied to the property. Gets the sub items of the current if it is composed of several subitems. Gets or sets the parent of this item. Gets or sets an error message to be displayed when property value validation fails. Gets the UITypeEditor associated with this property Gets the TypeConverter associated with this property Gets the property type Gets the property descriptor for this property. Gets the item accessor for this property item. Resets the property value to its default value. Selects this item and puts the Property grid in edit mode. Gets the child items for a given item. The parent item for which to get the child items. The instance of the item. The type of the property. Collection of . Gets the default value of the current item. A return parameter determines if the operation succeeded. An object where the default value will be stored if there is such. True if the item has a default value otherwise false. Determines if the item should update its child items based on the types of the old value and the new one. The old value of this item. The new value of this item. True if child items should be updated otherwise false. Converts a string into a password string. The input. Gets the parent property grid that the item is assigned to. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is visible. true if this instance is visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is selected. true if this item is selected; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is expanded. true if this item is expanded; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item can respond to user interaction. The default value is true. Gets or sets the height of the item. The default value is 20. Gets or sets the image of the node. ImageIndex Property ImageKey Property Gets or sets the left image list index value of the image displayed when the tree node is not selected. Image Property ImageKey Property Gets or sets the key for the left image associated with this tree node when the node is not selected. Image Property ImageIndex Property Gets or sets the text associated with this item. Gets or sets the description associated with this item. Gets or sets the tool tip text associated with this item. Gets or sets the context menu associated to the item. Returns an instance of RadDropDownMenu Class that is associated with the item. The default value is null. This property could be used to associate a custom menu and replace the property grid's default. If the context menu is invoked by right-clicking an item, the property grid's menu will not be shown and the context menu assigned to this item will be shown instead. Gets or sets the tag object that can be used to store user data, corresponding to the item. The tag. Gets a value indicating how deep in the hierarchy this propety is. Gets the child items list associated with this item. Gets a value indicating whether this item is expandable. Gets the parent item for this item. Gets the property name Expandes the item. Collapses the item. Ensures that this item is visible in the content of the RadPropertyGridElement. Selects the grid tiem. Allows PropertyChanged notifications to be temporary suspended. Resumes property notifications after a previous SuspendPropertyNotifications call. Gets the items. Sets the current. The item. Gets the property grid element. The tree view. Resets this instance. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Suspends the update. Resumes the update. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is suspended. true if this instance is suspended; otherwise, false. Gets the text displayed for this group. Gets the items collection of the group. Gets a value indicating whether this item is expandable. Gets the group created by the Group Factory Gets the name of this group. Represents a text box control editor in . Gets the PropertyGridTableElement. Gets the item tha is being processed. Gets or sets the GroupKey. The GroupKey is a unique identifier for a group. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is handled. true if handled; otherwise, false. Defines the mode that uses to best fit its columns. Maximizes the visibility of the strings in the Labels column. Maximizes the visibility of the strings in the Values column. Uses a mechanism that makes a maximum number of strings from both columns visibile. Generates and displays a barcode using a provided encoding method (symbology) and a value. Gets the barcode element of this control. Gets or sets the value that will be converted into a barcode. Gets or sets the symbology that will be used to convert the value of this element into a visual barcode representation. Exports the barcode with the current dimentions of the control. An image of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided dimentions and exports it to an image. The width of the exported image. The height of the exported image. An image of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified stream. The stream to export the barcode to. The size of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified file location. The location of the file where to export the barcode. The size of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified stream in the specified image format. The stream to export the barcode to. The size of the barcode. The format of the exported image. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified file location in the specified image format. The location of the file where to export the barcode. The size of the barcode. The format of the exported image. Occurs after the value of the barcode is changed. Occurs before the value of the barcode is changed. Occurs after the symbology of the barcode is changed. Occurs before the symbology of the barcode is changed. Gets or sets the element factory that is used to create the elements of the displayed barcode. Gets or sets the symbology that will be used to convert the value of this element into a visual barcode representation. Gets or sets the value that will be converted into a barcode. Updates the layout and invalidates the barcode. Occurs after the value of the barcode is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs before the value of the barcode is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs after the symbology of the barcode is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs before the symbology of the barcode is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Exports the barcode with the current dimentions of the control. An image of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided dimentions and exports it to an image. The width of the exported image. The height of the exported image. An image of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified stream. The stream to export the barcode to. The size of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified file location. The location of the file where to export the barcode. The size of the barcode. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified file location in the specified image format. The location of the file where to export the barcode. The size of the barcode. The format of the exported image. Layouts the barcode using the provided size and exports it to the specified stream in the specified image format. The stream to export the barcode to. The size of the barcode. The format of the exported image. Called when a property of the symbology changes. Suitable for performing necessary updates based on the changes. Provides localization services for RadBrowseEditor. Represents localization strings in RadBrowserEditor. Specifies the navigation mode that will be used when user click on header element. Gets or sets the selected cell. Gets the items collection of the element Displays a collection of labeled items, each represented by a ListViewDataItem. Gets the card view element. The card view element. Gets the RadLayoutControl used as a card template. Gets or sets the default item size. Gets or sets the space between the items. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items can have different height. Shows the of CardTemplate and puts the selected item in customize mode. Closes the and puts the selected item out of customize mode. Occurs when a new is created. Occurs when a needs to be formatted. Represents the main element of . Creates a view element for the current CardView. The view element. Gets the used as a card template. Shows the of CardTemplate and puts the selected item in customize mode. Closes the and puts the selected item out of customize mode. Begins an edit operation over the currently selected item. [true] if success, [false] otherwise Called when the element has been successfully loaded. That includes loading of all its children as well. Initializes the editor. The visual item. The initializable. The editor. Sets the selected item value. The instance containing the event data. The new value. Occurs when a new is created in Occurs when a needs to be formatted. Gets the item synchronization properties. The item synchronization properties. Gets the layout control used as a template for all displayed cards. Gets or sets the context menu. Gets the card view element. The card view element. Gets or sets the default item size. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items can have different height. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items can have different width. Updates the items layout. Shows the customize dialog. Closes the customize dialog. Gets all child items. The items. Gets the field names. Stores CardTemplate's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. XmlWriter to use by the built-in serializer Stores CardTemplate's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. The stream to write to. Writes the Xml content in the stream and leaves the stream open. Stores CardTemplate's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. The file to write to. Loads CardTemplate's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The XmlReader to read the XML from. Loads CardTemplate's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The stream to read from. Loads CardTemplate's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The file to read from. Gets the serialization info for RadLayoutControl used by Save/Load layout methods to persist the layout to/from XML. By default or when set to null the ComponentXmlSerializationInfo provided by GetDefaultXmlSerializationInfo() will be used. Gets the default serialization info for RadLayoutControl used by Save/Load layout methods to persist the layout to/from XML. The default serialization info. Initializes the items of the default context menu. Gets the designer host. The list view element. Gets a value indicating whether the owner is data bound or has any columns created. The list view element. Synchronizes given CardViewContainerElement to the container of CardTemplate. The given container. The visual item that owns the container. Updates item bounds and synchronizes properties. Handles the RadPropertyChanged event of the GroupItem control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Gets the card items container. Gets the horizontal . Gets the vertical . Updates the scrollbar metrics. Represents the method that will handle the creating events of CardViewContainerElement items. The event sender, typically this is Instance of containing the data related with this event Provides data for the CardViewItemCreating event. Initializes a new instance of the CardViewItemCreatingEventArgs. The CardTemplate item. The newly created item. The visual item. Gets the from CardTemplate. Gets or sets the created . Gets the . Represents the method that will handle the formatting events of CardViewContainerElement items. The event sender, typically this is Instance of containing the data related with this event Provides data for the CardViewItemFormatting event. Initializes a new instance of the CardViewItemFormattingEventArgs class. The The Gets the . Gets the . Gets or sets the name of field associated with this item. Gets the field. This method is used internally! This method is used internally! Gets or sets the position of the text of the item. Gets or sets the proportional size of the text part which will be used when TextSizeMode is set to proportional. Gets or sets the fixed size of the text part which will be used when TextSizeMode is set to fixed. Gets or sets the minimum size of the text part. Gets or sets the maximum size of the text part. Gets or sets the way in which the text part will be sized - proportionally or fixed-size. Gets the editor label item. Gets or sets the name of field associated with this item. Gets the card field. This method is used internally! Gets the rectangle in which the text part will be arranged. The client area of the item. The arrange rectangle of the text part. Gets the rectangle in which the editor will be arranged. The client area of the item. The arrange rectangle of the editor. Gets the main chat element. Gets or sets the current author. This instance is used when is set to true as well as to determine the messages alignment and styling. Gets or sets a value indicating whether messages typed by the user will automatically be added as to the chat. Gets or sets the size of the avatar images. Gets or sets whether avatar images will be displayed in the chat window next to messages. Gets or sets whether messages will be displayed aligned to only one side of the chat window or on both. Gets or sets the time interval between messages that will trigger the automatic addition of a Time separator. If set to no Time separators will be added. Shows the provided overlay in the control. The message that contains the overlay info. Hides any overlays that are currently displayed by the control. Adds a new message to the chat. Typical messages are , , , and The message to be displayed in the chat. Occurs when the user performs an action e.g hits the Enter key, clicks the Send message button, clicks on a Suggested Action or a Card Action, clicks OK on an overlay. Occurs when the user clicks on a Suggested Action Occurs when the user clicks on a Card Action Occurs when the user clicks on a Toolbar Action Occurs after a new message is added. Allows you to decide whether a time separator should be inserted before the currently added message. Occurs when the data item of a visual element is changed and the element is prepared for visualization. Gets or sets the current author. This instance is used when is set to true as well as to determine the messages alignment and styling. Gets or sets a value indicating whether messages typed by the user will automatically be added as to the chat. Gets or sets the size of the avatar images. Gets or sets whether avatar images will be displayed in the chat window next to messages. Gets or sets whether messages will be displayed aligned to only one side of the chat window or on both. Gets or sets the time interval between messages that will trigger the automatic addition of a Time separator. If set to no Time separators will be added. Shows the provided overlay in the control. The message that contains the overlay info. Hides any overlays that are currently displayed by the control. Adds a new message to the chat. Typical messages are , , , and The message to be displayed in the chat. Occurs when the user performs an action e.g hits the Enter key, clicks the Send message button, clicks on a Suggested Action or a Card Action, clicks OK on an overlay. Fires the event. The event arguments. Occurs when the user clicks on a Suggested Action Fires the event. The event arguments. Occurs when the user clicks on a Card Action Fires the event. The card which triggered the event. The event arguments. Occurs when the user clicks on a Toolbar Action Fires the event. The event arguments. Occurs after a new message is added. Allows you to decide whether a time separator should be inserted before the currently added message. Fires the event. The event arguments. Occurs when the data item of a visual element is changed and the element is prepared for visualization. Fires the event. The event arguments. Gets or sets the size of the avatar images. Gets or sets whether avatar images will be displayed in the chat window next to messages. Gets or sets whether messages will be displayed aligned to only one side of the chat window or on both. Gets or sets the time interval between messages that will trigger the automatic addition of a Time separator. If set to no Time separators will be added. Gets or sets the image of the element. The image. Gets the image primitive. The image primitive. Initializes the fields. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Gets the default size of the control. The default of the control. Gets the controls container. The controls container. Gets the panel container which contains the controls of the RadCollapsiblePanel. The panel container. Gets the collapsible panel element. The collapsible panel element. Gets or sets the expand direction. The expand direction. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation to expand or collapse the control. true if the expand/collapse animations are enabled; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the content sizing mode. The content sizing mode. Gets a or Sets value indicating whether the control is expanded. true if the control is expanded; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether the control is currently animating. true if the control is currently animating; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show a line primitive in the header. true if a line in the header is visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the horizontal header alignment. The horizontal header alignment. Gets or sets the vertical header alignment. The vertical header alignment. Gets or sets the header text. The header text. This value is set when the control is about to be collapsed and is used to restore the control's size when expanding. It should only be set by the control itself. Gets or sets the animation interval. The animation frames. Gets or sets the animation frames. The animation frames. Gets or sets the easing type to be applied to the animation when expanding or collapsing The animation easing type. Gets or sets the type of the expand or collapse animation. The type of the animation. Gets or sets the BackColor of the control. This is actually the BackColor property of the root element. This property is not relevant for this class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes the internal container which holds the controls. Creates the child items. The parent. Creates the controls container which holds the controls. Creates the collapsible panel element. Creates a new instance of the control collection for the control. A new instance of assigned to the control. Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Expands the control. Will not have effect if the control is already expanded or is animating. Can be canceled from the Expanding event. Collapses the control. Will not have effect if the control is already collapsed or is animating. Can be canceled from the Collapsing event. If the Control is expanded it will be collapsed and vice-versa. If the Control is expanded it will be collapsed and vice-versa. if set to true ignores the IsExpanded property. if set to true expands the control without animation. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs after the control is expanded. Occurs after the control is collapsed. Occurs before the control is expanded. Occurs before the control is collapsed. Synchronizes its size, location and margin with the specified instance The element to synchronize with. Synchronizes its size with the specified instance The element to synchronize with. Synchronizes its location with the specified instance The element to synchronize with. Synchronizes its margin with the specified instance The element to synchronize with. Gets the container panel that holds all the components added to the panel. Gets or sets which control borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. One of the values. The default is . Suspends the child controls layout. Suspends the child controls layout where the controls are not docked. Resumes the child controls layout. if set to true [perform layout]. Resumes the child controls layout. Gets or sets the class name string that ThemeResolutionService will use to find the themes registered for the control. By default the return value is RadControl's type FullName; Some controls like drop down menu has different ThemeClassName depending on the runtime usaage of the control. Draws the control to a A new instance of Gets the header element. The header element. Gets or sets the expand direction. The expand direction. Gets or Sets a value indicating whether the control is expanded. true if the control is expanded; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation to expand or collapse the control. true if the expand/collapse animations are enabled; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the content sizing mode. The content sizing mode. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is currently animating. true if the control is currently animating; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the animation interval. The animation interval. Gets or sets the animation frames. The animation frames. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show a line primitive in the header. true if a line in the header is visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the horizontal header alignment. The horizontal header alignment. Gets or sets the vertical header alignment. The vertical header alignment. Gets the layout element. The layout element which is responsible for the position of the ControlsContainer Gets or sets the header text. The header text. This value is set when the control is about to be collapsed and is used to restore the control's size when expanding. It should only be set by the control itself. Gets or sets the easing type to be applied to the animations The animation easing type. Gets or sets the type of the expand or collapse animation. The type of the animation. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner control. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates the header element. Creates the layout element. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Called when the button in the CollapsiblePanel's header is clicked. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Expands the control. Will not have effect if the control is already expanded or is animating. Can be canceled from the Expanding event. Expands the control. Will not have effect if the control is already expanded or is animating. Can be canceled from the Expanding event. if set to true ignores the IsExpanded property. if set to true expands the control without animation. Collapses the control. Will not have effect if the control is already collapsed or is animating. Can be canceled from the Collapsing event. Collapses the control. Will not have effect if the control is already collapsed or is animating. Can be canceled from the Collapsing event. if set to true ignores the IsExpanded property. if set to true expands the control without animation. If the Control is expanded it will be collapsed and vice-versa. If the Control is expanded it will be collapsed and vice-versa. if set to true ignores the IsExpanded property. if set to true expands the control without animation. Creates the instance which will be used to animate the control. Create it according to its value. Creates the instance which will be used to animate the control. if set to true expand animation will be created, otherwise collapse animation will be created. Sets the control bounds after it is collapsed. Creates the expand animation. Setups the reveal expand animation. The animation to be set up. Setups the slide expand animation. The animation to be set up. Creates the collapse animation. The new instance Setups the reveal collapse animation. The animation to be set up. Setups the slide collapse animation. The animation to be set up. Executes the collapse preparations. This method is invoked before the panel starts collapsing. If the current enumeration is not supported Executes the collapse finalizations. This method is invoked after the panel has collapsed. If the current enumeration is not supported Executes the expand preparations. This method is invoked before the panel starts expanded. If the current enumeration is not supported Executes the expand finalizations. This method is invoked after the panel has expanded. If the current enumeration is not supported Gets the object to be animated. This object is used by the current animation object. If the current enumeration is not supported Occurs when the control is expanded. Occurs when the control is collapsed. Occurs when the control is about to be expanded. Cancelable. Occurs when the control is about to be collapsed. Cancelable. Gets the expand collapse button element. The expand collapse button element. Gets the header text element. The header text element. Gets the header line element. The header line element. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show a line primitive in the header. true if a line in the header is visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the horizontal header alignment. The horizontal header alignment. Gets or sets the vertical header alignment. The vertical header alignment. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates the button element. Creates the text element. Creates the line element. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. The content will be horizontally positioned in the center of its parent. The content will be horizontally positioned to the right of its parent. The content will be horizontally positioned to the left of its parent. The content will stretched so all children have equal width. The content will be vertically positioned in the center of its parent. The content will be vertically positioned to the bottom of its parent. The content will be vertically positioned to the top of its parent. The content will stretched so all children have equal height. Represents a MaskedEditBox in . Gets or sets a mask expression. Gets or sets the mask type. Gets or sets the text associated with this item. Gets or sets the hosted . Gets or sets the data source that populates the items for the . Gets or sets a string that specifies the property or database column from which to get values that correspond to the items in the . Gets or sets a string that specifies the property or database column from which to retrieve strings for display in the items. Specifies the mode for the automatic completion feature used in the . Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the . Gets or sets the editor's value. Gets the associated group node. The associated group node. Gets the drop down button. The drop down button. Determines whether the specified data is compatible. The data. The context. Compares the specified x. The x. The y. Gets the criteria node. The criteria node. Gets the field element. The field element. Gets the operator element. The operator element. Gets the value element. The value element. Adds the editor. The editor. Removes the editor. The editor. Synchronizes this instance. Gets the value of field, operator and value elements. Updates the descriptor value. The value. Determines whether the specified data is compatible. The data. The context. Gets or sets the associated filter descriptor. The descriptor. Gets or sets the descriptor item. The descriptor item. Gets or sets the property name of associated filter descriptor. The name of the property. Gets or sets the filter operator of associated filter descriptor. The filter operator. Gets or sets the value of associated filter descriptor. The descriptor value. Gets the type of the value. The type of the value. Gets or sets the node value. The text. Removes the current tree node from the tree view control. Gets the formatted value. Gets or sets the name of the descriptor. The name of the descriptor. Gets or sets the type of the descriptor. The type of the descriptor. Gets or sets a value indicating if this descriptor item is auto generated. The is auto generated. Gets or sets the default filter operator. The default filter operator. Gets or sets the default value. The default value. Gets the filter operators. The filter operators. Gets the filter operation context. The filter operation context. Determines whether this instance can start the specified context. The context. Determines whether this instance [can drag over] the specified drop position. The drop position. The target node element. Cancels the preview drag drop. The instance containing the event data. Gets the editor. The editor. Gets or sets the type of the editor. The type of the editor. Gets the editor element. The editor. Creates the element. The data. The context. Gets the group node. The group node. Gets the logical operator element. The logical operator element. Gets the text element. The text element. Gets the logical operator. The logical operator. Adds the editor. The editor. Removes the editor. The editor. Synchronizes this instance. Updates the descriptor value. The value. Gets the logical operator form text. The text. Gets the logical operator of group node. Determines whether the specified data is compatible. The data. The context. Gets the size of the editor. Size of the available. The editor element. Creates the specific states. Adds the default visible states. The sm. Gets or sets the associated composite descriptor. The composite descriptor. Gets or sets the logical operator of associated CompositeDescriptor. The logical operator. Gets or sets the associated add node. The associated add node. Adds child descriptor. The descriptor to add. Removes child descriptor. The descriptor to remove. Removes the current tree node from the tree view control. Gets the first found item, with property name equal to item descriptor name specified, case-sensitive. RadItem if found, null (Nothing in VB.NET) otherwise Gets the name. The name. Gets the operator. The operator. Gets the operator. For example: If the operator is LIKE and the value is '%s%' - returns Contains. The filter operator. The value. Gets the display value. Returns a value depending on filter operator. The filter operator. The value. Gets the display name from localization provider. The filter operator. The value. Gets the filter operations that are suitable for the given data type. Type of the data. Gets or sets the source control. The source control. Updates the properties from current SourceControl. Gets the field names. Applies the filter to the SourceControl. The expression. Thrown if the SourceControl is not initialized. Thrown if the SourceControl is not implementer of System.ComponentModel.IBindingListView, System.Data.DataTable or System.Data.DataView Gets the type of the field. Name of the field. Gets the property descriptor. Name of the property. Gets or sets the property descriptors. The property descriptors. Creates the provider. The source control. Gets the data filter. The data filter. Gets or sets the data source of DataFilter. The data source. Applies the filter expression to the DataFilter. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. RadDataFilter localization strings. Provides localization services for RadDataFilter. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. Displays a hierarchical collection of filter expressions. Gets or sets the auto generate descriptor items. The auto generate descriptor items. A collection of descriptor items used to identify the property names and their corresponding types. Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying filters for. Gets the data filter element. The data filter element. Gets or sets the expression. The expression. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the name of fields in fields drop down should be sorted. Gets or sets a value indicating how the field names are sorted when SortFieldNames is true. Gets the collection of tree nodes. A System.Windows.Forms.TreeNodeCollection that represents the tree nodes assigned to the data filter control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether drag and drop operation with RadDataFilter nodes is enabled. AllowDragDropBetweenTreeViews Property AllowDrop Property (Telerik.WinControls.UI.RadTreeNode) The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether adding new nodes is allowed. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether removing nodes is allowed. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing is allowed. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the height of the item. The height of the item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [show lines]. true if [show lines]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the color of the line. The color of the line. Gets or sets the line style. TreeLineStyle enumeration A TreeLineStyle that represents the style used for the lines between the nodes. The default is TreeLineStyle.Solid. Gets or sets a value indicating the default tree view toggle mode. Applies the filter to the DataSource. Signals the object that initialization is complete. Loads the XML with reader. The reader. The extra types. Saves the XML with writer. The writer. The extra types. Occurs when a property text is about to be displayed on the screen. Allows the developer to substitute property names with user-friendly display strings. Gets or sets the provider. The provider. Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying filters for. Gets or sets the expression. The expression. Builds the tree based on the collection of filter descriptors. A collection of descriptor items used to identify the property names and their corresponding types. Gets or sets the auto generate descriptor items. The auto generate descriptor items. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the name of fields in fields drop down should be sorted. Gets or sets a value indicating how the field names are sorted when SortFieldNames is true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [allow edit]. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [allow edit]. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [allow drag drop]. true if [allow drag drop]; otherwise, false. Applies the filter to the DataSource. Adds child nodes, based on the given filter descriptor and its child descriptors. The filter. The node, that will be the parent of created nodes. Removes the child node. The node to remove. Removes the child node. The parent node. The child node. Clears the child nodes of given group node. The node. Validates if adding new node is allowed. Gets the default name of field property. Updates the value and operator of the descriptor. The descriptor. Gets the field names. Gets the type of the editor. Type of the value. Puts the current node in edit mode. Ends the init. Normalizes the expression. Normalizes the child descriptor. The composite descriptor. Called when [editor required]. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Setups the drop down list. The criteria node. The editor. The display value. Gets the editor. Type of the editor. Initializes the editor. Type of the value. The editor. Gets the type of the field by given property name. Name of the property. Initializes the spin editor. The spin editor. Type of the value. Saves the editor value. The node element. The new value. Gets the designer host. Updates the nodes collection by removing all the nodes that does not have corresponding property name in the Descriptors collection. Gets or sets the default date editor format. The default date editor format. Gets or sets the default custom date editor format. The default custom date editor format. Gets or sets the format of TimeSpan editor. The timespan editor format. Occurs when a property text is about to be displayed on the screen. Allows the developer to substitute property names with user-friendly display strings. Fires the event. Represents a to be used in control. Gets or sets the fixed size of the validation label. If set to 0, the text will be autosized. Gets the validation label element. Gets the arrange rectangle of the validation text label. The client rectangle of the item. The arrange rectangle of the validation label. An extension of the which adds data binding functionality. When set with a DataSource, RadDataLayout automatically generates editors for each of the fields in the datasource. Provides validation functionality and additional interface for displaying validation messages. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes the and the ValidationPanel Gets the instance of which is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadDataLayout. Gets or sets the DataSource. Setting the DataSource will auto-generate editors for the fields in it. Gets or sets the number of columns which will be used to arrange generated controls. Number Of Columns should be at least one Gets the validation panel. Gets the inner . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the validation panel should appear. Gets or sets a value indicating the flow direction of generated editors when the ColumnCount property has value bigger than 1. The ItemDefaultHeight property sets the height that generated items should have. Gets the BindingManagerBase manager that is used to manage the current DataSource. If [true], the labels will have a fixed size, best-fitted to the largest text in the column. If [false], the labels will have their default proportional size. Gets the current object. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs when the value of editor is changed. Occurs when the value of editor is about to change. Occurs when editor is being initialized. This event is cancelable Occurs when the editor is Initialized. This event is firing when the item associated with a given field is about to be Initialized. This event is cancelable.. Occurs the item is already Initialized. Occurs when a binding object for an editor is about to be created. This event is cancelable. Occurs when binding object is created. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Updates the validation panel visibility. Gets the margin around the client area of the control. In the default case, this should be the border thickness. The main element of control. Handles the logic of creating and arranging items when the control is databound. The error icon property Initializes the fields. The ItemDefaultHeight property sets the height that generated items should have. Gets or sets the number of columns which will be used to arrange generated controls. Number Of Columns should be at least one Gets or sets a value indicating the flow direction of generated editors when the ColumnCount property has value bigger than 1. If [true], the labels will have a fixed size, best-fitted to the largest text in the column. If [false], the labels will have their default proportional size. Gets or sets the data source. Gets the current object. Gets the manager. Gets or sets the icon of the Error provider. The error icon. Binds this instance. Clears this instance. Initializes the data entry. Finds the required properties. Arranges the controls. Creates a control with the specified type for a given property. The property. The suggested editor type. A Control instance. Generates the controls run time. The current column. The pair. Size of the property item control. The property item control location. Generates the controls design time. The current column. The pair. Size of the property item control. The property item control location. Creates the binding. The control. Name of the property. The data member. Binding. Arranges the labels. Gets the suggested editor type for the specified property type. The property type. The type of the suggested editor. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Represents a data entry. The RadDataEntry class is essentially a simple wrapper for the RadScrollablePanelElement. All UI and logic functionality is implemented in the RadScrollablePanelElement class. The RadDataEntry acts to transfer the events to and from its corresponding RadScrollablePanelElement instance. The RadScrollablePanelElement may be nested in other telerik controls. The validation panel The show validation panel Initializes a new instance of the class. Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Creates the panel element. RadScrollablePanelElement. Creates the controls instance. Control.ControlCollection. Wires the events. Unwires the events. This method initializes the scrollbars and the container control. This method inserts the scrollbars and the container in the Controls collection of this control. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized true if [automatic size]; otherwise, false. Gets the default size of the control. The default System.Drawing.Size of the control. The default Size of the control. Gets the instance of RadDataEntryElement wrapped by this control. RadDataEntryElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadDataEntry. The data entry element. Gets or sets the data source. The data source. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the amount of columns that RadDataEntry will use to arrange generated controls. The number of columns. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the generated editors should fit their width to width of the RadDataEntry. true if [fit to parent width]; otherwise, false. Gets the validation panel. The validation panel. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [show validation panel]. true if [show validation panel]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether generating flow of editors when the ColumnCount property has value bigger than 1. The flow direction. Gets or sets the between the generated items. The item space. The ItemDefaultSize property sets the size that generated items should have if FitToParentWidth property has value false. When property the FitToParentWidth has value true the width of items are calculated according the width of the RadDataEntry The default size of the item. Gets the BindingManagerBase manager that is used for current DataSource. The manager. In RadDataEntry control there is logic that arranges the labels of the editors in one column according to the longest text. This logic can be controlled by the AutoSizeLabels property. true if [resize labels]; otherwise, false. Gets the current object. The current object. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs when the value of editor is changed. Occurs when the value of editor is about to change. Occurs when editor is being initialized. This event is cancellable. Occurs when the editor is Initialized. This event is firing when the panel that contains the label, editor and validation label is about to be Initialized. This event is cancellable. Occurs the item is already Initialized. Occurs when a binding object for an editor is about to be created. This event is cancellable. Occurs when binding object is created. Handles the ControlRemoved event of the ValidationPanel control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the ControlAdded event of the ValidationPanel control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the ItemValidated event of the DataEntryElement control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the ItemValidating event of the DataEntryElement control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the BindingCreated event of the DataEntryElement control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the BindingCreating event of the DataEntryElement control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the EditorInitialized event of the DataEntryElement control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the EditorInitializing event of the DataEntryElement control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the ItemInitializing event of the DataEntryElement control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the ItemInitialized event of the DataEntryElement control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Updates the validation panel visibility. Creates an instance of the class. This constructor is used by the Visual Studio Designer. Creates an instance of the class. An instance of the class which represents the owner of this container. Class RadDataEntryElement. The error icon property Initializes the fields. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the amount of columns that RadDataEntry will use to arrange generated controls. The number of columns. Number Of Columns should be at least one Gets or sets a value indicating whether generating flow of editors when the ColumnCount property has value bigger than 1. The filling order. Gets or sets the between the generated items. The item space. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the generated editors should fit their width to width of the RadDataEntry. true if [fit to parent width]; otherwise, false. The ItemDefaultSize property sets the size that generated items should have if FitToParentWidth property has value false. When property the FitToParentWidth has value true the width of items are calculated according the width of the RadDataEntry The default size of the item. In RadDataEntry control there is logic that arranges the labels of the editors in one column according to the longest text. This logic can be controlled by the AutoSizeLabels property. true if [resize labels]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the data source. The data source. Gets the current object. The current object. Gets the manager. The manager. Gets the data entry control. The data entry control. Gets or sets the icon of the Error provider. The error icon. Binds this instance. Clears this instance. Initializes the data entry. Finds the required properties. Arranges the controls. Creates the enum. The property. Control. Creates the text box. The property. Control. Creates the text box. The property. Control. Creates the image. The property. Control. Creates the color. The property. Control. Creates the boolean. The property. Control. Creates the date time. The property. Control. Generates the controls run time. The current column. The pair. Size of the property item control. The property item control location. Generates the controls design time. The current column. The pair. Size of the property item control. The property item control location. Setups the inner controls. The pair. Size of the property item control. The property item control location. The property item container. The label control. The validation control. The editor control. Arranges the labels. Creates the binding. The control. Name of the property. The data member. Binding. Converts the image to icon. The image. Icon. Clears the borders. Handles the Validated event of the control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the Validating event of the control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Handles the event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Class RadBindingNavigator. Creates the element. An instance of . Gets the binding navigator element. The binding navigator element. Gets or sets the binding source. The binding source. Gets or sets the count item format. The count item format. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control will handle internally the creation of new items. true if [automatic handle add new]; otherwise, false. Gets the rows of the binding navigator. Gets or sets which RadBindingNavigator borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. One of the values. The default is . The value assigned is not one of the values. 1 Gets the menu opened upon right-click on the control. Gets the width and height of a rectangle centered on the point the mouse button was pressed, within which a drag operation will not begin. Gets or sets the orientation of the RadBindingNavigator - could be horizontal or vertical. This property is controlled by the Dock property of the RadBindingNavigator control. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs before the orientation is changed. Occurs after the orientation is changed. Occurs before a floating form is created. Occurs before a floating strip is docked. Occurs when a floating strip is created. Occurs after a floating strip is docked. Occurs when opening the context menu. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Obsolete. The name of the method has a typo. Use the OnContextMenuOpening(CancelEventArgs e) method instead. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. True if the change of orientation should be canceled, false otherwise. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Propagate ThemeName to child bar's menu Applies the orientation to the control and its child elements. The orientation to apply Indicates whether events should be fired Represents the RootElement of the RadBindingNavigator control. Allows inheritors to provide custom load logic. Maps the controls. Adds the standard items. Disposes the managed resources of this instance. Creates the first top strip element child elements. Creates the second bottom strip element child elements. Attaches the events. Unwires the buttons and text box events. Gets or sets the command bar row element. The command bar row element. Gets the first top strip element. The first top strip element. Gets or sets the first button. The first button. Gets or sets the previous button. The previous button. Gets or sets the current number text box. The current number text box. Gets or sets the page label. The page label. Gets or sets the next button. The next button. Gets or sets the last button. The last button. Gets or sets the second bottom strip element. The second bottom strip element. Gets or sets the add new button. The add new button. Gets or sets the delete button. The delete button. Gets or sets the binding source. The binding source. Gets the type of the theme effective. The type of the theme effective. Gets or sets the image of the button that navigates to the first item. The first item button image. Gets or sets the image of the button that navigates to the previous item. The previous item button image. Gets or sets the image of the button that navigates next item. The next item button image. Gets or sets the image of the button that navigates to the last item. The last item button image. Gets or sets the image of the button that adds new item. The add new button image. Gets or sets the image of the button that deletes the current item. The delete button image. Gets or sets the vector image of the button that navigates to the first item. The first item button svg image. Gets or sets the vector image XML string of the button that navigates to the first item. The first item button svg image XML. Gets or sets the vector image of the button that navigates to the previous item. The previous item button svg image. Gets or sets the vector image XML string of the button that navigates to the previous item. The previous item button svg image XML. Gets or sets the vector image of the button that navigates next item. The next item button svg image. Gets or sets the vector image XML string of the button that navigates next item. The next item button svg image XML. Gets or sets the vector image of the button that navigates to the last item. The last item button svg image. Gets or sets the vector image XML string of the button that navigates to the last item. The last item button svg image XML. Gets or sets the vector image of the button that adds new item. The add new button svg image. Gets or sets the vector image XML string of the button that adds new item. The add new button svg image XML. Gets or sets the vector image of the button that deletes the current item. The delete button svg image. Gets or sets the vector image XML string of the button that deletes the current item. The delete button svg image XML. Gets or sets a value indicating, whether the buttons will display images or glyphs. Gets or sets the font size of the glyphs when property is set to . Gets or sets the count item format. The count item format. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control will handle internally the creation of new items. true if adding new items is handled by the binding navigator; otherwise, false. Handles the Click event of the FirstButton control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the Click event of the PreviousButton control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the Click event of the NextButton control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the Click event of the LastButton control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the KeyDown event of the currentNumberTextBox control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the Click event of the DeleteButton control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the Click event of the AddNewButton control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Called when the element has been successfully loaded. That includes loading of all its children as well. Binds this instance. Updates the visibility. Updates the text box. Updates the label text. Updates the add new button visibility. Enumerate the which part will be included when checking for NullValue. Only Date Only Time Both Returns the new selected font. Gets or sets the color of the form's first broder. Gets or sets the color of the form's second broder. Gets or sets the color of the form's client area shadow. This class represents the dialog form shown to the user when they drop a RadRibbonBar control on a RadForm control in the Visual Studio designer. Creates an instance of the RadFormDesignerRibbonDialog Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. This is a base class for a behavior that can be associated with a RadFormControlBase instance. The behavior defines the behavior and appearance of the form. Creates an instance of the RadFormBehaviorBase class. This instance has no Form associated with it. Creates an instance of the RadFormBehaviorBase class. An implementation of the IComponentTreeHandler which this behavior applies to Creates an instance of the RadFormBehavior class. An implementation of the IComponentTreeHandler which this behavior applies to Gets the RadElement instance that represents the root element containing the hierarchy that builds the visual appearance of the form. Determines whether the CreateChildItems call is routed to the handler of the behavior. Used by the RadFormControlBase class. Gets the width of the form border Gets the height of the caption that is drawn by the behavior. Gets the margin that describes the size and position of the client area. Occurs when a form is associated with the behavior. A class that represents a border for a Form which is built by images. Gets a Padding object that represents the left, top, right and bottom width of the border. Gets or sets the left Image which represents the transition between the image border and the title bar element. Gets or sets the right Image which represents the transition between the image border and the title bar element. Gets or sets the texture for the left image border. Gets or sets the texture for the bottom image border. Gets or sets the texture for the right image border. Gets or sets the image for the bottom left border corner. Gets or sets the image for the bottom right border corner. Creates an instance of the "RadNonClientUIBaseFormBehavior" class. Creates an instance of the "RadNonClientUIBaseFormBehavior" class. The implementation which this behavior is associated with. Creates an instance of the "RadNonClientUIBaseFormBehavior" class. The associated implementation. Determines whether the behavior handles the CreateChildItems call. Gets an integer representing the top client margin of the form when composition is enabled. Returns a zero for the caption height. Gets a boolean value indicating whether composition effects are enabled for the form. Gets a value indicating whether composition effects are enabled for the Operating System. Gets or sets value indicating whether the NC control is drawn over the Aero glass under Vista or later versions of Windows. This class represents the Telerik's Form control. You can create RadForm controls by inheriting from this class. The text associated with this control. Gets the RadFormElement instance that represents the element hierarchy which builds the RadForm appearance. Gets or sets the scaling mode of the form's icon. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the Form customizes its NC area when under Vista with Composition enabled. Prevent the Form from getting the mouse capture when the capture is requested by one of the system buttons. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. A standard behavior for RadForm. Creates an instance of the RadFormBehavior class. This instance has no Form associated with it. Creates an instance of the RadFormBehavior class. An IComponentTreeHandler instance. Creates an instance of the RadFormBehavior class. An IComponentTreeHandler instance. A flag that determines whether the CreateChildItems call is rerouted to the behavior. Gets the bounding rectangle of the sizing grip that appears when both scrollbars are visible. Gets the bounding rectangle of the horizontal scrollbar. Returns an empty rectangle if the scrollbar is not visible. Gets the bounding rectangle of the vertical scrollbar. Returns an empty rectangle if the scrollbar is not visible. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the behavior paints in the NC area of the Form when OS is Vista or later and Composition is enabled. Gets the Caption Height of the Form. Gets the Border width of the Form. Gets the margin that determines the position and size of the client area of the Form. Calculates the bounding rectangle of the vertical scrollbar. An instance of the Rectangle struct that represents the position and the size of the vertical scrollbar Calculates the bounding rectangle of the horizontal scrollbar. An instance of the Rectangle struct that represents the position and the size of the horizontal scrollbar. This method synchronizes the values of the standard vertical scrollbar with the RadScrollBarElement in the Form's element hierarchy. This method synchronizes the values of the standard horizontal scrollbar with the RadScrollBarElement in the Form's element hierarchy. Gets the Caption Height according to the Styles applied and the current state of the form. A value representing the height of the caption. Gets a Padding object which represents the window NC margin according to the currently set styles. The form NC margin. Calculates the client margin based on the current form and form element settings This method translates a point which is in client coordinates to a point in NC coordinates. Used when the Form has captured the mouse and NC mouse events have to be processed. A point in client coordinates. The point in NC coordinates. Fires when a Form has been associated with the behavior. This method adjusts the Element tree according to the current AllowTheming property value. If AllowTheming is true, the Element tree is painted, otherwise not. Changes the visibility of the separate items within the RadFormElement's element tree according to the current Form state. The state of the Form as it comes from the WM_SIZE message This method adjusts the FormElement according to the styles currently applied to the Form. For example, the MinimizeButton, MaximizeButton and CloseButton in the Title Bar are enabled/disabled according to whether the corresponding window style is applied. A Delegate which is used for invoking the base implementation of WndProc of this form. Represents a RadFormControl. RadFormControlBase is an abstract class and is base class for all telerik windows forms. The new bounds for the new DPI that we receive on WM_DPICHANGED. Determines whether the control and all its child elements should use the new layout system. Loads the element tree. While not loaded, no layout operations are allowed upon the tree. By default, the tree will be loaded when the control is displayed for the first time. Loads the element tree using the specified desired size. Notifies that the control is about to be visualized. In this override we set the initial dpi scaling. Calls the base OnPaint implementation. This method can be used by the form behavior to call the base implementation in case it is needed. Calls the base OnPaintBackground implementation. This method can be used by the form behavior to call the base implementation in case it is needed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Analytics functionality is enabled or disbaled for this control. Gets a boolean value which determines whether the control is loaded. Gets or sets the FormBorderStyle of the Form. Gets the behavior associated with this form if any. Processes a dialog box key. true if the keystroke was processed and consumed by the control; otherwise, false to allow further processing. One of the values that represents the key to process. Updates which button is the default button. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the Form customizes its NC area when under Vista with Composition enabled. Indicates focus cues display, when available, based on the corresponding control type and the current UI state. Gets or sets a value indicating whether ToolTips are shown for the RadItem objects contained in the RadControl. Gets or sets whether Key Map (Office 2007 like accelerator keys map) is used for this speciffic control. Currently this option is implemented for the RadRibbonBar control only. Gets or sets the windows related setting. Gets or sets the BackColor of the control. This is actually the BackColor property of the root element. Determines whether the BackColor property should be serialized. Gets or sets the ForeColor of the control. This is actually the ForeColor property of the root element. Determines whether the ForeColor property should be serialized. Gets or sets the Font of the control. This is actually the Font property of the root element. Determines whether the ForeColor property should be serialized. Determines whether the specified RadProperty should be serialized. Called to initialize the behavior of the form. Resets the behavior associated with the Form. This method is used internally. Determines whether the InitializeFormBehavior method will be called after the p Processes a focus request from the specified element. The element that requested the focus. True if focus is approved, false otherwise. Processes a capture request from the specified element. The element which requested the capture. True if the capture request is approved, otherwise false. Occurs when a RadItem instance iside the RadControl requires ToolTip text. Occurs prior the ScreenTip of a RadItem instance inside the RadControl is displayed. Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images displayed by this control. Gets a value indicating if control themes by default define PropertySettings for the specified element. If true is returned the ThemeResolutionService would not not set any theme to the element to avoid duplicatingthe style settings of the element. Occurs when when a property of an object changes change. Calling the event is developer's responsibility. Occurs when the Windows theme is changed(to Light, Dark or HighContrast). This is the class that represents the element hierarchy which is painted in the non-client area of a RadForm. Gets or sets a boolean value to determine whether the form should appear as active or inactive. Using this property, you can override the default theme styles which define different appearance of the form when in active/inactive state. Gets the square element that appears at the end of the horizontal scrollbar. Gets the composed width of the border built on the width of the line and image borders. Gets the MdiControlStrip item that should appear below the title bar when a MDI child is maximized. Gets the BorderPrimitive of the RadFormElement. Gets the FormImageBorderPrimitive of the RadFormElement. Gets the RadFormTitleBarElement of the RadFormElement. Gets the horizontal scrollbar element of the form element. Gets the vertical scrollbar element of the form element. Gets an instance of the class that represents the fill of the MDI strip. Gets the Minimize button Gets the Maximize button Gets the Close button Gets the ImagePrimitive representing the Icon of the currently maximized MDI child. This class represents a Form that hosts a RadRibbonBar control and extends the behavior of a standard form by providing Office 2007 form-like appearance. Creates an instance of the class. The implementation which this behavior is associated with. Creates an instance of the class. The associated implementation. Determines whether the behavior handles the CreateChildItems call. This class serves as a dummy MenuStrip used by the RadRibbonFormBehavior to prevent the default MDI caption from being painted when a MDI child is maximized since the RadRibbonBar controls takes care to handle MDI children. A class that represents the Border Primitive used in the new RadRibbonForm. This is the class that represents the element hierarchy which is painted in the non-client area of a RadForm. Gets the BorderPrimitive of the RadFormElement. This class represents a base class for all behaviors that modify the non-client area of the form and enable custom painting in it. Creates an instance of the ThemedFormBehavior class. Creates an instance of the RadFormBehavior class. An IComponentTreeHandler instance. Creates an instance of the RadFormBehavior class. An IComponentTreeHandler instance. A flag that determines whether the CreateChildItems call is rerouted to the behavior. Gets a bool value that determines whether the Form's window state is maximized. Gets a bool value that determines whether the Form's window state is minimized. Gets a boolean value that determines whether the Form's window state is normal. Gets an integer value that determines the current Form state: Possible values come from the SIZE_RESTORED, SIZE_MAXIMIZED, SIZE_MINIMIZED win32 constants. Gets a boolean value showing whether a MDI child form is maximized. Gets the MdiClient control of the Form. Returns null if the Form is not MdiContainer. Gets a boolean value determining whether there is a Menu in the Form. Gets the maximized MDI child if any. This rectangle represents the top sizing frame of a window. This rectangle represents the topleft sizing corner of a window. This rectangle represents the left sizing frame of a window. This rectangle represents the bottomleft sizing corner of a window. This rectangle represents the bottom sizing frame of a window. This rectangle represents the bottomright sizing corner of a window. This rectangle represents the right sizing frame of a window. This rectangle represents the topright sizing corner of a window. This rectangle represents the caption frame of a window. This rectangle represents the left border frame of a window. This rectangle represents the bottom border frame of a window. This rectangle represents the right border frame of a window. This rectangle represents the client rectangle of a window. Gets the rectangle that contains the menu of the form. Gets the rectangle that contains the system buttons of the form. Gets the rectangle that contains the form's icon. Gets the rectangle that contains the form's caption text. Gets or sets a bool value indiciating whether the behavior applies NC theming to the form. Gets the current form CreateParams settings. Gets or sets the form associated with this behavior. Used only in design-time. IMPORTANT: This property can be assigned only one time. An InvalidOperationException is thrown when the property is assigned more than once. This method transforms screen coordinates into local coordinates. The screen point to transform. The transformed point. If the handle of the associated Form is not created, the method returns the input. This method returns the maximum available height according to the current position of the form in multi-monitor setup. Fires when the window state of the form is changed. Uses the SIZE_* values to define the window states. The old window state of the form. The new window state of the form Immediately refreshes the whole non-client area of the form which this behavior is associated with. Invalidates the specified bounds in the non-client area of the form this behavior is associated with. This event is fired when the WM_GETMINMAXINFO message is sent to the form. Contains information about the position, maximum/minimum size of the form etc. Can be modified to adjust the settings applied to the form. This event is fired when the WM_NCPAINT message is sent to the form. The NC Graphics. Paints an element on a specified graphics. The Graphics object to paint on. The clipping rectangle. The element to paint. Represents a title bar element. All logic and UI functionality is implemented in the RadFormTitleBarElement class. You can use RadFormTitleBarElement events to substitute the title bar in a borderless application. A class that represents the Border Primitive used in the new RadTabbedForm. Gets or sets the RadTabbedFormControl added to the form. Gets the associated RadTabbedForm. Raised while creating the RadToolbarFormControl. The event is raised only when the form is created at run-time. Gets or sets a value indicating whether an icon is displayed in the caption bar of the form. Creates an instance of the class. The implementation which this behavior is associated with. Creates an instance of the class. The associated implementation. Determines whether the behavior handles the CreateChildItems call. Not relevant for the RadToolbarForm. Gets or sets the RadToolbarFormControl added to the form. Gets the BorderPrimitive of the RadFormElement. The shape selected from the DrawShape diaolog. Determines if the original shape should be painted. The border thickness selected from the DrawShape diaolog. The border color selected from the DrawShape diaolog. The fill color selected from the DrawShape diaolog. The original shape path. The graphics object that allows you to paint. Gets the item that is about to be hidden. Calculates the column widths. Size of the available. The column widths do not automatically adjust. The column widths adjust so that the widths of all columns exactly fill the display area of the control Initializes a new instance of the class. The column. Clamps the width. The width. Sets the width. The width. The suspend notify. The cache only. Processes the columns collection. Gets the arrange info. The column. Represents a control that has a collection of pages and displays one page at a time. The control supports hierarchy and its style is similar to the Windows Navigation View. Use the method instead. Creates a , which is the main element for . Gets the , which is the main element for . Gets the theme class name, which is used in the themes. Gets or sets the display mode of the view element. Gets or sets the height of the header element. Gets or sets the width of the pane with the items when the view element is expanded. Gets or sets the width of the pane with the items when the view element is collapsed. Gets or sets a threshold determining at what width the view element will change from Collapsed to Compact display mode and vice versa. Gets or sets a threshold determining at what width the view element will change from Expanded to Collapsed display mode and vice versa. Gets or sets the hierarchical indentation of the child items. Gets or sets the glyph used for the items's expander element, when the item IsExpanded property is true. Gets or sets the glyph used for the items's expander element, when the item IsExpanded property is false. Gets or sets the expand/collapse mode of navigation items when they have hierarchical children. Gets or sets the expand/collapse mode of navigation items when they have hierarchical children. This property is not relevant for this class. Use instead. This event is not relevant for this class. This event is not relevant for this class. This event is not relevant for this class. This event is not relevant for this class. This event is not relevant for this class. This event is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. Occurs before the hamburger menu is collapsed. Occurs before the hamburger menu is expanded. Occurs before the hamburger menu is collapsed. Occurs after the hamburger menu is expanded. Occurs before a hierarchical navigation item is collapsed. Occurs before a hierarchical navigation item is expanded. Occurs after a hierarchical navigation item is collapsed. Occurs after a hierarchical navigation item is expanded. Occurs before a hierarchical popup associated with a opens. The actual item is passed as the sender in the event handler. Occurs after a hierarchical popup associated with a has opened. The actual item is passed as the sender in the event handler. Occurs before a hierarchy popup associated with a closes. The actual item is passed as the sender in the event handler. Occurs after a hierarchy popup associated with a has closed. The actual item is passed as the sender in the event handler. The event handler for the event. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Contains the options dialog. It can be customized or replaced using these event arguments. Initializes a new instance of the class. The options dialog. Gets or sets the options dialog. Event arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The page item over which the peek pop-up is opened. The peek pop-up. Gets the over who the peek pop-up will be shown. Gets or sets the content of the . Gets the peek pop-up. Gets or sets the position of the . The available options are Front(before the items) and Back(after the items). Get or sets the visible items count. If this property is not set(returns null) all items will be visible. To reset it, set negative value or null. Gets the items that are not visible(hidden items). The items are hidden when there is not enough space to fit them and/or when the property is used to limit the displayed items count. Gets the items that are not visible. Items can be hidden during the layout when there is not enough space to fit them and/or when the property is used to limit the displayed items count. Executed before the dialog is shown. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Provides localization services for RadOfficeNavigationBar. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. RadOfficeNavigationBar localization strings. Represents a control that has a collection of pages and displays one page at a time. The style of the control is similar to the MS Outlook 2013-2019. Use the method instead. Creates a , which is the main element for . Gets the , which is the main element for . Gets the theme class name, which is used in the themes. Gets the RadOfficeNavigationBarItem which exposes the hidden items on click. Gets or sets the position of the . The available options are Front(before the items) and Back(after the items). Gets the context menu that is opened when the is clicked. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the navigation options menu item when context menu is opened. Gets or sets the navigation options menu item. Gets or sets the navigation options menu separator item. Gets or sets the items that are visible on the strip. WHen set to lower value than the count of items, the remaining items are displayed on an is clicked. If this property is not set it returns the count of items. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use compact or large font for the items. Gets or sets the display style of the items. This property is not relevant for this class. Use instead. This event is not relevant for this class. This event is not relevant for this class. This event is not relevant for this class. This event is not relevant for this class. This event is not relevant for this class. This event is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. Occurs when the is clicked and the options dialog is about to be opened. Suitable place to customize or replace the navigation options dialog. Gets the RadOfficeNavigationBarItem which exposes the hidden items on click. Gets the context menu. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the navigation options menu item when context menu is opened. Gets or sets the navigation options menu item. Gets or sets the navigation options menu separator item. Gets or sets the items that are visible on the strip. If this property is not set it returns the count of items. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use compact or large font for the items. We use a RadProperty with default [false] value, because the default state is compact and if the RadProperty is UseCompactFont is must have a default value = [True]. This will cause difficulties when managing the default visual state(like RadToggleSwitch where the default state = .IsOn) and during the theming. Gets or sets the display style of the items. Gets or sets the position of the . The available options are Front(before the items) and Back(after the items). Gets or sets a value indicating whether a peek pop-up can be shown when an item is hovered with the mouse. The content of the peek pop-up needs to be set in the event. Occurs when the is clicked and the options dialog is about to be opened. Suitable place to customize or replace the navigation options dialog. Fires the event. Determines how clicking inside the expands or collapses its hierarhcy. Clicking anywhere inside the changes the items's property. The property is changed only when clicking on the item`s expander element. Determines how the hierarchy popup is shown when the view element is collapsed. The item's hierarchy popup is displayed after clicking on the item. The item's hierarchy popup is displayed after hovering the item. Occurs when an item is added, removed, changed, moved, or the entire list is refreshed. Gets the instance that this collection is associated with. Gets the instance that this collection is associated with. The event handler for the event. Handleable. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Contains information about the original, the edited image and the editing dialog. Initializes a new instance of the class. The unmodified image. The image editor dialog. Gets the unmodified image that was displayed in the before the editing dialog was shown. Gets or sets the modified image that will be applied to the . Gets the image editor dialog. Gets the that is responsible for image editing. If [true] the image will not be changed after the event(the unmodified image will remain) and you should manually update the image applying to . If [false] the will be applied to . The event handler for the event. Cancellable. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Contains information about the dialog, image editor and the image that will be edited. Initializes a new instance of the class. The image editor dialog. Gets the image editor dialog. Gets the that is responsible for image editing. Gets or sets the image that is about to be edited. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to cancel the image editing operation. Gets the control responsible for the image editing. Gets the OK button. Gets the Cancel button. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. The event handler for the AnimationStarting event. Cancellable. The object that will be animated. The event arguments. Contains information about the animated object and the animation settings. Initializes a new instance of the class. The object that is about to be animated. The that is responsible for the animation. A value that indicates whether the panel is showing or hiding. Gets a value that indicates whether the panel is showing. If [true] the panel is about to be shown. If [false] the panel will be hidden. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to cancel the animation. Note that if you cancel the event, you still need to provide a valid and . They will be applied to the . Gets the object that is about to be animated. Gets the that is responsible for the animation. Gets or sets the property that will be animated. Gets or sets the start value for the animation. Gets or sets the end value for the animation. Gets or sets the number of frames in which the animation will run. Gets or sets the interval between animation frames. An enumeration which indicates how the panels of will be displayed. The panels will be displayed always. The panels will be displayed only when the mouse is over the picture box. The panels will not be displayed. Suitable to manually manage when the panels will be displayed. In order to show/hide use the ShowPanels(bool animate) and HidePanels(bool animate) of . An enumeration which indicates how the panels of will be positioned. The horizontal panels will occupy the full width of the element/control and the vertical ones will be placed into the rest space between the horizontal panels. The vertical panels will occupy the full height of the element/control and the horizontal ones will be placed into the rest space between the vertical panels. Represents a stack layout element that arranges its children horizontally or vertically. Is also offers ElementSpacing property and respects the element's alignment. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Gets or sets the item orientation. The orientation. Gets or sets the element spacing between items. The element spacing. Gets or sets the right to left mode. The right to left mode. Gets or sets a comparer to be used for defining the order of the child elements. Measures the space required by the Used by the layout system. The size that is available to the . The available size can be infinity (to take the full size of the element) The minimum size required by the element to be completely visible. Cannot be infinity. In this method call to the Measure method of each child must be made. Measures the element. The element to measure. The available size. The desired size of its parent. Arranges the to its final location. The element must call the Arrange method of each of its children. The size that is available for element. The rectangle occupied by the element. Usually . Should you return different size, the Layout system will restart measuring and rearranging the items. That could lead to infinite recursion. In this method call to the Arrange method of each child must be made. Arranges the element. The element. The client rect. The final rect. The final size. Aligns the rectangle according to orientation and element's alignment. The element. The arrange rect. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Gets the top elements stack. Gets the center elements stack. Gets the bottom elements stack. Gets the top items collection. Gets the center items collection. Gets the bottom items collection. A class that defines the properties that are related to the context menu in . Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the open menu item. Gets the save menu item. Gets the remove menu item. Gets the cut menu item. Gets the copy menu item. Gets the paste menu item. Gets the edit menu item. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Gets the left elements stack. Gets the center elements stack. Gets the right elements stack. Gets the left items collection. Gets the center items collection. Gets the right items collection. base class used to hold items three panels of elements - Near, Center and Far. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates a new items collection positioned in the near end. When the is Horizontal the position is left. When the is Vertical the position is top. The items collection. Creates a new items collection positioned in the center. The items collection. Creates a new items collection positioned in the far end. When the is Horizontal the position is right. When the is Vertical the position is bottom. The items collection. Creates an element stack positioned in the near end. When the is Horizontal the position is left. When the is Vertical the position is top. Creates an element stack positioned in the center. Creates an element stack positioned in the far end. When the is Horizontal the position is right. When the is Vertical the position is bottom. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when changing its state. Gets or sets the animation interval. Gets or sets the animation frames. Gets a value indicating whether the control is currently animating. Gets or sets the which is changed when the panel is Shown or Hidden. Note that when this property is changed the and must also be updated accordingly. Note that if the animation property is changed in the event, it will affect this property. Gets or sets the value applied to the when the panel is displayed. Note that if the animation property is changed in the event, it will affect this property. Gets or sets the value applied to the when the panel is hidden. Note that if the animation property is changed in the event, it will affect this property. Shows the panel. Hides the panel. Changes the state of this object by setting a new value to a specified RadProperty and applies animation. If animation is not allowed only applies the new value to the object. If [true] shows the panel, otherwise hides it. Whether to apply animation. Cancels the currently running animation. Occurs before the start of the animation. Suitable to change any animation property(for example the animated property) or cancel the animation. Occurs when the animation is started. Occurs when the animation is finished. Gets a value indicating, whether a child will be measured during the MeasureOverride. The child. Whether the child will be measured in MeasureOverride. Measures the space required by the Used by the layout system. The size that is available to the . The available size can be infinity (to take the full size of the element) The minimum size required by the element to be completely visible. Cannot be infinity. In this method call to the Measure method of each child must be made. Determines whether a given child should be arranged. For example when base.ArrangeOverride() is called, but we have custom layout logic for current element. The child that is going to be arranged. A value indicating whether the base class layout will be executed for the given child. Arranges the to its final location. The element must call the Arrange method of each of its children. The size that is available for element. The rectangle occupied by the element. Usually . Should you return different size, the Layout system will restart measuring and rearranging the items. That could lead to infinite recursion. In this method call to the Arrange method of each child must be made. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to paint the border, background, background image, text and other children. If false only the image/svg image/ of the owner element will be painted. A class that defines the properties that are related to the zoom operations in . Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the zoom operations are allowed. Gets or sets the minimal zoom factor. Gets or sets the maximal zoom factor. Gets or sets the current zoom factor. Gets or sets the step that increments or decrements the element during a zoom operation with the mouse. Gets or sets the step that increments or decrements the element during a zoom operation with touch gesture. Performs a zoom operation by given steps count. Number of steps to zoom. Positive value will zoom-in, while a negative value will zoom-out. Performs a zoom-in operation with one step, according to the ZoomStep value. Performs a zoom-in operation with several steps, according to the ZoomStep value. The count of steps to zoom in. Performs a zoom-out operation with one step, according to the ZoomStep value. Performs a zoom-out operation with several steps, according to the ZoomStep value. The count of steps to zoom-out. Resets the zoom to the default value. An event that is raised when a property is changed. Represents an enumeration that specifies the position of the image on the control/element. The image is aligned according to the ImageAlignment property value. The image is tiled across the element's client rectangle. The image is centered within the element's client rectangle. The image is stretched across the element's client rectangle. The image is enlarged within the element's client rectangle. If the image is smaller than the control's client rectangle it is centered, otherwise the image is enlarged within the control's client rectangle. Provides localization services for RadPictureBox. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. RadPictureBox localization strings. Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates a new instance of the class used as main element. Gets the default size of the when a new instance is initialized. Gets or sets the image. Note if the and have both values - the will be displayed with a higher precedence. Gets or sets the vector image. Note if the and have both values - the will be displayed with a higher precedence. Gets or sets the Svg Image as string. Gets or sets the alignment of the image on the drawing surface. Default is TopLeft. Note that this property is respected only when the ImageLayout is set to None. Specifies how the image is positioned on the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display control border. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display control background(fill). Gets or sets the text which is displayed when the and properties are not specified. Gets or sets the raster image which is displayed when the and properties are not specified. Gets or sets the vector image which is displayed when the and properties are not specified. Gets or sets the XML string of the vector image which is displayed when the and properties are not specified. Gets the top panel element. This panel allows adding buttons label and other elements in three collections - left, center and right items. Gets the bottom panel element. This panel allows adding buttons label and other elements in three collections - left, center and right items. Gets the left panel element. This panel allows adding buttons label and other elements in three collections - top, center and bottom items. Gets the right panel element. This panel allows adding buttons label and other elements in three collections - top, center and bottom items. Gets or sets a value indicating how the panels are positioned. Gets or sets a value indicating how the panels are displayed. The possible options are: always or on mouse hover. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show animations when showing and hiding panels. Note that animations are applied only when PanelDisplayMode is set to OnMouseHover. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display scrollbars when the displayed image is larger than the control, or when the user zooms-in and the zoomed image size exceeds the size of the control. Gets or sets the dialog responsible for image editing. Gets the properties responsible for the zoom operations. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display context menu on right mouse click. Gets the context menu. Gets the context menu related properties. This property is not relevant for this class. Copies the displayed image into the clipboard and clears the displayed image. Copies the displayed image into the clipboard. Pastes an image from the clipboard. Opens an OpenFileDialog which allows the user to choose an image. Opens a SaveFileDialog which allows the user to save the displayed image. Removes the image and/or svg image. Occurs when a raster or vector(SVG) image has been loaded by the user. Occurs when the displayed image has been saved by the user. Occurs when the PositionOffset property of is changed. Occurs when the ZoomFactor has changed. Occurs when an item in the context menu is clicked. Occurs when the context menu is opening. Occurs when the context menu is closing. Occurs when the context menu is opened. Occurs when the context menu is closed. Occurs when the image is about to be edited in the . Cancellable. Occurs when the image has been edited by the and the user has accepted the changes. Can be handled. Note that this event fill be fired always when the user clicks the OK button of the dialog, even if there are no changes in the image. This class is used to display raster or vector images. It allows image scrolling as well as pan, zoom, image editing and many more. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Gets the element that is responsible for painting the image. Gets the top panel element. This panel allows adding buttons label and other elements in three collections - left, center and right items. Gets the bottom panel element. This panel allows adding buttons label and other elements in three collections - left, center and right items. Gets the left panel element. This panel allows adding buttons label and other elements in three collections - top, center and bottom items. Gets the right panel element. This panel allows adding buttons label and other elements in three collections - top, center and bottom items. Gets or sets a value indicating how the panels are positioned. Gets or sets a value indicating how the panels are displayed. The possible options are: always or on mouse hover. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show animations when showing and hiding panels. Note that animations are applied only when PanelDisplayMode is set to OnMouseHover. Gets the properties responsible for the zoom operations. Gets the that is displayed when there is no image(raster or vector) assigned. Gets the element that holds the image visible when there is no image(raster or vector) assigned. Gets the element that holds the text visible when there is no image(raster or vector) assigned. Gets the horizontal scrollbar element. Gets the vertical scrollbar element. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display scrollbars when the displayed image is larger than the element. Gets or sets the text which is displayed when the and properties are not specified. Gets or sets the raster image which is displayed when the and properties are not specified. Gets or sets the vector image which is displayed when the and properties are not specified. Gets or sets string XML of the the vector image which is displayed when the and properties are not specified. Specifies how the image is positioned on the element. Gets or sets the alignment of the image on the drawing surface. Default is TopLeft. Note that this property is respected only when the ImageLayout is set to None. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display context menu on right mouse click. Gets the context menu. Gets the context menu related properties. Gets or sets the dialog responsible for image editing. Returns a value indicating whether the element has assigned Image or SvgImage. Performs a zoom operation by given steps count. Number of steps to zoom. Positive value will zoom-in, while a negative value will zoom-out. The point against which the zoom operation will be executed. Performs a zoom-in operation with one step, according to the ZoomProperties.ZoomStep value. Performs a zoom-in operation with several steps, according to the ZoomProperties.ZoomStep value. The count of steps to zoom in. Performs a zoom-out operation with one step, according to the ZoomProperties.ZoomStep value. Performs a zoom-out operation with several steps, according to the ZoomProperties.ZoomStep value. The count of steps to zoom-out. Gets a value indicating, whether a child will be arranged during the ArrangeOverride. The child. Whether the child will be arranged in ArrangeOverride. Arranges the to its final location. The element must call the Arrange method of each of its children. The size that is available for element. The rectangle occupied by the element. Usually . Should you return different size, the Layout system will restart measuring and rearranging the items. That could lead to infinite recursion. In this method call to the Arrange method of each child must be made. Occurs when the PositionOffset property of is changed. Raised after the ZoomFactor is changed. Occurs when an item in the context menu is clicked. Occurs when the context menu is opening. Occurs when the context menu is closing. Occurs when the context menu is opened. Occurs when the context menu is closed. Occurs when the image is about to be edited in the . Cancellable. Occurs when the image has been edited by the and the user has accepted the changes. Can be handled. Note that this event fill be fired always when the user clicks the OK button of the dialog, even if there are no changes in the image. Occurs when a raster or vector(SVG) image has been loaded by the user. Occurs when the displayed image has been saved by the user. Shows the panels. A value indicating whether to use animation. Hides the panels. A value indicating whether to use animation. Copies the displayed image into the clipboard and clears the displayed image. Copies the displayed image into the clipboard. Pastes an image from the clipboard. Opens an OpenFileDialog which allows the user to choose an image. Opens a SaveFileDialog which allows the user to save the displayed image. Removes the image and/or svg image. Edits the image using a displayed in a . Raises the ContextMenuOpening event. The event arguments Raises the ContextMenuOpened event. Raises the ContextMenuClosing event. The event arguments Raises the ContextMenuClosed event. This is the base class for all chart annotations in a . Allows you to place a straight line at a specific place in your cartesian sparkline. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The axis against which the annotation will be ploted. The value on the axis where the annotation will be plotted. Gets or sets the axis. The axis. Gets or sets the value. The value. Gets or sets the label. The label. Gets or sets the axis. The axis. Gets or sets the points count. The points count. Gets or sets the normalized start. The normalized start. Gets or sets the step. The step. Gets or sets the fraction from axis. The fraction from axis. Gets or sets the value range. The value range. Gets or sets whether the axis is primary. The is primary. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the type of the axis. The type of the axis. Gets or sets position of the axis in the chart draw stack. Gets the model. The model. Gets or sets the thickness used to display the line of the axis. Called when [attached]. The parent. Called when [dettached]. Returns a string that represents the current object. A string that represents the current object. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets the owner. The owner. Adds the range. Remove all unused axes from the collection Inserts the item. The index. The item. Removes the element at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the element to remove. is less than zero.-or- is equal to or greater than . Removes all elements from the . Gets the axis at the specified index. The type of the T. The index. Gets the axis collection. The type of the T. Gets the render enumerator. Determines whether the specified index is attached. The index. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the horizontal location of the axis in relation to the plot area. The horizontal location. Gets or sets the vertical location of the axis in relation to the plot area. The vertical location. Gets or sets the axis aling which this axis will be aligned. Gets or sets the value of the StartPositionAxis where this axis should be aligned. Called when [attached]. The parent. Called when [dettached]. Syncs the visual settings of the first series plotted upon this axis and the axis. Gets the location in pixels for the given value along the axis. The method takes into account whether the axis is vertical or horizontal. A value from the axis values range. The location in pixesls. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the plot mode used to position points along the axis. Gets or sets the gap (in the range [0, 1]) to be applied when calculating each plotted position. Gets the location in pixels for the given value along the axis. The method takes into account whether the axis is vertical or horizontal. A value from the axis values range. The location in pixesls. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the major step between each axis tick. By default the axis itself will calculate the major step, depending on the plotted data points. You can reset this property by setting it to 0 to restore the default behavior. Gets or sets a value that indicates where the ticks originate. The position of the ticks is determined based on the combination of the and TickOrigin values. The axis will generate the ticks and labels in a way so that a label would be positioned at the given TickOrigin. Gets the actual range used by the axis to plot data points. Gets or sets the user-defined number of ticks presented on the axis. Gets or sets the user-defined minimum of the axis. By default the axis itself will calculate the minimum, depending on the minimum of the plotted data points. You can reset this property by setting it to double.NegativeInfinity to restore the default behavior. Gets or sets the user-defined maximum of the axis. By default the axis itself will calculate the maximum, depending on the maximum of the plotted data points. You can reset this property by setting it to double.PositiveInfinity to restore the default behavior. Gets or sets a value that specifies how the auto-range of this axis will be extended so that each data point is visualized in the best possible way. Gets the location in pixels for the given value along the axis. The method takes into account whether the axis is vertical or horizontal. A value from the axis values range. The location in pixesls. Represents a structure that defines a range of two IComparable structures - like Single or Double. Must implement the interface. Empty value range where minimum and maximum are set to their default(T) value. Initializes a new instance of the struct. The min. The max. Gets or sets the maximum value. Gets or sets the minimum value. Determines whether two ranges are equal. Determines whether two ranges are not equal. Determines whether the specified value is within the range, excluding its minimum and maximum values. Determines whether the specified value is within the range, including its minimum and maximum values. Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance. The to compare with this instance. true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. Returns a hash code for this instance. A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. Defines whether the datapoint is within its numerical axis range. Defines whether the datapoint is within its categorical axis range. Gets or sets the object instance that describes the category of the point. Determines whether the data point may be plotted correctly. Initializes a new instance of the class. The tool-tip. The data point. The text. Gets the tool-tip. The tool-tip. Gets the data point. The data point. Gets or sets the text. The text. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Inserts the item at the specified index. The index. The item. Removes all items from the collection. Removes the item at the specified index. The index. This enumeration defines the behavior of the sparkline when it encounters an empty Y point. Shows the point blank. Considers the empty Y value as 0. Skips the points. Gets the currently visible axis range within the [0, 1] order. We are using decimal here for higher precision; the Double type generates ridiculous floating-point errors - e.g. 1.2 / 0.2 != 6 but rather 5.999999999999991. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the message is handled (processed) by some receiver. Gets or sets a value indicating whether message may continue being dispatched or not. Gets or sets the current phase of the dispatch process. Gets or sets the mode which determines how this message is dispatched. Gets the unique id for this message. Gets the instance which generated this message. Gets or sets the instance that previously received the message. Gets or sets the raw data associated with the message. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dispatcher is currently enabled. Dispatches the provided message to the logical tree, starting from the Sender as a leaf. Gets the list with the category info objects. Gets or sets the plot mode used to position points along the axis. Gets or sets the length of the gap to be applied for each category. Gets or sets the tick origin. The tick origin. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the number of the ticks available on the axis. If a value less than 2 is set, the property is reset to its default value. Gets or sets a value that specifies how the auto-range of this axis will be extended so that each data point is visualized in the best possible way. Gets or sets the user-defined major step of the axis. Gets or sets the user-defined minimum of the axis. Gets or sets the user-defined maximum of the axis. Gets the actual range (minimum and maximum values) used by the axis. Transforms the value. The value. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets if the model is updated. The is updated. Updates this instance. Updates the model. Arranges by the rect. The rect. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the area where data points are plotted. Gets the area where data points are plotted. Gets the collection with all the series currently plotted by this instance. Gets the collection with all the annotations currently plotted by this instance. Determines whether the node is loaded. Gets a value indicating whether updates are currently suspended. Gets the dispatcher used to broadcast messages among tree nodes. Arranges the area using a rectangle located at (0, 0) and with Size equal to the current view's Viewport. Called when [plot origin changed]. Begins the update. Ends the update. Ends the update. The refresh. Loads the element tree. The view. Processes the zoom changed. Processes the plot origin changed. Initializes a new instance of the class. Determines whether the plot area is fully loaded and may be visualized. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the thickness of the axis line. Gets or sets the horizontal location of an axis (rendered vertically) in relation to the plot area. The horizontal location. Gets or sets the vertical location of an axis (rendered horizontally) in relation to the plot area. The vertical location. Gets or sets the type (X or Y) of this instance. Gets the plot mode actually used by this axis. Performs pixel-snapping and corrects floating-point calculations errors. Gets the stack sum value for each DataPoint in a stack group used by a CombineStrategy. The result is the transformed value of the stack sum of the DataPoint values. Determines whether the point value is positive relative to the plot origin. The present sum of positive DataPoint values in the stack. Updated if the DataPoint value is positive. The present sum of negative DataPoint values in the stack. Updated if the DataPoint value is negative. The transformed value of the stack sum of the DataPoint values. Updates the layout strategy. l Builds the ticks and labels. Size of the available. Gets the high value data point. Gets the low value data point. Gets the collection of data points contained in this instance. Gets the series. The series. Gets the annotations. The annotations. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the default for this series. Gets the default for this series. Gets the first axis. The first axis. Gets the second axis. The second axis. Attaches the axis. The axis. The type. Detaches the axis. The axis. Initializes a new instance of the class. The points. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Resets the points. Inserts a new record at the specific index. The index. Binds the specified name. The name. The index. Gets or sets the display member. The display member. Updates the display index. Gets the display value. The data bound item. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the bound value. The type of the T. The index. Sets the bound value. The index. The value. Inits the bound values. Sets the data item when data point is data bound. Gets the object instance that represents the data associated with this point. Valid when the owning ChartSeries is data-bound. Gets a value indicating whether the data point may be plotted correctly. Gets a value indicating whether the data point may be plotted correctly. Gets a value indicating whether the data point may be plotted correctly. Gets a value indicating whether the data point may be plotted correctly. Gets a value indicating whether the data point may be plotted correctly. Gets a value indicating whether the data point may be plotted correctly. Gets a value indicating whether the data point may be plotted correctly. Checks if the databound data point is empty. True if the point should not be ploted, otherwise false Gets the object that may be displayed for this data point by the chart tooltip. Determines whether [contains bound value] [the specified index]. The index. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets the owner. The owner. Gets the binding source. The binding source. Finds the specified data bound item. The data bound item. Inserts the item. The index. The item. Creates the binding source. Gets the data point at the specified index. The type of the T. The index. Ends the update. The notify. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the instance where this element is presented. Searches up the parent chain and returns the first parent of type T. Must be a . Gets a boolean value that determines whether a given element resides in the element hierarchy of this element. An instance of the class which is checked. Searches down the subtree of elements, using breadth-first approach, and returns the first descendant of type T. Must be a . Searches down the subtree of elements, using breadth-first approach, and returns the first descendant of type T. Provides flexible routine for traversing all descendants of this instance. Provides flexible routine for traversing all descendants of this instance. The mode used to traverse the subtree. Provides flexible routine for traversing all descendants of this instance that match the provided predicate. The predicate that defines the match criteria. The mode used to traverse the subtree. Disposes all managed resources allocated by this instance. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. The list. Inserts the item. The index. The item. Removes the element at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the element to remove. is less than zero.-or- is equal to or greater than . Removes all elements from the . Adds the range. Initializes a new instance of the class. Occurs when a value of some property has changed. Gets a value indicating whether the node is laid-out on the chart scene. Gets the current state of the node. Gets the index of this node in its parent nodes collection. Gets the index of this node in its owning typed collection. Gets a value indicating whether the logical tree this node is part of is loaded. This actually checks for a valid reference and asks whether the area itself is loaded. This value may differ from the current . Gets the rectangle (in physical coordinates) where this node resides. Gets the spark area whre this node resides. Gets the where this node resides. Gets the instance where this node is visualized. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node will go through the OnPropertyChanging routine when a property is about to be changed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a layout update is scheduled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node will go through the OnPropertyChanged routine when a property has changed. Arranges the node within the specified layout slot. Delegates an "Invalidate" request to the owning instance (if any). Performs pixel-snapping and corrects floating-point calculations errors. Gets the instance that owns this collection. Gets the count of all the items. Gets the instance that allows for traversing all the items. Gets the index of the specified node within the collection. Determines whether the specified node is contained within the collection. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The axis agains which the annotation will be plotted. The value of the axis where the annotation will start. The value of the axis where the annotation will end. Gets or sets the axis. The axis. Gets or sets from. From. Gets or sets to. To. Gets or sets the label. The label. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance will be clipped to the bounds of the plot area. Gets or sets a value indicating the position of the annotation in the chart draw stack. Gets or sets the offset of the label of the annotations in pixels. Occurs when the annotation has been successfully attached to its owning instance. Occurs when the annotation has been successfully detached from its owning instance. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets the owner. The owner. Inserts the item at the specific index. The index. The item. Removes the element at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the element to remove. is less than zero.-or- is equal to or greater than . Removes all elements from the . Adds the range. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets or sets the margin. The margin. Gets or sets the owner. The owner. Gets the collection containing all the axes presented by this instance. The axes. Gets the collection containing all the series presented by this instance. The series. Gets the collection containing all the annotations presented by this instance. The annotations. Gets the controllers. The controllers. Gets the area model. The area model. Renders the area with the specified context. The context. Called when [attached]. The parent. Called when [dettached]. Gets the default first axis. Gets the default second axis. Ensures the state of the series visual. Disposes the managed resources. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The chart view. Creates the default renderer. Gets the default first axis. Gets the default second axis. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value. The category. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value. The category. Inits the bound values. Gets or sets the core value associated with the point. Checks if the databound data point is empty. True if the point should not be ploted, otherwise false Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates the tool tip. Gets the tool tip. The tool tip. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when tool tip text for a data point is about to be shown. Represents a controller which can be added to the controllers collection of a . Gets the chart view this conrtoller is added to. Gets or sets the area this controller is added to. The area. This method is called when the controller is added to the controllers collection of a chart view. The view this controller is added to. This method is called when the controller is removed from the controllers collection of a chart view. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Removes the element at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the element to remove. is less than zero.-or- is equal to or greater than . Inserts the item. The index. The item. Adds the range. Initializes a new instance of the class. The element. The renderer. Draws the grid line annotation. Initializes a new instance of the class. The element. The renderer. Draws the plot band annotation. Initializes a new instance of the class. The object used to paint the line. The object used to do the actual painting. The object forming a region of points which will be filled with color. The context in which the painting will occur. The context can be the actual series, the annotations or the data points. Gets the pen object. It can be modified and e.g. the back color and width changed. The brush object. Initializes a new instance of the class. The object used to paint the fill color. The object used to do the actual painting. The object forming a region of points which will be filled with color. The context in which the painting will occur. The context can be the actual series, the annotations or the data points. Gets the brush object. It can be modified and e.g. the back color changed. The brush object. Draws the series parts. Initializes a new instance of the class. The axis. The renderer. Draws this instance. Determines whether the element is valid. Gets the clip rect. Draws the axis. Initializes a new instance of the class. The series. The renderer. Draws the series parts. Returns the DataPoint that hits the location. The location. Initializes a new instance of the class. The axis. The renderer. Draws the axis. Gets the clip rect. Initializes a new instance of the class. The series. The renderer. Draws the line. Gets the point location. The point slot. Size of the point. Gets the offset X. The offset X. Gets the offset Y. The offset Y. Gets the view port offset X. The view port offset X. Gets the view port offset Y. The view port offset Y. Gets the element. The element. Gets the renderer. The renderer. Gets the context object which will be painted as fill. The renderer. Draws this instance. Hits the test. The location. Determines whether the element is valid. Initializes a new instance of the class. The series. The renderer. Draws the series parts. Draws the line. Gets the points positions array. Gets the points positions arrays. Gets the line path. Gets the line paths. The points. Initializes a new instance of the class. The series. The renderer. Draws the points. Gets the point location. The point slot. Size of the point. Gets the points positions array. Gets the line path. Draws the line. Draws the area. Returns the SparkDataPoint that hits the location. The location. Initializes a new instance of the class. The series. The renderer. Draws the series parts. Returns the SparkDataPoint that hits the location. The location. Gets the points array. Initializes a new instance of the class. The series. The renderer. Draws the series. Draws the series parts. Determines whether the element is valid. Initializes a new instance of the class. The object used to do the actual painting. The object forming a region of points which will be filled with color. The context in which the painting will occur. The context can be the actual series, the annotations or the data points. Gets the Graphics object. The Graphics object. Gets the GraphicsPath object. The path object. Gets the object context in which the event will fire. The context. Initializes a new instance of the class. The series which is beign created. Gets or sets values. The values as double array. Initializes a new instance of the class. The series which is beign created. Gets or sets series object. The brush object. Initializes a new instance of the class. The series. The data point. Gets the series. The series. Gets or sets the data point. The data point. Initializes a new instance of the class. The area. Gets the area. The area. Gets or sets the renderer. The renderer. Defines a type which may visualize a logical spark element. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is visible. Invalidates the visual representation of the specified logical node. Retrieves the desired size of the specified logical node's content. Defines the root of the whole chart. Gets the visible width of the chart view. Gets the visible height of the chart view. Gets the rect that encloses the plot area in view coordinates - that is without the zoom factor applied and with the pan offset calculated. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The x. The y. Gets or sets the value that is provided for the X-axis of the cartesian sparkline. Gets or sets the value that is provided for the X-axis of the cartesian sparkline. Determines whether the data point may be plotted correctly. Checks if the databound data point is empty. True if the point should not be ploted, otherwise false Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the sparkline element. Gets the associated with the spark element. Collection of the SparkSeries Collection of the SparkAnnotations Collection of the Axes Collection of the Controllers Returns the current visible area. Show or hide ToolTip controller in RadSparkline. Shows or hides ToolTip controller in RadSparkline. Gets or sets whether the high point marker will be painted. Gets or sets whether the low point indicator will be painted. Gets or sets whether the first point indicator will be painted. Gets or sets whether the last point indicator will be painted. Gets or sets whether the negative point markers will be painted. Shows or hides the horizontal axis in the sparkline. Gets or sets whether the horizontal axis will be painted on top of the series. Fires when the area requies a renderer for the first time. Fires when a spark line will be painted using the class. Fires when a spark fill will be painted using the class. Called when the theme is changed. Directly prints the to the default printer. Directly prints the to the default printer or shows printer settings and then prints the . Indicates whether printer settings dialog should be shown. Directly prints the to the default printer or shows printer settings and then prints the . Indicates whether printer settings dialog should be shown. As instance of used to control the print process. Shows a for editing print settings. Shows a for editing print settings. As instance of used to control the print process. Exports the sparkline into the specified file using the PNG image format. The file to which the chart will be exported. The size of the exported file. Exports the sparkline view into the specified file. The file to which the chart will be exported. The size of the exported file. The image format in which to export the chart. Exports the sparkline view into the specified stream using the PNG image format. The stream to which to write the chart image The size of the exported image. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates the spark wrapper element. Gets the wrapper. The wrapper. Gets the spark view displayed in the spark element. Collection of the SparkSeries Gets the stylable children hierarchy. Gets the stylable children. Arranges the override. The final size. Paints the element. The graphics. The angle. The scale. Exports the sparkline view into the specified stream. The stream to which to write the chart image The size of the exported image. The image format in which to export the chart. Fires when the area requies a renderer for the first time. Fires when a spark line will be painted using the class. Fires when a spark fill will be painted using the class. Occurs when a new DataPoint is created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the MouseWheel event. Raises the KeyPress event. Raises the KeyDown event. Raises the KeyUp event. Called when [render size changed]. The info. Indicates whether to fallback to default theme. Initializes a new instance of the class. The area. Gets the area. The area. Initializes the renderer. Initializes the series. Initializes the axes. Initializes the annotations. The draw mode. Draws the specified context. The context. Gets the offset X. The offset X. Gets the offset Y. The offset Y. Returns the DataPoint that hits the x,y coordinates. The x. The y. Gets the axis offset. The axis. Returns the offset value considering whether it is contained within the chart area. The axis. The suggested offset. The is vertical. Initializes a new instance of the class. The area. Initializes the renderer. Draws the specified context. The context. Gets or sets the surface. The surface. Gets the graphics object. The graphics. Measures the text. The text. The context. Invalidates the specified model. The model. Gets the distance between points. The start. The end. Returns the DataPoint that hits the passed x,y coordinates. The x. The y. Returns SizeF for the gives RadSize. The size. Returns Size for the gives RadSize. The size. Returns Point for the gives RadPoint. The point. Returns PointF for the gives RadPoint. The point. Gets or sets the value of the base line splitting the area into top and bottom half. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value member. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value member. The category member. Gets or sets the value of the base line splitting the area into Win and Loss halves. Gets the model. The model. Gets the high value data point. Gets the low value data point. Creates the model. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value member. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value member. The category member. Gets or sets the visual instance that will be used to plot points along the horizontal (X) axis. Gets or sets the visual instance that will be used to plot points along the vertical (Y) axis. Gets or sets the value member. The value member. Gets or sets the category member. The category member. Gets the axes. The axes. Called when [attached]. The parent. Called when [dettached]. Binds the members. Creates the default data point. Gets the color that would be used to draw the series axes when in multi axis mode. The axes color. Raises the standard .NET PropertyChanged event. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Size of the point. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value member. Gets or sets whether the points markers will be painted. Gets the high value data point. Gets the low value data point. Gets the model. The model. Creates the model. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value member. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value member. The category member. Gets or sets the size of the points of the series. Gets or sets the shape of the points of the series. Gets or sets the size of the high point of the series. Gets or sets the shape of the low point of the series. Gets or sets the size of the low point of the series. Gets or sets the shape of the low point of the series. Gets or sets the size of the first point of the series. Gets or sets the shape of the first point of the series. Gets or sets the size of the last of the series. Gets or sets the shape of the last point of the series. Gets or sets the size of the negative points of the series. Gets or sets the shape of the negative points of the series. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Size of the point. Initializes a new instance of the class. The x value member. The y value member. Creates the model. Gets the model. The model. Gets the high value data point. Gets the low value data point. Creates the default data point. Gets or sets the X value member. The X value member. Gets or sets the Y value member. The Y value member. Binds the members. Validates the point. The item. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the data points. The data points. Gets or sets the data source of the . Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source for which the is bound. Gets or sets the display member. The display member. Binds the members. Gets or sets the name. The name. Gets the high value data point. Gets the low value data point. Gets or sets the behavior used to paint the empty points. Gets or sets the border color of the points of the series. Gets or sets the border width of the points of the series. Gets or sets the back color of the points of the series. Gets or sets whether the high point marker will be painted. Gets or sets the border color of the high point of the series. Gets or sets the border width of the high point of the series. Gets or sets the back color of the high point of the series. Gets or sets whether the low point indicator will be painted. Gets or sets the border color of the low point of the series. Gets or sets the border width of the low point of the series. Gets or sets the back color of the low point of the series. Gets or sets whether the first point indicator will be painted. Gets or sets the border color of the first point of the series. Gets or sets the border width of the first point of the series. Gets or sets the back color of the first point of the series. Gets or sets whether the last point marker will be painted. Gets or sets the border color of the last point of the series. Gets or sets the border width of the last point of the series. Gets or sets the back color of the last point of the series. Gets or sets whether the negative point markers will be painted. Gets or sets the border color of the negative points of the series. Gets or sets the border width of the last point of the series. Gets or sets the back color of the negative points of the series. Gets the axes. The axes. Gets the model. The model. Gets the bounds of the series Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is visible. Gets the trackball format string. The trackball format string. Called when [attached]. The parent. Ensures the visual state. The area. Called when [dettached]. Applies the style settings. The group. Refreshes the UISparkElement. Disposes managed resources. Creates the data point. Validates the point. The item. Returns the DataPoint that hits the x,y coordinates. The x. The y. Occurs when a new DataPoint is created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Gets the model. The model. Creates the model. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets or sets the view result. The view result. Gets or sets the owner. The owner. Gets the area. The area. Gets or sets the area design. The area design. Gets the renderer. The renderer. Gets or sets the data source of the . Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source for which the is bound. Gets the series. The series. Gets the annotations. The annotations. Gets the axes. The axes. Gets or sets whether the tool tip will be shown. The show tool tip. Gets or sets whether the high point marker will be painted. Gets or sets whether the low point indicator will be painted. Gets or sets whether the first point indicator will be painted. Gets or sets whether the last point indicator will be painted. Gets or sets whether the negative point markers will be painted. Shows or hides the horizontal axis in the sparkline. Gets or sets whether the horizontal axis will be painted on top of the series. Gets the controllers. The controllers. Gets or sets the margin. The margin. Gets or sets the minimum size. The size of the min. Called when [attached]. The parent. Layouts the sparkline. Layouts the sparkline indicating whether to invalidate. The redraw. Layouts in the specified rect. The rect. Gets the area. The type of the T. Resets the view. Suspends refreshing the view. Performs refreshing the view. The element. The update layout. Resumes refreshing the view. Defers the refresh. Gets the client rectangle. The client rectangle. Gets or sets the viewport. The viewport. Draws the specified context. The context. Processes the result. The action result. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Fired when the area requires an renderer for the first time. Fires the CreateRenderer event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a data error is detected. Called when data error occurs. The exception. Occurs when a new DataPoint is created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Initializes the fields. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Gets or sets the view. The view. Fires on mouse down. The instance containing the event data. Processes the result. The action result. Fires on mouse capture changed. The instance containing the event data. Fires on mouse click. The instance containing the event data. Fires on mouse double click. The instance containing the event data. Fires on mouse enter. The instance containing the event data. Fires on mouse hover. The instance containing the event data. Fires on mouse leave. The instance containing the event data. Calls MouseMove. The instance containing the event data. Fires on mouse up. The instance containing the event data. Fires on mouse wheel. The instance containing the event data. Fires on key down. The instance containing the event data. Fires on key press. The instance containing the event data. Fires on key up. The instance containing the event data. Fired when the area requies an renderer for the first time. Called when creating the renderer. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires when a spark line will be painted using the class. Called when painting the spark fill. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Fires when a spark line will be painted using the class. Called when painting the spark line. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a data error is detected. Called when a data error occurs. The exception. Occurs when a new DataPoint is created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Arranges in the final rectangle. The final rect. Called when the DPI scale is changed. The scale factor. Initialized a new instance of the UISparkElement class. Retrieves the current value for the specified property. Gets the level. The level. Gets if the mouse is down. The is mouse down. Gets if the mouse is over. The is mouse over. Gets the view. The view. Gets or sets whether the element is visible. Gets or sets the fore color. The color of the fore. Gets or sets the font. The font. Gets or sets the custom font. The custom font. Gets or sets the size of the custom font. The size of the custom font. Gets or sets the custom font style. The custom font style. Gets or sets the back color. The color of the back. Gets or sets a float value width of the left border. This property has effect only if FourBorders style is used in BoxStyle property and affects only the width of the left border. Gets or sets the color of the border. The color of the border. Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a border. Gets or sets an instance of the Shape object of an element. The shape of the element is both responsible for clipping the element's children and for providing its' border(s) with custom shape. Value of null (or Nothing in VisualBasic.Net) indicates that element has rectangular (or no) shape. Shape is an object that defines the bounding graphics path of an element. Graphics clip is always applied when an element has shape. Shape is considered when painting the border element, and when hit-testing an element. Some predefined shapes are available, like or . offers a way to specify element's shape with a sequance of points and curves using code or the design time . Gets or sets the SmoothingMode of the element. Attaches the specified parent. The parent. Dettaches this instance. Gets if it is attached. The is attached. Called when [attached]. The parent. Called when [dettached]. Refreshes the UISparkElement. Invalidates the UISparkElement. Measures the content override. The owner. The content. Gets or sets the dpi scale factor. The dpi scale factor. Called when DPI scale is changed. The scale factor. Gets the scaled font. The scale. Gets the current shape. Gets the class. The class. Gets or sets the state of the visual. The state of the visual. Gets or sets the theme role. The theme role. Gets the children hierarchy. The children hierarchy. Gets the type of the theme effective. Applies the style settings. The group. Gets or sets the style. The style. Applies the style. Builds the visual state. Gets or sets the state manager. The state manager. Registers a style setting for this instance. Applies the style by the index. The group. The index. Gets whether to fallback to default theme. The fallback to default theme. A class that defines settings for configuring the splash screen and its animations. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the type of show animation. Gets or sets the type of close animation. Gets or sets the duration of show animation, in milliseconds. Gets or sets the duration of close animation, in milliseconds. Starts a callout form show animation based on the , and properties. Starts a splash form close animation based on the , and properties. Gets or sets the animation manager, which holds the animation settings and is responsible for the animation. Gets a collection of actions that will be executed when the form is shown. Gets a value indicating whether or not there is a splash screen window opened. Gets or sets the theme name of the splash form. Gets or sets the thread on which the form is shown. Creates a form. The created form. Occurs when the splash form has been loaded. Note that the form is created on a separate and it is required to use BeginInvoke/Invoke when accessing it in order to prevent cross thread exceptions. Note that this is a static event and you need to explicitly unsubscribe from it in order to prevent memory leaks. Each object that is subscribed to this event cannot be garbage collected. Raised when the splash form is loaded. Occurs when the splash form is shown. Note that the form is created on a separate and it is required to use BeginInvoke/Invoke when accessing it in order to prevent cross thread exceptions. Note that this is a static event and you need to explicitly unsubscribe from it in order to prevent memory leaks. Each object that is subscribed to this event cannot be garbage collected. Raised when the splash form is shown. Creates an overlay form. The created form. Shows a an overlay form with flyout content on top of it. The associated control. The type of the flyout content. Attaches to the splash/overlay form events. The form Detaches from splash/overlay form events. The form Closes the flyout form. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the associated form will be activated(focused) when the flyout is closed. Creates an overlay form. The created form. Closes the overlay form. Shows a an overlay form. The associated control. Attaches to the splash/overlay form events. The form Detaches from splash/overlay form events. The form Splash animations provided by . No animation. A 'Fade' animation type. A 'Slide' animation type. Creates a splash form. The created form. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the splash form will be top most. Gets or sets the screen start position. Gets or sets the desktop location when the is . Attaches to the splash/overlay form events. The form Detaches from splash/overlay form events. The form Shows a splash form with the default splash control. The initial settings of the splash. Shows a splash form with given content type. The type of the content. Closes the splash form. Sets the size of the splash form. The height. The width. Sets the main image if the displayed control is The image. Sets the main text if the displayed control is The content text. Sets the progress indicator state if the displayed control is The new progress indicator state. Sets the progress percentage if the displayed control is and the state is determinate. The progress percentage. Sets the footer text if the displayed control is and the state is determinate. The footer text. Sets the footer icon if the displayed control is and the state is determinate. The icon. A class that represents the progress bar of Gets the which is used to display determinate progress when the is Determinate. When the state is Indeterminate this element is collapsed. Gets the which is used to display indeterminate progress when the is Indeterminate. When the state is Determinate this element is collapsed. The minimum value of the progress bar. The maximum value of the progress bar. The value of the progress bar. Gets or sets the waiting speed when the is Gets or sets the state of the progress bar. When the is Determinate a is displayed When the is Indeterminate a is displayed. An enumeration that defines members for the possible states of the . Defines a determined state. The progress is indicated by a . Defines an undetermined state. The is used to express the undetermined progress. The progress indicators are not displayed. Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates the main stack element. Creates the image stack element. Creates the image / SVG element. Creates the content / text stack element. Creates the text content element. Creates the progress indicator stack element. Creates the progress indicator element. Creates the footer stack element. Creates the footer text element. Creates the footer logo element. Gets the stack that contains all sub-stacks and elements. Gets the stack that contains the image / SVG. Gets the element that displays the image / SVG. Gets the stack that contains the text content. Gets the element that displays the text / content. Gets the stack that contains the progress indicator. Gets the element that indicate and display the progress. Gets the stack that contains the footer logo and text. Gets the element that displays the footer text. Gets the element that displays the footer logo. Gets or sets the displayed image in the . Gets or sets the displayed SVG(vector image) in the . Gets or sets the text of the Gets or sets the footer text displayed by the . Gets or sets the footer image displayed by the . Gets or sets the footer SVG(vector image) displayed by the . Gets or sets the screen start position. Gets or sets the desktop location when the is . Specifies the initial position of a splash form. The position of the form is determined by the Location property. The splash form is centered on the current display, and has dimensions specified in the 's Size property. Gets a value indicating whether or not there is a flyout screen opened. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the associated form will be activated(focused) when the flyout is closed. Gets or sets the flyout screen instance. Shows a an overlay form with flyout content on top of it. The associated control. The type of the flyout content. Closes the flyout form. Occurs when the flyout form has been closed. Note that the control is created on a separate and it is required to use BeginInvoke/Invoke when accessing it in order to prevent cross thread exceptions. Note that this is a static event and you need to explicitly unsubscribe from it in order to prevent memory leaks. Each object that is subscribed to this event cannot be garbage collected. Occurs when the flyout content has been created. Note that the control is created on a separate and it is required to use BeginInvoke/Invoke when accessing it in order to prevent cross thread exceptions. Note that this is a static event and you need to explicitly unsubscribe from it in order to prevent memory leaks. Each object that is subscribed to this event cannot be garbage collected. Gets a value indicating whether or not there is a overlay screen opened. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the associated form will be activated(focused) when the overlay is closed. Gets or sets the overlay screen instance. Shows a an overlay form with flyout content on top of it. The associated control. Closes the overlay form. Gets or sets the splash screen instance. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the splash form will be top most. Gets or sets the theme name of the splash form. Gets a value indicating whether or not there is a splash screen form opened. Shows a splash form with the default splash control. The initial settings of the splash. Shows a splash form with given content type. The type of the content. Closes the splash form. Sets the size of the splash form. The height. The width. Sets the main image if the displayed control is The image. Sets the main text if the displayed control is The content text. Sets the progress indicator state if the displayed control is The new progress indicator state. Sets the progress percentage if the displayed control is and the state is determinate. The progress percentage. Sets the footer text if the displayed control is and the state is determinate. The footer text. Sets the footer icon if the displayed control is and the state is determinate. The icon. Occurs when the content control has been created. Note that the control is created on a separate and it is required to use BeginInvoke/Invoke when accessing it in order to prevent cross thread exceptions. Note that this is a static event and you need to explicitly unsubscribe from it in order to prevent memory leaks. Each object that is subscribed to this event cannot be garbage collected. A generic owner collection which holds StepProgressItems. Fires before updating a StepProgressItem's Progress. Fires when a StepProgressItem's Progress has been updated. Fires after the changes. Gets the that represents the main element of the control. Gets a collection of objects that represents the different steps of the progress bar. Gets the current step. That is the step which has its progress last updated or it is last completed or cancelled. Gets or sets the size of the step indicators. Gets or sets the spacing between the steps. Gets or sets the thickness of the connections. Gets or sets the orientation of the control. Gets or sets whether the connection elements will be hidden. Determines how the steps are related with regard to their progress. Changing the property will set the progress of all steps to 0. Determines whether steps which are in progress (between 0 and 100) are visually indicated. Determines how the step items are measured and arranged in the available space. Determines the scroll step of the navigation buttons when they are visible in the Absolute layout mode. Tries to move the current to the previous available step. In case there is no current step or the current step is first inside the Steps collection, the position will not change. True if the position current has changed. Tries to move the Current to the next available position. In case there is no current, the next step will be the first item in the Steps collection. If the current step is at the end of the Steps collection, the position will not change. True if the current has changed. Sets the current step to null. If the current step is not completed sets its progress 100. Otherwise tries to complete the next step if there is such. True if there is a next step and its progress is successfully set to 100, otherwise false. Sets the progress of the current step to 0 and completes the previous step if there is such. True if there is a previous step and its progess is successfully set to 100, otherwise false. Completes all steps by setting their progress to 100. True if all steps have their progress successfully set to 100, otherwise false. Sets the progress of all steps to 0. True if all steps have their progress successfully set to 0, otherwise false. Completes the step by setting its progress to 100. The step which will be completed. True if the step has its progress successfully set to 100, otherwise false. Sets the progress of the step to 0. The step which will have its progress set to 0. True if the step has its progress successfully set to 0, otherwise false. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Fires before updating a StepProgressItem's Progress. Fires when a StepProgressItem's Progress has been updated. Fires after the changes. Gets a collection of objects that represents the different steps of the progress bar. The panel element holding the visual step items. Gets or sets the size of the step indicators. Gets or sets the spacing between the steps. Gets or sets the thickness of the connections. Gets or sets the orientation of the control. Gets or sets whether the connection elements will be hidden. Determines how the steps are related with regard to their progress. Changing the property will set the progress of all steps to 0. Determines how the step items are measured and arranged in the available space. Determines whether steps which are in progress (between 0 and 100) are visually indicated. Gets the current step. That is the step which has its progress last updated or it is last completed or cancelled. Tries to move the current to the previous available step. In case there is no current step or the current step is first inside the Steps collection, the position will not change. True if the position current has changed. Tries to move the Current to the next available position. In case there is no current, the next step will be the first item in the Steps collection. If the current step is at the end of the Steps collection, the position will not change. True if the current has changed. Sets the current step to null. If the current step is not completed sets its progress 100. Otherwise tries to complete the next step if there is such. True if there is a next step and its progress is successfully set to 100, otherwise false. Sets the progress of the current step to 0 and completes the previous step if there is such. True if there is a previous step and its progess is successfully set to 100, otherwise false. Completes all steps by setting their progress to 100. True if all steps have their progress successfully set to 100, otherwise false. Sets the progress of all steps to 0. True if all steps have their progress successfully set to 0, otherwise false. Completes the step by setting its progress to 100. The step which will be completed. True if the step has its progress successfully set to 100, otherwise false. Sets the progress of the step to 0. The step which will have its progress set to 0. True if the step has its progress successfully set to 0, otherwise false. Gets or sets the step used for scrolling the items in the Absolute layout mode. Determines how the step items are measured and arranged in the available space. In this mode the steps are arranged according to the specified spacing and connection lengths. In case there is not enough space, the spacing is decreased so that all steps remain visible. In this mode the steps are always arranged according to the specified spacing and connection lengths. In case the available space cannot fit all the steps, the navigation buttons become visible. In this mode the step spacing is adjusted dynamically to fit at an equal distance all steps in the available space. Determines how the steps are related with regard to their progress. Setting the progress of a step affects the other steps. Setting the progress of a given step changes the progress of all items prior to the step to 100. The progress of the items after after the given step changes to 0. Setting the progress of a step affects the other steps. Setting the progress of a given step changes the progress of all other steps to 0. Setting the progress of a step does not affect the other steps. The progress of all steps is set indivdually. Fires when the StepProgressItem's Progress has updated. Fires before changing the StepProgressItem's Progress Fires when a RadProperty needs to be reset. The event is subscribed in the main element and there the poperty is bound again Gets the connection element. Gets this indicator element. Gets the first content element. Gets the second content element. Gets or sets the step size. If you use this property to set the step size, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Gets or sets the length of the connection. If you use this property to set the step spacing, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Gets or sets the thickness of the connection. If you use this property to set the step spacing, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Gets or sets the orientation of the step item. If you use this property to set the step spacing, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Gets or sets whether the item is in error state. If yes, the progress will change to 0. Gets or sets the progress of the step. Setting the progress of an item may affect the progress of the other items. This behavior is controlled by the enum set on the element's property. Gets the prgress status. Determines whether there is a separate visual state of the step when its progress is between 0 and 100. Gets or sets whether the step is completed. Setting this property also changes the step's . If the property is set to false, the step's progress will change to 0. Gets or sets the header of the first content element. Gets or sets the description of the first content element. Gets or sets the header of the second content element. Gets or sets the description of the second content element. Determines if the step is first. Determines if the step is last. Gets the previous step. Gets the next step. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Provides information of the current progress status of the step item. Work has not started, there is no progress. Work has been started, there is some progress. The job has been completed. Defines the position of the pinned items. Defines possible modes for dragging items within a RadTabbedFormControl instance Item dragging is disabled. Items can be immediately reordered while inside the tabs element. A preview is generated, indicating where the item will be inserted when dropped. This mode is cancelable. Gets the tab item on which it has been clicked. Gets or sets the context menu. Represents the event arguments for the LinkChanged event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The link. The link proeprty that changed. Gets the property that was changed. Determines whether the event is canceled or may continue. Gets the associated RadTabbedFormControlTab. Gets the index at which the tab was before the change. Gets the index at which the tab is currently at. Gets the index the tab is currently at. Gets or sets the new index to be applied to the associated tab. This class represents a Form that hosts a RadTabbedFormControl control. The RadTabbedFormControl has a collection of tabs painted in the non-client area and associated containers hosting other controls. Raised while creating the RadTabbedFormControl. The event is raised only when the form is created at run-time. Gets or sets a value indicating whether an icon is displayed in the caption bar of the form. Gets the main element of the RadTabbedForm. Gets the RadTabbedFormControl which is used internally by the form responsible for working with the tabs. Gets the associated RadTabbedFormControlItem. Gets the item that is being dropped. Gets the item that the DraggedItem is being dropped on. Gets the item that is being dropped. Gets the item that the DraggedItem is being dropped on. Gets the selected item of tabbed form control. Gets the item to be selected. Initializes a new instance of the RadTabbedFormControlItemEventArgs class. The selected item of tabbed form control. The item to be selected. Provides data for the RadTabbedFormControlItemsChanged event. Gets the changed item. Gets the change operation. Initializes a new instance of the RadTabbedFormControlItemsChangedEventArgs class. The changed item. The change operation. Provides data for the RadTabbedFormControlItemSelected event. Gets the previous selected item of the tabbed form control. Gets the selected item of RadPageView. Initializes a new instance of the RadTabbedFormControlItemSelectedEventArgs class. The previous selected item of the tabbed form control. The selected item of of the tabbed form control. Gets the selected item of RadPageView. Gets the item to be selected. Initializes a new instance of the RadPageViewItemSelectingEventArgs class. The selected item of RadPageView. The item to be selected. Represents localization strings in the RadTabbedFormControl. Represents a control that has a collection of tabs painted in the non-client area and associated containers hosting other controls. Initializes a new instance of the RadTabbedFormControl control class. Occurs when an item is about to be dropped over another item. Occurs when an item was dropped over another item. Raised when tab item is about to be created. Raised when tab item is about to be created. Raised when a new tab is about to be added to the control. Cancelable. Raised when a new tab has been successfully added to the control. Raised when a tab is about to be removed from the control. Cancelable. Raised when a tab has been successfully removed from the control. Raised when a tab is about to change its index. Cancelable. Raised when a tab's index has been successfully changed. Raised when all tabs are about to be removed from the control. Cancelable. Raised when all tabs have been successfully removed from the control. Raised when currently selected tab has changed. Raised when currently selected tab has changed. Raised when a new tab is requested. Temporary suspends event raising. Resumes event raising, previously suspended by a SuspendEvents call. Determines whether event raising is currently enabled. Gets or sets the height of the extended title bar. Gets or sets whether the element holding the text is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether an icon is displayed in the caption bar of the form. Gets or sets whether pin button will be displayed in the tab. Gets or sets whether close button will be displayed in the tab. Gets or sets whether the new tab button will be visible. Gets or sets whether the pinned items will be displayed at the front or at the back of the title bar. Gets or sets the drag mode of the tabs. Gets or sets the minimum width of the tab. Gets or sets the default height of the tab. Gets or sets the spacing between the tabs. Gets or sets the default width of the tab. Gets or sets the RadTabbedFormControlTab instance that is currently selected. Gets the collection of tabs for this view. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets the small image list Gets or sets the text of the control Gets or sets a flag indicating whether the control causes validation Gets the left LeftItemsContainer element Gets the right RightItemsContainer element Gets the TabbedFormControlTabsElement element Gets the instance of RadTabbedFormControlElement wrapped by this control. The RadTabbedFormControlElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadTabbedFormControl. Gets or sets if the tabbed form has minimize button in its caption Gets or sets if the tabbed form has maximize button in its caption Gets or sets if the tabbed form has close button in its caption RadTabbedFormControl consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadTabbedFormControl consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. Prevent theme and default values serialization. Whether to serialize the value of the property. Reset the property to its default value. Prevent theme and default values serialization. Whether to serialize the value of the property. Reset the property to its default value. Prevent theme and default values serialization. Whether to serialize the value of the property. Reset the property to its default value. Prevent theme and default values serialization. Whether to serialize the value of the property. Reset the property to its default value. Prevent theme and default values serialization. Whether to serialize the value of the property. Reset the property to its default value. Gets the RadTabbedFormControlElement instance that owns this instance. Gets or sets the height of the extended title bar. Gets or sets whether the element holding the text is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether an icon is displayed in the caption bar of the form. Gets or sets whether close button will be displayed in the tab. Gets or sets whether pin button will be displayed in the tab. Gets or sets whether the new tab button will be visible. Gets or sets whether the pinned items will be displayed at the front or at the back of the title bar. Gets or sets the drag mode of the tabs. Gets or sets the minimum width of the tab. Gets or sets the default width of the tab. Gets or sets the default height of the tab. Gets or sets the spacing between the tabs. Gets the icon element. Gets the element which represents the caption area of the control. Gets the element which represents the content area of the tab view. Gets or sets the Minimize button Gets or sets the Maximize button Gets or sets the Close button Gets the LeftItemsContainer Gets the collection of the left items. Gets the RightItemsContainer Gets the collection of the right items. Gets the instance that represents the fill of the tabbed control's caption. Gets the instance that represents the border of the tabbed control's caption. Gets or sets the currently selected item in the view. Gets the item which stands for adding new tabs on click. Gets all the items currently present within this element. Gets all the pinned items. Gets or sets the RadDragDropService instance which handles item drag requests. Gets or sets the RadImageShape instance which describes the hint that indicates where an item will be dropped after a drag operation. Gets or sets the owner RadTabbedFormControl instance. Occurs when a tab is clicked. Occurs before the default context menu is opened. Occurs before the tab items is attached to its owner element. Occurs before the tab is selected. Occurs after a tab is selected. Occurs when a tab is added or removed. Occurs before a tab is dropped. Occurs after a tap is dropped. Gets the item that contains the porvided point (in control's client coordinates). Scrolls the so that the passed item is visible and centered. Selects the next available item. Selects the previous available item. Gets or sets the height of the extended title bar. Gets the Help button. Gets the Minimize button Gets the Maximize button Gets the Close button Gets the element holding the system buttons. Gets the RadTabbedFormControlTabsElement. Fires when the close button is clicked Fires when the minimize button is clicked Fires when the maximize button is clicked Represents a tab in a RadTabbedFormControl instance. Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. Gets or sets the alignment of the image on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the alignment of the text content on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the image to be displayed by the associated RadTabbedFormControlItem instance. Gets or sets the tooltip to be displayed when the item hovers tab's associated item. Gets or sets the text to be displayed in the associated item. Gets the RadTabbedFormControl instance that owns this tab. Gets the RadTabbedFormControlItem instance which is the UI representation of this tab. Determines whether the item is currently selected (associated with the SelectedTab of the owning RadTabbedFormControl). Gets or sets the padding that defines the offset of element's fill. This does not affect element's layout logic such as size and location but has only appearance impact. Gets the RadTabbedFormControlTab instance associated with this item. Gets the instance that this object is associated with. Adds the specified tab to the Tabs collection. The RadTabbedFormControlTab to add to the control collection. Removes all tabs from the collection. Checks for a particular tab if it is part of the collection. The RadTabbedFormControlTab to check if contained. True if the collection contains the tab; otherwise false. Checks by name if a particular tab is part of the collection. The name to check the collection. Specifies whether the casing will be ignored. True if the collection contains the name; otherwise false. Checks by name if a particular tab is part of the collection. The name to check the collection. Performs case insensitive "Contains". True if the collection contains the name; otherwise false. Copies the entire contents of this collection to a compatible one-dimensional System.Array, starting at the specified index of the target array. The one-dimensional System.Array that is the destination of the elements copied from the current collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. Gets the number of elements in the collection. Removes the specified tab from the tabs collection. The RadTabbedFormControlTab to remove from the RadTabbedFormControlCollection. Retrieves the index of the specified tab in the tabs collection. The RadTabbedFormControlTab to locate in the collection. A zero-based index value that represents the position of the specified RadTabbedFormControlTab in the RadTabbedFormControlCollection. Inserts the specified item at a given index in the RadTabbedFormControlCollection. The index at which the RadTabbedFormControlTab will be inserted. The RadTabbedFormControlTab to be inserted in the collection. Swaps the positions of the two tabs inside the RadTabbedFormControlCollection. Sets the index of the specified child control in the collection to the specified index value. Removes a RadTabbedFormControlTab from the collection at the specified indexed location. The index value of the RadTabbedFormControlTab to remove. Indicates the System.Windows.Forms.Control at the specified indexed location in the collection. The index of the control to retrieve from the control collection. The RadTabbedFormControlTab located at the specified index location within the control collection. Indicates a RadTabbedFormControlTab with the specified name in the collection. The name of the tab to retrieve from the control collection. The RadTabbedFormControlTab with the specified name within the RadTabbedFormControlCollection. Gets or sets the minimum width of the tab. Gets or sets the default width of the tab. Gets or sets the default height of the tab. Gets or sets the spacing between the tabs. Gets or sets whether pin button will be displayed in the tab. Gets or sets whether close button will be displayed in the tab. Gets or sets whether the new tab button will be visible. Gets or sets whether the pinned items will be displayed at the front or at the back of the title bar. Gets the RadTabbedFormControlItem which stands for adding new tabs on click. Gets the button element navigating the layout to show tabs to left of the currenlty visible tabs Gets the button element navigating the layout to show tabs to right of the currenlty visible tabs. Gets an observable collection holding the pinned items. Gets an read only collection holding the visible items. Gets the BorderPrimitive of the RadFormElement. Represents the default context menu for a . Initializes a new instance of the class. The RadGanttView element. Gets the gantt view element. The gantt view element. Gets the add menu item. The add menu item. Gets the add child menu item. The add child menu item. Gets the add sibling menu item. The add sibling menu item. Gets the delete menu item. The delete menu item. Gets the progress menu item. The progress menu item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether progress menu items should be shown. true if progress menu items should be shown; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the step by which the progress values will increment. The progress step. Raises the DropDownOpening event. The event arguments Called when the Add menu item is clicked. The menu item. Called when the Delete menu item is clicked. The menu item. Called when one of the Progress menu items is clicked. The menu item. Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Represents a menu item for the . Initializes a new instance of the class. The command. The text. Gets the command of this menu item. The command. Represents an abstract class containing the methods needed to be implemented so one can populate a Initializes a new instance of the class. The gantt. Gets the items. Sets the current. The GanttView data item. Gets the Gantt view. The Gantt view. Resets this instance. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Suspends the update. Resumes the update. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is suspended. true if this instance is suspended; otherwise, false. Represents a class that describes the relations used to extract data from a data source to populate a . Gets or sets the name of the relation. The name of the relation. Gets or sets the data source. The data source. Gets or sets the tasks data member. The data member. Gets or sets the links data member. The data member. Gets or sets the title member. The title member. Gets or sets the parent member. The parent member. Gets or sets the child member. The child member. Gets or sets the start member. The start member. Gets or sets the end member. The end member. Gets or sets the progress member. The progress member. Gets or sets the link start member. The link start member. Gets or sets the link end member. The link end member. Gets or sets the link type member. The link type member. Represents the converter used to convert the type of the links from/to the data source format to/from the enumeration. Gets the gantt view element. The gantt view element. Converts the given value to a instance. The value. Converts a instance to another type; Type of the link. Represents the data item uses to represent the data it is displaying. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the title. The title. Gets or sets the start. The start. Gets or sets the end. The end. Gets or sets the progress. The progress. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is visible. true if visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the tag. The tag. Gets the child items of this item. The child items. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is current. true if this instance is current; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is selected. true if this instance is selected; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is enabled. true if this instance is enabled; otherwise, false. Gets the hierarchy level of this task. The level. Gets the parent of this data item. The parent. Gets the index of this item in its parent items collection. The index. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is expanded. true if this item is expanded; otherwise, false. Gets the next item. The next item. Gets the prev visible item. The prev visible item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is read only. true if the item is read only; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the context menu associated to the item. Returns an instance of RadDropDownMenu Class that is associated with the node. The default value is null. RadContextMenu Property (Telerik.WinControls.UI.RadTreeView) This property could be used to associate a custom menu and replace the ganttview's default. If the context menu is invoked by right-clicking an item, the ganttview's menu will not be shown and the context menu assigned to this item will be shown instead. Gets a value indicating whether this data item is used in the RadGanttView. Gets the data bound item. The data bound item. Gets or sets the value within the specified column of this item. The value. The column. Sets a boolean property. Name of the property. The property key. The new value. Notifies the that the expanded property of this item changed. The item. Raises the standard .NET PropertyChanged event. Expands this item. Performs an update with the specified update actions. The update actions. Updates the parent item. Sets the data bound item for this data item. if set to true the method assumes the data is set through data binding. The value. DataBoundItem can not be set explicitly in bound mode. Called when the Start property of a child item changes. The child item which Start changed. Called when the End property of a child item changes. The child item which End changed. Called when the Progress property of a child item changes. The child item which Progress changed. Called when a child item is added. The child item that is added. Called when a child item is removed. The child item that is removed. Called when the collection that will hold this children of this item is being created. Called when a child Start or End changes. Called when a child progress changes. Represents an observable collection of . Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets the owner. The owner. Gets the gantt view. The tree view. Refreshes this instance. Gets the gantt view data item enumerator. Gets the gantt view data item enumerator. The position. Gets the gantt view data item enumerator. The item. Updates this instance. Updates the view. Inserts the item at the specified index. The index. The item. Sets the item at the specified index. The index. The item. Removes the item at the specified index. The index. Removes all the items. Raises the NotifyCollectionChanged event. The item. Raises the NotifyCollectionChanging event. The item. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Gets a value indicating whether the collection needs a refresh. true if a refresh is needed; otherwise, false. Syncs the version of this collection with the binding provider. Resets the version of this collection. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is empty. true if this instance is empty; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The index. Gets the number of elements contained in this collection. The number of elements contained in this collection. Gets a value indicating whether ththis collection is read-only. true if this collection is read-only; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is attached. true if this instance is attached; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is empty. true if this instance is empty; otherwise, false. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Determines the index of a specific item. The object to locate. The index of if found in the collection; otherwise, -1. Inserts an item to the collection at the specified index. The zero-based index at which should be inserted. The object to insert into the collection. Adds the item to the collection. The object to add. Removes the item at the specified index. The zero-based index of the item to remove. Removes all items. Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. The object to locate. true if is found; otherwise, false. Copies all items to the given array. The array. Index of the array. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object. The object to remove. true if was successfully removed; otherwise, false. Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. An IEnumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection. Gets the gantt view data item enumerator. Gets the gantt view data item enumerator. The position. Gets the gantt view data item enumerator. The item. Updates this instance. Updates the view. Represents a data item used by to store links. Gets or sets the start item for this link. The start item. Gets or sets the end item for this link. The end item. Gets or sets the type of this link. The type of the link. Gets the data bound item of this link. The data bound item. Gets the points wehre this link will be drawn. The lines. Gets the that owns this link. The gantt view element. Occurs when a property value changes. Raises the event. The name of the property that changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Sets the data bound item for this link. if set to true the method assumes the value is set through data binding. The value. DataBoundItem can not be set explicitly in bound mode. Represents an observable collection of . Initializes a new instance of the class. The gantt view element. Gets the that owns this collection. The gantt view element. Refreshes this instance. Gets a value indicating whether this instance needs refresh. true if a refresh is needed; otherwise, false. Syncs the version of this instance with the binding provider. Resets the version of this instance. Inserts the item at the specified index. The index. The item. Sets the item at the specified index. The index. The item. Removes the item at the specified index. The index. Removes all the items. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Represents a column shown in . Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The name. Initializes a new instance of the class. The name. The header text. Initializes a new instance of the class. The name. The header text. Name of the field. Gets or sets the name of the column. The name. Gets or sets a value indicating the type of the data this column is displaying. Gets or sets the tag of the column. The tag. Gets or sets the header text of the column. The header text. Gets or sets the name of the field used to populate this column The name of the field. Gets or sets the format string. The format string. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is visible. true if visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is current. true if current; otherwise, false. Gets the that is the owner of this column. The owner. Gets or sets the width of the column. The width. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is data bound. true if this instance is data bound; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the accessor of the column. The accessor. Occurs when a property value changes. Fires the PropertyChanged event. Name of the property. Updates the width. Represents an observable collection of . Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets the that owns this collection. The owner. Gets the with the specified column name. The . Name of the column. Adds a column with the specified name. The name. Adds a column with the the specified name and header text. The name. The header text. Removes a column with the specified column name. Name of the column. Determines whether the collection contains a column with the specified column name. Name of the column. true if a column with the specified name is contained in the collection; otherwise, false. Gets the index of the column with the specified name or -1 if the column is not found. Name of the column. The index of the column if found otherwise returns -1. Adds the specified collection of columns to the collection. The columns. Adds the specified collection of columns to the collection. The columns. Renames the column with the specified name with the new name. The name. The new name. Sets a unique name name to the column. The column. Gets a unique name for a column of the collection. A base name to use. the unique name for the collection. Inserts the item. The index. The column. The approved action. Removes the item. The index. Clears the items. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Defines the type of range the timeline of a will be displayed in. Weeks view Months view Years view Years view with half years for the sub items. Years view with quarters for the sub items. Days view Days view with half hours for the sub items. Days view with quarter hours for the sub items. Hours view. When this value is set the user is responsible for providing the items for the gantt timeline view. Defines the type of the link a represents. A finish to finish link. A finish to start link. A start to finish link. A start to start link. Defines when will enter edit mode. Edit mode will begin on every click. Edit mode will begin on second click. Represents the event arguments for the CreateDataItem event of RadGanttView. Gets or sets the data item. The data item. Represents the event arguments for the CreateLinkDataItem event of RadGanttView. Gets or sets the link data item. The link data item. Represents the event arguments for the ItemChanged event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The data item. The item proeprty that changed. Gets the property that was changed. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Represents the event arguments for the SelectedLinkChanging event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The link data item. Represents the event arguments for the HeaderCellElementCreating event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The cell element. Gets or sets the cell element. The cell element. Initializes a new instance of the class. The data item. Gets the data item. Gets or sets the item element. Represents the event arguments of the ContextMenuOpening event of . Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The menu. Gets or sets the menu. The menu. Represents the event arguments for the DataCellElementCreating event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The cell element. Gets or sets the cell element. The cell element. Represents the event arguments for the EditorRequired event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The column. Type of the editor. Gets the current column of the item. The column. Gets or sets the editor that will be used for editing. The editor. Gets or sets the type of the editor. The type of the editor. Represents the event arguments for the ExpandedChanged event of RadGanttView. Represents the event arguments for the ExpandedChanging event of RadGanttView. Represents the event arguments for the GraphicalViewItemFormatting event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The item element. Gets the item element. The item element. Represents the event arguments for the ItemAdded event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Represents the event arguments for the ItemAdding event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The data item. Represents the event arguments for the ItemChildIdNeeded event of . Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Gets or sets the child id that will be used to identify the item. The child id. Represents the event arguments for the ItemDataBound event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Represents the event arguments for the ItemDataError event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The error text. The context. Gets the error text. The error text. Gets the context of the error. The context. Represents the event arguments for the ItemEdited event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The editor. if set to true [commit]. Gets a value indicating whether the edit operation will be committed. true if commit; otherwise, false. Gets the editor. The editor. Represents the event arguments for the ItemEditing event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The column. The editor. Gets the column. The column. Gets the editor. The editor. Represents the event arguments for the EditorInitialized event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The editor. Gets the editor. The editor. Represents the event arguments for the ItemElementCreating event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The view element. Gets the view element. The view element. Gets or sets the item element. The item element. Represents the event arguments of the ItemPaint event of . Initializes a new instance of the class. The element. The graphics. Gets the element which is painted. The element. Gets the graphics object used for drawing. The graphics. Represents the event arguments for the ItemRemoved event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Represents the event arguments for the ItemValidated event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The column. Gets the column. The column. Represents the event arguments for the ItemValidating event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The column. The new value. The old value. Gets the column. The column. Gets the new value. The new value. Gets the old value. The old value. Represents the event arguments for the LinkAdded event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Represents the even arguments for the LinkAdding event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The link data item. Represents the event arguments for the LinkDataBound event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Represents the event arguments for the LinkDataError event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The error text. The context. Gets the error text. The error text. Gets the context of the error. The context. Represents the event arguments for the LinkRemoved event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Represents the event arguments for the SelectedItemChanged event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Represents the event arguments for the SelectedItemChanging event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Represents the event arguments for the CellFormatting event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The cell element. The column. Gets the column. The column. Gets the cell element. The cell element. Represents the event arguments for the ItemFormatting event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The item element. Gets the item element. The item element. Represents the event arguments for the TimelineItemFormatting event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The item element. Gets the item. The item. Gets the item element. The item element. Represents the event arguments for a cancelable item event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Gets the item. The item. Represents the event arguments for an item event raised by RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Gets the item. The item. Represents the event arguments for a cancelable link event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The link. Gets the link. The link. Represents the event arguments for a link event of RadGanttView. Initializes a new instance of the class. The link. Gets the link. The link. Gets the settings edited in the dialog. The print settings. Localizes the strings in the control by using the current . Loads the from the printed into the dialog The print settings. Loads the into the dialog. The print settings. Saves all settings form the dialog. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Displays a hierarchical collection of task items along with the relations between them. Each item is represented by a and each link is represented by a . Creates the child items. The parent. Creates the . Gets the gantt view element. The gantt view element. Gets the collection of links. The links. Gets the collection of task items. The task items. Gets the collection of columns shown in the . The columns. Gets or sets the ratio between the text view and the graphical view. The ratio. Gets or sets the height of the items. The height of the item. Gets or sets the height of the header row and the timeline container. The height of the header. Gets or sets the width of the splitter. The width of the splitter. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is in edit mode. true if this instance is in edit mode; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether summary items are editable by the user or their value is auto-calculated from their sub items. Gets or sets the gantt view behavior. The gantt view behavior. Gets or sets the drag drop service. The drag drop service. Gets or sets a link type converter that will be used to convert values coming from the data source to and vice versa. The link type converter. Gets or sets the selected item. The selected item. Gets or sets the selected link. The selected link. Gets or sets the current column. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is data bound. true if this instance is data bound; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying data for. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source from which the will extract tasks data. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to define a relation of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to define a relation of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the title of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the start of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the end of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the Progress of the data items. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source from which the will extract links data. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract links start item. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the links end item. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the link type of the data items. Gets or a value indicating whether the control is in design mode. Gets or sets a value indicating whether custom painting is enabled. true if custom painting is enabled; otherwise, false. Gets the default size of the control. The default of the control. Determines whether the pressed key is input key. The key data. true if the pressed key is an input key; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the context menu associated with the control. A that represents the context menu associated with the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the timeline today indicator. true if the timeline today indicator is visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the today indicator. true if the today indicator is visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a instance, which enables integration with other controls. The data provider. Gets or sets a instance, which hold the default print settings. The print settings. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the gantt view is read only. true if the gantt view is read only; otherwise, false. RadGanttView consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadGanttView consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Disables all notifications in the RadGanttView Ends the update. Occurs when an item needs an id for storing in data sources. Occurs when an item is painted. Allows custom painting over the item. EnableCustomPainting must be set to true for this event to be fired. Occurs when a context menu is about to be opened. Occurs when a new data item is created. Occurs when a new link data item is created. Occurs before an is added to the Items collection. Occurs before an is added to the Links collection. Occurs when there is an error in the data layer of RadGanttView related to data operations with Item objects. Occurs when there is an error in the data layer of RadGanttView related to data operations with Link objects. Occurs when the selected item is about to be changed. Occurs when selected item has been changed. Occurs when the selected link is about to be changed. Occurs when selected link has been changed. Occurs when an item is about to be expanded or collapsed. Occurs after an item is expanded or collapsed. Occurs when an item is data bound. Occurs when a link is data bound. Occurs when a new item is added to the Items collection. Occurs when a new link added to the Links collection. Occurs when an item removed from the Items collection. Occurs when a link is removed from the Links collection. Occurs when an item's property is changed. Occurs when a link's property is changed. Occurs when a new header cell element needs to be created. Occurs when a new data cell element needs to be created. Occurs when the content of a cell needs to be formatted for display. Occurs when an item in the state changes and it needs to be formatted. Occurs when the state of a timeline item changes and it needs to be formatted. Occurs when the state of an item in the changes and it needs to be formatted. Occurs when the state of a link item in the changes and it needs to be formatted. Occurs when an item element needs to be created. Occurs when a timeline item element needs to be created. Occurs when an element will be printed. Allows formatting of the element. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs after an element is printed. Allows for custom painting over the element. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Processes a dialog key. One of the values that represents the key to process. true if the key was processed by the control; otherwise, false. Handles windows messages. The message. Hanles the windows message for showing the context menu. The m. Directly prints the to the default printer. Directly prints the to the default printer or shows printer settings and then prints the . Indicates whether printer settings dialog should be shown. Directly prints the to the default printer or shows printer settings and then prints the . Indicates whether printer settings dialog should be shown. As instance of used to control the print process. Shows a for editing the print settings. Shows a for editing the print settings. As instance of used to control the print process. Called when the printing begins. The that has initiated the printing. The event args. The number of pages that will be printed. Called when the printing ends. The that has initiated the printing. The event args. false if the printing was canceled Prints the page with the specified number. The number of the current page. The that has initiated the printing. The event args. true if there are more pages, false otherwise Gets a print settings dialog that is specific for the printable object. The that has initiated the printing. The dialog. Draws the current page by slicing a portion of the big bitmap. The graphics object. The printed page. Draws the grid portion of the gantt view and the graphical view to the big bitmap. The BMP. Draws the grid cells and graphical tasks to the bitmap. The graphics. Draws the links to the bitmap. The g. Draws the header and the timeline view items to bitmap. The BMP. Draws the timeline items to bitmap. The g. Draws the header cells to bitmap. The g. Prints a gantt view element to the graphics object. The Graphics object used for painting the element. The print element context. The rectangle of the print element. The text of the print element. The data item of the print element. Prints a gantt view element to the graphics object. The Graphics object used for painting the element. The print element context. The rectangle of the print element. The text of the print element. The data item of the print element. The column name of the print element. Gets the shape of an element based on the print context and the provided rectangle. The context. The rect. Gets an initialized print element based on the provided context. The context. Returns a rectangle representing the coordinates where an object should be positioned or drawn for the given item and time frame. The item that will be printed. The index of the item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. Gets the link lines for the given link. The link. The index of the link start item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. The index of the link end item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. Gets the start to start lines for the given link. The link. The index of the link start item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. The index of the link end item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. Gets the start to finish lines for the given link. The link. The index of the link start item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. The index of the link end item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. Gets the finish to start lines for the given link. The link. The index of the link start item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. The index of the link end item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. Gets the finish to finish lines for the given link. The link. The index of the link start item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. The index of the link end item in a flat representation of the items hierarchy. Initializes the fields. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates the the . The gantt view. Creates the . Creates the . The gantt view. Gets or sets a value indicating whether summary items are editable by the user or their value is auto-calculated from their sub items. Gets a value indicating whether the inks collection is populated. true if this instance has links; otherwise, false. Gets the collection of links. The links. Gets the collection of task items. The task items. Gets the . The text view element. Gets the . The graphical view element. Gets the . The splitter element. Gets the columns shown in the . The columns. Gets the root item for the gantt view hierarchye. The root. Gets or sets a value indicating whether custom painting is enabled. true if custom painting is enabled; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the ratio between the text view and the graphical view. The ratio. Gets or sets the minimum width of a column. The minimum width of a column. Gets or sets the height of the items. The height of the item. Gets or sets the item spacing. The item spacing. Gets or sets the height of the header row and the timeline container. The height of the header. Gets or sets the minimum length of the link. The minimum length of the link. Gets or sets the width of the splitter. The width of the splitter. Gets or sets the minimum width of a task when resizing it with the mouse. The size is in pixels and is for the current zoom. The minimum width of the task. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the gantt view is read only. true if the gantt view is read only; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is in edit mode. true if this instance is in edit mode; otherwise, false. Gets the active editor. Gets or sets the begin edit mode. The begin edit mode. Gets or sets the drag drop service. The drag drop service. Gets or sets the gantt view behavior. The gantt view behavior. Gets the that is responsible for kinetic scrolling. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the kinetic scrolling function is enabled. Gets or sets a link type converter that will be used to convert values coming from the data source to and vice versa. The link type converter. Gets or sets the selected item. The selected item. Gets or sets the selected link item. The selected link item. Gets or sets the current column. Gets the filter descriptors. The filter descriptors. Gets or sets the default sort Comparer for RadGanttView. The default comparer compares the items according to their start time. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is data bound. true if this instance is data bound; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying data for. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source from which the will extract tasks data. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to define a relation of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to define a relation of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the title of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the start of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the end of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the Progress of the data items. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source from which the will extract links data. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract links start item. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the links end item. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the link type of the data items. Gets the binding provider. The binding provider. Gets the data item provider. The data item provider. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to disable ensure item visible horizontal. true if ensure item visible horizontal is disabled; otherwise, false. Gets or a value indicating whether the control is in design mode. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default context menu may be shown. true if the default context menu may be shown; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the context menu. The context menu. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the timeline today indicator. true if the timeline today indicator is visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the today indicator. true if the today indicator is visible; otherwise, false. Performs an update according the specified update action. The update action. Performs an update according the specified update action. The update action. The items. Updates the visual items in the gantt view Indicates the update action Array representing the items which should be updated Updates the instance when an item expanded state changes. The item. Updates the scrollers on add. The item. Updates the scrollers. The skip item. The update action. Synchronizes all item elements. Creates a new task. A new Creates a new link. A new Gets or sets the BindingContext for the object. Begins an update. Ends an update. Ends the update. Tells the view whether an update is required or not. Indicates the update action Processes the item for selection. The item. Processes the item as current. The item. Processes the item for selection. The item. Ensures that the specified item is visible within the gantt view element, scrolling the contents of the element if necessary. The item to scroll into view Ensures the item is visible vertically. The item. The item element. Ensures the item visible vertically. The item. Ensures that the specified item is visible within the gantt view element, scrolling the contents of the element if necessary. This method expands parent items when necessary. The item to bring into view Clears the selection. Puts the current item in edit mode. Commits any changes and ends the edit operation on the current item. Close the currently active editor and discard changes. Ends the editing of an item and commits or discards the changes. Determines if the changes are commited [true] or discarded [false]. Gets the type of the editor to be used for editing the given item and column. The item. The column. Determines whether the given type is a numeric type. The type to check. true if the type is numeric; otherwise, false. Gets an editor based on its type. Type of the editor. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Called when the element has been successfully loaded. That includes loading of all its children as well. Occurs when an item needs an id for storing in data sources. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an item is painted. Allows custom painting over the item. EnableCustomPainting must be set to true for this event to be fired. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a context menu is about to be opened. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the binding context is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a new data item is created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a new link data item is created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs before an is added to the Items collection. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs before an is added to the Links collection. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Fired when there is an error in the data layer of RadGanttView related to data operations with Item objects. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Fired when there is an error in the data layer of RadGanttView related to data operations with Link objects. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the selected item is about to be changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the selected link is about to be changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when selected item has been changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when selected link has been changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Called when [selected item changed]. The item. Occurs when an item is about to be expanded or collapsed. Called when an item expanded is changing. The item. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs after an item is expanded or collapsed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an item is data bound. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a new item is added to the Items collection. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an item removed from the Items collection. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an item's property is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a link is data bound. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a new link added to the Links collection. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a link is removed from the Links collection. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a link's property is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a new header cell element needs to be created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a new data cell element needs to be created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the content of a cell needs to be formatted for display. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the state of an item in the changes and it needs to be formatted. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the state of a timeline item changes and it needs to be formatted. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the state of an item in the changes and it needs to be formatted. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the state of a link item in the changes and it needs to be formatted. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an item element needs to be created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a timeline item element needs to be created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an editor is required to edit a cell the text view. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an cell is about to be edited. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an editor has been initialized. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an item validating is edited and needs to be validated. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an item is validated. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an item has been edited. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the root item is created. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Processes mouse down. The instance containing the event data. Processes mouse move. The instance containing the event data. Processes mouse up. The instance containing the event data. Processes mouse click. The instance containing the event data. Processes double click. The instance containing the event data. Processes mouse enter. The instance containing the event data. Processes mouse leave. The instance containing the event data. Processes mouse wheel. The instance containing the event data. Processes mouse hover. The instance containing the event data. Processes key down. The instance containing the event data. Processes key press. The instance containing the event data. Processes key up. The instance containing the event data. Represents a state manager used to define the states of an element for the theming mechanism. Creates the specific states. Creates the state manager. Represents a state manager used to define the states of an element for the theming mechanism. Creates the specific states. Creates the state manager. Represents a state manager used to define the states of an element for the theming mechanism. Creates the specific states. Represents a state manager used to define the states of an element for the theming mechanism. Represents a traverser which can traverse the hierarchical data structure of the data displayed by a . Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the traverser will go through an item's children no matter if it is expanded or not. true if traversing all items; otherwise, false. Occurs when the traverser moves. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. Gets or sets the position. The position. Moves to the previous. Moves to the last item. Gets the element in the collection at the current position of the enumerator. The element in the collection at the current position of the enumerator. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Gets the element in the collection at the current position of the enumerator. The element in the collection at the current position of the enumerator. Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Moves to the specified item. The item. Moves to the next item. true if the move was successful; otherwise false Moves to the previous item. true if the move was successfull; otherwise false Gets the last visible item in the given parent children. The parent. Represents the method that will handle events in . Represents the event arguments for the Traversing event of a Initializes a new instance of the class. The content. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the instance to be processed by . true if GanttViewRowInfo is processed otherwise, false. Gets the row. The row. Represents a class that is responsible for handling all the input for a Initializes a new instance of the class. Represents the base item element for the graphical and text view elements of Initializes the class. Gets the data item of this element. The data. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is selected. true if selected; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is current. true if current; otherwise, false. Attaches the specified data to the element. The data. The context. Detaches this instance from the data it has been previously attached to. Synchronizes this instance with its data item. Determines whether the specified data is compatible with this element. The data. The context. true if the specified data is compatible; otherwise, false. Represents the base view element for the and . Initializes a new instance of the class. The gantt view. Gets the gantt view element that parents this instance. The gantt view element. Creates the element provider for the items of this view element. Represents the class that handles the drag drop operations in . Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Location from where Drag is started Gets or sets the owner. The owner. Prepares the context for the drag drop operation. Notifies that a start request has occured. Cancelable. Handles the mouse move. The mouse pos. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Notifies that a stop request has occured. Cancelable. Notifies that a running operation has stopped. Allows inheritors to perform some additional logic upon stop. Represents the element used as a separator between the and . Initializes the fields. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Represetns the element provider used by the virtualized view elements for creating visual item elements. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Creates an element for the given data opbecj in the given context. The data. The context. Gets the size of the element based on the given data item. The item. Called when a new item element is created. The item. Represents the base visual item for all elements in Represents the base item element for all items inside the . Initializes the fields. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Initializes a new instance of the class. The graphical view element. Creates the task element. Creates the left handle element. Creates the right handle element. Gets the graphical view element. The graphical view element. Gets the task element. The task element. Gets the left link handle element. The left link handle element. Gets the right link handle element. The right link handle element. Paints the children. The graphics. The clip rectangle. The angle. The scale. if set to true [use relative transformation]. Attaches the specified data. The data. The context. Detaches this instance. Synchronizes this instance with its data item. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Represents a base class for all task elements in a . Initializes the fields. Initializes the class. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the mouse is over the left area where resize could start. true if this instance is mouse over start resize rectangle; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the mouse is over the right area where resize could start. true if this instance is mouse over end resize rectangle; otherwise, false. Determines whether the element may be dragged. Determines whether this instance can be resized. true if this instance can be resized; otherwise, false. Represents the element which displays the graphical part of a . Initializes the fields. Creates the child elements. Initializes a new instance of the class. The gantt view. Disposes the managed resources. Gets or sets how many pixels along the link of a link will trigger selection. Gets or sets how wide the selection highlight color will be painted along a selected link. Gets the horizontal scroll bar element. The horizontal scroll bar element. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the today indicator. true if the today indicator is visible; otherwise, false. Gets the today indicator element. The today indicator element. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the timeline today indicator. true if the timeline today indicator is visible; otherwise, false. Gets the timeline today indicator element. The timeline today indicator element. Gets the timeline scroller. The timeline scroller. Gets the timeline container. The timeline container. Gets the timeline items. The timeline items. Gets or sets the behavior which handles the perations related to the gantt view timeline items. Gets or sets the timeline start date. The timeline start. Gets or sets the timeline end date. The timeline end. Gets or sets the type of the timeline range. The timeline range. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the TimeRange of the gantt view will be handled by the control. Gets or sets how much time a single pixel represents. The one pixel time. Gets or sets the color of the links. The color of the links. Gets or sets the size of the links handles. The size of the links handles. Gets or sets the new link instance. This is not null when a new link is being created. The new link. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a new link is being created. true if a new link is being created; otherwise, false. Updates the timeline data items. Builds the timeline elements. Applies the scroll offset to the link lines. The lines. Determines whether the given link should be drawn. The link. The link lines. Calculates the link lines for all links. Calculates the link lines for all links connected to the given item. The item. Calculates the link lines for the given link and optional point when a new link is being created. The link. The position of the mouse (if creating or editing a link). Calculates the start to start lines for the given link and optional point when a new link is being created. The link. The position of the mouse (if creating or editing a link). Calculates the start to finish lines for the given link and optional point when a new link is being created. The link. The position of the mouse (if creating or editing a link). Calculates the finish to start lines for the given link and optional point when a new link is being created. The link. The position of the mouse (if creating or editing a link). Calculates the finish to finish lines for the given link and optional point when a new link is being created. The link. The position of the mouse (if creating or editing a link). Populates the flat tasks collection which is used for positioning links. Returns a value indicating whether a line represented with two points intersects the given rectangle. The begin point of the line. The end point of the line. The rectangle. Returns a value indicating whether two lines intersect. The begin point of the first line. The end point of the first line The begin point of the second line. The end point of the second line. Updates the specified update action. The update action. Updates the scrollers. The update action. Synchronizes the item elements. Updates the inner state. Updates the timeline zoom. Updates the text view scroller when the scroll bar is moved. Called when the OnePixelTime property is assigned a new value. Indicated whether the change results in a zoom-in or zoom-out. Returns a rectangle with zero width representing the coordinates where an object should be positioned or drawn for the given item and time. The item . The datetime. Returns a rectangle representing the coordinates where an object should be positioned or drawn for the given item and time frame. The item. The start. The end. Returns a rectangle representing the coordinates where an object should be positioned or drawn for the given item and time frame. The item. The start. The end. if set to true the horizontal scroll bar offset is taken into account. Returns a rectangle representing the coordinates where an object should be positioned or drawn for the given item and time frame. The item. The start. The end. if set to true the horizontal scroll bar offset is taken into account. if set to true the vertical scroll bar offset is taken into account. if set to true the header header height is added to the y coordinate of the result. Scrolls the graphical view to the given date. The date is placed in the middle of the view. The date to scroll to. true if the scroll operation was successful otherwise false. Gets the link item in the given position if such exists otherwise returns null; The location in control coordinates where to search for a link. Paints the children. The graphics. The clip rectangle. The angle. The scale. if set to true [use relative transformation]. Draws the link lines. The graphics. Raises the standard .NET PropertyChanged event. Represents a milestone element in a Initializes the fields. Determines whether this instance can be resized. true if this instance can be resized; otherwise, false. Represents an element that displayes a milestone item in a Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Creates the task element. Determines whether the specified data is compatible. The data. The context. true if the specified data is compatible; otherwise, false. Represents a summary element in a Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates the progress indicator element. Gets the element used for indicating the progress of the summary element. Gets the left edge element of the summary element. Gets the right edge element of the summary element. Gets the element thats between the two edges of the summary element. Represents an element that displays a summary item in a Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Creates the task element. Determines whether the specified data is compatible. The data. The context. true if the specified data is compatible; otherwise, false. Represents a task element in a . Initializes the fields. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates the progress indicator element. Gets the progress indicator element. The progress indicator element. Represents an element that displayes a task item in a Initializes the fields. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Represents an element that visualizes the progress of a summary. Represents an element that visualizes the progress of a task. Gets the gantt graphical view this behavior is associated with. Gets or sets the format for the upper row items of the timeline. The timeline upper item format. Gets or sets the format for the lower row items of the timeline. The timeline lower item format. Gets a value which enlarges the timeline end so only whole cells would be displayed. Gets a value which enlarges the timeline start so only whole cells would be displayed. Gets a dictionary where the key is a time ranges and the value is the minimum width for a single item in the timeline view for that time range. Gets a list of s that will be shown in the timeline. Returns a list of s for week range. Returns a list of s for month range. Returns a list of s for year range. Returns a list of s for year range with half years for the sub-items. Returns a list of s for year range with quarter years for the sub-items. Returns a list of s for day range. Returns a list of s for day range with half hours for the sub-items. Returns a list of s for da range with quarter hours for the sub-items. Returns a list of s for hour range. Gets the week number for the given date using ISO8601 stadard. The date. Gets the time line top element text. The item to get text for. Gets the timeline lower element text for the specified index. The timeline item. The index of the lower element. Gets the number of cells and optionally a start index to be displayed for the given timeline data item and time range. The data item for which the cell info is calculated. The time range for which the cell info is calculated. Returns the number of cells and optionally a start index to be displayed for the given timeline data item. Returns the number of cells and optionally a start index to be displayed for the given timeline data item. Returns the number of cells and optionally a start index to be displayed for the given timeline data item. Returns the number of cells and optionally a start index to be displayed for the given timeline data item. Returns the number of cells and optionally a start index to be displayed for the given timeline data item. Returns the number of cells and optionally a start index to be displayed for the given timeline data item. Returns the number of cells and optionally a start index to be displayed for the given timeline data item. Returns the number of cells and optionally a start index to be displayed for the given timeline data item. Returns the number of cells and optionally a start index to be displayed for the given timeline data item. Creates the element. Fills the RangesMinWidths property (dictionary) with the minimum width for each . These values are used when AutomaticTimelineTimeRange is se to true. Gets a new time range based on the current state of the . If no change is needed returns the value of the input range. The current . Indicates whether a zoom-in or a zoom-out operation is performed. A value of the enumeration. If no change is needed returns the input range. Gets or sets the number of cells to be added. Gets or sets a value indicating the first cell index. The value is optional. Represents an element displayed in the timeline of a Initializes the fields. Initializes a new instance of the class. The element. Represents a virtualized stack container that shows the items in the timeline of a Initializes the fields. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets the that is the owner of this container. The owner. Represents a data item for a timeline. Initializes a new instance of the class. The start. The end. The range. The one pixel time. Gets or sets the start date for the item. The start. Gets or sets the end date for the item. The end. Gets or sets the range. The range. Gets or sets how much time a single pixel represents. The one pixel time. Gets the width of this item. The width. Represents the provider that creates elements for the timeline of a . Gets the that is the owner of this provider. The owner. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Creates a new element. The data. The context. Gets the size of the element for a given item. The item. Called when a new item element is created. The item. Represents the stack container in the lower half of a timeline item. Represents an element that is used in a timeline. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates the timeline item top element. Creates the timeline item bottom stack element. Initializes a new instance of the class. The data. The graphical view element. Gets the graphical view element that parents this element. The graphical view element. Gets the top element. The top element. Gets the bottom stack element. The bottom element. Calculates the items that will be displayed in the timeline. Gets the data item for this element. The data. Called when the displayed data is changed. The data. The context. Detaches this instance. Synchronizes this instance with its data item. Determines whether the specified data is compatible with this element. The data. The context. true if the specified data is compatible; otherwise, false. Represents the top portion of a . Represents the bottom portion of a . Updates the scroll range. Represents the layout for the expander element of each row in a Initializes a new instance of the class. The item element. Creates the self-referencing cell's elements. The cell element. Disposes all MANAGED resources - such as Bitmaps, GDI+ objects, etc. Disposes the link elements. Gets the data item assiciated with the layout Gets the item element assiciated with the layout Gets the expander element assiciated with the layout Gets the stack layout element. The stack layout element. Gets the cell element. The cell element. Gets the witdh of the hierarchy indent. Gets a value that indicates the indents count Gets a collection that contains all indents Updates the associated instance of expander primitive Updates the indent items Binds the row properties. Unbinds the row properties. Represents a stack element which holds the expander element, the indent element(s) and the cell. Represents an element that is used for displaying indentation in a item element. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item element. Gets the item element. The item element. Represents an item element of a text part. Initializes the fields. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text view. Creates the column container. Creates the element provider. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is expanded. true if this instance is expanded; otherwise, false. Gets the cell container. The cell container. Gets the self reference layout. The self reference layout. Gets the . The text view. Attaches the specified data. The data. The context. Detaches this instance. Synchronizes this instance and all cells. Disposes the self reference layout. Synchronizes the properties. Updates the info of each cell. Gets the cell element for the given column. The column. Represents the element for a cell in a text part. Initializes the fields. Initializes the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. The column. Disposes the managed resources. Gets the column of this cell. The data. Gets the column. The column. Gets the owner of this cell. The owner. Gets the data item. The data item. Gets the self reference layout. The self reference layout. Gets the expander. The expander. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is first cell. true if this instance is first cell; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is last cell. true if this instance is last cell; otherwise, false. Attaches the specified data. The data. The context. Detaches this instance. Synchronizes this instance. Determines whether the specified data is compatible. The data. The context. true if the specified data is compatible; otherwise, false. Updates the info. Gets a value indicating whether this instance can update info. true if this instance can update info; otherwise, false. Updates the core. Updates the self reference layout. Arranges the self reference panel. The final size. The client rect. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is in edit mode. true if this instance is in edit mode; otherwise, false. Gets the editor. The editor. Adds the editor. The editor. Removes the editor. The editor. Gets the editor element. The editor. Privedes cell elements for the item elements of Gets the owner. The owner. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Creates a new element for the given data and context. The data. The context. Gets the size of the element. The item. Represents a container in which columns can be displayed. Initializes the fields. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets or sets the owner. The owner. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [scroll columns]. true if [scroll columns]; otherwise, false. Represetns a scroller for the columns. Represents a traverser which can traverse the columns of a Initializes a new instance of the class. The columns. Called when [items navigating]. The current. Represents the element that displayes the grid part of a Creates the child elements. Initializes a new instance of the class. The gantt view. Gets the first visible column. The first visible column. Gets the last visible column. The last visible column. Gets the column container. The column container. Gets the column scroller. The column scroller. Gets the columns. The columns. Gets or sets the indent of the hierarchy rows. The indent. Gets the first visible column. The first visible column. If there are no visible columns returns null. Gets the last visible column. The first visible column. If there are no visible columns returns null. Columnses the collection changed. The instance containing the event data. Updates the specified update action. The update action. Synchronizes the item elements. Represents a header cell element of a column in a Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. The column. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is mouse over resize rectangle. true if this instance is mouse over resize rectangle; otherwise, false. Synchronizes this instance. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Determines whether this instance [can be resized]. true if this instance [can be resized]; otherwise, false. Adds the editor. The editor. Removes the editor. The editor. Privedes header cell elements for the item elements of Creates a new element for the given data and context. The data. The context. Gets the size of the element. The item. Represents the expander item of a row in a . Initializes a new instance of the class. The item element. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the sign is in expanded or collapsed state Gets the item element. The item element. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets the main element of the editor. Gets or sets the current bitmap. If you want to open an image for edit use one of the OpenImage methods. Gets or sets the path that will be used for save operations. Gets or sets the zoom factor of the editor. Occurs after an image is saved. Occurs after a specific operation is performed over the image. Occurs after an image is loaded in the editor. Occurs when the progress of an async load operation changes. Occurs when an operation results in an error or an exception. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Gets the element containing the buttons with commands. Gets the element that is responsible for drawing the image. Gets the element containing the zooming controls. Gets the scroll viewer controller. Gets or sets the current bitmap. If you want to open an image for edit use one of the OpenImage methods. Gets or sets the original image when performing editing operations. Gets or sets the path that will be used for save operations. Gets or sets the zoom factor of the editor. Gets or sets a factory used for creating dialogs. Gets or sets the width of the . Gets or sets the height of the Gets the undo operations stack. Gets the redo operations stack. Closes the open dialog. Copies the dpi resolution and property items from the source bitmap to the destination bitmap. Allows to customize the painted shape or draw a custom one. Occurs when the image is saved. Occurs when a specific operation is performed over the current bitmap Fires the event. Occurs after an image is loaded in the editor. Fires the event. Occurs when the progress of an async load operation changes. Fires the event. Occurs when an operation results in an error or an exception. Fires the event. Represents a draggable, selectable, and resize-able item which displays a snapshot of its associated . This item is used in when the is in customize mode. Gets or sets the overlay color which is displayed when the item is selected. Gets or sets the border color which is displayed when the item is selected. Gets the associated . Gets the inner container of the current item. Such will exist if this item represents a Gets the inner item of the current item. Such will exist if this item represents a . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is currently selected. Invalidates the preview of the associated item. An element which hosts . The main element of . Also used as a child in when the represented item is . A responsible for the drag operations in . Represents a control which overlays the when the last is put in customize mode. Gets the owning Gets the main element of the control. The responsible for the drag operations in the control. Gets a collection of the selected items. Updates the preview of the underlying items. Updates the preview of the underlying items. If [true], child elements will be reinitialized, if [false], only the snapshot of existing elements will be updated. Selects the specified item. The item to select. Selects the specified item. The item to select. If [true], item will be added to the current selection, otherwise only the specified item will be selected Gets the items from all levels in the control. An enumeration to the items. Gets all items which are descendants of the specified parent element. The parent element. An enumeration to the items. Sets the bounds of the drag preview rectangle. The bounds. Finds the associated of the specified . The specified item. The associated draggable item. Starts the with the specified item as a drag context. The item to drag. The dialog which is opened when is in edit mode. Provides interface to access the hidden items, bring new items to the control, or preview and edit the existing item structure. Called to update the Hidden Items group in the Items tab Called to update the tree view in the Structure tab Gets the text which should be displayed in an item in the Hidden Items group or the Structure tree view. The item to get the text for. The text for the item. Gets the image which should be displayed in an item in the Hidden Items group or the Structure tree view. The item to get the image for. The image for that item. Called to rearrange the items when the RightToLeft property of the dialog has changed. Called when the drag drop service of the list view has started. Called to handle dropping a dragged item from the list view on the Items tab. Handles dropping a list view item over a . The dragged list view item. The drop target item. Handles dropping a list view item over an empty container. The container. The dragged item. Called to create a new when dropping an item from the New Items group. The dragged item. The newly created item Handles the DragOver event of the list view's drag drop service. Gets the drag context of a dragged item. The dragged item. The type of the associated item. Handles the NodeRemoving event of the tree view on the structure tab. Handles the Click event of the Save Layout button. Handles the Click event of the Load Layout button. Handles the NodeEdited event of the tree view on the Structure tab. Handles the SelectedNodeChanged event of the tree view on the Structure tab. Handles the MouseMove event of the tree view on the Structure tab. Handles the MouseDown event of the tree view on the Structure tab. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. A common interface for elements which host items. An element which hosts and provides the layout of items that inherit from the . This element can be found at the root level of , as well as in or . Gets or sets the fill color of the drag preview rectangle. Gets or sets the border color of the drag preview rectangle. Gets the associated with this container. The collection of items which this container hosts. Gets the the drag hint preview rectangle if an item were to be dragged at a given point. The dragged item. The point in control coordinates. The preview rectangle. Gets the the drag hint preview rectangle if an item were to be dragged at a given point. The dragged item. The point in control coordinates. The type of the dragged item. The preview rectangle. Handles dropping an element over another at the specified position. The drop target element. The dragged element. The specified position. Rebuilds the layout of the container. Rebuilds the layout of the container. If [true], forces a layout update. Updates the layout of the inner controls. Updates the layout of the inner controls. If [true], goes into nested s recursively. Provides access to the default icons and images used in . The image displayed next to in the customize dialog. The Customize context menu icon. The image displayed next to an empty in the customize dialog. The image displayed next to the in the customize dialog. The image displayed next to the in the customize dialog. The icon of the LoadLayout button in the customize dialog. The icon of the SaveLayout button in the customize dialog. The image displayed next to the in the customize dialog. The image displayed next to the in the customize dialog. The image displayed next to the in the customize dialog. Represents an item which hosts other items that inherit from . Has a header element and a which holds the items. Can be expanded and collapsed. Occurs when the group item is expanded. Occurs when the group item is collapsed. Occurs when the group item is about to be expanded. Cancelable. Occurs when the group item is about to be collapsed. Cancelable. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the line in the header element should be shown. Gets the header element of the group. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the group is currently expanded. Gets or sets the height of the header. Gets the container element which hosts the items within the group. Gets the items within the group. Called when the group is expanded or collapsed to do the necessary updates. Provides options for sizing the text part of the Text will be sized proportionally to the whole size of the item. Text will have a fixed size in pixels. Provides options for arranging the text part of the The text will appear above the control. The text will appear below the control. The text will appear on the left side of the control. The text will appear on the right side of the control. Represents an item of which can have an associated control. Responsible for arranging the associated control within the . Can display a text in addition to the control. Gets or sets the position of the text of the item. Gets or sets the position of the text of the item. Gets or sets the proportional size of the text part which will be used when TextSizeMode is set to proportional. Gets or sets the fixed size of the text part which will be used when TextSizeMode is set to fixed. Gets or sets the minimum size of the text part. Gets or sets the maximum size of the text part. Gets or sets the way in which the text part will be sized - proportionally or fixed-size. Gets or sets the control associated with this item. Gets the rectangle in which the text part will be arranged. The client area of the item. The arrange rectangle of the text part. Gets the rectangle in which the associated control will be arranged. The client area of the item. The arrange rectangle of the control. Updates the bounds of the associated control. A base class for all items which can be placed in Gets a value indicating whether this item is currently hidden. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item can be deleted by the end-user from the Customize dialog. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item can be hidden by the end-user from the Customize dialog. Gets the which owns this item. Can be either or . The owner item. Represents a item which can display text. Represents a item which displays a separator line. Stands for visually separating logical groups of controls. Gets or sets the thickness of the item. Gets the current orientation of the item. The orientation is automatically determined depending on the item's position. Represents a item which displays a splitter line. The splitter stands for visually separating logical groups of controls. In addition, it allows the end user to resize the groups on both sides of it by dragging the splitter with the mouse. Gets or sets the image used by the splitter when in horizontal orientation. Gets or sets the image used by the splitter when in vertical orientation. A items which displays s in a tabbed interface. Gets the main tab strip element. Gets a collection of s which will be displayed in the tabbed interface of this item. Gets the of the selected . Gets the selected . Gets the index at which a group should be inserted if dropped at the specified point. The specified point. The index at which the group should be inserted. Gets the drag preview rectangle which is used when dropping over the tab items. The desired insert index The bounds of the drag preview rectangle. A inheritor used to display the tab strip inside s in . Gets the currently selected . Selects the specified . The group item to select. An inheritor of used in . Stands for displaying the tabs of s inside a . Keeps track of its associated . The associated with this tab strip item. Provides localization settings for . String IDs for the localizable strings in . Provides the resize functionality for . Begins the resize operation given a starting point and resize orientation. The starting point. The resize direction. [true] if successful, [false] otherwise. Begins the resize operation given a . The splitter item. [true] if successful, [false] otherwise. If the behavior is active, moves the resize position to the specified point. The point in coordinates relative to the owning . Ends the resize operation. Gets the mouse cursor that should be displayed at the specified position. The point in coordinates relative to the owning . The cursor. Indicates whether the behavior is currently active. Provides the XML serialization functionality for . A container control which keeps its child controls arranged in a consistent way and scales their layout as the control size changes. Allows runtime customization and serializing the layout. Fired when the items of the control or the items of the inner containers (such as groups and tabbed groups) have changed. Fired when the items of the control or the items of the inner containers (such as groups and tabbed groups) have changed. Initializes the items of the default context menu. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should draw its border. Gets or sets the Customize Dialog form which is shown via the context menu. Gets or sets a value indicating whether resizing is enabled when the Customize Dialog is not shown. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end-user is allowed to hide and show existing items. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end-user is allowed show the Customize Dialog and modify the existing layout. Gets or sets the context menu. Gets the vertical . Gets the horizontal . Gets the main which hosts the items on the root level. Gets a collection containing the items on the root level. Gets a collection containing the hidden items. Gets the control which appears when the Customize Dialog is shown. Indicates whether the DragOverlay control is visible. Indicates whether the user is currently resizing the items. If the user is currently resizing, returns the active , otherwise returns null. This property is not relevant for this class. Puts the control in an initialization state where it will not update until EndUpdate is called. Puts the control out of the initialization state caused by calling BeginUpdate and updates it. Adds a control at a specified position next to a specified control. The control to add. An existing control next to which the new control will be added. The position at which the new control will be added. Adds a control at a specified position next to a specified item. The control to add. An existing item next to which the new control will be added. The position at which the new control will be added. Adds a control to the specified container. The control to add. The container. Adds an item at a specified position next to a specified existing control. The item to add. An existing control next to which the new control will be added. The position at which the new control will be added. Adds an item at a specified position next to a specified existing item. The item to add. An existing item next to which the new control will be added. The position at which the new control will be added. Adds an item at the root level of the control and rebuilds the layout. The item to add. Adds an item to the specified container and rebuilds its layout. The item to add. The container to add the item to. Removes the specified control from the RadLayoutControl. The control to remove. Removes the specified item from the RadLayoutControl. The item to remove. Resizes the specified item with a specified amount. Resize direction depends on the position of item. The item to resize. The amount to resize with. Resizes the specified control with a specified amount. Resize direction depends on the position of item. The control to resize. The amount to resize with. Hides an item from the RadLayoutPanel and places it in the HiddenItems collection. The item to hide. Hides a control from the RadLayoutPanel and places it in the HiddenItems collection. The control to hide. Shows the control which allows reordering and resizing the items. Hides the . Shows the and puts the control in customize mode. Gets the initial location of the . The location. Closes the and puts the control out of customize mode. Finds the item associated with a given control. The control. The control's associated item. Finds the item associated with a given control. The control. [true] if the HiddenItems collection should be searched, [false] otherwise. The control's associated item. Gets the items from all levels which are nested in the control. An enumeration of the items. Gets the items from all levels which are nested in the control. Updates the scrollbar metrics. Updates the bounds of nested controls. Gets the mouse cursor which should be shown at a given point. The point. The cursor to be shown at that point. Gets the that should be activated at a given point. The point. The resizing behavior at that point. Gets all child items iterated recursively. The items. Stores RadLayoutControl's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. XmlWriter to use by the built-in serializer Stores RadLayoutControl's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. The stream to write to. Writes the XML content in the stream and leaves the stream open. Stores RadLayoutControl's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. The file to write to. Loads RadLayoutControl's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The file to read from. Loads RadLayoutControl's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The stream to read from. Loads RadLayoutControl's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The XmlReader to read the XML from. Called after load layout to ensure the visibility of the controls is the same as the visibility of the items. Gets the serialization info for RadLayoutControl used by Save/Load layout methods to persist the layout to/from XML. By default or when set to null the ComponentXmlSerializationInfo provided by GetDefaultXmlSerializationInfo() will be used. Gets the default serialization info for RadLayoutControl used by Save/Load layout methods to persist the layout to/from XML. The default serialization info. Gets the margin around the client area of the control. In the default case, this should be the border thickness. Adds the control to the underlying collection without creating a for it. The control to add. Removes the control from the underlying collection without destroying its associated item. Finds the item associated with a given control. The control. The associated item. This class represents data in a list layout similar to the ListBox control provided by Microsoft. Initializes all event key objects and performs other static initialization. Subscribes to the relevant events of the underlaying RadListElement. Unsubscribes from the relevant events of the underlaying RadListElement. Gets or sets value indicating if the user can reorder items via drag and drop. Gets or sets a value indicating whether alternating item color is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the kinetic scrolling function is enabled. Indicates whether the items should be displayed in groups. Gets the collection of groups that items are grouped into Gets or sets a value that indicates whether text case will be taken into account when sorting. Gets or sets a value that specifies how long the user must wait before searching with the keyboard is reset. Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can search for an item by typing characters when RadListControl is focused. The ListElement responsible for the majority of the control logic. The RadListControl is a wrapper of the RadListElement. Gets the Items collection. Items can not be modified in data bound mode, and a DataSource can not be assigned while there are items in this collection. Provides a read only interface to the selected items. In order to select an item, use its Selected property. Gets or sets the SelectionMode of RadListControl. This property has a similar effect to the SelectionMode of the standard Microsoft ListBox control. Gets or sets the SelectedValue. A linear search is performed to find a data item that has the same value in its Value property and SelectedItem and SelectedIndex are updated to it and its index respectively. Gets or sets the active item. The Active item is relevant only in MultiSimple SelectionMode or MultiExtended in combination with the control keyboard key. Gets or sets the currently selected item. Gets or sets the currently selected index. Gets or sets an object which will provide the data to be visualized as a list. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract a string value from the data items in order to provide a meaningful display value. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract a value from the data items. The value of the property with this name will be available via the Value property of every RadListDataItem in the Items collection. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract a text for description text from the data items. The value of the property with this name will be available via the Value property of every RadListDataItem in the Items collection. Gets or sets the sort style. Gets or set the scroll mode. Gets or sets a format string which will be used for visual formatting of the items text. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the FormatString and FormatInfo properties will be used to format the items text. Setting this property to false may improve performance. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether items will be sized according to their content. If this property is true the user can set the Height property of each individual RadListDataItem in the Items collection in order to override the automatic sizing. Gets or sets a predicate which filters which items can be visible. Gets or sets a filter expression which determines which items will be visible. Gets a value indicating whether there is a Filter or FilterExpression set. Gets or sets an object that implements IFindStringComparer. The value of this property is used in the FindString() method when searching for an item. Gets or sets a value that determines whether the FindString() method searches via the text property set by the user or by the text provided by the data binding logic, that is, by DisplayMember. Gets or sets a value that indicates if this RadListControl will stop firing the ItemsChanging and ItemsChanged events. Gets or sets a value that determines whether to stop the selection events from firing. These are SelectedIndexChanged, SelectedIndexChanging and SelectedValueChanged. This property is not relevant for this class. Forces re-evaluation of the current data source (if any). Suspends internal notifications and processing in order to improve performance. This method is cumulative, that is, if BeginUpdate is called N times, EndUpdate must also be called N times. Calling BeginUpdate will cause the ItemsChanged event to stop firing until EndUpdate is called. Resumes the internal notifications and processing previously suspended by BeginUpdate. Defers the refresh. Selects all items if the SelectionMode allows it. This method throws an InvalidOperationException if SelectionMode is One or None. Clears the currently selected items and selects all items in the closed range [startIndex, endIndex]. The first index at which to start selecting items. The index of one item past the last one to be selected. Scrolls to the provided item so that the item will appear at the top of the view if it is before the currently visible items and at the bottom of the view if it is after the currently visible items. The item to scroll to. Searches for an item related to the specified string. The relation is described by the object assigned to FindStringComparer property. By default this relation is the System.String.StartsWith(). This method starts searching from the beginning of the items. The string with which every item will be compared. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Searches for an item related to the specified string. The relation is described by the object assigned to FindStringComparer property. By default this relation is the System.String.StartsWith(). This method starts searching from the specified index. If the algorithm reaches the end of the Items collection it wraps to the beginning and continues until one before the provided index. The string with which every item will be compared. The index from which to start searching. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but matches an item only if its text is exactly equal to the provided string. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but matches an item only if its text is exactly equal to the provided string. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but does not start from the beginning when the end of the Items collection is reached. The string that will be used to search for an item. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but does not start from the beginning when the end of the Items collection is reached. The string that will be used to search for an item. The index from which to start searching. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Fires after data binding operation has finished. 1 Raises the event. An instance that contains the event data. This event fires when the selected index property changes. This event fires before SelectedIndex changes. This event allows the operation to be cancelled. This event fires only if the SelectedValue has really changed. For example it will not fire if the previously selected item has the same value as the newly selected item. This event fires before a RadListDataItem is data bound. This happens when the DataSource property is assigned and the event fires for every item provided by the data source. This event allows a custom RadListDataItem to be provided by the user. This event fires after a RadListDataItem is data bound. This happens when the DataSource property is assigned and the event is fired for every item provided by the data source. This event allows the user to create custom visual items. It is fired initially for all the visible items and when the control is resized afterwards. This event fires when the SortStyle property changes. The VisualItemFormatting event fires whenever a property of a visible data item changes and whenever a visual item is associated with a new data item. During scrolling for example. This event fires when the SelectedItems collection changes. This event fires before the SelectedItems collection changes. RadListControl consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadListControl consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. Defines the alignment of checkbox within a . Checkbox is aligned next to the near edge. Checkbox is centered within the layout. Checkbox is aligned next to the far edge. Defines values for specifying how the width of a column is adjusted. The column width does not automatically adjust. The column width adjusts to fit the contents of the header cell. The column width adjusts to fit the contents of the data cells. The column width adjusts to fit the contents of all cells A helper class that process best fitting of columns Initializes a new instance of the class. The detail list view. Gets the table element. The table element. Gets the best fit requests. The best fit requests. Performs best fit for specified column An instance of that will be best fitted Performs best fit for all columns Bests the fit columns. The mode. Process all best fit column requests Performs best fit for all columns Performs best fit for specified column An instance of that will be best fitted The mode. Determines whether the instance of can be best fitted. The item. true if the instance of can be best fitted ; otherwise, false. Gets the desired cell's width An instance of Returns the desired cell's with Sets 's width An instance of . The desired width Represents BestFitRequest type BestFit Operation for specified column BestFit Operation for all columns Represent best fit request Initializes a new instance of the class. The operation. The column. Initializes a new instance of the class. The operation. Initializes a new instance of the class. The operation. The mode. Gets the operation. The operation. Gets the auto size mode. Gets the column. The column. Compares the current instance to the specified request. The request. Returns a hash code for this instance. A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. Best Fit All Columns Request Requests the best fit columns. Enqueues the best fit columns. The mode. Requests the best fit column. The column. Removes and returns the object at the beginning of the queue Returns BestFitRequest Dequeues the specified column's request from the queue The column's request that should be removed Returns BestFitReques Gets the related with the page. Gets the editor value. Gets the hamburger button. Gets the header element. Gets the popup used in the Minimal and Compact modes. Gets the popup stack element. Determines whether the view element is collapsed. Gets or sets the visibility of the internal NewItem. Gets or sets the display mode of the view element. Gets or sets the height of the header element. Gets or sets the width of the pane with the items when the view element is expanded. Gets or sets the width of the pane with the items when the view element is collapsed. Gets or sets a threshold determining at what width the view element will change from Collapsed to Compact display mode and vice versa. Gets or sets a threshold determining at what width the view element will change from Expanded to Collapsed display mode and vice versa. Gets or sets the hierarchical indentation of the child items. Gets or sets the glyph used for the items's expander element, when the item IsExpanded property is true. Gets or sets the glyph used for the items's expander element, when the item IsExpanded property is false. Gets or sets the expand/collapse mode of navigation items when they have hierarchical children. Gets or sets the expand/collapse mode of navigation items when they have hierarchical children. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when collapsing and expanding the menu. Gets or sets the animation interval. Gets or sets the animation frames. Gets or sets the mimimum size of the hierarchical popup. The desired size is calculated automatically according to the desired sizes of the items. Expands the NavigationView. Collapses the NavigationView. Iterates all pages and adds them to the flatpages collection variable in the order in which the hierarchy is built. Occurs before the hamburger menu is collapsed. Fires the event. The event arguments. Occurs before the hamburger menu is expanded. Fires the event. The event arguments. Occurs after the hamburger menu is collapsed. Fires the event. The event arguments. Occurs after the hamburger menu is expanded. Fires the event. The event arguments. Occurs before a hierarchical navigation item is collapsed. Fires the event. The item. The event arguments. Occurs before a hierarchical navigation item is expanded. Fires the event. The item. The event arguments. Occurs after a hierarchical navigation item is collapsed. Fires the event. The item. The event arguments. Occurs after a hierarchical navigation item is expanded. Fires the event. The item. The event arguments. Occurs before a hierarchical popup associated with a opens. The actual item is passed as the sender in the event handler. Fires the event. The item. The event arguments. Occurs after a hierarchical popup associated with a has opened. The actual item is passed as the sender in the event handler. Fires the event. The item. The event arguments. Occurs before a hierarchy popup associated with a closes. The actual item is passed as the sender in the event handler. Fires the event. The item. The event arguments. Occurs after a hierarchy popup associated with a has closed. The actual item is passed as the sender in the event handler. Fires the event. The item. The event arguments. Gets the element responsible for expanding and collapsing the item if it has hierarchical children. Gets the hierarchical popup associated with this item. Gets the item layout added to the hierarchical popup. Gets the owner of this item. Determines if the item is expanded assuming it has hierarchical children. Gets or sets the hierarchical indentation of the child items. Gets or sets the glyph used for the expander element, when the is true. Gets or sets the glyph used for the expander element, when the is false. Gets the hierarchical level of the item. Creates Star like shape. Overrides CreatePath method in the base class ElementShape. Creates Heart like shape. Overrides CreatePath method in the base class ElementShape. Initializes a new instance of the RadRating class CreateChildItems Set the default control size. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized. Gets or sets the direction of rating element paint (Standard, Reversed). Gets or sets the orientation of the rating control. Gets or sets the selection mode of the rating control. Gets the rating items collection. The items. Gets or sets the average value of rating element. Gets or sets the minimum value of rating element. Gets or sets the maximum value of rating element. Gets or sets the text of the Caption label. Gets or sets the text of the Sub Caption label. Gets or sets the text of the description label. Gets the instance of RadRatingElement wrapped by this control. RadRatingElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadRatingControl. Gets or sets whether the rating is ReadOnly. The Value of the element can still be set in ReadOnly mode, nothing else. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs before the value of the RatingElement is changed. Occurs when the value is being changed. Cancelable event. Gets the rating items collection. The items. Gets or sets the text of the Caption label. The caption. Gets or sets the text of the Sub Caption label. The sub caption. Gets the caption element. The caption element. Gets the sub caption element. The sub caption element. Gets the description element. The description element. Gets the elements layout. The elements layout. Gets or sets the tool tip format string. The tool tip format string. Gets or sets the selected value. The selected value. Gets or sets the current value. The current value. Gets or sets the hover value. The hover value. Gets or sets whether the Hover layer should be applied. Gets or sets the value of the rating. Gets or sets the minimum value of rating element. The minimum. The Minimum should be lower than the Maximum Gets or sets the maximum value of rating element. The maximum. The Maximum should be bigger than the Minimum Gets or sets the orientation of the rating control (Horizontal, Vertical). Gets or sets the selection mode of the rating control (full item, half item, precise selection). Gets or sets a value indicating whether the element is read-only. Gets or sets the text of the description label. GGets or sets the direction of rating element paint (Standard, Reversed). The direction. Gets or sets the tool tip precision. The tool tip precision. Gets or sets the percentage rounding. The percentage rounding. Gets or sets the tool tip offset. The tool tip offset. Gets or sets the duration of the tool tip. Occurs before the value of the RatingElement is changed. Occurs when the value is being changed. Cancelable event. Represents a state manager for Creates the specific states. Creates the state manager. Creates a new star shape with the specified number of arms and inner radius. Creates a new star shape with the specified number of arms and inner radius. The number of arms the star will have. The ratio between the inner and out ration of the star. Gets or sets the number of arms. Gets or sets the ration between the inner and out radius. Creates Star like shape. Overrides CreatePath method in the base class ElementShape. The maximum number of thumbnail buttons that can be added to the taskbar button thumbnail toolbar. https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/shobjidl_core/nf-shobjidl_core-itaskbarlist3-thumbbaraddbuttons The form that is represented on the task bar. Gets the thumbnail buttons collection. The thumbnail buttons represent a toolbar in the taskbar button flyout(located below the application image preview). If you have created the buttons at design time or before the event, this instance will automatically create the thumbnail toolbar and populate it with the already created buttons. After the event at runtime, to create the application thumbnail toolbar you need to explicitly call the method. Note that after a toolbar has been added to a thumbnail, buttons can be altered only through . While individual buttons cannot be added or removed, they can be shown and hidden through as needed. The toolbar itself cannot be removed without re-creating the window itself. Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images displayed by the thumbnail buttons. Gets or sets the overlay icon used to be displayed over the taskbar button. Gets or sets the progress state displayed over the taskbar button. Gets or sets the progress value displayed over the taskbar button in percents. Gets or sets the clip rectangle of the thumbnail preview. Note that when this property is assigned the property will be reset. Gets or sets the clip control of the thumbnail preview. Note that when this property is assigned the property will be reset. Gets or sets the thumbnail toltip text. Sets the overlay icon of the taskbar button. The overlay image. The accessibility text. Sets the progress state of the taskbar button. The progress state. Sets the progress value of the taskbar button. The progress value in percents. Sets the progress value of the taskbar button. The completed amount. The total amount. Sets the clipping of the thumbnail preview. The control that will be displayed in the clip rectangle. Sets the clipping of the thumbnail preview. The clip rectangle. Sets the thumbnail toltip text. The tool tip text. Updates the thumbnail button when changed. Flashes the form. It does not change the active state of the window. Number of times that the taskbar button will flash. If you do not specify a value, the flashing is infinite, until the is executed. The rate at which the window is to be flashed, in milliseconds. If timeout is zero, the function uses the default cursor blink rate. Typically, you flash a window to inform the user that the window requires attention but does not currently have the keyboard focus. When a window flashes, it appears to change from inactive to active status. An inactive caption bar changes to an active caption bar; an active caption bar changes to an inactive caption bar. Flashes the specified window until it is activated. Note that if the window is currently active the flash will not begin. Number of times that the taskbar button will flash. If you do not specify a value the flashing is infinite or until the app is focused, until the is executed. The rate at which the window is to be flashed, in milliseconds. If timeout is zero, the function uses the default cursor blink rate. Stops the flashing of the form. Adds the collection to the application toolbar. Note that once this method is executed and a toolbar has been added to a thumbnail, buttons can be altered only through . While individual buttons cannot be added or removed, they can be shown and hidden through as needed. The toolbar itself cannot be removed without re-creating the window itself. Updates the thumbnail buttons after a change occurs in some of the buttons. Note that after a toolbar has been added to a thumbnail, buttons can be altered only through . While individual buttons cannot be added or removed, they can be shown and hidden through as needed. The toolbar itself cannot be removed without re-creating the window itself. Occurs when a has been clicked. Raises the thumbnail button click event. Represents a class that is used when sorting s. Sets the sort order of two s. The text of the tag. Gets or sets the color that will be used as foreground of the tag. Gets or sets the color that will be used as background of the tag. A class that holds information for an user in the task board. First Name. Middle Name. Last Name. User's svg avatar. User's avatar. Initials. If not set, tries to construct initals from the first and last name. Gets or sets the color that will be used as foreground with the initials of the user in the avatar. Gets or sets the color that will be used as background with the initials of the user in the avatar. Settings for the accent color of the task card. The color of the accent. The position of the accent. The width of the accent. Default constructor with default settings: a visible gray accent color, positioned left with width 3. Enumeration used for the position of the accent color. Represents a class that is used when sorting s. Sets the sort order of two s. SubTask class. SubTasks can be added to a task card. They have and properties. Default contructor. Set the , if using this constructor. Constructor Owner element of the sub task. Owner element of the sub task. True, if the sub-task is completed, false otherwise. Description of the sub-task. A column's element. The event is fired, when collapsing/expanding the column. The event is fired, when the column has collapsed/expanded. The Event is fired, when adding a task card with the button. The target column, where the task card will be added. The task card being added. The Event is fired, when a task card has been added with the button. The target column, where the task card is added. The task card that is added. This property is not relevant for this class. Gets a collection of objects that represents the task cards in the column. Gets the layout panel that arranges the task cards. Gets the scrollbar of the column. Gets the button element that adds a task card to the column. Gets the button element that adds a task card to the column. Gets the button element that collapses the column. The title of the column. The subtitle of the column. Gets or sets if the header is highlighted. Gets or sets the column width. If you use this property to set the column width, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Gets or sets the collapsed column width. If you use this property to set the column collapsed width, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Gets or sets the header height. If you use this property to set the header height, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Gets or sets the scrollbar thickness. If you use this property to set the scrollbar thickness, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Gets or sets the add button height. If you use this property to set the add button height, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Gets or set the collapsed state of the column. Gets or sets the task cards comparer used when the Sort method is called. Sorts the task cards added in the . Note that the sorting in the TaskBoard is a one-time operation, and once performed, changes in the state of the objects are not monitored, as this would lead to inconsistent behavior and break other control functionality such as drag and drop. The sort operation will use the default , which sorts the s by the property. If you need custom sorting to be applied for the soecified column you need to create a custom comparer and assign it to the property. Scrolls the view with a specified offset. The offset. Scrolls the view with a specified offset. The offset. If the method is called too often, set this to [true] to improve performance. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. The Event is fired, when selecting a task card. Provides cancel argument for selecting event. The previously selected task card. The newly selected task card. The Event is fired, when a task card has been selected. Provides argument for selected event. The previously selected task card. The previously selected task card. Gets a collection of objects that represents the columns holding the task cards. Gets the layout panel that arranges the columns. Gets the scrollbar of the task board. Gets the that is responsible for kinetic scrolling behavior with the mouse pointer. Gets or sets the that is responsible for the drag-drop reorder of task cards. Gets or sets the RadImageShape instance, which describes the hint that indicates, where a task card will be dropped after a drag operation. Gets or sets the default column width for the task board. This default value is used to set the width of all columns in the task board. Gets or sets the default collapsed column width for the task board. This default value is used to set the width of all collapsed columns in the task board. Gets or sets the default header hight for the task board. This default value is used to set the height of all headers in the task board. Gets or sets the default columns' scrollbar thickness for the task board. This default value is used to set the width of all columns' scrollabrs in the task board. Gets or sets the default add button height for the task board. This default value is used to set the height of all "+ Add a card" buttons in the task board. Gets or sets the default minimum height for all task card. This default value is used to set the minimum height of all task cards in the task board. Gets or sets the default header highlighted state for all columns. This default value is used to set the header highlighted state of all columns in the task board. Gets or sets the text of the element for all columns. Gets or sets the tooltip text of the element for all columns. Gets or set the tooltip string for the collapse button, when the column is collapsed - "Expand the column" Gets or set the tooltip string for the collapse button, when the column is expanded - "Collapse the column" Gets or sets the task board's scrollbar thickness. True, if while dragging the mouse position is centered on the card. False, if the mouse position does not change. Gets a collection of objects that represents the users that can be assigned to the task cards. Gets a collection of objects that represents the tags that are added to the task cards. It can contain only unique tags. Gets or sets the selected card in the task board. Gets or sets the task card comparer used for each column that has not set this value to its own. If you need custom sorting for a single column create custom comparer and set its property. Gets or sets the column comparer used when TaskBoard columns are sorted. Scrolls the view with a specified offset. The offset. Scrolls the view with a specified offset. The offset. If the method is called too often, set this to [true] to improve performance. Suspends user management functionality. Users will no longer be removed from cards, when you remove them from . Resumes user management functionality. Users will be removed from cards, when you remove them from . Sorts the task cards in a specified column. Note that the sorting in TaskBoard is a one-time operation, and once performed, changes in the state of the objects are not monitored, as this would lead to inconsistent behavior and break other control functionality such as drag and drop. The sort operation will use the default , which sorts the s by the property. If you need custom sorting to be applied you need to create a custom comparer and assign it to the property. Sorts the task cards in all columns. Note that the sorting in TaskBoard is a one-time operation, and once performed, changes in the state of the objects are not monitored, as this would lead to inconsistent behavior and break other control functionality such as drag and drop. The sort operation will use the default , which sorts the s by the property. If you need custom sorting to be applied for speciffic column(s) you need to create a custom comparer and assign it to the property. Sorts the task cards in a specified column. Note that the sorting in TaskBoard is a one-time operation, and once performed, changes in the state of the objects are not monitored, as this would lead to inconsistent behavior and break other control functionality such as drag and drop. The column whoose task cards will be sorted. The sort operation will use the default , which sorts the s by the property. If you need custom sorting to be applied for the soecified column you need to create a custom comparer and assign it to the property. Represents the state manager factory for the class. Creates default states. The created instance. Adds default visible states. The item state manager. Represents the state manager factory for the class. Adds default visible states. The item state manager. Represents the state manager factory for the class. Adds default visible states. The item state manager. Adds default visible states. The item state manager. A class for the column's collapse button Represent a task board control that can display and arrange card tasks. Gets the that represents the main element of the control. This property is not relevant for this class. Gets or sets the default column width for the task board. This default value is used to set the width of all columns in the task board. Gets or sets the default collapsed column width for the task board. This default value is used to set the width of all collapsed columns in the task board. Gets or sets the default header hight for the task board. This default value is used to set the height of all headers in the task board. Gets or sets the default columns' scrollbar thickness for the task board. This default value is used to set the width of all columns' scrollabrs in the task board. Gets or sets the default add button height for the task board. This default value is used to set the height of all "+ Add a card" buttons in the task board. Gets or sets the default minimum height for all task card. This default value is used to set the minimum height of all task cards in the task board. Gets or sets the default header highlighted state for all columns. This default value is used to set the header highlighted state of all columns in the task board. Gets or sets the text of the element for all columns. Gets or sets the tooltip text of the element for all columns. Gets or set the tooltip string for the collapse button, when the column is collapsed - "Expand the column" Gets or set the tooltip string for the collapse button, when the column is collapsed - "Expand the column" Gets or sets the task board's scrollbar thickness. True, if while dragging the mouse position is centered on the card. False, if the mouse position does not change. Gets or sets the selected card in the task board. Gets a collection of objects that represents the columns holding the task cards. Gets a collection of objects that represents the users that can be assigned to the task cards. Gets a collection of objects that represents the tags that are added to the task cards. It can contain only unique tags. Sorts the task cards in a specified column. Note that the sorting in TaskBoard is a one-time operation, and once performed, changes in the state of the objects are not monitored, as this would lead to inconsistent behavior and break other control functionality such as drag and drop. The sort operation will use the default , which sorts the s by the property. If you need custom sorting to be applied you need to create a custom comparer and assign it to the property. Sorts the task cards in all columns. Note that the sorting in TaskBoard is a one-time operation, and once performed, changes in the state of the objects are not monitored, as this would lead to inconsistent behavior and break other control functionality such as drag and drop. The sort operation will use the default , which sorts the s by the property. If you need custom sorting to be applied for speciffic column(s) you need to create a custom comparer and assign it to the property. Sorts the task cards in a specified column. Note that the sorting in TaskBoard is a one-time operation, and once performed, changes in the state of the objects are not monitored, as this would lead to inconsistent behavior and break other control functionality such as drag and drop. The column whoose task cards will be sorted. The sort operation will use the default , which sorts the s by the property. If you need custom sorting to be applied for the soecified column you need to create a custom comparer and assign it to the property. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. Resets the property to the default value. The Event is fired, when selecting a task card. The Event is fired, when a task card has been selected. Stores RadTaskBoard's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. XmlWriter to use by the built-in serializer Stores RadTaskboard's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. The stream to write to. Writes the XML content in the stream and leaves the stream open. Stores RadTaskBoard's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. The file to write to. Loads RadTaskBoard's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The file to read from. Loads RadTaskBoard's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The stream to read from. Loads RadTaskBoard's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The XmlReader to read the XML from. Gets the serialization info for RadTaskBoard used by Save/Load layout methods to persist the layout to/from XML. By default or when set to null the ComponentXmlSerializationInfo provided by GetDefaultXmlSerializationInfo() will be used. Gets the default serialization info for RadTaskBoard used by Save/Load layout methods to persist the layout to/from XML. The default serialization info. Gets the title element. Gets the subtitle element. Gets the collapse button element. Gets or sets if the header is highlighted. If you use this property to set the highlighted state, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Resets the property to the default value. Gets or sets the offset from the edges of the control at which automatic scrolling starts. Element that represents one tag in a task card. Empty constructor. If you use this, you must set the using the property. Constructor. Gets or sets the for the element. The text of the tag. Gets or sets the foreground color of the tag. Gets or sets the background color of the tag. Element that represents one user in a task card. Empty constructor. If you use this, you must set the using the property. Constructor. Enumeration how to represent the user in the card. Shows the initials of the user. Shows the avatar of the user. Tries to show the svg avatar. If it is missing, tries to show the avatar. If it is missing, tries to show initials. Tries to show initials. If empty, tries to show the svg avatar. If it is missing, tries to show the avatar. Shows the svg avatar of the user. ShownElement property. Gets or sets the for the element. Gets or sets the initials of the user. Gets or sets the foreground color for the user's avatar. Gets or sets the background color for the user's avatar. Gets the dictionary with the panels in the task card. Gets the dictionary with the elements' collections in the task card. Use these collections to add different to the appropriate panels. Gets the title element of the task card. Gets the description element of the task card. Gets the collection with the left tag elements in the card. Gets the collection with the user elements in the card. Gets the subtasks' element that represents the total amount of subtasks in the card. This property is not relevant for this class. Gets or sets the text of the title. Gets or sets the text of the description. Gets or sets the image of the description. Gets or sets the image of the description. Gets or sets the svg image of the description. Gets the accent settings for the task card. Gets or sets the selected state of the card. Gets the collection with the in the task card. This string format is used to represent the completed subtasks against the totals subtasks in the card. The default value is "{0}/{1}", where {0} is the number of completed tasks and {1} is the number of total tasks. This string format is used to represent the tooltip of the completed subtasks against the totals subtasks in the card. The default value is "{0} out of {1} subtasks completed.", where {0} is the number of completed tasks and {1} is the number of total tasks. Gets the collection with the in the task card. Gets the collection with the in the task card. It can contain only unique tags. Gets or sets the minimum height of the task card. If you use this property to set the minimum height, the property will unbind from the property. In order to bind it again, you need to reset the property, using method. Resets the property to the default value. A class that represents a set of background colors that defines a horizontal linear gradient of the header layout of Gets the start color of the horizontal gradient. Gets the end color of the horizontal gradient. Gets the green bar colors. Gets the blue bar colors. Gets the yellow bar colors. Gets the red bar colors. Gets the gray bar colors. A class that represents a with zero desired size when there is no content in it. A class that represents a with custom measuring. StackLayoutPanel class uses Float.Infinity when measuring its children. In RadTaskDialog we need to have a constraint, because the task dialog Width is limited A class that represents the progress bar element of An enumeration that defines members for the possible predefined images for the in . Represents a flat information icon. Represents a flat warning icon. Represents a flat stop icon. Represents a flat error icon. Represents a flat no entry icon. Represents a flat shield icon. Represents a flat error shield icon. Represents a flat question shield icon. Represents a flat success shield icon. Represents a flat warning shield icon. Represents a gradient information icon. Represents a gradient warning icon. Represents a gradient stop icon. Represents a gradient error icon. Represents a gradient no entry icon. Represents a gradient shield icon. Represents a gradient error shield icon. Represents a gradient question shield icon. Represents a gradient success shield icon. Represents a gradient warning shield icon. Represents a white information icon. Represents a white warning icon. Represents a white stop icon. Represents a white error icon. Represents a white no entry icon. Represents a white shield icon. Represents a white error shield icon. Represents a white question shield icon. Represents a white success shield icon. Represents a white warning shield icon. A class that represents the bottom layout part of Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the stack that holds and layouts all the elements. Gets the command area, which holds the , and . Gets the footnote element. Gets the footnote separator element. Gets the description element. Gets the description separator element. A class that represents the header layout of Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The icon element. The text. Gets the header text element. Gets the icon element. Gets the element responsible for the background of icon and header text. Gets the content area, which holds the page text, expander(description) text, progress bar, radio buttons and the command link buttons Gets or sets a value indicating, whether the content area will occupy the full width of the . If [false] the will respect the width of the . If [true] the will occupy all the available width of the page. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the header text and the icon will have equal heights. If [true] the and will have equal height and the text and image will be aligned vertically. If [false] and will have unique height, just to fit their content. A class that represents the content area of Gets the text element. Gets the description text element. Gets the element. Gets the collection. Gets the collection. Gets the main stack layout panel, which holds all other panels. Gets the stack layout panel that holds the text element. Gets the stack layout panel that holds the description text element. Gets the stack layout panel that holds the progress bar element. Gets the stack layout panel that holds the radio buttons. Gets the stack layout panel that holds the command link buttons. A class that represents the command area of Gets the verification checkbox element. Gets the expander element. Gets the command buttons collection. Gets the left stack that holds the expander button and the verification checkbox. Gets the wrap panel that holds the command buttons. A class that represents the description of An enumeration that defines members for the possible types of the . Defines an empty icon. Defines an information icon. Defines a warning icon. Defines an error icon. Defines a shield icon. Defines a shield icon with blue bar background. Defines a shield icon with gray bar background. Defines a shield icon with yellow bar background. Defines a shield icon with red bar background. Defines a shield icon with green bar background. An interface implemented by the main interactive elements of the Gets or sets an object that can be used to store user data, corresponding to the element Gets the bound . An interface implemented by the main element of Notifies the page, when it is added to a The bound form. An interface implemented by the focusable elements of the Gets or sets the focused state of the element. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates a horizontal scrollbar element. The scrollbar. Creates a vertical scrollbar element. The scrollbar. Gets or sets the default width of the page used when is [false]. Note that this property getter considers the and properties. Gets or sets the minimal width of the page used when is [true]. Gets or sets the maximal width of the page used when is [true]. Get or sets the , which is used to display the information and interaction. Called when a ProcessKeyDown event is raised in the parent control. The event arguments. Whether the page has handled the event. Called when a HelpRequested event is raised in the parent control. The event arguments. Whether the page has handled the event. Called when the DesiredSize of the page is changed. The desired size. Updates the visual state of the scrollbars. Gets a value indicating, whether a child will be measured during the MeasureOverride. The child. Whether the child will be measured in MeasureOverride. Measures the space required by the Used by the layout system. The size that is available to the . The available size can be infinity (to take the full size of the element) The minimum size required by the element to be completely visible. Cannot be infinity. In this method call to the Measure method of each child must be made. Gets a value indicating, whether a child will be arranged during the ArrangeOverride. The child. Whether the child will be arranged in ArrangeOverride. Arranges the to its final location. The element must call the Arrange method of each of its children. The size that is available for element. The rectangle occupied by the element. Usually . Should you return different size, the Layout system will restart measuring and rearranging the items. That could lead to infinite recursion. In this method call to the Arrange method of each child must be made. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the task dialog control. Displays a non-modal RadTaskDialogForm with UI that is specified by the . The page that is going to be displayed. An implementation of that will own the RadTaskDialog. The pressed button from the user. Displays a modal RadTaskDialogForm with UI that is specified by the . The page that is going to be displayed. An implementation of that will own the RadTaskDialog. The pressed button from the user. A class that represents an element of the A class that represents a radio button of Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text of the radio button. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to draw focus cues when the radio button is focused. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the radio button is focused. Gets the bound . A class that is responsible for the visual states of the task dialog buttons. Initializes a new instance of the class. The focused property of the button. An enumeration that defines members for the possible positions of the description text of in . The description text is positioned after the page text. The description text is positioned after the page footnote. An enumeration that defines members for the possible states of the . A progress bar in determined state. A progress bar in determined paused state(default back color is yellow). A progress bar in determined error state(default back color is red). A progress bar in undetermined state. A progress bar in undetermined paused state. Progress bar is hidden. A class that represents the footnote of Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text of the footnote. A class that represents the expander of Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The description text of the expander. Gets or sets the description text of the expander. Gets or sets the button text when the button is expanded. Note that when this text is set to an or null, the default text from the localization provider will be displayed. Gets or sets the button text when the button is collapsed. Note that when this text is set to an or null, the default text from the localization provider will be displayed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button is in expanded state. In expanded state the shows its description. Gets or sets the position of the expander text. Gets the expand element(the circle button). Gets the text element. Gets the bound . Gets the horizontal stack with and Toggles the expander. If the button is expanded it will be collapsed and vice-versa. An event that is fired when the expander is expanded or collapsed. A class that represents the icon of Gets an with no image. Gets an with image that indicates information. Gets an with image that indicates warning. Gets an with image that indicates error. Gets an with image that indicates shield. Gets an with image that indicates shield and defines a blue background for the . Gets an with image that indicates shield and defines a gray background for the . Gets an with image that indicates shield and defines a yellow background for the . Gets an with image that indicates shield and defines a red background for the . Gets an with image that indicates shield and defines a green background for the . Initializes a new instance of the class. The image that will be displayed. Initializes a new instance of the class. The vector image that will be displayed. Initializes a new instance of the class. The icon that will be displayed. Initializes a new instance of the class. The handle of the icon that will be displayed. Gets the icon handle. Gets or sets the image of the Gets or sets the type of the . Gets a small image 16x16px by given . The type of the image to be returned. The image. Gets a large image 26x26px by given . The type of the image to be returned. The image. Gets a vector image by given . The type of the vector image to be returned. The default size of the vector image. An instance of . A class that represents the progress bar of Gets the which is used to display determinate progress when the is Normal, Paused or Error. When the state is Marquee or MarqueePaused this element is collapsed. Gets the which is used to display indeterminate progress when the is Marquee or MarqueePaused. When the state is Normal, Paused or Error this element is collapsed. The minimum value of the progress bar. The maximum value of the progress bar. The value of the progress bar. Gets or sets the color of the progress bar indicator when the is Gets or sets the color of the progress bar indicator when the is Gets or sets the waiting speed when the is Gets or sets the state of the progress bar. When the is Normal, Paused or Error a is displayed When the is Marquee or MarqueePaused a is displayed. A class that represents the verification checkbox of Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text of the checkbox. A value indicating whether the checkbox is checked. Gets or sets the text of the checkbox. An event that is fired when the checked property of the checkbox is changed. An enumeration that defines members for the possible startup locations of the . The dialog is shown in the center of the screen. The dialog is shown centered compared to its owner. Provides localization services for RadTaskDialog. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. RadTaskDialog localization strings. A class that represents a button of Gets a , which indicates "Continue" action. Gets a , which indicates "TryAgain" action. Gets a , which indicates "Help" action. Gets a , which indicates "Close" action. Gets a , which indicates "No" action. Gets a , which indicates "Yes" action. Gets a , which indicates "Retry" action. Gets a , which indicates "Abort" action. Gets a , which indicates "Ignore" action. Gets a , which indicates "OK" action. Gets a , which indicates "Cancel" action. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text of the button. The enabled state of the button. Whether to close the dialog when the button is pressed. Gets or sets a value indicating, whether to close the when the button is clicked. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display a shield icon. Gets the bound . Gets or sets a value indicating whether to draw focus cues when the button is focused. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button is focused. The == operator returns a value whether two objects are equal. First button to be compared. Second button to be compared. Whether the two objects are equal. The != operator returns a value whether two objects are not equal. First button to be compared. Second button to be compared. Whether the two objects are not equal. Compares an object with current instance and returns a value determining whether the two objects are equal. The object to be compared with current instance. Whether the two objects are equal. Returns the hash code of the object. A class that represents a command link button of Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text of the button. The description text of the button. The enabled state of the button. Whether to close the dialog when the button is pressed. Gets or sets the description text. Gets the image element. Gets the text element. Gets the description text element. Gets the main stack, which holds the and the Gets the stack with and A generic owner collection which holds RadItems. Adds a item with the specified value to the Telerik.WinControls.RadItemCollection . The item to add. The index at which the new element was inserted. Copies the elements of an array to the end of the RadItemCollection. An array of type item containing the objects to add to the collection. None. Inserts a item into the RadItemCollection at the specified index. The zero-based index where should be inserted. The item to insert. None. Removes a specific item from the RadItemCollection . The item to remove from the RadItemCollection . None. is not found in the Collection. Gets a value indicating whether the RadItemCollection contains the specified item. The item to locate. if the item is contained in the collection; otherwise, . Returns the index of an item in the RadItemCollection. The value to locate. The index of in the RadItemCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. Represents the entry at the specified index of the item. The zero-based index of the entry to locate in the collection. The entry at the specified index of the collection. is outside the valid range of indexes for the collection. Gets the first element of the collection. Gets the last element of the collection. Gets a collection of the opened task dialog forms. Gets the current that is about to be shown. Note that if the form is already shown, this property will return a new instance of To access shown forms use the property. Displays a non-modal RadTaskDialog with UI that is specified by the . The page that is going to be displayed. The startup location of the task dialog form. The pressed button from the user. Displays a non-modal RadTaskDialog with UI that is specified by the . An implementation of that will own the RadTaskDialog. The page that is going to be displayed. The startup location of the task dialog form. The pressed button from the user. Displays a non-modal RadTaskDialog with UI that is specified by the . The handle of the owner window. The page that is going to be displayed. The startup location of the task dialog form. The pressed button from the user. Displays a modal RadTaskDialog with UI that is specified by the . Displays a non-modal RadTaskDialog with UI that is specified by the . An implementation of that will own the RadTaskDialog. The page that is going to be displayed. The startup location of the task dialog form. The pressed button from the user. Displays a modal RadTaskDialog with UI that is specified by the . The handle of the owner window. The page that is going to be displayed. The startup location of the task dialog form. The pressed button from the user. Initializes a new instance of the . Gets the main element of the RadTaskDialogControl. Get or sets the of the , which is used to display the information and interaction. A class that represents the content of Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the header layout, which holds the , header text element and the Gets or sets a value indicating, whether the content area will occupy the full width of the . If [false] the will respect the width of the . If [true] the will occupy all the available width of the page. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the header text and the icon will have equal heights. If [true] the and will have equal height and the text and image will be aligned vertically. If [false] and will have unique height, just to fit their content. Gets the bottom layout of the page, which holds the , and the bottom description. Gets the content area, which holds the page text, expander(description) text, progress bar, radio buttons and the command link buttons Gets the command area, which holds the , and . Gets or sets the footnote. Gets the vertical stack that holds the and the Gets the bounds Gets or sets the text of the when this page is shown in the dialog. Gets or sets the heading text. Gets or sets the icon. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the close button of the Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the minimize button of the Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use its default size or the size of the page(form) will be according to the content of the page. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page layout is right to left. Gets or sets the collection. Gets or sets the collection. Gets or sets the command button collection. Gets or sets the default buttons of the page, which has the initial focus when the page is shown. Gets or sets the page verification checkbox. Gets or sets the page expander. Gets or sets the page progress bar. Gets the clicked button of the page. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page buttons and radio buttons will have focused state. Navigates the to another page. The next page to be displayed. Notifies the page, when it is added to a The bound form. Raised after this RadTaskDialogPage is bound to a task dialog: after the dialog was created or navigated. Raised when this RadTaskDialogPage is about to be unbound from a task dialog: when the dialog is about to be destroyed or about to navigate to another page. Raised when the user presses F1 or clicks the "Help" standard button A class that is responsible for the visual states of the task expander elements. Initializes a new instance of the class. The expanded property of the expander element. Represents a logical data item that contains the tokenzied text and its value Initializes a new instance of the class. The text. The value. Gets the text. Gets the value. Compares the current object with another object of the same type. An object to compare with this object. A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has the following meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero This object is less than the parameter.Zero This object is equal to . Greater than zero This object is greater than . Returns a that represents this instance. A that represents this instance. Occurs when a property value changes. Raises the event. Name of the property. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Represents a collection of Initializes a new instance of the class. The text box. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text box. The list. Occurs when the collection is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Finds the specified text in the collection The text. Fins all tokenized item that contains this text. The text. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Represents a auto-complete list element in . Represents the method that handles validation of tokens in The sender. The instance containing the event data. An event arguments of Initializes a new instance of the class. The text. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text. if set to true [is valid token]. Gets the text of the token. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text is valid token. true if the text is token; otherwise, false. The AccessibleObject of Initializes a new instance of the class. The text box control. Gets the associated text box. Represents a close event arguments when closed Initializes a new instance of the class. The reason. The instance containing the event data. Gets the input arguments. Represents the method that is called when is formatted. The sender. The instance containing the event data. An event arguments of Initializes a new instance of the class. The text block. Gets the text block to be formatted X-coordinate comparer of Initializes a new instance of the class. The x coordinate. Compares the specified x value. The x value. The y value. Edit operation in Insert text operation Replace text operation Delete text operation The autocomplete drop down of Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets the associated text box. Gets the associated list element. Represents a tokenized text block in Initializes the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text. Creates the tokenized text item. The text. The value. Creates the text content element. Creates the remove button element. Gets the associated tokenized text item. Gets the content element that contains the text Gets the remove button. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the block can be remove by clicking the Remove button. true if [allow remove]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the text associated with this item. Gets or sets the index of the block The index. Gets a value indicating the offset. Gets the length of the word. It can be different than the exact text length. Called when the remove button is clicked. Gets a rectangle of character by index. The index. if set to true [trail edge]. Gets the character index at X-position. The x. Represents a auto-complete tokenized text box element Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates the tokenized item collection. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the remove button of should appear. Notice that the text box should not be in read only mode true if [show remove button]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract a value from the data items Gets or sets the delimiter used to tokenize the text The delimiter. Gets the tokenized items. Gets the auto complete view element. Gets or sets the auto complete drop down location. The auto complete popup location. Gets or sets whether already selected items can be suggested. Occurs when text is validating as token An view port element of Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the delimiter used to tokenize the text The delimiter. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the remove button of should appear. Notice that the text box should not be in read only mode true if [show remove button]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the height of the min line. The height of the min line. Determines whether the specified text block is delimiter. The text block. true if the specified text block is delimiter; otherwise, false. Removes range of the editable block. The block. The start char position. The text. Occurs when text is validating as token Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The token text. Represents a keyboard and mouse input handler Initializes a new instance of the class. The text box element. Gets the text block at point. The location. Represent a navigator in Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Gets the editable position. The position. if set to true [next]. Represents a text box control that tokenized a text by specified delimiter Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets whether already selected items can be suggested. Gets the associated auto complete text box element. Gets or sets the delimiter used to tokenize the text. The delimiter. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the remove button of should appear. Notice that the text box should not be in read only mode true if [show remove button]; otherwise, false. Gets the tokenized items. Gets or sets an option that controls how automatic completion works for the TextBox. The auto complete mode. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract a value from the data items Occurs when text is validating as token Creates a new instance of the . Gets the value of the editor. Gets or sets the type of dialog to be opened when the browse button is pressed. Gets the that opens the . Use the BrowseDialog property and and cast it to the actual dialog type. Gets the that will open upon pressing the browse button. Determines if users can input text directly into the text field. Fires after the dialog window is closed. Fires right before the value is changed. Cancelable event. Fires after the editor value is changed. Fires right after the editor value is changed. The event arguments. Fires right before the editor value is changed. The event arguments. Fires after the dialog is closed. The event arguments. Fires when the is clicked. The event arguments. Sets the value of the editor. The new value to set. Creates the that will be opened when the browse button is clicked. A . Creates the that will be opened when the browse button is clicked. A . Creates the that will be opened when the browse button is clicked. A . Creates the that will be opened when the browse button is clicked. A . Creates the that will be opened when the browse button is clicked. A . Creates the that will be opened when the browse button is clicked. A . Creates the that will be placed in the browse editor and will be used to open the . Represents a browser control box. The RadBrowseEditor class is a simple wrapper for the RadBrowseEditorElement class. The RadBrowseEditor acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadBrowseEditorElement. The RadBrowseEditorElement which is essentially the RadBrowseEditor control may be nested in other telerik controls. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the RadBrowseEditorElement of this control. Use the BrowseDialog property and and cast it to the actual dialog type. Gets the that will open upon pressing the browse button. Gets or sets the type of dialog to be opened when the browse button is pressed. Gets or sets the value of the editor. Determines if users can input text directly into the text field.. This property is not relevant for this class. Fires after the dialog window is closed. Fires right before the value is changed Fires after the editor value is changed. Fires when the ReadOnly property value is changed. Creates a RadTimePicker instance. Determines whether the Clock will show the system time. Determines whether the Clock will show the system time. Determines whether control's height will be determined automatically, depending on the current Font. Gets the RadTimePickerElement which encapsulates the UI representation and functionality of the control. RadClock consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Shows the UITypeEditor Occurs when the button of the editor is clicked. Determines if the editor should be closed after the value has been changed. The current value of the editor. The new value of the editor. True if editor should be closed other wise false. Selects the whole text inside the editor tex box. Validates if the text input in the text box is a valid value for the edited item True if the value is valid otherwise false. Gets the that is opening. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the editor will loop through its values when double clicked. true if the editor will loop through its values when double clicked; otherwise, false. Gets the Expand/Collapse menu item. Gets the Edit menu item Gets the Reset menu item. Gets the Sort menu item. Gets the Show description menu item. Gets the Show toolbar menu item. Sets the visibility of the sort/group items depending on whether the functionality is enabled. Represents a property descriptor for properties. Creates a new instance of the class. The collection of objects whose properties will be exposed. The original property descriptors for the objects. Gets a value indicating whether a property cam be reseted. Always returns true. Returns the type of component this property descriptor is for. Gets a common value of all objects or returns null if object's values differ. Returns a common value or null Gets a value indicating whether this property is read only. Always returns false. Returns the type of the property. Resets the values of all objects for this property. Sets a value to all objects. The value to set. Gets a value indicating whether value should be serialized. Always returns true. Represents a for the used in the . Returns an instance of the . Represents a for the . Creates a new instance of the . The collection of objects. Returns a with the common properties of the objects in the . The common properties of the objects in the . Returns a with the common properties of the objects in the to which the specified attributes have been applied. The attributes by which to filter the properties. The common properties of the objects in the . Represents a collection of objects. It can be used in a property grid to edit the common properties of the objects. Creates a new empty . Creates a new with the specified objects. The objects to fill the collection with. Gets the index of a given object. The object to look for. The index of the object or -1 if the object is not present in the collection. Inserts an object in the given index. The index to insert on. The object to insert. Removes an object from the specified index. The index to remove from. Gets or sets the object on the specified index. The index of the object Adds an object to the collection. The object to add. Clears the entire collection. Checks whether the collection contains the given object. The object to check for. True if the object is present in the collection, otherwise false. Copies the objects from the collection to a specified array starting at the given index. The destination array. The index to start at in the destination array. Gets the number of items currently in the collection. Gets a value indicating whether the collection si read only. Always returns false. Removes a specified object from the collection. The object to remove. True if the object was removed otherwise false. Creates a new instance of the which can be added to a . The type of the item. The name to be displayed for the item. The initial value for the item. Creates a new instance of the which can be added to a . The type of the item. The name to be displayed for the item. The initial value for the item. The description to be displayed for the item. Creates a new instance of the which can be added to a . The type of the item. The name to be displayed for the item. The initial value for the item. The description to be displayed for the item. The category the item would be grouped in. Creates a new instance of the which can be added to a . The type of the item. The name to be displayed for the item. The initial value for the item. The description to be displayed for the item. The category the item would be grouped in. Determines if the property would be editable. Gets or sets the Type of the property. Gets or sets the name that would be displayed in the RadPropertyGrid Gets or sets the value of the item. Gets or sets the description to be displayed in the RadPropertyGrid for this item. Same as setting a to a property. Gets or sets a value indication whether this property item would be read only in the RadPropertyGrid. Same as setting a to a property. Gets or sets the category of this item. Same as setting a to a property. Gets or sets the text to be displayed instead of the property name. Same as setting a to a property. Gets or sets a collection of attributes to be applied to the item in the property grid. If an attribute covered by property of the is added the attribute in this collection will be ignored. will always be ignored. Gets or sets the that contains this item. Resets the value to the initial state. Occurs when any of the properties is changed. Called when the PropertyChanged event is fired. A descriptor for the used in the . Creates a new instance of the . The item this descriptor would represent. Returns a value indicating if Reset can be performed for this item. Always returns true. Resets the value of the current item to its initial value. Gets the type of component this descriptor is used for. Gets the value of the current item. The value of the item. Gets a value indicating whether the current item is read only. Gets the type of the current item. Sets a new value to the current item. The value to be set to the current item. Gets a value indicating whether the value should be serialized. Always returns true. Type descriptor provider for the . Gets a type descriptor for the given instance. The instance to get a type descriptor for. The type descriptor. Custom type descriptor for the . Creates a new instace of the The this descriptor is used for. Returns a collection of property descriptors corresponding to the items in the current . A collection of . Returns a collection of property descriptors corresponding to the items in the current . A collection of . Collection of items which can be set as a property grid selected object. It's items would be displayed in the property grid as properties of an object. Creates a new instance of the Gets the number of items in the collection. Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read only. Adds an item to the collection. The item to add. Adds an item to the collection. Type of the item. Name to be displayed in the RadPropertyGrid. Value for the item. Adds a collection of items to this collection. The collection of items to add. Inserts the item on the specified index. The index to insert on. The item to insert. Gets or sets the item at the specified index. The index. The item on the specified index. Gets or sets the item with the specified name. The property name. Returns the item if its present in the collection otherwise returns null Gets the index of the item. The item which index to return The index of the item if found and -1 if item is not in the collection. Checks whether a specific item is present in the collection. The item to check. True if the item is contained in the collection otherwise false. Removes the specified item form the collection. The item to remove from the collection. True if the removal was successful otherwise false. Removes the item with the specified name form the collection. The name of the item to remove. True if the removal was successful otherwise false. Removes an item from the specified index. The index to remove on. Clears the entire collection. Copies the items of the collection to the specified array starting from the provided index. The destination array. The index in the destination array. Gets the generic enumerator for this collection. The generic enumerator. Gets the enumerator for this collection. The enumerator. Gets the property grid item check box element Synchronizes changes with other elements. Determines if a logical item is compatible with this visual element. The logical item to be checked for compatibility. The context. Determines if a logical item is compatible with this visual element. The logical item to be checked for compatibility. The context. Syncronizes changes with other elements. Editing begins when the cell receives focus. Editing begins when a focused cell is clicked again. Editing begins only when the method is called. Gets the parent . Gets the that enables CategorizedAlphabetical view in the Gets the that enables Alphabetical view in the Gets the . Gets or sets the property name by which the search will be performed. Gets or sets the filter operator which will be used for the search. Gets or sets the value by which the search will be performed. Gets or sets the height of the . Executes a search with the current state of the filter. Synchronizes the default toggle buttons in the with the PropertySort property of the . Executed when one of the toggle buttons changes. The button that triggered the event. The event arguments. Gets the . Gets the . Gets the . Gets or sets the height of the . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is visible. Begins the resize of the description element. The offset used to resize the description element. Gets the . Gets the . Gets the Gets or sets the height of the . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the should be visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether sorting is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether grouping is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether filtering is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data can be grouped programatically. Uses a mechanism to maximize the visible strings in both columns of RadPropertyGrid. Best fits the column(s) of RadPropertyGrid using the given mode. The mode that determines the mechanism used for best fitting. Expands all the categories in the . Collapses all the categories in the . Resets the selected property to its default value. Displays the properties of an object in a grid with two columns with a property name in the first column and value in the second. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the kinetic scrolling function is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data can be grouped programmatically. Gets a value indicating whether there are currently open editors. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user is allowed to edit the values of the properties. Gets the active editor. Gets or sets a value indicating how user begins editing a cell. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the groups will be expanded or collapsed upon creation. Gets or sets the shortcut menu associated with the control. A that represents the shortcut menu associated with the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default context menu is enabled. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can navigate to an item by typing when RadPropertyGrid is focused. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value that specifies how long the user must wait before searching with the keyboard is reset. The default value is 300. Gets or sets the string comparer used by the keyboard navigation functionality. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets the selected item. Gets or sets the object which properties the is displaying. Gets or sets the objects which properties the is displaying. Gets the Items collection. Gets the Groups collection. Gets or sets a value indicating whether grouping is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether sorting is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether filtering is enabled. Gets the group descriptors. Gets the filter descriptors. Gets the sort descriptors. Gets or sets the sort order of items. Gets or sets the mode in which the properties will be displayed in the . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is visible. Gets or sets the height of the . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the search box of the should be visible Gets the of this control. Gets or sets the height of the items. The height of the item. Gets or sets the distance between items of the RadPropertyGridElement. Gets or sets the width of the indentation of subitems. RadPropertyGrid consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadPropertyGrid consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs before the selected object is changed. Occurs after the selected object is changed. Occurs before a property grid item is selected. Occurs after the property item is selected. For more information about handling events, see also SelectedItemChanging. Occurs when opening the context menu. Fires for custom grouping operation. Occurs when the user presses a mouse button over a property grid item. Occurs when the user moves the mouse in the area of a property grid item. Occurs when a mouse button is clicked inside a Occurs when a mouse button is double clicked inside a Occurs before the value of the Expanded property of a property grid item is changed. Occurs after the value of the Expanded property of a property grid item is changed. Occurs when the item changes its state and needs to be formatted. Occurs when a new item element is going to be created. Occurs when a new item element is going to be created. Occurs when editor is required. Occurs when editing is started. Occurs when editor is initialized. Occurs when editing has been finished. Occurs when item's value is changing. Occurs when a property value changes. Fires when a property value is validating. Fires when a property has finished validating. Fires before the value in an editor is being changed. The action can be canceled. Fires when the value of an editor changes. Uses a mechanism to maximize the visible strings in both columns of RadPropertyGrid. Best fits the column(s) of RadPropertyGrid using the given mode. The mode that determines the mechanism used for best fitting. Expands all the categories in the . Collapses all the categories in the . Resets the selected property to its default value. Puts the current item in edit mode. true if successful. Commits any changes and ends the edit operation on the current item. true if successful. Close the currently active editor and discard changes. This property determines whether the traverser will traverse only via expanded items or through all items true to traverse all items, false to traverse expanded items only Represents the method that will handle events in . Provides data for all events used in Initializes a new instance of the class. The content. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the instance to be processed by . true if [process PropertyGridItemBase]; otherwise, false. Gets the item. The item. Gets or sets the text of the title. Gets or sets the text of the content. Gets the . Gets the . Gets or sets the height of the . Gets the parent of this element. Gets the property grid group item expander element. Gets the property grid group item text element. Gets the logical item currently attached to this visual element. Attaches a logical item to this visual element. The logical item. The context. Detaches the currently attached logical item. Syncronizes changes with other elements. Determines if a logical item is compatible with this visual element. The logical item to be checked for compatibility. The context. Syncronizes element with data item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item has a parent or not. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item has changed its value or not. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this property can be edited. Gets the header element of the . Gets the property grid item indent element Gets the property grid item expander element. Gets the property grid item text element. Gets the property grid item value element Gets a value indicating whether a given point is in a location where resize should be initialized when the left mouse button is pressed. The point to check for. true if point is in location for resize otherwise false. Gets the logical item attached to this visual element. Attaches a logical item to this visual element. The logical item. The context. Detaches the currently attached logical item. Syncronizes changes with other elements. Determines if a logical item is compatible with this visual element. The logical item to be checked for compatibility. The context. Gets a value indicating whether the item is selected. Gets a value indicating whether the item is expanded. Gets a value indicating whether the control contains the focus. Gets the that is parent to this item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data can be grouped programmatically. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the values of the items should be invalidated the next time a grouping and/or sorting is performed. Gets the that is responsible for the kinetic scrolling option. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the kinetic scrolling function is enabled. Gets the that is a parent to this element. Gets the active editor. Gets or sets the mode in which the properties will be displayed in the . Gets or sets the minimum width columns can have. Gets a value indicating whether there are currently open editors. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user is allowed to edit the values of the properties. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether editors specified with an EditorAttribute will be used without considering built-in editors. Gets or sets the width of the "column" that holds the values. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the groups will be expanded or collapse upon creation. Gets the group descriptors. The group descriptors. Gets the filter descriptors. The filter descriptors. Gets the sort descriptors. The sort descriptors. Gets or sets the sort order of Nodes. The sort order. Gets or sets the height of the items. The height of the item. Gets or sets the width of the indentation of subitems. Gets or sets the object which properties the RadPropertyGrid is displaying. Gets or sets the objects which properties the RadPropertyGrid is displaying. Gets the collection to which the RadPropertyGrid is bound to. Gets the selected item. Gets or sets the context menu. The context menu. Gets or sets a value indicating how user begins editing a cell. Gets or sets the distance between property grid items. Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can navigate to an item by typing when RadPropertyGrid is focused. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value that specifies how long the user must wait before searching with the keyboard is reset. The default value is 300. Gets or sets an object that implements IFindStringComparer. The value of this property is used in the keyboard search functionality. Fires for custom grouping operation. Occurs before the selected object is changed. Occurs after the property grid selected object has been changed. Occurs when is formatting Occurs when a mouse button is pressed on the . Occurs when a mouse button is clicked inside a Occurs when a mouse button is double clicked inside a Occurs when mouse moves over a . Occurs when item is expanding. Occurs when item has been expanded. Occurs when the selected item is changing Occurs when selected item has been changed. Occurs when editor is required. Occurs when editing is started. Occurs when editor is initialized. Occurs when editing has been finished. Occurs when item's value is changing. Occurs when item's value has been changed. Fires when a property value is validating. Fires when a peoperty has finished validating. Fires before the value in an editor is being changed. The action can be canceled. Fires when the value of an editor changes. Allows you to raise ValueChanged event when using custom editor. Allows you to raise ValueChanging event when using custom editor. Uses a mechanism to maximize the visible strings in both columns of RadPropertyGrid. Best fits the column(s) of RadPropertyGrid using the given mode. The mode that determines the mechanism used for best fitting. Begins the update. Ends the update. Ends the update. Tells the view whether an update is required or not. Indicates the update action Updates the visual items in the property grid Indicated the update action Gets the element at specified coordinates. The x coordinate. The y coordinate. An instance of if successful. Ensures the item is visible within the RadPropertygridElement and scrolls the element if needed. The item to visualize. Scrolls the scrollbar to bring the specified into view. The item to visualize. Initializes and returns the context menu associated with the specified . The element. An instance of if successfull. Makes the property grid columns even. Sorts the sub items of all expanded items. Ensures the item is visible within the RadPropertygridElement and scrolls the element if needed. The item to visualize. Performs the needed operations on the data layer when the mode is changed. Gets the default property for the selected object The that is the default property. Updates the scroll bars visibility. Specifies the action which caused the update. Syncronizes all visual elements. This method traverses through the visible items of RadPropetyGrid and returns an item matching the . Occurs when [binding context changed]. Gets the type of editor used for a editing the given item. The item to get editor type for. The type of the editor Puts the current item in edit mode. Commits any changes and ends the edit operation on the current item. Close the currently active editor and discard changes. Ends the editing of an item and commits or discards the changes. Determines if the changes are commited [true] or discarded [false]. Gets an editor depending on the type of the value to be edited. The type of the value. Returns a value indicating whether the is editable The item to check. True if item can be edited. Otherwise false. Docks the search button on the left or right side of the search text box depending on the RightToLeft state. Gets the search button. Represents base class for button elements used in RadCalculatorContentElement. Creates new instance of RadCalculatorButton. Button text. The type of the button. The calculator action this button is responsible for. Represents button element used in RadCalculatorContentElement. Creates new instance of RadCalculatorOperationButtonElement. Button text. The calculator action this button is responsible for. Represents button element used in RadCalculatorContentElement. Creates new instance of RadCalculatorCommandButtonElement. Button text. The calculator action this button is responsible for. Represents button element used in RadCalculatorContentElement. Creates new instance of RadCalculatorDeleteButtonElement. Button text. The calculator action this button is responsible for. Represents button element used in RadCalculatorContentElement. Creates new instance of RadCalculatorEqualsButtonElement. Button text. The calculator action this button is responsible for. Represents button element used in RadCalculatorContentElement. Creates new instance of RadCalculatorMemoryButtonElement. Button text. The calculator action this button is responsible for. Represents arrow button used in RadCalculatorDropDown. Represents memory element used in RadCalculatorContentElement. Represents a control with calculator functionality. Creates a RadCalculatorDropDown instance. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the RadCalculatorElement which encapsulates the UI representation and functionality of the control. Gets or sets the calculator value. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calculator drop down is read only. true if the calculator drop down is read only; otherwise, false. This property is not relevant for this class. Fires when the value of the calculator is changing. Fires when the value of the calculator is changing. Event needed by the engine behind simple data binding so that it can work two way. In order to receive notifications for changes in the calculator value subscribe to the CalculatorValueChanged event. Represents button element used in RadCalculatorContentElement. Creates new instance of RadCalculatorDigitButtonElement. Button text. The calculator action this button is responsible for. Represents the content element of RadCalculatorDropDown. Creates new instance of RadCalculatorContentElement. The owner of this instance. Gets the owner RadCalculatorElement. Gets the grid layout. The grid layout. Gets the button add. The button add. Gets the button subtract. The button subtract. Gets the button multiply. The button multiply. Gets the button divide. The button divide. Gets the button SQRT. The button SQRT. Gets the button percent. The button percent. Gets the button reciprocal. The button reciprocal. Gets the button sign. The button sign. Gets the button equals. The button equals. Gets the button C. The button C. Gets the button CE. The button CE. Gets the button delete. The button delete. Gets the button mplus. The button mplus. Gets the button mminus. The button mminus. Gets the button MS. The button MS. Gets the button MR. The button MR. Gets the button MC. The button MC. Gets the button 0. The button 0. Gets the button 1. The button 1. Gets the button 2. The button 2. Gets the button 3. The button 3. Gets the button 4. The button 4. Gets the button 5. The button 5. Gets the button 6. The button 6. Gets the button 7. The button 7. Gets the button 8. The button 8. Gets the button 9. The button 9. Gets the button point. The button point. Represents the editor content element of RadCalculatorDropDown. Creates new instance of RadCalculatorEditorContentElement. Encapsulates the UI representation and functionality of RadCalculatorDropDown. Gets or sets the calculator value. Gets or sets the editor content element. Gets or sets the arrow button. Gets or sets the popup. Gets the calculator element. Gets the content element. Gets the memory element. Gets or sets the default popup width. Gets or sets the default popup height. Gets or sets the minimum popup width. Gets or sets the minimum popup height. Gets the FillPrimitive. Gets the BorderPrimitive Gets or sets a value indicating whether RadCalculatorDropDownElement is read only. true if RadCalculatorDropDownElement is read only; otherwise, false. Fires when the value of the calculator is changing. Raises the event. An instance of containing event data. Fires when the value of the calculator is changing. Raises the event. Indicates whether the fast navigation buttons were used. Gets the direction of the navigation. Arguments class used when the SelectionChanging event is fired. Gets a refference to the Dates which will be selected Gets a refference to the SelectedDates collection, represented by the Telerik RadCalendar component that rise the SelectionChanging event. The public delegate for the SelectionChanging event. Arguments class used with the ElementRender event. Gets a refference to the LightVisualElement object that represents visually the specified day to render. Gets a refference to the RadCalendarDay logical object that represents the specified day to render. Gets a refference to the CalendarView object currently displayed by RadCalendar, that contains the specified day to render. The public delegate for ElementRender event. Indicates whether the fast navigation buttons were used. Gets the direction of the navigation. Gets or sets the start date of the new view. Arguments class used when the ViewChangingEvent event is fired. Gets the new CalendarView instance that will substitute the view currently displayed by RadCalendar. The public delegate for the ViewChanging event. RadCalendarDay represents a object that maps date value to corresponding visual settings. Also the object implements Boolean properties that represent the nature of the selected date - whether it is a weekend, disabled or selected in the context of the calendar. Mostly the values of those properties are set at runtime when a RadCalendarDay instance is constructed and passed to the DayRender event. Gets or sets the image associated with a particular RadCalendarDay object. Gets or sets the template associated with a particular RadCalendarDay object. The template must inherit from RadHostItem. Gets or sets the date represented by this RadCalendarDay. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadCalendarDay is qualified as available for selection. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadCalendarDay is selected Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadCalendarDay is disabled Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadCalendarDay represents the current date. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadCalendarDay settings are repeated/recurring through out the valid date range displayed by the calendar. The RecurringEvents enumeration determines which part of the date is handled (day or day and month). Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadCalendarDay is mapped to a date that represents a non working day/weekend. Gets or sets the text displayed when the mouse pointer hovers over the calendar day. The owner of RadCalendarDay object. Sets whether RadCalendarDay object is associated with a DateTime equal to today's date. True if RadCalendarDay object is associated with today's date. Sets whether RadCalendarDay object is associated with a DateTime that represents a weekend day. True if RadCalendarDay object is associated with a DateTime that represents a weekend day. Checks whether RadCalendarDay object is associated with a DateTime that represents a recurring event. the DateTime to compare. the System.Globalization.Calendar object used to check whether the DateTime represents a recurring event. Removes the time component of a DateTime object, thus leaving only the date part. the DateTime object to be processed. the DateTime object containing only the date part of the original DateTime object. the DateTime object associated with this particular RadCalendarDay. the DateTime object associated with this particular RadCalendarDay. the CalendarDayCollection that contains this particular RadCalendarDay. Used to handle all requests for layout invalidation through a single place Used to handle all requests for repainting through a single place Occurs when when a property of an object changes change. Calling the event is developer's responsibility. Raises the PropertyChanged event. The name of the property. Raises the PropertyChanged event. PropertyChangedEventArgs instance containing the name of the property. Summary description for CalendarDayCollection. Finds the RadCalendarDay with specified key, optionally searching child days. The date bound to a particular RadCalendarDay object to search for. An array of RadCalendarDay objects whose Date property matches the specified key. Returns the index of the specified RadCalendarDay object in the collection. The RadCalendarDay object to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the item found in the CalendarDayCollection; otherwise, -1. Adds an collection of previously created RadCalendarDay objects to the collection. An array of RadCalendarDay objects representing the views to add to the collection. Adds a previously created RadCalendarDay object to the end of the CalendarDayCollection. The RadCalendarDay object to add to the collection. Adds a DateTime object to the end of the CalendarDayCollection. The DateTime object to add to the collection. Adds a collection of date time values to the collection. An IEnumerable of DateTime objects to add to the collection. Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the RadCalendarDay collection. An IEnumerator that represents the RadCalendarDay collection. Inserts an existing RadCalendarDay object into the CalendarDayCollection at the specified location. The indexed location within the collection to insert the RadCalendarDay object. The RadCalendarDay object to insert into the collection. Removes the specified RadCalendarDay object from the CalendarDayCollection. The RadCalendarDay object to remove. Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the RadCalendarDay collection. An IEnumerator that represents the RadCalendarDay collection. Removes all RadCalendarDay objects in the collection of CalendarDays. Copies the elements of CalendarDayCollection to a new of elements. A one-dimensional of elements containing copies of the elements of the . Please refer to for details. Copies the elements of the CalendarDayCollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from CalendarDayCollection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. Gets a value indicating whether access to the CalendarDayCollection is synchronized (thread safe). Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the CalendarDayCollection. Adds a RadCalendarDay object to the collection of CalendarDays. The RadCalendarDay object to add to the collection. Removes all RadCalendarDay objects in the collection of CalendarDays. Checks whether a specific RadCalendarDay object is in the collection of CalendarDays. The RadCalendarDay object to search. True if the RadCalendarDay is found, false otherwise. Returns a zero based index of a RadCalendarDay object depending on the passed index. The zero-based index, RadCalendarDay object or the date represented by the searched RadCalendarDay object. A zero based index of the RadCalendarDay object in the collection, or -1 if the RadCalendarDay object is not found. Adds a RadCalendarDay object in the collection at the specified index. The index after which the RadCalendarDay object is inserted. The RadCalendarDay object to insert. Gets a value indicating whether the CalendarDayCollection has a fixed size. Gets a value indicating whether the CalendarDayCollection is read-only. Deletes a RadCalendarDay object from the collection. The RadCalendarDay object to remove. Deletes the RadCalendarDay object from the collection at the specified index. The index in collection at which the RadCalendarDay object will be deleted. Gets or sets the RadCalendarDay at the specified indexed location in the collection. The indexed location of the RadCalendarDay in the collection. The RadCalendarDay at the specified indexed location in the collection. Gets the total number of RadCalendarDay objects in the collection. Gets or sets the RadCalendarDay at the specified indexed location in the collection. The indexed location of the RadCalendarDay in the collection. The RadCalendarDay at the specified indexed location in the collection. Gets or sets a RadCalendarDay object depending on the passed key. Only integer and string indexes are valid. Creates a new CalendarDayCollection object that is a copy of the current instance. A new CalendarDayCollection object that is a copy of this instance. Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. A new object that is a copy of this instance. Summary description for CalendarView. Gets the parent calendar that the current view is assigned to. Gets the parent tree node of the current tree node. Gets the collection of nodes that are assigned to the tree view control. Gets or sets the name of the node. Gets or sets the format string that is applied to the days cells tooltip. The property should contain either a format specifier character or a custom format pattern. For more information, see the summary page for System.Globalization.DateTimeFormatInfo. By default this property uses formatting string of 'dddd, MMMM dd, yyyy'. Valid formats are all supported by the .NET Framework. Example:
  • "d" is the standard short date pattern.
  • "%d" returns the day of the month; "%d" is a custom pattern.
  • "d " returns the day of the month followed by a white-space character; "d " is a custom pattern.
 Gets or sets the orientation (rendering direction) of the calendar component. Default value is Horizontal. Member Description Horizontal Renders the calendar data row after row. Vertical Renders the calendar data column after column. Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the view title. The ContentAlignment enumeration is defined in System.Windows.Forms.VisualStyles Member name Description Center The contents of a container are centered. Left The contents of a container are left justified. Right The contents of a container are right justified. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tree node is visible or partially visible. Gets the root parent node for this instance. Gets a value indicating whether the CalendarView is the top most view displayed by RadCalendar. Gets the zero-based depth of the tree node in the RadTreeView tree. Returns -1 if the node is outside of a tree view. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calendar view is in read-only mode. Gets or sets the text displayed for the complete CalendarView selection element in the view selector cell. The text displayed for the CalendarView selection element in the selector cell. The default value is "". Use the ViewSelectorText property to provide custom text for the CalendarView complete selection element in the selector cell.
This property does not automatically encode to HTML. You need to convert special characters to the appropriate HTML value, unless you want the characters to be treated as HTML. For example, to explicitly display the greater than symbol (>), you must use the value &gt;.
Because this property does not automatically encode to HTML, it is possible to specify an HTML tag for the ViewSelectorText property. For example, if you want to display an image for the next month navigation control, you can set this property to an expression that contains an <img> element. This property applies only if the EnableViewSelector property is set to true. Use the RowHeaderText property to provide custom text for the CalendarView complete row header element.
This property does not automatically encode to HTML. You need to convert special characters to the appropriate HTML value, unless you want the characters to be treated as HTML. For example, to explicitly display the greater than symbol (>), you must use the value &gt;.
Because this property does not automatically encode to HTML, it is possible to specify an HTML tag for the RowHeaderText property. For example, if you want to display an image for the next month navigation control, you can set this property to an expression that contains an <img> element. This property applies only if the ShowRowsHeaders property is set to true. The text displayed for the CalendarView header element. The default value is "". Gets or sets the text displayed for the row header element. Use the ColumnHeaderText property to provide custom text for the CalendarView complete column header element.
This property does not automatically encode to HTML. You need to convert special characters to the appropriate HTML value, unless you want the characters to be treated as HTML. For example, to explicitly display the greater than symbol (>), you must use the value &gt;.
Because this property does not automatically encode to HTML, it is possible to specify an HTML tag for the ColumnHeaderText property. For example, if you want to display an image for the next month navigation control, you can set this property to an expression that contains an <img> element. This property applies only if the ShowColumnHeaders property is set to true. The text displayed for the CalendarView column header element. The default value is "". Gets or sets the text displayed for the column header element. The image displayed for the CalendarView column header element in the header cells. The default value is "". Gets or sets the image displayed for the column header element. This property applies only if the ShowColumnHeaders property is set to true. If ColumnHeaderText is set too, its value is set as an alternative text to the image of the column header. When using this property, the whole image URL is generated using also the value. Example: ShowColumnHeaders="true"
ImagesBaseDir = "Img/"
ColumnHeaderImage = "selector.gif"
complete image URL : "Img/selector.gif" The image displayed for the CalendarView row header element. The default value is "". Gets or sets the image displayed for the row header element. This property applies only if the ShowRowHeaders property is set to true. If RowHeaderText is set too, its value is set as an alternative text to the image of the row header. When using this property, the whole image URL is generated using also the value. Example:
ShowRowHeaders = "true"
ImagesBaseDir = "Img/"
RowHeaderImage = "selector.gif"
complete image URL : "Img/selector.gif" Gets or sets the margin of the view cells Gets or sets the margin of the view cells Gets or sets the image displayed for the complete selection element in the view selector cell. The image displayed for the CalendarView selection element in the selector cell. The default value is "". When using this property, the whole image URL is generated using also the value. Example:
ImagesBaseDir = "Img/"
ViewSelectorImage = "selector.gif"
complete image URL : "Img/selector.gif" Gets or sets whether the month matrix, when rendered will show days from other (previous or next) months or will render only blank cells. Gets or sets whether the fish eye functionality is enabled. Gets or sets the zooming factor of a cell which is handled by the fish eye functionality. Gets or sets the predefined pairs of rows and columns, so that the product of the two values is exactly 42, which guarantees valid calendar layout. It is applied on a single view level to every The Width applied to a Header The Height applied to a Header Gets or sets whether a single CalendarView object will display a selector. Gets or sets the the count of rows to be displayed by a multi month CalendarView. Gets or sets the the count of columns to be displayed by a multi month CalendarView. Gets or sets whether a single CalendarView object will display a title row. Gets or sets the format string used to format the text inside the header row. Gets or sets whether a CalendarView object will display a header row. Gets or sets whether a CalendarView object will display a header column. Gets or sets whether row headers ( if displayed by a MonthView object) will act as row selectors. Gets or sets whether column headers ( if displayed by a MonthView object) will act as column selectors. Gets or sets whether a selector for the entire CalendarView ( MonthView ) will appear on the calendar. Gets a value indicating whether the CalendarView has child views. Gets the DateTime object that is the first date to be rendered by CalendarView. While ViewStartDate is the start date that is handled by a particular CalendarView instance, the ViewRenderStartDate might belong to a different (previous) CalendarView object. Gets the DateTime object that is the last date to be rendered by CalendarView. While ViewEndDate is the start date that is handled by a particular CalendarView instance, the ViewRenderEndDate might belong to a different (next) CalendarView object. Gets or sets a DateTime value specifying the starting date for the period handled by a CalendarView instance. Gets or sets a DateTime value specifying the ending date for the period handled by a CalendarView instance. Gets or sets the size and location of the tree node in pixels, relative to the parent layout. Gets or sets the the count of rows to be displayed by a CalendarView. Gets or sets the the count of columns to be displayed by a CalendarView. Gets the previous available view. Used for traversal of the calendar. Gets the next available view. Used for traversal of the calendar. Gets the default System.Globalization.Calendar instance as specified by the default culture. A calendar divides time into measures, such as weeks, months, and years. The number, length, and start of the divisions vary in each calendar. Any moment in time can be represented as a set of numeric values using a particular calendar. For example, the last vernal equinox occurred at (0.0, 0, 46, 8, 20, 3, 1999) in the Gregorian calendar. An implementation of Calendar can map any DateTime value to a similar set of numeric values, and DateTime can map such sets of numeric values to a textual representation using information from Calendar and DateTimeFormatInfo. The textual representation can be culture-sensitive (for example, "8:46 AM March 20th 1999 AD" for the en-US culture) or culture-insensitive (for example, "1999-03-20T08:46:00" in ISO 8601 format). A Calendar implementation can define one or more eras. The Calendar class identifies the eras as enumerated integers where the current era (CurrentEra) has the value 0. In order to make up for the difference between the calendar year and the actual time that the earth rotates around the sun or the actual time that the moon rotates around the earth, a leap year has a different number of days than a standard calendar year. Each Calendar implementation defines leap years differently. For consistency, the first unit in each interval (for example, the first month) is assigned the value 1. The System.Globalization namespace includes the following Calendar implementations: GregorianCalendar, HebrewCalendar, HijriCalendar, JapaneseCalendar, JulianCalendar, KoreanCalendar, TaiwanCalendar, and ThaiBuddhistCalendar. Gets or sets the vertical spacing between the calendar cells Gets or sets the horizontal spacing between the calendar cells Determines if a DateTime object belongs to the dates range managed by a particular CalendarView. The DateTime object to be tested. True if the DateTime object belongs to the dates range managed by a particular CalendarView; False otherwise. Adds the specified date to the SelectedDates collection of RadCalendar. The DateTime object to add. Adds the specified range of dates to the SelectedDates collection of RadCalendar. array of DateTime objects to add. Adds the specified range of dates to the SelectedDates collection of RadCalendar. A System.DateTime that specifies the initial date to add to the SelectedDates collection. A System.DateTime that specifies the end date to add to the SelectedDates collection. Gets a DateTime object that is part of the date range handled by the previous calendar view. Used for traversal of the calendar. The DateTime object Gets a DateTime object that is part of the date range handled by the next calendar view. Used for traversal of the calendar. The DateTime object Ensures that the child views collection is created. Initializes properly the ViewStartDate, ViewEndDate, ViewRenderStartDate, ViewRenderEndDate properties handles the page down key. The key data to be processed. handles the page up key. The key data to be processed. handles the down arrow key. The key data to be processed. handles the up arrow key. The key data to be processed. handles the End key. The key data to be processed. handles the Home key. The key data to be processed. handles the left arrow key. The key data to be processed. handles the right arrow key. The key data to be processed. Toogles the date selection (Enter key). The key data to be processed. Verifies CalendarView settings required for correct presentation of calendrical information. Returns the DateTime object that is used by the CalendarView to initialize. DateTime object that is used by the CalendarView to initialize. handles key events that require processing from CalendarView. The key data to be processed. Creates a CalendarView object based on the logic implemented by the CalendarView instance that implements the method. DateTime object that is used to create the CalendarView. The created CalendarView object. Occurs when when a property of an object changes change. Calling the event is developer's responsibility. Raises the PropertyChanged event The name of the property Updates correctly the visual appearance of RadCalendar. Updates the parential dependencies (parent and Calendar properties) also. the CalendarView that will be updated Finds the calendar views with specified key, optionally searching child views. The name of the calendar view to search for. true to search child views; otherwise, false. An array of CalendarView objects whose Name property matches the specified key. Returns the index of the specified calendar view in the collection. The CalendarView to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the item found in the calendar view collection; otherwise, -1. Adds an collection of previously created CalendarView objects to the collection. An array of CalendarView objects representing the views to add to the collection. Adds a previously created CalendarView object to the end of the CalendarViewCollection. The CalendarView object to add to the collection. The zero-based index value of the CalendarView object added to the CalendarViewCollection. Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the CalendarView collection. An IEnumerator that represents the CalendarView collection. Inserts an existing CalendarView object into the CalendarViewCollection at the specified location. The indexed location within the collection to insert the CalendarView object. The CalendarView object to insert into the collection. Removes the specified CalendarView object from the CalendarViewCollection. The CalendarView object to remove. Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the CalendarView collection. An IEnumerator that represents the CalendarView collection. Removes all CalendarView objects from the collection. Gets the total number of CalendarView objects in the collection. Gets or sets the CalendarView at the specified indexed location in the collection. The indexed location of the CalendarView in the collection. The CalendarView at the specified indexed location in the collection. Gets or sets by name the CalendarView instance in the collection. The name of the CalendarView in the collection. The CalendarView with a specified name in the collection. Copies the elements of the CalendarViewCollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from CalendarViewCollection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. Gets a value indicating whether access to the CalendarViewCollection is synchronized (thread safe). Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the CalendarViewCollection. Adds a previously created CalendarView object to the end of the CalendarViewCollection. The CalendarView object to add to the collection. The zero-based index value of the CalendarView object added to the CalendarViewCollection. Removes all CalendarView objects from the collection. Determines whether the specified CalendarView object is a member of the collection. The CalendarView to locate in the collection. true if the CalendarView is a member of the collection; otherwise, false. Returns the index of the specified calendar view in the collection. The CalendarView to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the item found in the calendar view collection; otherwise, -1. Inserts an existing CalendarView object into the CalendarViewCollection at the specified location. The indexed location within the collection to insert the CalendarView object. The CalendarView object to insert into the collection. Gets a value indicating whether the CalendarViewCollection has a fixed size. Gets a value indicating whether the CalendarViewCollection is read-only. Removes the specified CalendarView object from the CalendarViewCollection. The CalendarView object to remove. Removes the element at the specified index of the CalendarViewCollection. The zero-based index of the element to remove. Gets or sets the CalendarView at the specified indexed location in the collection. The indexed location of the CalendarView in the collection. The CalendarView at the specified indexed location in the collection. Specifies the display formats for the days of the week used as selectors by RadCalendar.You can specify whether the days of the week are displayed as the full name, short (abbreviated) name, first letter of the day, or first two letters of the day. The days of the week displayed in full format. For example, Tuesday. The days of the week displayed in abbreviated format. For example, Tues. The days of the week displayed with just the first letter. For example, T. The days of the week displayed with just the first two letters. For example, Tu. The shortest unique abbreviated day names associated with the current DateTimeFormatInfo object. Indicates the first day of the week to use when calling date-related functions. Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Handled by the current System.Globalization.Calendar object. Summary description for MonthLayout. Layout_7columns_x_6rows - horizontal layout Layout_14columns_x_3rows - horizontal layout Layout_21columns_x_2rows - horizontal layout Layout_7rows_x_6columns - vertical layout, required when UseColumnHeadersAsSelectors is true and Orientation is set to RenderInColumns. Layout_14rows_x_3columns - vertical layout, required when UseColumnHeadersAsSelectors is true and Orientation is set to RenderInColumns. Layout_21rows_x_2columns - vertical layout, required when UseColumnHeadersAsSelectors is true and Orientation is set to RenderInColumns. Allows the calendar to display the days in a 7 by 6 matrix. 1 Alows the calendar to display the days in a 14 by 3 matrix. 2 Allows the calendar to display the days in a 21 by 2 matrix. 4 Allows the calendar to display the days in a 7 by 6 matrix, required when UseColumnHeadersAsSelectors is true and Orientation is set to RenderInColumns. 8 Allows the calendar to display the days in a 14 by 3 matrix, required when UseColumnHeadersAsSelectors is true and Orientation is set to RenderInColumns. 16 Allows the calendar to display the days in a 21 by 2 matrix, required when UseColumnHeadersAsSelectors is true and Orientation is set to RenderInColumns. 32 Summary description for RecurringEvents. DayInMonth - Only the day part of the date is taken into account. That gives the ability to serve events repeated every month on the same day. DayAndMonth - The month and the day part of the date is taken into account. That gives the ability to serve events repeated in a specific month on the same day. Today - gives the ability to control the visual appearace of today's date. None - Default value, means that the day in question is a single point event, no recurrences. Only the day part of the date is taken into account. That gives the ability to serve events repeated every month on the same day. 1 The month and the day part of the date are taken into account. That gives the ability to serve events repeated in a specific month on the same day. 2 The week day is taken into account. That gives the ability to serve events repeated in a specific day of the week. 4 The week day and the month are taken into account. That gives the ability to serve events repeated in a specific week day in a specific month. 8 Gives the ability to control the visual appearace of today's date. 16 Default value, means that the day in question is a single point event, no recurrence. 32 Summary description for CalendarView. Returns the number of months displayed by a particular MonthView (in this case 1). Gets the string representation for a particular day in the week. Specifies the day of the week. the string representation for the specified day. Retrieves the ToolTip text associated with a particular RadCalendarDay object. RadCalendarDay object The retrieved ToolTip text associated with a particular RadCalendarDay object Gets the RadCalendarDay object associated with a particular DateTime object if any. DateTime object to be tested. The retrieved RadCalendarDay object. Gets the month name. Summary description for CalendarView. Calculates the correct position of the CalendarView Gets the total number of DateTime objects in the collection. Gets or sets the DateTime at the specified indexed location in the collection. The indexed location of the DateTime in the collection. The DateTime at the specified indexed location in the collection. Returns the index of the specified DateTime object in the collection. The DateTime object to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the item found in the DateTimeCollection; otherwise, -1. Adds a previously created DateTime object to the end of the DateTimeCollection. The DateTime object to add to the collection. The zero-based index value of the DateTime object added to the DateTimeCollection. Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the DateTime collection. An IEnumerator that represents the DateTime collection. Inserts an existing DateTime object into the DateTimeCollection at the specified location. The indexed location within the collection to insert the DateTime object. The DateTime object to insert into the collection. CanAdd method verify whether the date can be add to the collection. The DateTime object to insert into the collection. Removes the specified DateTime object from the DateTimeCollection. The DateTime object to remove. Removes all DateTime objects from the collection. Removes a range of DateTime elements from the DateTimeCollection. The zero-based starting index of the range of elements to remove. The number of elements to remove. Adds an array of previously created DateTime objects to the collection. An array of DateTime objects representing the dates to add to the collection. Determines whether the specified DateTime object is a member of the collection. The DateTime to locate in the collection. true if the DateTime is a member of the collection; otherwise, false. Copies the elements of the DateTime collection to a new DateTime array. A DateTime array Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the DateTime collection. An IEnumerator that represents the DateTime collection. Copies the elements of the DateTimeCollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from DateTimeCollection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. Gets a value indicating whether access to the DateTimeCollection is synchronized (thread safe). Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the DateTimeCollection. Adds a previously created DateTime object to the end of the DateTimeCollection. The DateTime object to add to the collection. The zero-based index value of the DateTime object added to the DateTimeCollection. Removes all DateTime objects from the collection. Determines whether the specified DateTime object is a member of the collection. The DateTime to locate in the collection. true if the DateTime is a member of the collection; otherwise, false. Returns the index of the specified DateTime object in the collection. The DateTime object to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the item found in the DateTimeCollection Inserts an existing DateTime object into the DateTimeCollection at the specified location. The indexed location within the collection to insert the DateTime object. The DateTime object to insert into the collection. Gets a value indicating whether the DateTimeCollection has a fixed size. Gets a value indicating whether the DateTimeCollection is read-only. Removes the specified DateTime object from the DateTimeCollection. The DateTime object to remove. Removes the element at the specified index of the DateTimeCollection. The zero-based index of the element to remove. Gets or sets the DateTime at the specified indexed location in the collection. The indexed location of the DateTime in the collection. The DateTime at the specified indexed location in the collection. Creates a new DateTimeCollection object that is a copy of the current instance. A new DateTimeCollection object that is a copy of this instance. Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. A new object that is a copy of this instance. The RadCalendar main class. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets the row in the multi-view table where the focused date is positioned. The column in the multi-view table where the focused date is positioned. Gets the instance of RadCalendarElement wrapped by this control. RadCalendarElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadCalendar. This property is not relevant for this class. Specifies the navigation mode that will be used when user click on header element.Zoom navigation mode is not supporting in MultipleView of RadCalendar Occurs when the view is about to be changed by the navigation elements. Occurs when the view is changed by the navigation elements. SlectionChanged event is fired when a new date is added or removed from the SelectedDates collection. Raises the SelectionChanging event. A DateTimeCollection collection used by SelectionEventArgs. A List with Dates which will be selected SelectionEventArgs instance. SlectionChanged event is fired when a new date is added or removed from the SelectedDates collection. Raises the SelectionChanged event. ElementRender event is fired after the generation of every calendar cell object and just before it gets rendered. It is the last place where changes to the already constructed calendar cells can be made. Raises the ElementRender event of the RadCalendar control and allows you to provide a custom handler for the ElementRender event. A LightVisualElement object that contains information about the cell to render. A RadCalendarDay that contains information about the day to render. A CalendarView that contains the day to render. ViewChanging event is fired when a navigation to a different date range is required. Raises the ViewChanging event. A CalendarView collection used by ViewChangingEventArgs. ViewChangingEventArgs instance. ViewChanged event is fired when a navigation to a different date range occurred. Generally this is done by using the normal navigation buttons. Raises the ViewChanged event. Specifies the display formats for the days of the week used as selectors by RadCalendar. Use the DayNameFormat property to specify the name format for the days of the week. This property is set with one of the DayNameFormat enumeration values. You can specify whether the days of the week are displayed as the full name, short (abbreviated) name, first letter of the day, or first two letters of the day. The DayNameFormat enumeration represents the display formats for the days of the week used as selectors by RadCalendar. Member name Description FirstLetter The days of the week displayed with just the first letter. For example, T. FirstTwoLetters The days of the week displayed with just the first two letters. For example, Tu. Full The days of the week displayed in full format. For example, Tuesday. Short The days of the week displayed in abbreviated format. For example, Tues. Shortest The shortest unique abbreviated day names associated with the current DateTimeFormatInfo object. Gets or sets a DateTimeFormatInfo instance that defines the culturally appropriate format of displaying dates and times as specified by the default culture. A DateTimeFormatInfo can be created only for the invariant culture or for specific cultures, not for neutral cultures. The cultures are generally grouped into three sets: the invariant culture, the neutral cultures, and the specific cultures. The invariant culture is culture-insensitive. You can specify the invariant culture by name using an empty string ("") or by its culture identifier 0x007F. InvariantCulture retrieves an instance of the invariant culture. It is associated with the English language but not with any country/region. It can be used in almost any method in the Globalization namespace that requires a culture. If a security decision depends on a string comparison or a case-change operation, use the InvariantCulture to ensure that the behavior will be consistent regardless of the culture settings of the system. However, the invariant culture must be used only by processes that require culture-independent results, such as system services; otherwise, it produces results that might be linguistically incorrect or culturally inappropriate. A neutral culture is a culture that is associated with a language but not with a country/region. A specific culture is a culture that is associated with a language and a country/region. For example, "fr" is a neutral culture and "fr-FR" is a specific culture. Note that "zh-CHS" (Simplified Chinese) and "zh-CHT" (Traditional Chinese) are neutral cultures. The user might choose to override some of the values associated with the current culture of Windows through Regional and Language Options (or Regional Options or Regional Settings) in Control Panel. For example, the user might choose to display the date in a different format or to use a currency other than the default for the culture. If UseUserOverride is true and the specified culture matches the current culture of Windows, the CultureInfo uses those overrides, including user settings for the properties of the DateTimeFormatInfo instance returned by the DateTimeFormat property, the properties of the NumberFormatInfo instance returned by the NumberFormat property, and the properties of the CompareInfo instance returned by the CompareInfo property. If the user settings are incompatible with the culture associated with the CultureInfo (for example, if the selected calendar is not one of the OptionalCalendars ), the results of the methods and the values of the properties are undefined.

Note: In this version of RadCalendar the NumberFormatInfo instance returned by the NumberFormat property is not taken into account. Gets or sets the CultureInfo supported by this RadCalendar object. Describes the names of the culture, the writing system, and the calendar used, as well as access to culture-specific objects that provide methods for common operations, such as formatting dates and sorting strings. The culture names follow the RFC 1766 standard in the format "<languagecode2>-<country/regioncode2>", where <languagecode2> is a lowercase two-letter code derived from ISO 639-1 and <country/regioncode2> is an uppercase two-letter code derived from ISO 3166. For example, U.S. English is "en-US". In cases where a two-letter language code is not available, the three-letter code derived from ISO 639-2 is used; for example, the three-letter code "div" is used for cultures that use the Dhivehi language. Some culture names have suffixes that specify the script; for example, "-Cyrl" specifies the Cyrillic script, "-Latn" specifies the Latin script. The following predefined CultureInfo names and identifiers are accepted and used by this class and other classes in the System.Globalization namespace.
Culture Name Culture Identifier Language-Country/Region
"" (empty string) 0x007F invariant culture
af 0x0036 Afrikaans
af-ZA 0x0436 Afrikaans - South Africa
sq 0x001C Albanian
sq-AL 0x041C Albanian - Albania
ar 0x0001 Arabic
ar-DZ 0x1401 Arabic - Algeria
ar-BH 0x3C01 Arabic - Bahrain
ar-EG 0x0C01 Arabic - Egypt
ar-IQ 0x0801 Arabic - Iraq
ar-JO 0x2C01 Arabic - Jordan
ar-KW 0x3401 Arabic - Kuwait
ar-LB 0x3001 Arabic - Lebanon
ar-LY 0x1001 Arabic - Libya
ar-MA 0x1801 Arabic - Morocco
ar-OM 0x2001 Arabic - Oman
ar-QA 0x4001 Arabic - Qatar
ar-SA 0x0401 Arabic - Saudi Arabia
ar-SY 0x2801 Arabic - Syria
ar-TN 0x1C01 Arabic - Tunisia
ar-AE 0x3801 Arabic - United Arab Emirates
ar-YE 0x2401 Arabic - Yemen
hy 0x002B Armenian
hy-AM 0x042B Armenian - Armenia
az 0x002C Azeri
az-AZ-Cyrl 0x082C Azeri (Cyrillic) - Azerbaijan
az-AZ-Latn 0x042C Azeri (Latin) - Azerbaijan
eu 0x002D Basque
eu-ES 0x042D Basque - Basque
be 0x0023 Belarusian
be-BY 0x0423 Belarusian - Belarus
bg 0x0002 Bulgarian
bg-BG 0x0402 Bulgarian - Bulgaria
ca 0x0003 Catalan
ca-ES 0x0403 Catalan - Catalan
zh-HK 0x0C04 Chinese - Hong Kong SAR
zh-MO 0x1404 Chinese - Macau SAR
zh-CN 0x0804 Chinese - China
zh-CHS 0x0004 Chinese (Simplified)
zh-SG 0x1004 Chinese - Singapore
zh-TW 0x0404 Chinese - Taiwan
zh-CHT 0x7C04 Chinese (Traditional)
hr 0x001A Croatian
hr-HR 0x041A Croatian - Croatia
cs 0x0005 Czech
cs-CZ 0x0405 Czech - Czech Republic
da 0x0006 Danish
da-DK 0x0406 Danish - Denmark
div 0x0065 Dhivehi
div-MV 0x0465 Dhivehi - Maldives
nl 0x0013 Dutch
nl-BE 0x0813 Dutch - Belgium
nl-NL 0x0413 Dutch - The Netherlands
en 0x0009 English
en-AU 0x0C09 English - Australia
en-BZ 0x2809 English - Belize
en-CA 0x1009 English - Canada
en-CB 0x2409 English - Caribbean
en-IE 0x1809 English - Ireland
en-JM 0x2009 English - Jamaica
en-NZ 0x1409 English - New Zealand
en-PH 0x3409 English - Philippines
en-ZA 0x1C09 English - South Africa
en-TT 0x2C09 English - Trinidad and Tobago
en-GB 0x0809 English - United Kingdom
en-US 0x0409 English - United States
en-ZW 0x3009 English - Zimbabwe
et 0x0025 Estonian
et-EE 0x0425 Estonian - Estonia
fo 0x0038 Faroese
fo-FO 0x0438 Faroese - Faroe Islands
fa 0x0029 Farsi
fa-IR 0x0429 Farsi - Iran
fi 0x000B Finnish
fi-FI 0x040B Finnish - Finland
fr 0x000C French
fr-BE 0x080C French - Belgium
fr-CA 0x0C0C French - Canada
fr-FR 0x040C French - France
fr-LU 0x140C French - Luxembourg
fr-MC 0x180C French - Monaco
fr-CH 0x100C French - Switzerland
gl 0x0056 Galician
gl-ES 0x0456 Galician - Galician
ka 0x0037 Georgian
ka-GE 0x0437 Georgian - Georgia
de 0x0007 German
de-AT 0x0C07 German - Austria
de-DE 0x0407 German - Germany
de-LI 0x1407 German - Liechtenstein
de-LU 0x1007 German - Luxembourg
de-CH 0x0807 German - Switzerland
el 0x0008 Greek
el-GR 0x0408 Greek - Greece
gu 0x0047 Gujarati
gu-IN 0x0447 Gujarati - India
he 0x000D Hebrew
he-IL 0x040D Hebrew - Israel
hi 0x0039 Hindi
hi-IN 0x0439 Hindi - India
hu 0x000E Hungarian
hu-HU 0x040E Hungarian - Hungary
is 0x000F Icelandic
is-IS 0x040F Icelandic - Iceland
id 0x0021 Indonesian
id-ID 0x0421 Indonesian - Indonesia
it 0x0010 Italian
it-IT 0x0410 Italian - Italy
it-CH 0x0810 Italian - Switzerland
ja 0x0011 Japanese
ja-JP 0x0411 Japanese - Japan
kn 0x004B Kannada
kn-IN 0x044B Kannada - India
kk 0x003F Kazakh
kk-KZ 0x043F Kazakh - Kazakhstan
kok 0x0057 Konkani
kok-IN 0x0457 Konkani - India
ko 0x0012 Korean
ko-KR 0x0412 Korean - Korea
ky 0x0040 Kyrgyz
ky-KZ 0x0440 Kyrgyz - Kazakhstan
lv 0x0026 Latvian
lv-LV 0x0426 Latvian - Latvia
lt 0x0027 Lithuanian
lt-LT 0x0427 Lithuanian - Lithuania
mk 0x002F Macedonian
mk-MK 0x042F Macedonian - FYROM
ms 0x003E Malay
ms-BN 0x083E Malay - Brunei
ms-MY 0x043E Malay - Malaysia
mr 0x004E Marathi
mr-IN 0x044E Marathi - India
mn 0x0050 Mongolian
mn-MN 0x0450 Mongolian - Mongolia
no 0x0014 Norwegian
nb-NO 0x0414 Norwegian (Bokmål) - Norway
nn-NO 0x0814 Norwegian (Nynorsk) - Norway
pl 0x0015 Polish
pl-PL 0x0415 Polish - Poland
pt 0x0016 Portuguese
pt-BR 0x0416 Portuguese - Brazil
pt-PT 0x0816 Portuguese - Portugal
pa 0x0046 Punjabi
pa-IN 0x0446 Punjabi - India
ro 0x0018 Romanian
ro-RO 0x0418 Romanian - Romania
ru 0x0019 Russian
ru-RU 0x0419 Russian - Russia
sa 0x004F Sanskrit
sa-IN 0x044F Sanskrit - India
sr-SP-Cyrl 0x0C1A Serbian (Cyrillic) - Serbia
sr-SP-Latn 0x081A Serbian (Latin) - Serbia
sk 0x001B Slovak
sk-SK 0x041B Slovak - Slovakia
sl 0x0024 Slovenian
sl-SI 0x0424 Slovenian - Slovenia
es 0x000A Spanish
es-AR 0x2C0A Spanish - Argentina
es-BO 0x400A Spanish - Bolivia
es-CL 0x340A Spanish - Chile
es-CO 0x240A Spanish - Colombia
es-CR 0x140A Spanish - Costa Rica
es-DO 0x1C0A Spanish - Dominican Republic
es-EC 0x300A Spanish - Ecuador
es-SV 0x440A Spanish - El Salvador
es-GT 0x100A Spanish - Guatemala
es-HN 0x480A Spanish - Honduras
es-MX 0x080A Spanish - Mexico
es-NI 0x4C0A Spanish - Nicaragua
es-PA 0x180A Spanish - Panama
es-PY 0x3C0A Spanish - Paraguay
es-PE 0x280A Spanish - Peru
es-PR 0x500A Spanish - Puerto Rico
es-ES 0x0C0A Spanish - Spain
es-UY 0x380A Spanish - Uruguay
es-VE 0x200A Spanish - Venezuela
sw 0x0041 Swahili
sw-KE 0x0441 Swahili - Kenya
sv 0x001D Swedish
sv-FI 0x081D Swedish - Finland
sv-SE 0x041D Swedish - Sweden
syr 0x005A Syriac
syr-SY 0x045A Syriac - Syria
ta 0x0049 Tamil
ta-IN 0x0449 Tamil - India
tt 0x0044 Tatar
tt-RU 0x0444 Tatar - Russia
te 0x004A Telugu
te-IN 0x044A Telugu - India
th 0x001E Thai
th-TH 0x041E Thai - Thailand
tr 0x001F Turkish
tr-TR 0x041F Turkish - Turkey
uk 0x0022 Ukrainian
uk-UA 0x0422 Ukrainian - Ukraine
ur 0x0020 Urdu
ur-PK 0x0420 Urdu - Pakistan
uz 0x0043 Uzbek
uz-UZ-Cyrl 0x0843 Uzbek (Cyrillic) - Uzbekistan
uz-UZ-Latn 0x0443 Uzbek (Latin) - Uzbekistan
vi 0x002A Vietnamese
vi-VN 0x042A Vietnamese - Vietnam
Gets the default System.Globalization.Calendar instance as specified by the default culture. A calendar divides time into measures, such as weeks, months, and years. The number, length, and start of the divisions vary in each calendar. Any moment in time can be represented as a set of numeric values using a particular calendar. For example, the last vernal equinox occurred at (0.0, 0, 46, 8, 20, 3, 1999) in the Gregorian calendar. An implementation of Calendar can map any DateTime value to a similar set of numeric values, and DateTime can map such sets of numeric values to a textual representation using information from Calendar and DateTimeFormatInfo. The textual representation can be culture-sensitive (for example, "8:46 AM March 20th 1999 AD" for the en-US culture) or culture-insensitive (for example, "1999-03-20T08:46:00" in ISO 8601 format). A Calendar implementation can define one or more eras. The Calendar class identifies the eras as enumerated integers where the current era (CurrentEra) has the value 0. In order to make up for the difference between the calendar year and the actual time that the earth rotates around the sun or the actual time that the moon rotates around the earth, a leap year has a different number of days than a standard calendar year. Each Calendar implementation defines leap years differently. For consistency, the first unit in each interval (for example, the first month) is assigned the value 1. The System.Globalization namespace includes the following Calendar implementations: GregorianCalendar, HebrewCalendar, HijriCalendar, JapaneseCalendar, JulianCalendar, KoreanCalendar, TaiwanCalendar, and ThaiBuddhistCalendar. Gets or sets the format string that will be applied to the dates presented in the calendar area. For additional details see Date Format Pattern topic Specifies the day to display as the first day of the week on the RadCalendar control. The FirstDayOfWeek enumeration represents the values that specify which day to display as the first day of the week on the RadCalendar control. Member name Description Default The first day of the week is specified by the system settings. Friday The first day of the week is Friday. Monday The first day of the week is Monday. Saturday The first day of the week is Saturday. Sunday The first day of the week is Sunday. Thursday The first day of the week is Thursday. Tuesday The first day of the week is Tuesday. Wednesday The first day of the week is Wednesday. Gets or sets the format string that is applied to the calendar title. The property should contain either a format specifier character or a custom format pattern. For more information, see the summary page for System.Globalization.DateTimeFormatInfo. By default this property uses formatting string of 'MMMM yyyy'. Valid formats are all supported by the .NET Framework. Example:
  • "d" is the standard short date pattern.
  • "%d" returns the day of the month; "%d" is a custom pattern.
  • "d " returns the day of the month followed by a white-space character; "d " is a custom pattern.
 Gets or sets the format string that is applied to the days cells tooltip. The property should contain either a format specifier character or a custom format pattern. For more information, see the summary page for System.Globalization.DateTimeFormatInfo. By default this property uses formatting string of 'dddd, MMMM dd, yyyy'. Valid formats are all supported by the .NET Framework. Example:
  • "d" is the standard short date pattern.
  • "%d" returns the day of the month; "%d" is a custom pattern.
  • "d " returns the day of the month followed by a white-space character; "d " is a custom pattern.
 Gets or sets the separator string that will be put between start and end months in a multi view title. Gets or sets the the count of rows to be displayed by a single CalendarView. If the calendar represents a multi view, this property applies to the child views inside the multi view. Gets or sets the the count of columns to be displayed by a single CalendarView. If the calendar represents a multi view, this property applies to the child views inside the multi view. Gets the today button of the footer element Gets the clear button of the footer element The Width applied to a Header The Height applied to a Header Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the date cells content inside the calendar area. Member name Description Center The contents of a container are centered. Left The contents of a container are left justified. Right The contents of a container are right justified. Gets or sets the the count of rows to be displayed by a multi month CalendarView. Gets or sets the the count of columns to be displayed by a multi month CalendarView. Gets or sets the maximum date valid for selection by Telerik RadCalendar. Must be interpreted as the higher bound of the valid dates range available for selection. Telerik RadCalendar will not allow navigation or selection past this date. This property has a default value of 12/30/2099 (Gregorian calendar date). Gets or sets the minimal date valid for selection by Telerik RadCalendar. Must be interpreted as the lower bound of the valid dates range available for selection. Telerik RadCalendar will not allow navigation or selection prior to this date. This property has a default value of 1/1/1980 (Gregorian calendar date). Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calendar is in read-only mode. Sets or returns the currently selected date. The default value is the value of System.DateTime.MinValue. Use the SelectedDate property to determine the selected date on the >RadCalendar control. The SelectedDate property and the SelectedDates collection are closely related. When the AllowMultipleSelect property is set to false, a mode that allows only a single date selection, SelectedDate and SelectedDates[0] have the same value and SelectedDates.Count equals 1. When the AllowMultipleSelect property is set to true, mode that allows multiple date selections, SelectedDate and SelectedDates[0] have the same value. The SelectedDate property is set using a System.DateTime object. When the user selects a date on the RadCalendar control, the SelectionChanged event is raised. The SelectedDate property is updated to the selected date. The SelectedDates collection is also updated to contain just this date.
Note Both the SelectedDate property and the SelectedDates collection are updated before the SelectionChanged event is raised. You can override the date selection by using the OnSelectionChanged event handler to manually set the SelectedDate property. The SelectionChanged event does not get raised when this property is programmatically set.
Gets or sets the value that is used by RadCalendar to determine the viewable area displayed . By default, the FocusedDate property returns the current system date when in runtime, and in design mode defaults to System.DateTime.MinValue. When the FocusedDate is set, from that point, the value returned by the FocusedDate property is the one the user sets. Gets a collection of DateTime objects that represent the selected dates on the RadCalendar control. A DateTimeCollection that contains a collection of System.DateTime objects representing the selected dates on the RadCalendar control. The default value is an empty DateTimeCollection. Use the SelectedDates collection to determine the currently selected dates on the control. The SelectedDate property and the SelectedDates collection are closely related. When the AllowMultipleSelect property is set to false, a mode that allows only a single date selection, SelectedDate and SelectedDates[0] have the same value and SelectedDates.Count equals 1. When the AllowMultipleSelect property is set to true, mode that allows multiple date selections, SelectedDate and SelectedDates[0] have the same value. The SelectedDates property stores a collection of DateTime objects. When the user selects a date or date range (for example with the column or rows selectors) on the RadCalendar control, the SelectionChanged event is raised. The selected dates are added to the SelectedDates collection, accumulating with previously selected dates. The range of dates are not sorted by default. The SelectedDate property is also updated to contain the first date in the SelectedDates collection. You can also use the SelectedDates collection to programmatically select dates on the Calendar control. Use the Add, Remove, Clear, and SelectRange methods to programmatically manipulate the selected dates in the SelectedDates collection.
Note Both the SelectedDate property and the SelectedDates collection are updated before the SelectionChanged event is raised.You can override the dates selection by using the OnSelectionChanged event handler to manually set the SelectedDates collection. The SelectionChanged event is not raised when this collection is programmatically set.
Gets or sets whether navigating RadCalendar is allowed. Gets or sets whether the fast navigation in RadCalendar is allowed. Gets or sets the text displayed for the previous month navigation control. Will be applied only if there is no image set (see NavigationPrevImage). Use the NavigationPrevText property to provide custom text for the previous month navigation element in the title section of RadCalendar. The text displayed for the CalendarView previous month navigation cell. The default value is "&lt;". Gets or sets the text displayed for the next month navigation control. Will be applied if there is no image set (see NavigationNextImage). The text displayed for the CalendarView next month navigation cell. The default value is "&gt;". Use the NavigationNextText property to provide custom text for the next month navigation element in the title section of RadCalendar. Gets or sets the text displayed for the fast navigation previous month control. The text displayed for the CalendarView selection element in the fast navigation previous month cell. The default value is "&lt;&lt;". Use the FastNavigationPrevText property to provide custom text for the next month navigation element in the title section of RadCalendar. Gets or sets the text displayed for the fast navigation next month control. The text displayed for the CalendarView selection element in the fast navigation next month cell. The default value is "&gt;&gt;". Use the FastNavigationNextText property to provide custom text for the next month navigation element in the title section of RadCalendar. Gets or sets the image that is displayed for the previous month navigation control. Gets or sets the image that is displayed for the next month navigation control. Gets or sets the image that is displayed for the previous month fast navigation control. Gets or sets the image that is displayed for the next month fast navigation control. Gets or sets the text displayed as a tooltip for the previous month navigation control. Use the NavigationPrevToolTip property to provide custom text for the tooltip of the previous month navigation element in the title section of RadCalendar. The tooltip text displayed for the CalendarView previous month navigation cell. The default value is "&lt;". Gets or sets the text displayed as a tooltip for the next month navigation control. The tooltip text displayed for the CalendarView next month navigation cell. The default value is "&gt;". Use the NavigationNextToolTip property to provide custom text for the tooltip of the next month navigation element in the title section of RadCalendar. Gets or sets the text displayed as a tooltip for the fast navigation previous month control. Use the FastNavigationPrevToolTip property to provide custom text for the tooltip of the fast navigation previous month element in the title section of RadCalendar. The tooltip text displayed for the CalendarView fast navigation previous month cell. The default value is "&lt;&lt;". Gets or sets the text displayed as a tooltip for the fast navigation previous month control. Use the FastNavigationPrevToolTip property to provide custom text for the tooltip of the fast navigation previous month element in the title section of RadCalendar. The tooltip text displayed for the CalendarView fast navigation previous month cell. The default value is "&lt;&lt;". Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the view title. The ContentAlignment enumeration is defined in System.Windows.Forms.VisualStyles Member name Description Center The contents of a container are centered. Left The contents of a container are left justified. Right The contents of a container are right justified. Allows RadCalendar to render multiple months in a single view. Allows the selection of dates. If not set, selection is forbidden, and if any dates are all ready selected, they are cleared. Allows the selection of multiple dates. If not set, only a single date is selected, and if any dates are all ready selected, they are cleared. Gets or sets whether the navigation buttons should be visible. Gets or sets whether the fast navigation buttons should be visible. Gets or sets whether RadCalendar will display a footer row. Gets or sets whether RadCalendar will display a header/navigation row. Gets or sets whether the column headers will appear on the calendar. Gets or sets whether the row headers will appear on the calendar. Gets or sets whether a single CalendarView object will display a header . Gets or sets whether a single CalendarView object will display a selector. Gets or sets whether the view selector will be allowed to select all dates presented by the CalendarView. Gets or sets the zooming factor of a cell which is handled by the zooming (fish eye) functionality. Gets or sets whether the zooming functionality is enabled. Gets or sets whether row headers ( if displayed by a MonthView object) will act as row selectors. Gets or sets whether column headers ( if displayed by a MonthView object) will act as column selectors. Gets or sets whether the month matrix, when rendered will show days from other (previous or next) months or will render only blank cells. Gets or sets the predefined pairs of rows and columns, so that the product of the two values is exactly 42, which guarantees valid calendar layout. It is applied on a single view level to every MonthView instance in the calendar. The following values are applicable and defined in the MonthLayout enumeration:

Layout_7columns_x_6rows - horizontal layout

Layout_14columns_x_3rows - horizontal layout

Layout_21columns_x_2rows - horizontal layout

Layout_7rows_x_6columns - vertical layout, required when AllowColumnHeaderSelectors is true and Orientation is set to Vertical.

Layout_14rows_x_3columns - vertical layout, required when AllowColumnHeaderSelectors is true and Orientation is set to Vertical.

Layout_21rows_x_2columns - vertical layout, required when AllowColumnHeaderSelectors is true and Orientation is set to Vertical. RadCalendar consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadCalendar consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. Use the RowHeaderText property to provide custom text for all row header elements. The text displayed for all CalendarView row header elements. The default value is "". Gets or sets the text displayed for all row header elements. The image displayed for all CalendarView row header elements. The default value is "". Gets or sets the image displayed for all row header elements. Use the ColumnHeaderText property to provide custom text for all CalendarView column header elements. The text displayed for all CalendarView column header elements. The default value is "". Gets or sets the text displayed for all column header elements. The image displayed for all CalendarView column header elements. The default value is null. Gets or sets the image displayed for all column header elements. Gets or sets the text displayed for the view selector. The text displayed for the view selector. The default value is "x". Use the ViewSelectorText property to provide custom text for the CalendarView selector element. Gets or sets the image displayed for the view selector element. The image displayed for the CalendarView selector element. The default value is null. Gets or sets the orientation (rendering direction) of the calendar component. Default value is Horizontal. Member Description Horizontal Renders the calendar data row after row. Vertical Renders the calendar data column after column. Gets or sets an integer value representing the number of CalendarView views that will be scrolled when the user clicks on a fast navigation button. A collection of special days in the calendar to which may be applied specific formatting. Gets or sets the padding of the calendar cells. Gets or sets the vertical spacing between the calendar cells. Gets or sets the horizontal spacing between the calendar cells. Gets or sets the margin of the calendar cells. Exposes the top instance of CalendarView or its derived types. Every CalendarView class handles the real calculation and rendering of RadCalendar's calendric information. The CalendarView has the ChildViews collection which contains all the sub views in case of a multi view setup. Remove focused date and change the current view to today Indicates that all selected dates will be cleared as well. Removes the time component of a DateTime object, thus leaving only the date part. the DateTime object to be processed. the DateTime object containing only the date part of the original DateTime object. Ensures that a valid CalendarView object is instantiated and used by RadCalendar as default view. The CalendarView object to be used as default view. Explicitely invalidates RadCalendar layout. Can be used when batch updates to calendar properties are made outside of the control that require control invalidation. Indicates the fish eye feature factor of a cell. Gets or sets the zooming factor of a cell. Gets or sets the week end cell. Gets or sets the date which that cell is representing. Gets or sets a cell representing a special day. Gets or sets the today cell. Gets or sets the today cell. Gets or sets the out of range cell. Gets or sets the cell which is from other month. Gets or sets the selected cell. Gets or sets the count of the items in the fast navigation drop down. Note that only 3, 7, 11 and 13 values can be accepted. first button Last button previuos button next button today button label element Gets or sets date time format enable or disable animation on mouse click Specifies the type of a selector sell. Rendered as the first cell in a row. When clicked if UseRowHeadersAsSelectors is true, it will select the entire row. Rendered as the first cell in a column. When clicked if UseColumnHeadersAsSelectors is true, it will select the entire column. Rendered in the top left corner of the calendar view. When clicked if EnableViewSelector is true, it will select the entire view. Exposes the top instance of CalendarView or its derived types.v Every CalendarView class handles the real calculation and rendering of RadCalendar's calendric information. The CalendarView has the CalendarViewCollection collection which contains all the sub views in case of multi view setup. Gets the parent calendar that the current view is assigned to. Gets or sets a value whether drop down fast navigation is enabled. Gets or sets whether the fish eye functionality is enabled Gets or sets the zooming factor of a cell which is handled by the fish eye functionality.. Gets or sets the width of header cells. Gets or sets the height of header cells. first button Last button previuos button next button Sets the way opacity is applied to carousel items Opacity is not modified Selected item is with opacity 1.0. Opacity decreases corresponding to the distance from the selected item. Opacity increases relatively to items' ZIndex. The Item with greatest ZIndex has opacity of 1.0 CreateNewCarouselItem delegate usined by RadCarousel control Arguments of CreateNewCarouselItem event Initializes a new instance of the class. The new carousel item. Gets or sets the newly created item that will be added in RadCarousel Represents a custom made ellipse path which will be used to specify the path travelled by carousel items when animated Gets or sets the angle where itms new items will first appear in the carousel view. RadCarouselContentItem with CarouselElement and Reflection primitive create element with HostedItem Represent the HostedItem Gets the owner RadCarouselElement. The owner. Custom implementation for RadCarouselItem Represents a color editor box. The RadColorBox class is a simple wrapper for the RadColorBoxElement class. The RadColorBox acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadColorBoxElement. The RadColorBoxElement which is essentially the RadColorBox control may be nested in other telerik controls. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the RadColorDialog of this control. Gets the RadColorBoxElement of this control. Gets or sets the value of the editor. Determines if users can input text directly into the text field.. This property is not relevant for this class. Fires after the color dialog is closed. Fires right before the value is changed. Cancelable event. Fires after the editor value is changed. Gets the value of the editor. Gets the that shows the color in the editor. Gets or set the that is displayed when the button is clicked. Gets the that opens the . Gets or sets a value indicating if the user is allowed to type in the text field. Occurs when the value is being changed. Cancelable event. Occurs after the editor has changed the value during the editing process. Occurs when the dialog window is closed. Fires after the color dialog is closed. The event arguments. Fires right after the editor value is changed. The event arguments. Fires right before the editor value is changed. The event arguments. Fires when the is clicked. The event arguments. Fires when the selected color has changed Provides common services for color transformations Gets a color from RGB ratios Gets a color quotient Represents a hexagon of discrete colors Fires when the selected color has changed Gets the selected color Paints the hexagon Gets or sets the hexagon color Gets a rectangle containing the hexagon Gets or sets a value indicating whether the hexagon is hovered Gets or sets a value indicating whether the hexagon is selected Gets or sets the color shown in RGB format Gets or sets the color shown in HSL format Fires when the selected color has changed Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. A panel holding a collection of saved colors Fires when the selected color has changed Fires when custom colors configuration is about to be saved or loaded. Can be used to change the default location of the configuration file. Gets or sets a value indicatign whether custom colors should be save upon exiting the color picker. Safely tries to find the path to the local app data folder. If no path is found, tries to find the path to the common app data folder. Serializes the custom colors. Deserializes the custom colors. Gets or sets the custom directory path which will be used when the custom colors XML file is stored on the hard drive. Gets or sets the index of the currently selected color Save the color to the next color slot Gets the currently selected color Gets all the colors in the saved colors collection Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. A transparent color box where semi-transparent colors can be shown Gets or sets the color shown in the box A transparent color box where semi-transparent colors can be shown Gets or set the color shown in the box A collection that stores objects. Fires when item is changed. Initializes a new instance of . Gets or sets the owner of the collection. Initializes a new instance of the RadItemCollectionBase class. Initializes a new instance of RadItemCollection based on another RadItemCollection. A RadItemCollection from which the contents are copied. Initializes a new instance of RadItemCollection containing any array of objects. A array of objects with which to intialize the collection Gets or sets an array of the items' types in the collection. Gets or sets an array of the excluded items' types for this collection. Gets or sets an array of the sealed items' types for this collection. That are types that are allowed but not their descendants. Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the RadItemCollection . None. Adds a with the specified value to the Telerik.WinControls.RadItemCollection . The to add. The index at which the new element was inserted. Copies the elements of an array to the end of the RadItemCollection. An array of type containing the objects to add to the collection. None. Adds the contents of another RadItemCollection to the end of the collection. A RadItemCollection containing the objects to add to the collection. None. Inserts a into the RadItemCollection at the specified index. The zero-based index where should be inserted. The to insert. None. Removes a specific from the RadItemCollection . The to remove from the RadItemCollection . None. is not found in the Collection. Sorts the elements in the entire using the IComparable implementation of each element. Sorts the elements in the entire using the specified comparer. The IComparer implementation to use when comparing elements. Sorts the elements in a range of elements in using the specified comparer. The zero-based starting index of the range to sort. The length of the range to sort. The IComparer implementation to use when comparing elements. Gets a value indicating whether the RadItemCollection contains the specified . The to locate. if the is contained in the collection; otherwise, . Returns the index of a in the RadItemCollection . The to locate. The index of the of in the RadItemCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. Copies the RadItemCollection values to a one-dimensional instance at the specified index. The one-dimensional that is the destination of the values copied from RadItemCollection . The index in where copying begins. None. is multidimensional. -or- The number of elements in the RadItemCollection is greater than the available space between and the end of . is . is less than 's lowbound. Retrieves an array of the items in the collection. Represents the entry at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the entry to locate in the collection. The entry at the specified index of the collection. is outside the valid range of indexes for the collection. Gets the first found item, with Name property equal to itemName specified, case-sensitive. item Name RadItem if found, null (Nothing in VB.NET) otherwise Represents an element enumerator. Initializes a new instance of the RadElementEnumerator class. Gets the current element in the collection. Gets the current element in the collection. Moves to the next element in the collection. Moves to the the next element of the collection. Resets the enumerator position. Resets the enumerator position. Disposes the enumeration. A collection that stores objects. Fires when item is changed. Initializes a new instance of . Gets or sets the owner of the collection. Initializes a new instance of the RadItemCollectionBase class. Initializes a new instance of RadItemCollection based on another RadItemCollection. A RadItemCollection from which the contents are copied. Initializes a new instance of RadItemCollection containing any array of objects. A array of objects with which to intialize the collection Gets or sets an array of the items' types in the collection. Gets or sets an array of the excluded items' types for this collection. Gets or sets an array of the sealed items' types for this collection. That are types that are allowed but not their descendants. Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the RadItemCollection . None. Adds a with the specified value to the Telerik.WinControls.RadItemCollection . The to add. The index at which the new element was inserted. Copies the elements of an array to the end of the RadItemCollection. An array of type containing the objects to add to the collection. None. Adds the contents of another RadItemCollection to the end of the collection. A RadItemCollection containing the objects to add to the collection. None. Inserts a into the RadItemCollection at the specified index. The zero-based index where should be inserted. The to insert. None. Removes a specific from the RadItemCollection . The to remove from the RadItemCollection . None. is not found in the Collection. Sorts the elements in the entire using the IComparable implementation of each element. Sorts the elements in the entire using the specified comparer. The IComparer implementation to use when comparing elements. Sorts the elements in a range of elements in using the specified comparer. The zero-based starting index of the range to sort. The length of the range to sort. The IComparer implementation to use when comparing elements. Gets a value indicating whether the RadItemCollection contains the specified . The to locate. if the is contained in the collection; otherwise, . Returns the index of a in the RadItemCollection . The to locate. The index of the of in the RadItemCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. Copies the RadItemCollection values to a one-dimensional instance at the specified index. The one-dimensional that is the destination of the values copied from RadItemCollection . The index in where copying begins. None. is multidimensional. -or- The number of elements in the RadItemCollection is greater than the available space between and the end of . is . is less than 's lowbound. Retrieves an array of the items in the collection. Represents the entry at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the entry to locate in the collection. The entry at the specified index of the collection. is outside the valid range of indexes for the collection. Gets the first found item, with Name property equal to itemName specified, case-sensitive. item Name RadItem if found, null (Nothing in VB.NET) otherwise Represents an element enumerator. Initializes a new instance of the RadElementEnumerator class. Gets the current element in the collection. Gets the current element in the collection. Moves to the next element in the collection. Moves to the the next element of the collection. Resets the enumerator position. Resets the enumerator position. Disposes the enumeration. Represents data item for the list of strips in the customize dialog of the . Represents visual item for the list of strips in the customize dialog of the . Represents data item for the list of strip items in the customize dialog of the . Represents visual item for the list of strip items in the customize dialog of the . Provides customization dialogs for the customization of a . Fires when the current dialog provider has changed. Fires when a customize dialog is shown Fires before a customize dialog is shown Creates an instance of a dialog form. object that contains information about strips. A refference to the created form. Gets or sets the current localization provider. Creates a default localization provider. A new instance of the default localization provider. Represents a simple dialog that provides customization options for the element. Creates a customize dialog that provides customization options for the strips in the specified . The from which the information for the strips will be taken. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Sets the strings values depending on the current localization provider. Represents a form that holds the items of a that has been undocked and is floating. Gets the control that hosts the floating items. Gets or sets the parent of the control to which the floating strip belongs. Gets the which contains information about the floating strip. Gets or sets the which the floating form is hosting. Tries to dock the floating strip in a specified . The control into which the strip should be docked. Tries to dock the floating strip on a specified point of screen. The docking will be completed only if the control under that point is . The location in screen coordinates where the strip should try to dock. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Provides localization services for . Represents localization strings for . Holds information about the strips in a Gets a list of elements for which the is storing info. Adds information about a specific strip to the The object to add info about. Removes information about a specific strip from the The object to remove info about. Represents a menu item on the context menu opened by right click on the RadCommandBar control. Has a coresponding element and controls its VisibleInCommandBar property. Represent Layout that holds elements over the menu This create the default layout Represents an arrow button element. Each telerik control has a corresponding tree of RadElements; the RadArrowButtonElement can be nested in other telerik controls. Gets or sets the arrow direction. The possible values are contained in the ArrowDirection enumeration: up, left, right, and bottom. Gets the ArrowPrimitive object. Gets the type of the theme effective. The type of the theme effective. Gets the default size of arrow. Represents a drop down list in . Gets or sets the text associated with this item. Gets or sets the hosted . Gets the collection of data-binding objects for this IBindableComponent. Gets or sets the BindingContext for the object. Gets the items collection of the . Gets a reference to the drop down form associated with this RadDropDownList. Determines whether control's height will be determined automatically, depending on the current Font. Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the RadDropDownList. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether items will be sized according to their content. If this property is true the user can set the Height property of each individual RadListDataItem in the Items collection in order to override the automatic sizing. Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. Gets or sets a value of the enumeration. This value determines how the pop-up form can be resized: vertically, horizontally or both. Gets or sets a value indicating whether string comparisons are case-sensitive. Specifies the mode for the automatic completion feature used in the DropDownList and the TextBox controls. Rotate items on double click in the edit box part Gets or sets an object that implements the IFormatProvider interface. This object is used when formatting items. The default object is CultureInfo.CurrentCulture. Gets or sets a format string that will be used for visual item formatting if FormattingEnabled is set to true. Gets or sets a value that determines whether text formatting is enabled for the visual items. /// Gets or sets the easing type of the animation. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadDropDownList will be animated when displaying. Gets or sets the number of frames that will be used when the DropDown is being animated. Gets or sets the height in pixels of the drop-down portion of the RadDropDownList. Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the DropDownList DefaultItems count in drop-down portion of the RadDropDownList. Gets or sets the drop down maximum size. Represent the DropDownListElement element Represent the List element Provides a readonly interface to the currently selected items. Gets or sets the currently selected value. Setting the SelectedValue to a value that is shared between many items causes the first item to be selected. This property triggers the selection events. Gets or sets the selected logical list item. Setting this property will cause the selection events to fire. Gets or sets the position of the selection. Setting this property will cause the SelectedIndexChanging and SelectedIndexChanged events to fire. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the AutoComplete Suggest. Gets or sets a string which will be used to get a text string for each visual item. This value can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets the string through which the SelectedValue property will be determined. This property can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the RadListElement. Gets or sets a string which will be used to get a text string for each visual item. This value can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets the string through which the SelectedValue property will be determined. This property can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Enable or disable Mouse Wheel Scrolling. Indicating whether the Popup part of the control are displayed. Gets or sets a predicate which filters which items can be visible. Gets or sets a filter expression which determines which items will be visible. Gets a value indicating whether there is a Filter or FilterExpression set. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when RadDropDownList has no text set. Selects a range of text in the editable portion of the combo box The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. The number of characters to select. Selects all the text in the editable portion of the DropDownList box. Gets or sets the text that is selected in the editable portion of the DropDownList. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the editable portion of the combo box. Gets or sets the starting index of text selected in the combo box. selects the hosted control Show or hide item from the strip Occurs when the popup is about to be opened. Occurs when the popup is opened. Occurs when the popup is about to be closed. Occurs when the popup is closed. Occurs when the CommandBarTextBox has focus and the user presses a key Occurs when the CommandBarTextBox has focus and the user releases the pressed key up Occurs when the CommandBarTextBox has focus and the user presses a key down Occurs when the Text property value is about to be changed. Occurs when the Text property value changes. A base class for all of the items contained in . Occurs when the orientation is changed Occurs before the orientation is changed Occurs when the property is changed. Show or hide item from the strip overflow menu Gets or sets the Orientation of the item. Show or hide item from the strip Gets or sets that the orientation will be inherit from parent Raises the event. Event data. Raises the event. Event data. true if the event should be canceled, false otherwise. Raises the event. Event data. Occurs when the element is double-clicked. Represents a button in . Represents a drop down button in . Gets the arrow part of the button. Gets or sets the drop down menu, opened on click. Gets menu items collection Represents a host for elements in . Gets or sets the hosted . Gets or sets the hosted . Show or hide item from the strip Represents a label in . Represents a separator for the items in . Gets or sets the thickness of the separator item. Represents a split button in . Occurs when the default item is changed. Occurs before the default item is changed. Gets or sets the default item of the split button. Raises the event. true if the event should be canceled, false otherwise. Raises the event. Represents a text box in . Indicates whether the item should be drawn in the strip. Gets or sets the hosted . Gets or sets the text associated with this item. Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line text box. control. Gets or sets the prompt text that is displayed when the text box contains no text. Gets or sets the color of prompt text that is displayed when the text box contains no text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clear button is shown. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. Appends text to the current text of a text box. The text to append to the current contents of the text box. Clears all text from the text box control. Clears information about the most recent operation from the undo buffer of the text box. Copies the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. Moves the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. Specifies that the value of the property is zero so that no characters are selected in the control. Retrieves the character that is closest to the specified location within the control. The character at the specified location. The location from which to seek the nearest character. Gets the index of a character at a given point Retrieves the index of the first character of a given line. The zero-based index of the first character in the specified line. The line for which to get the index of its first character. Retrieves the index of the first character of the current line. The zero-based character index in the current line. Retrieves the line number from the specified character position within the text of the control. The character index position to search. The zero-based line number in which the character index is located. Retrieves the location within the control at the specified character index. The location of the specified character within the client rectangle of the control. The index of the character for which to retrieve the location. Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the Clipboard. Sets the selected text to the specified text without clearing the undo buffer. The text to replace. Scrolls the contents of the control to the current caret position. Selects a range of text in the text box. The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. The number of characters to select. Selects all text in the text box. Activates the hosted text box control. Occurs when the CommandBarTextBox has focus and the user presses a key Occurs when the CommandBarTextBox has focus and the user releases the pressed key up Occurs when the CommandBarTextBox has focus and the user presses a key down Occurs when the Text property value is about to be changed. Occurs when the Text property value changes. Occurs when the element receives focus. Occurs when the element loses focus. Represents a toggle button in . Occurs when the IsChecked property is changed. Occurs before the toggle state is changed. Occurs when the toggle state is changed. Occurs when the elements's check state changes. Gets or sets the CheckState . CheckState enumeration defines the following values: Unchecked, Checked, and Indeterminate. Gets or sets the toggle state. Toggle state enumeration defines the following values: Off, Indeterminate, and On. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the toggle button has three or two states. Raises the StateChanging event. Raises the StateChanged event. Raises the StateChanged event. Raises the IsCheckedChanged event. Represents a RadCommandBar control - a flexible component for implementation of tool and button bars featuring docking behavior, toggling buttons, shrinkable toolbars. The RadCommandBar is responsible for managing RadCommandBarBaseItem items which are positioned on some of the CommandBarStripElement elements /// Only items that inherit the RadCommandBarBaseItem class can be placed inside the strip elements. You han use the special CommandBarHostItem to host any other RadElement. Gets or sets which RadCommandBar borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. One of the values. The default is . The value assigned is not one of the values. 1 Gets the menu opened upon rightclick on the control. Gets or sets the size in pixels when current strip is being Drag and Drop in next or previous row. Gets or sets the RadCommandBarElement of the RadCommandBar control. Gets or sets the orientation of the commandbar - could be horizontal or vertical. This property is controlled by the Dock property of the RadCommandBar control. RadCommandBar consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadCommandBar consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs before the orientation is changed. Occurs after the orientation is changed. Occurs before a floating form is created. Occurs before a floating strip is docked. Occurs when a floating strip is created. Occurs when a floating strip is docked. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. True if the change of orientation should be canceled, false otherwise. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Propagete ThemeName to child bar's menu Apllies the orientation to the control and its child elements. The orientation to apply Indicates whether events should be fired Gets the rows of the commandbar. Represents the RootElement of the RadCommandBar control. Represents the main element of the RadCommandBar control. Contains a collection of element. Occurs before dragging is started. Occurs when item is being dragged. Occurs when item is released and dragging is stopped. Occurs when Orientation property is changed. Occurs before Orientation property is changed. Occurs before a floating form is created. Occurs before a floating strip is docked. Occurs when a floating strip is created. Occurs when a floating strip is docked. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event - usually this is the strip that is going to be floating. True if the creating of a floating form should be canceled, False otherwise. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event - usually this is the strip that is made floating. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event - usually this is the strip that is going to be docked. True if the docking of a floating form should be canceled, False otherwise. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event - usually this is the strip that was docked. Raises the event The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. True if the change of orientation should be canceled, false otherwise. Moves a specific to the upper . The element to move. The that contains the element to move. Moves a specific to the lower . The element to move. The that contains the element to move. Saves the visual state of the to a specified file. The name of the destination file. Saves the visual state of the to a specified stream. The destination stream. Saves the visual state of the to a specified XmlWriter. The XmlWriter to save the visual state data. Loads the visual state of the from a specified file. The name of the file containing the visual state data. Loads the visual state of the from a specified stream. The source stream. Loads the visual state of the from a specified XmlReader. The XmlReader to read the visual state data. Creates a floating form of a specified . The strip element of which the floating form should be created. The that contains the strip element. The initial location of the floating form. Creates an XmlDocument containing the current visual state data of the . The created document. Restores the visual state of the from the specified XmlDocument. The document containing the visual state data. Gets the object that provides information about strips owned by the . Gets or sets the size in pixels when current strip is being Drag and Drop in next or previous row Gets or sets the orientation of the . Gets the rows of the . Gets the delta of the drag. Gets whether the item is being dragged. Gets or sets the orientation of the grip element. Gets or sets the that owns the grip element. Gets or sets the size of the painted dots. Gets or sets the space between dots. Gets or sets the shadow offset of the dots. Gets or sets the number of dots. Raises a bubble event to notify its parents about the beginning of a drag. A that contains the event data. true if the drag should be canceled, false otherwise. Raises a bubble event to notify its parents about the end of a drag. A that contains the event data. Raises a bubble event to notify its parents about the drag. A that contains the event data. Paints the dots of the grip element. The IGraphics object where the element should be painted. The angle under which the element should be painted. The factor of scaling the element. Gets or sets the elements orientation inside the stacklayout. Possible values are horizontal and vertical. Represent a single strip with controls inside Occurs before dragging is started. Occurs when item is being dragged. Occurs when item is released and dragging is stopped. Occurs when Items collection is changed. Occurs when item is clicked. Occurs when item is moved to the overflow panel. Occurs when item is moved out from the overflow panel. Occurs before overflow menu is opened. Occurs when overflow menu is opened. Occurs before oferflow menu is opened. Occurs when overflow menu is opened. Occurs before VisibleInCommandBar property is changed. Occurs when VisibleInCommandBar property is changed. Occurs before item is moved in or out of the UncheckedItems collection. Occurs when item is moved in or out of the UncheckedItems collection. Occurs before VisibleInCommandBar property is changed. Occurs when VisibleInCommandBar property is changed. Occurs when Orientation property is changed. Occurs before Orientation property is changed. Gets the form in which the items are placed where the strip is floating. Gets the layout panel in which the items are arranged. Gets or sets Overflow menu single strip minimum size. Gets or sets Overflow menu single strip maximum size. Gets or sets the desired location of the strip element. Gets or sets if the strip can be dragged. Gets or sets if the strip can be floating. Gets the delta of the drag. Gets or sets whether the strip is beeing dragged. Gets or sets whether the strip is visible in the command bar. This property is changed by the context menu which is opened on right click on the control. Gets or sets the elements orientation inside the line element. Possible values are horizontal and vertical. Gets whether the strip has items in its overflow panel. Gets or sets the element of the strip. Gets or sets the element of the strip. Gets the items contained in the strip. Raises the event The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. The collection that is changed. The targeted element of the collection. The type of the operation. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. true if the event should be canceled, false otherwise. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. true if the event should be canceled, false otherwise. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. true if the event should be canceled, false otherwise. Raises the event. The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. true if the event should be canceled, false otherwise. Forces the drag to end. Measures the items with the size given and calculates the expected size of the strip including the and . The size to measure the items with. The calculated size of the strip. Subscribes to the children's events. Unsubscribe from the children's events. Applies an orientation to the strip and its children. The orientation to apply. Represent a layout for the items contained in a strip Represent the overflow button at the end of each strip Gets the "Add or Remove Items" menu item from overflow menu Gets the menu item from overflow menu which opens the Customize Dialog Gets the overflow panel which contains the overflowed items Gets the RadDropDownMenu that is shown on click. Gets whether there are items in the overflow panel. Gets or sets the orientation of the overflow button. Gets or sets the dropdown menu element theme name. Gets or sets the panel in which overflowed items are arranged. Gets or sets the ArrowPrimitive element of the button. This event fires before oferflow menu is opened. This event fires when overflow menu is opened. This event fires before oferflow menu is opened. This event fires when overflow menu is opened. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. The element that is reponsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. The element that is reponsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Represents a menu item from drop down menu opened by the . Has a coresponding item from the Items collection and controls its VisibleInStrip property. Create RadCommandBarOverflowMenuItem instance Which item will be show in menu Menu that should be updated on representedItem visibility is changed Gets or sets the image that is displayed on menu item element. Gets or sets the text that is displayed on menu item element. Gets or sets whether the item is in checked state. This property affects the VisibleInStrip property of the coresponding item in . Represents a row of the . Contains a collection of elements. Gets or sets the that owns this row. Occurs before dragging is started. Occurs when item is being dragged. Occurs when item is released and dragging is stopped. Occurs when Orientation property is changed. Occurs before Orientation property is changed. Raises the event The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event The element that is responsible for firing the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. True if the change of orientation should be canceled, false otherwise. Moves specified in coresponding row if its property points to a location in other row. The to move. Applies the new orientation to the element and its children. The orientation to apply. Gets the elements contained in this row. Represents a base class for most of the elements. Gets or sets the orientation of the element - colud be horizontal or vertical. Gets or sets the name that is displayed in command bar dialogs and context menus. Determines the role of the element. This class provides API for managing components. Fires when an instance of the class is registered with this . Fires when an instance of the class is removed from this . Gets the only instance of the class. Gets an instance of the class that represents the screen onto which the positions the alert popups. Gets an instance of the struct that represents the location of the current alert according to its screen position setting and the currently opened alerts. An instance of the class that represents the alert which position to define. The evaluated position in screen coordinates. Sets the active screen. The active screen is used to calculate the positioning of all desktop alerts. An instance of the class that is the active screen to set. Gets an enumerator for the currently shown dekstop alerts. Recalculates the location of all opened alerts based on their screen position. Registers an instance of the and displays it on the screen according to its Unregisters a desktop alert from the manager. The alert to unregister. Evaluates whether a given is registered with the . The to check. This class encapsulates information relevant to the events of the . Creates an instance of the class with a specified . Gets an instance of the class associated with the event context. This class represents the popup of a component. This popup hosts an instance of the class which represents the element hierarchy of the alert. Creates an instance of the class. An instance of the class that represents the owner alert of the Creates an instance of the class with specified owner. An instance of the class that represents the owner element of the An instance of the class that represents the owner alert of the Gets a sets a boolean value determining whether the alert popup will be automatically closed after a given amount of time. Gets or sets the amount of time in seconds after which the alert will be automatically closed. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the options button is shown. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the pin button is shown. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the close button is shown. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the popup is pinned on the screen. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the popup can be moved by dragging it by the grip. Gets an instance of the which represents the main alert element. Gets or sets the caption text of the alert. Gets or sets the content text of the alert. Gets or sets the content image of the alert. Gets an instance of the that holds the buttons items added to the alert component. Stops the auto-close timer. Restarts the auto-close timer. This class represents the element which holds the buttons that can be added in a window. Gets an instance of the that represents the buttons collection of the window. Gets an instance of the that represents the layout panel which holds the added buttons. This class represents the caption of a . It contains caption grip which is used to move the alert window, close button and options drop-down button. Gets an instance of the class that represents the part of a that can be used to move the component on the screen. Gets an instance of the class that represents the part of a that contains the text and the system buttons. This class represents the caption grip of a window. This class represents the content of a component. The content usually is built of an image and HTML enabled text. This element represents the text and system buttons part of a component. Gets an instance of the that represents the layout panel which holds the alert window's text and system buttons elements. Gets an instance of the that represents the layout panel which holds the alert window's caption buttons. Gets an instance of the class that represents the text of the text caption. Gets an instance of the class that represents the close button of a component. Gets an instance of the class that represents the pin button of a component. Gets an instance of the class that represents the options button of a component. This class represents the main element of a window. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized by Height to display its entire contents. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the options button is shown. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the pin button is shown. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the close button is shown. Gets or sets an instance of the class that represents the alert's content image. Gets or sets the text of the caption. Gets or sets the content text of the . This is the actual text displayed in a . Gets an instance of the class that represents the caption of a component. The caption contains moving grip and system buttons. Gets an instance of the class that represents the main content element of a component. This element contains an image and a text element. Gets an instance of the class that represents the panel which holds the buttons added to the component. This class encapsulates information needed for displaying a . The class contains caption text, content text, content image and a collection of buttons. Creates an instance of the class with specified content text. The text which will be displayed as a content of the Creates an instance of the class with specified content text and caption text. The text which will be displayed as a content of the The text which will be displayed as a caption of the Creates an instance of the class with specified content text, caption text and content image. The text which will be displayed as a content of the The text which will be displayed as a caption of the An instance of the class that will be displayed as a content image of the Creates an instance of the class with specified content text, caption text, content image and a collection of buttons. The text which will be displayed as a content of the The text which will be displayed as a caption of the An instance of the class that will be displayed as a content image of the An instance of the class that holds the buttons which will be displayed in the Represents a set of possible screen positions for a windows. The window is shown at the position that is set to the Location property. The window is shown at the bottom right part of the working area of the current screen. The window is shown centered at the bottom part of the working area of the current screen. The window is shown at the bottom left part of the working area of the current screen. The window is shown at the top right part of the working area of the current screen. The window is shown centered at the top part of the working area of the current screen. The window is shown at the top left part of the working area of the current screen. This class represents a Desktop Alert component which can be used to display a small window on the screen to notify the user that an event occurred. The location of the window and the way it appears can be customized. Creates an instance of the class. Creates an instance of the class. An implementation of the interface that holds this instance. Returns an instance of the class that represents the alert's popup Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized by Height to display its entire contents. Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. One of the values. The default is . The assigned value is not one of the values. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether a sound is played when the alert's popup is shown. Gets or sets the sound which is played when the alert's popup is shown and the PlaySound property is set to true. Gets or sets the initial opacity of the alert's popup. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the options button is shown. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the pin button is shown. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the close button is shown. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the alert's popup will be pinned on the screen. If pinned, the alert's popup will not be automatically closed upon mouse click outside its bounds or if the AutoClose property is set to true. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the popup can be moved by dragging the caption grip. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the alert's popup will be animated. Gets or sets a value determining the direction of the alert's popup animation. Gets or sets the count of the alert's drop-down animation frames. Gets or sets the type of the drop-down animation easing. Gets or sets a value from the enumerator that determines the type of fade animation performed when the alert's popup is opened/closed. Gets or sets the interval in milliseconds between two animation frames. Gets or sets the count of animation frames for the fade animation. Gets a sets a boolean value determining whether the alert popup will be automatically closed after a given amount of time. Gets or sets the amount of time in seconds after which the alert will be automatically closed. Gets or sets a value of the enum which defines the position of the alert popup on the working area of the active screen. Gets or sets an instance of the struct which defines fixed size for the alert's popup. The default value is an empty size. In this case the popup adjusts its size according to its content. Otherwise the value of this property is considered. Gets or sets the content image of the . Gets or sets the text displayed in the alert popup. This text can be additionally HTML formatted to achieve better appearance. Gets or sets the alert's caption text. The caption text is displayed below the moving grip of the alert's popup. Gets or sets the items collection containing the button items shown at the bottom part of the desktop alert's popup. Gets the items collection containing the items added to the options drop-down button of the desktop alert's popup. Gets an instance of the class that represents the popup of the desktop alert. This element is used for the sole purpose of storing the current DPI scale. Fires when the alert's popup is about to be opened. The opening action can be canceled by modifying the arguments of this event. Fires when the alert's popup was opened. Fires when the alert's popup is about to be closed. The closing action can be canceled by modifying the arguments of this event.. Fires when the alert's popup was closed. Displays the alert popup on the screen at the specified location. Hides the alert popup from the screen. Resets the explicit location modifier. In other words, if the user has modified the location of the alert's popup, the will not consider it when rearranging the visible alerts. This method will reset the explicit location modifier and thus the will continue managing the location of the alert according to its location settings. Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the ComboBox. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the AutoComplete Suggest. AutoCompleteValueMember Property AutoCompleteDataMember Property Gets or sets the height in pixels of the drop-down portion of the ComboBox. Popup Property DefaultItemsCountInDropDown Property The input element hosted in the popup form. In the case of DropDownList the control is a ListElement. Main entry point for updating DropDownList TextBox Property Gets or sets the text that is selected in the editable portion of the ComboBox. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the editable portion of the combo box. Gets or sets the starting index of text selected in the combo box. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when the ComboBox contains a null reference. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when the ComboBox contains a null reference. Selects a range of text in the editable portion of the combo box The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. The number of characters to select. Selects all the text in the editable portion of the combo box. Represents a combo box class. The RadDropDownList class is essentially a simple wrapper for the RadDropDownListElement. The latter may be included in other telerik controls. All UI and logic functionality is implemented by the RadDropDownListElement class. RadDropDownList act to transfer event to and from its RadDropDownListElement instance. Resumes layout. Gets or sets a value indicating whether alternating item color is enabled. Indicates focus cues display, when available, based on the corresponding control type and the current UI state. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. /// true if the user can give the focus to the control using the TAB key;otherwise, false. The default is true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the kinetic scrolling function is enabled. Gets or sets that RadListDataItem Image will be displayed in Editor Element when DropDownStyle is set to DropDownStyleList \ Gets a reference to the drop down form associated with this RadDropDownList. Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the RadDropDownList. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether items will be sized according to their content. If this property is true the user can set the Height property of each individual RadListDataItem in the Items collection in order to override the automatic sizing. Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. Gets or sets a value of the enumeration. This value determines how the pop-up form can be resized: vertically, horizontally or both. Gets or sets a value indicating whether string comparisons are case-sensitive. Specifies the mode for the automatic completion feature used in the DropDownList and the TextBox controls. Rotate items on double click in the edit box part Gets or sets an object that implements the IFormatProvider interface. This object is used when formatting items. The default object is CultureInfo.CurrentCulture. Gets or sets a format string that will be used for visual item formatting if FormattingEnabled is set to true. Gets or sets the sort style. It can be Ascending, Descending or None. Sorting is performed according to the property specified by DisplayMember. Gets or sets a value that determines whether text formatting is enabled for the visual items. /// Gets or sets the easing type of the animation. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadDropDownList will be animated when displaying. Gets or sets the number of frames that will be used when the DropDown is being animated. Gets or sets the height in pixels of the drop-down portion of the RadDropDownList. Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the DropDownList DefaultItems count in drop-down portion of the RadDropDownList. Gets or sets the drop down maximum size. Represent the DropDownListElement element Represent the List element Gets or sets the item height for the items in the pop-up. This property is disregarded when AutoSizeItems is set to true. Provides a read-only interface to the currently selected items. Gets or sets the currently selected value. Setting the SelectedValue to a value that is shared between many items causes the first item to be selected. This property triggers the selection events. Gets or sets the selected logical list item. Setting this property will cause the selection events to fire. Gets or sets the position of the selection. Setting this property will cause the SelectedIndexChanging and SelectedIndexChanged events to fire. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the AutoComplete Suggest. Gets or sets a string which will be used to get a text string for each visual item. This value can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets the string through which the SelectedValue property will be determined. This property can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the RadListElement. Gets or sets a string which will be used to get a text string for each visual item. This value can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets the string through which the SelectedValue property will be determined. This property can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract a text for description text from the data items. The value of the property with this name will be available via the Value property of every RadListDataItem in the Items collection. Enable or disable Mouse Wheel Scrolling. Indicating whether the Popup part of the control are displayed. Gets or sets a predicate which filters which items can be visible. Gets or sets a filter expression which determines which items will be visible. Gets a value indicating whether there is a Filter or FilterExpression set. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop down list is read only. true if the drop down list is read only; otherwise, false. Occurs when the Text property value changes. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when RadDropDownList has no text set. Selects a range of text in the editable portion of the combo box The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. The number of characters to select. Selects all the text in the editable portion of the DropDownList box. Selects all items if the SelectionMode allows it. Selecting all items is not a valid operation in the current selection mode. SelectionMode = + this.selectionMode.ToString() + . Gets or sets the text that is selected in the editable portion of the DropDownList. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the editable portion of the combo box. Gets or sets the starting index of text selected in the combo box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. true if the control causes validation to be performed on any controls requiring validation when it receives focus; otherwise, false. Gets or sets an object that implements IFindStringComparer. The value of this property is used in the FindString() method when searching for an item. Gets or sets an object that implements IComparer which is used when sorting items. Gets or sets the Font of the control. This actually is the Font property of the root element. Setting to [null] resets the value and the font from the applied theme will be used. Fires after data binding operation has finished. 1 Raises the event. An instance that contains the event data. Occurs when a key is pressed while the control has focus. 1 Occurs when a key is released while the control has focus. 1 Occurs when a key is pressed while the control has focus. Fires when the pop-up form is opened. Fires when the pop-up form is about to be opened. Fires when the pop-up is about to be closed. Fires when the pop-up is closed. This event fires when the selected index property changes. This event fires before SelectedIndex changes. This event allows the operation to be cancelled. This event fires only if the SelectedValue has really changed. For example it will not fire if the previously selected item has the same value as the newly selected item. This event fires before a RadListDataItem is data bound. This happens when the DataSource property is assigned and the event fires for every item provided by the data source. This event allows a custom RadListDataItem to be provided by the user. This event fires after a RadListDataItem is data bound. This happens when the DataSource property is assigned and the event is fired for every item provided by the data source. This event allows the user to create custom visual items. It is fired initially for all the visible items and when the control is resized afterwards. This event fires when the SortStyle property changes. The VisualItemFormatting event fires whenever a property of a visible data item changes and whenever a visual item is associated with a new data item. During scrolling for example. Searches for an item related to the specified string. The relation is described by the object assigned to FindStringComparer property. By default FindStringComparer uses the System.String.StartsWith() method. This method starts searching from zero based index. If the algorithm reaches the end of the Items collection it wraps to the beginning and continues until one before the provided index. The string with which every item will be compared. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Searches for an item related to the specified string. The relation is described by the object assigned to FindStringComparer property. By default FindStringComparer uses the System.String.StartsWith() method. This method starts searching from the specified index. If the algorithm reaches the end of the Items collection it wraps to the beginning and continues until one before the provided index. The string with which every item will be compared. The index from which to start searching. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but matches an item only if its text is exactly equal to the provided string. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but matches an item only if its text is exactly equal to the provided string. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but does not start from the beginning when the end of the Items collection is reached. The string that will be used to search for an item. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but does not start from the beginning when the end of the Items collection is reached. The string that will be used to search for an item. The index from which to start searching. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Forces re-evaluation of the current data source (if any). Displays the pop-up on the screen. HIde the pop-up from the screen. Call BeginUpdate at the beginning of a block that makes many modifications in the GUI Call EndUpdate at the end of a block that makes many modifications in the GUI Defers the refresh. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SelectedIndex is synchronized with the text in the editable area. Get or set the text in Editable area Gets a value that indicates if the popup associated with this RadDropDownListElement is open. Represent list of all AutoComplete Helpers Gets or sets that RadListDataItem Image will be displayd in Editor Element when DropDownStyle is set to DropDownStyleList Gets or sets a Predicate that will be called for every data item in order to determine if the item will be visible. Gets or sets a filter expression that determines which items will be visible. Gets a value indicating whether there is a Filter or FilterExpression set. EditableElement Property Gets or sets a value that indicates whether items will be sized according to their content. If this property is true the user can set the Height property of each individual RadListDataItem in the Items collection in order to override the automatic sizing. Enable or disable Mouse Wheel Scrolling. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when RadDropDownList has no text set. Selects a range of text in the editable portion of the combo box The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. The number of characters to select. Selects all the text in the editable portion of the combo box. Gets or sets the text that is selected in the editable portion of the DropDownList. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the editable portion of the combo box. Gets or sets the starting index of text selected in the combo box. Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. Specifies the mode for the automatic completion feature used in the DropDownList and the TextBox controls. Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the combo box. Gets or sets a value that determines whether to stop the selection events from firing. These are SelectedIndexChanged, SelectedIndexChanging and SelectedValueChanged. For information on this property please refer to the MSDN. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the RadListElement. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source for which the is displaying data. Gets or sets a string which will be used to get a text string for each visual item. This value can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets the string through which the SelectedValue property will be determined. This property can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets the item height for the items. Selects all items if the SelectionMode allows it. Selecting all items is not a valid operation in the current selection mode. SelectionMode = + this.selectionMode.ToString() + . TextBox Property ArrowButton Property Gets or sets a value indicating whether string comparisons are case-sensitive. Rotate items on double click in the edit box part Gets or sets the type of the DropDown animation. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadDropDownList will be animated when displaying. Gets or sets the number of frames that will be used when the DropDown is being animated. AutoCompleteSuggest Property AutoCompleteAppend Property Get or sets the minimum width of the arrow button element. Gets or sets the color of prompt text that is displayed when the TextBox contains no text Gets or sets the drop down minimum width. Defers the refresh. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but matches an item only if its text is exactly equal to the provided string. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but matches an item only if its text is exactly equal to the provided string. Searches for an item related to the specified string. The relation is described by the object assigned to FindStringComparer property. By default FindStringComparer uses the System.String.StartsWith() method. This method starts searching from the specified index. If the algorithm reaches the end of the Items collection it wraps to the beginning and continues until one before the provided index. The string with which every item will be compared. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Searches for an item related to the specified string. The relation is described by the object assigned to FindStringComparer property. By default FindStringComparer uses the System.String.StartsWith() method. This method starts searching from the specified index. If the algorithm reaches the end of the Items collection it wraps to the beginning and continues until one before the provided index. The string with which every item will be compared. The index from which to start searching. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. main update entry point contains notification context This method is used internally! Creates the auto complete append handler. Creates the auto complete suggest helper. LimitToList Property IsItemsDirty Property Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the AutoComplete Suggest. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the AutoComplete Suggest. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the AutoComplete Suggest. DropDownList Property Owner Property represent Navigation Button position RadCarouses is a control that animates a group of items in Carousel-style rotation. You can add item to RadCarousel control using Items collection, or through binding to data by assigning its DataSource properties. In order to manage the display of great number of items you may need to set the property to true. In this case you should specify the maximum visible number of item, using the property. Item path can be specified through property. Each carousel path instance contains properties to adjust various aspects of the path curve, including "start" and "end" position, selected items position. If you use a RadCarousel bound to a data, you would need to handle the ItemDataBound event to change each carouselItem's properties according to items in the data source. You may also need to handle the CreateNewCarouselItem event, to change the default type of items RadCarousel will produce when data binding. Enable or disable the re-animation of RadCarousel on form maximize, minimize or resize Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the default size of the control. Gets a reference to the Carousel element, which encapsulates the most of the functionality of RadCarousel Gets ot sets the number of animation frames between two positions Gets or sets the delay in ms. between two frames of animation Gets or sets a value indicating that the Carousel will loop items automatically Gets or sets a value indicating whether carousel will increment or decrement item indexes when in auto-loop mode. Gets or sets a value indicating when carousel will pause looping if in auto-loop mode. Gets or sets a value indicating the interval (in seconds) after which the carousel will resume looping when in auto-loop mode. Gets or sets the item in the carousel that is currently selected. Gets or sets the field from the data source to use as the actual value for the carousel items. Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting is applied to the DisplayMember property. Gets or sets the number of items that carousel displays when is set to true. Get or sets value indicating the maximum number of items that will be displayed in the carousel, even when there are more Items in the collection. Virtualizing the carousel would significantly improve its performance. False indicates that all items be displayed. It depends on SelectedIndex, which items are displayed in this case. Gets or sets value indicating that when item position goes beyond the carousel path, it will be displayed again in the beginning of the carousel path. Sets the way opacity is applied to carousel items Gets or sets value indicating the minimum value of the opacity applied to items Gets or sets value indicating which of the predefined animations will be applied to carousel items Gets or sets the default action when item is clicked as member. The item click default action. Gets or sets value indicating the height (in percentage - values from 0.0. to 1.0) of reflection that will be painted bellow each carousel item. The item reflection percentage. 0.0 indicates no reflection and 1.0 indicates 100% of the height of the original item Present the Previous button Pressent the Next button Get or sets the minimum size to apply on an element when layout is calculated. Represent the Navigation buttons Positions Gets or sets a value indicating whether the keyboard navigation is enabled. Provides values for ItemClickDefaultAction property Indicates that item click will not be handeled by default Indicates that item will be set selected when clicked. RadElement that animates a list of items using Carousel-style view, used by control Fires the ItemLeaving event Event specific arguemtns Occurs when an Item is about to leave carousel view Fires the ItemEntering event Event specific arguemtns Occurs when an Item is about to enter carousel view Occurs before a new databound carousel item is created. You can use this event to replace the default item. Raises the CreateNewCarouselItem event. Occurs after an Item is databound. Raises the ItemDataBound event. Occurs when the selected items is changed. Raises the SelectedItemChanged event. Fires when the selected value is changed. Raises the SelectedValueChanged event. Fires when the selected index is changed. Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. Gets a collection of RadItem objects managed by RadCarousel. Items are populated automatically when RadCarousel is data-bound. When using , carousel displays only number of items at a time. Gets the element, which contains all visible carousel items Gets or sets a value indicating whether sorting of carousel items is case-sensitive. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the keyboard navigation is enabled. Finds the first item in the list box that matches the specified string. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the first item found; returns null if no match is found. Gets or sets the item in the carousel that is currently selected. Gets or sets the index the currently selected item. Gets or sets a value defining the currently selected item. Gets or sets the field from the data source to use as the actual value for the carousel items. Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting is applied to the DisplayMember property. Gets or sets the data source that the carousel will bind to. Gets or sets the default action when item is clicked as member. The item click default action. Gets or sets value indicating the height (in percentage - values from 0.0. to 1.0) of reflection that will be painted bellow each carousel item. The item reflection percentage. 0.0 indicates no reflection and 1.0 indicates 100% of the height of the original item Set ot get the Carousel animation frames Set ot get the Carousel animation frames delay Gets or sets a value indicating the interval (in seconds) after which the carousel will resume looping when in auto-loop mode. Initiates batch update of the items. Ends batch update of the items. Gets the value of the given item. Present the Previous button Pressent the Next button Get or sets the minimum size to apply on an element when layout is calculated. Represent the Navigation buttons Possitions Finds the first item in the list with Text that starts with the specified string. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the first item found; returns null if no match is found. Finds the first item in the list with Text containing the specified string. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the first item found; returns null if no match is found. Type of animation to be applied on carousel items Enable or disable the re-animation of RadCarousel on form maximize, minimeze or resize Sets the way opacity is applied to carousel items Gets the owner RadCarouselElement. The owner. Gets or sets CarouselPath object that defines the curve which carousel items will animate through Gets or sets carousel items' animation easing. Gets or sets the set of animations to be applied on carousel items Set ot get the Carousel animation frames Set ot get the Carousel animation frames Gets or sets a value indicating whether carousel will increnment or decrement item indexes when in auto-loop mode. Gets or sets a value indicating that the Carousel will loop items automatically Gets or sets a value indicating when carousel will pause looping if in auto-loop mode. Gets or sets the font for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets a value indicating whether this data item is data bound. Gets a value that represents the ListDataLayer associated with this data item and its parent RadListControl. The ListDataLayer encapsulates the data operations provided by RadListControl which are sorting, filtering and currency synchronization. Gets a value representing the owner RadListElement of this data item. Gets a value representing the owner control of this data item. Gets or sets the visual height of this item. This property can be set only when AutoSizeItems of the parent RadListControl is true. Gets the index of this data item in the Items collection of RadListControl. Gets a value that will be used in the visual representation of this item. Gets or sets a value for the property indicated by ValueMember if in bound mode, and private value in unbound mode. Trying to explicitly set this property in bound mode will result in an InvalidOperationException. Gets or sets a value that indicates if this item is selected. Setting this property will cause the selection events of the owner list control to fire if there is one. Gets or sets whether this item responds to GUI events. Gets or sets the text for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets or sets a text value that is used for sorting. Creating a RadProperty during data binding is too slow, this is why this property is used instead and its value can be used for sorting. Gets or sets an image for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets or sets a vector image for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets or sets a vector image XML string for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets or sets the text-image relation for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets or sets the image alignment for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets or sets the text alignment for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets or sets the text orientation for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets or sets the font for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets or sets the text color for this RadListDataItem instance. Gets a value that indicates if this item is currently visible. Gets a value that visually represents this data item. If the item is not visible, this property returns null. The visual item returned should be used only to get information about a particular item. Since visual items are shared between different data items, properties must not be set directly on the visual item in order to avoid uncustomizable or unwanted behavior. For example if properties are set directly to the visual item the themes may not work correctly. Gets or sets the preferred size for the element which will present this item. Gets the index of item in GridViewRowCollection. The index. Gets or sets a value that represents the raw data item that this RadListDataItem is associated with. This property will be non null when the item is created via RadListControl's data binding and will contain the underlaying data item. Setting this property explicitly will have no effect in unbound mode and will throw an InvalidOperationException in bound mode. Gets a value for the Value property while in bound mode. Gets an object reference pointing to the value of the Value property in bound mode. Gets a value for the Value property in unbound mode. Returns an object reference pointing to the value of the Value property in unbound mode. This method is called when setting the Value property of a RadListDataItem when it is in unbound mode. The value to set the Value property to. This method is used to assign the DataBoundItem property of this RadListDataItem. If a user attempts to set DataBoundItem while in bound mode, an exception should be thrown. In unbound mode this property can be set to any value and will not affect the behavior of this RadListDataItem. A flag that indicates if the data bound item is being set from the data binding engine or by the user. true means it is being set by the data binding engine. The value that will be assigned to the DataBoundItem property. Indexes the of. The item. Indexes the of. The text. Determines whether [contains] [the specified text]. The text. true if [contains] [the specified text]; otherwise, false. Represents the method that will handle the DataBindingComplete event of a RadListView and RadDropDownList 2 Provides data for the ListBindingCompleteEventHandler event. 2 Initializes a new instance of the ListBindingCompleteEventArgs class. One of the values. Gets a value specifying how the list changed. One of the values. 1 Gets or sets the font. Font type defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. Contains the visual list item which is to be formatted in the VisualItemFormatting event of RadListControl. Gets the visual list item which is to be formatted. Allows setting custom instances of the visual list items in RadListControl. Gets or sets the custom visual list item that will be used as visual representation. of the data items. Gets the data item for which a virtualized visual element is being created. Allows setting custom instances of the data items in RadListControl. Gets or sets a data item that will be used to store logical information to represent data records. Provides a data item that was just bound during RadListControls data binding. Gets the data item that was just associated with a data record. The data record can be accessed through the DataBoundItem property. Provides the new sort style after the same property of RadListControl changes. Gets the new sort style value. This interface is used to provide alternative ways to compare strings. Users can assign their custom comparer to the FindStringComparer property of the respective control. This class is used to create the initial instance of the IFindStringComparer. It uses the string StartsWith method. This class is used to precisely compare strings. It searches for an item whose text is exactly equal to the provided string. This class is used to determine whether a string contains another string. This enum is used in RadListControl.FindString() to determine whether an item is searched via the text property set by the user or the text provided by the data binding logic. This class is used to represent data in a list similar to the ListBox control provided by Microsoft. Creates a new instance of the RadListElement class. Creates an instance of the data layer object responsibe for items management in bound or unbound mode. Creates an instance of the element provider object which is responsible for mapping logical and visual items and determining when a visual item must be updated to reflect the state of its corresponding logical item. Creates an instance of the visual element responsible for displaying the visual items in a particular layout. Gets a value indicating whether the oldSelectedIndex is reset to initial state. The old selected index is in initial state only when the list control is newly constructed and has not yet had any selected items, or when the data layer sends a reset notification. This happens when the data source is changed. Gets a value indicating whether the SelectedValue property is different after the selection last changed. Gets or sets value indicating if the user can reorder items via drag and drop. Always false when kinetic scrolling is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether alternating item color is enabled. Gets or sets a value indidcating the alternating item color for odd items. Gets the that is responsible for the kinetic scrolling option. Gets or sets a value indicating whether kinetic scrolling is enabled. Finds the first item in the RadList control that matches the specified string. The string to search for. Determines whether the search is case sensitive or not. The zero-based index of the first item found; returns null if no match is found. Gets or sets the offset of the items when they are displayed in a collapsible group. Gets or sets the offset of the items when they are displayed in a non-collapsible group. Gets or sets a value that indicates if this RadListElement will stop firing the ItemsChanging and ItemsChanged events. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether text case will be taken into account when sorting. Gets or sets a value that specifies how long the user must wait before searching with the keyboard is reset. The default value of this property is 300 ms. Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can search for an item by typing characters when RadListElement is focused. Gets or sets a value that determines whether the FindString() method searches via the text property set by the user or by the text provided by the data binding logic, that is, by DisplayMember. Gets or sets a Predicate that will be called for every data item in order to determine if the item will be visible. Gets or sets a filter expression that determines which items will be visible. Gets or sets an object that implements IFindStringComparer. The value of this property is used in the FindString() method when searching for an item. Gets or sets an object that implements IComparer and sorts the items according to its logic. Gets or sets the active item. This property is meaningful only when SelectionMode is MultiSimple or MultiExtended with the Control key pressed. Provides a readonly interface to the currently selected items. Gets or sets a value that determines whether to stop the selection events from firing. These are SelectedIndexChanged, SelectedIndexChanging and SelectedValueChanged. Gets or sets the SelectionMode which determines selection behavior of RadListElement. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the RadListElement. Setting this property throws an InvalidOperationException if Items is not empty and the data source is null. Gets or sets the position of the selection. Setting this property will cause the SelectedIndexChanging and SelectedIndexChanged events to fire. Gets or sets the selected logical list item. Setting this property will cause the selection events to fire. Gets or sets the currently selected value. Setting the SelectedValue to a value that is shared between many items causes the first item to be selected. This property triggers the selection events. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source for which the is displaying data. Gets or sets a string which will be used to get a text string for each visual item. This property can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets a string which will be used to get a description text string for each visual item. This property can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets a string which will be used to get a description text string for each visual item. This property can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets the string through which the SelectedValue property will be determined. This property can not be set to null. Setting it to null will cause it to contain an empty string. Gets or sets the item height for the items. This property is disregarded when AutoSizeItems is set to true. Gets or sets the sort style. It can be Ascending, Descending or None. Sorting is performed according to the property specified by DisplayMember. Gets or sets a value that determines whether text formatting is enabled for the visual items. Gets or sets a format string that will be used for visual item formatting if FormattingEnabled is set to true. Gets or sets an object that implements the IFormatProvider interface. This object is used when formatting items. The default object is CultureInfo.CurrentCulture. Gets or sets the scrolling mode. Gets a boolean value that indicates whether the is a filter currently set either with the Filter or FilterExpression properties. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop down list is read only. true if the drop down list is read only; otherwise, false. Fires after data binding operation has finished. 1 Raises the event. An instance that contains the event data. This event fires when the SelectedValue changes. This is will not always fire when the SelectedItem or SelectedIndex changes because the new item may have the same value. This event fires when selected index changes. This always happens when the SelectedItem changes. This event fires before SelectedIndexChanged and provides a means for cancelling the whole selection operation. Someties this event will not fire since cancelling the change is not possible, for example when the DataSource is set to null. This item fires for data item that is being created during data binding and fires before the ItemDataBound event. The event provides a means for changing the instance of the data item to a custom data item. This event fires after a data item has been created and bound. This event fires while creating visual items. This happens on during initial layout and during resizing if the new size is larger and thus allowing more items to be visualized. The event provides a means to create a custom visual item. This event fires after the sorting style changes. The visual item formatting fires whenever the state of a visible logical item changes and when scrolling. This event fires whenever an item is added, removed, set or if the whole items collection was modified. This event fires right before adding, removing or setting an item. This event will not fire if an item is added to a data source directly because there is no way for RadListElement to be notified before the change. This event fires whenever a RadProperty of a data item changes. This event is most often used to listen changes in Selected and Active properties of the data items. Suspends notifications of changing groups. This method is cumulative, that is, if SuspendGroupRefresh is called N times, ResumeGroupRefresh must also be called N times. Resumes refreshing of groups. Indicates whether refreshing of groups should be performed. Refreshes the groups. Scrolls to the active item if it is not null and if it is not fully visible. Forces re-evaluation of the current data source (if any). Suspends internal notifications and processing in order to improve performance. This method is cumulative, that is, if BeginUpdate is called N times, EndUpdate must also be called N times. Resumes the internal notifications and processing previously suspended by BeginUpdate. Defers the refresh. Selects all items if the SelectionMode allows it. Selecting all items is not a valid operation in the current selection mode. SelectionMode = + this.selectionMode.ToString() + . Clears the currently selected items and selects all items in the closed range [startIndex, endIndex]. The first index at which to start selecting items. The index of one item past the last one to be selected. Scrolls to the provided item so that the item will appear at the top of the view if it is before the currently visible items and at the bottom of the view if it is after the currently visible items. The item to scroll to. Searches for an item related to the specified string. The relation is described by the object assigned to FindStringComparer property. By default this relation is the System.String.StartsWith(). This method starts searching from the beginning of the items. The string with which every item will be compared. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Searches for an item related to the specified string. The relation is described by the object assigned to FindStringComparer property. By default FindStringComparer uses the System.String.StartsWith() method. This method starts searching from the specified index. If the algorithm reaches the end of the Items collection it wraps to the beginning and continues until one before the provided index. The string with which every item will be compared. The index from which to start searching. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but matches an item only if its text is exactly equal to the provided string. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but matches an item only if its text is exactly equal to the provided string. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but does not start from the beginning when the end of the Items collection is reached. The string that will be used to search for an item. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Searches for an item in the same manner as FindString() but does not start from the beginning when the end of the Items collection is reached. The string that will be used to search for an item. The index from which to start searching. The index of the found item or -1 if no item is found. Creates a new item traverser and updates the current. If group refresh is suspended this method has no effect. This method returns true if the ActiveItem is fully visible. Gets the index of the last visible item. Gets the index of the first visible item. Gets the index of the middle visible item. Determines if the provided visual item intersects the view but is not contained in it. If the object assigned to the DataSource property is of type Component, this callback will be invoked if the data source is disposed which cause all data items to become disposed. Handles changes in the data layer. Nothing will done if we the RadListElement is in a BeginUpdate state. Syncronizes the properties of all visual elements with their data items. When the data layer changes the current position, this callback triggers the selection logic with the new position. Fires the SelectedIndexChanged event. Fires the SelectedIndexChanging event. Fires the SelectedValueChanged event if SelectedValue has actually changed since many items can have the same value. Fires the ItemDataBinding event. Fires the ItemDataBound event. Fires the CreatingVisualItem event. Fires the CreatingVisualItem event. Fires the SortStyleChanged event. Fires the VisualItemFormattingeEvent with the provided visual item. Performs scrolling logic depending on the delta from the mouse wheel. Raises the ItemsChanged event with the provided arguments. The arguments that contain the data relevant to the items change. Raises the ItemsChanging event with the provided arguments. The arguments that contain the data relevant to the pending items change. Raises the DataItemPropertyChanged Handles the mouse input by finding the RadElement involved with the mouse and sending the element and event information to the appropriate subsystem of RadListElement. Performs logical branching depending on the type of the routed event. Performs logical branching of the selection logic depending on the notification reason. Handles the keyboard input by delegating the information of the event to the appropriate RadListElement subsystem. Finds an item with the text provided by an internal search buffer after the character argument is appended to the buffer. The search buffer is reset after a user defined time since the last character was typed. By default this is 300 ms. Users can set the KeyboardSearchResetInterval property to a custom interval. A character that will be appended to the search buffer. Handles the space key press depending on the SelectionMode and the state of the control key. This method is the entry point for the selection logic if initiated by the keyboard. Determines whether the selection logic should select the next or the previous item depending on the which arrow key is pressed. This method is the entry point in RadListElements selection logic. Performs logical branching of the MultiExtended selection logic depending on the parameters. This method performs only logical branching of the selection logic depending on the input type parameter. This method is for clarity. CodeMultiSimple is the same as MouseMultiSimple but does not change the current position of the data layer. Toggles the Selected state of the item at the specified index and fires selection events depending on the second argument. The index of the item which will selected or deselected. Indicates whether to change the current positio of the data layer and therefore fire selecton events. Handles the MultiSimple selection logic for adding items. Handles the MultiSimple selection logic for removing items. Selects the item at the specified index and clears all other selected items and updates the active item. This method triggers selection events. The index of the item which will be selected. Selects all items in the range [startIndex, endIndex] and clears all other selected items. This method triggers selection events. The beginning of the selection range. The end of the selected range. This method sets the provided item as active and the previous one to inactive. There can be only active item at a time. The item to set to an active state. The value to which the Active property of item will be set. Sets the SelectedItem and thus SelectedIndex to the logical item with the specified value. If there are many items with the same value the first item found will be selected. This method triggers selection events. The value for which to find an item. Sets the the selected data item to the specified item. If the item is different than the current one the selection events will be fired. This method triggers selection events. Sets the selected index to the specified value if it is different than the current value and fires the selection events. This method triggers selection events. Determines if RadListElement is ready for data binding. This is true only when Items is empty or DataSource is different from null. If RadListElement is not ready for binding an InvalidOperationException is thrown. Determines if this list element is ready for unbound mode. If it is not an invalid operation exception is thrown. RadListElement is ready for unbound mode if it has not data source set. Returns the value of the Value property of the RadListDataItem at the specified index. The index of the item from which to get the Value property. Returns the index of the provided list data item. This index determines the items position in the data view. The index for which to return an index. Returns the index of the provided item. Gets the text of the data item provided in the argument depending on the ItemTextComparisonMode property. The data item for which to get the Text value. The text value of the provided data item. Determines whether the provided index is in the range [0, Items.Count) The index to validate. Returns true if the index is inside [0, Items.Count) and false otherwise. Swaps two integers. Disposes every item in the Items collection. Converts the provided ListSortDirection to SortStyle. The ListSortDirection to be converted to SortStyle. The converted SortStyle value. Sets the sort comparer. The comparer. The direction. Sets the sort style to the specified value and fires the SortStyle changed event if the new value is different than the previous value. Sets the selection mode of this RadListElement to the provided value. The new selection mode. Gets property name by which items will be sorted when SortStyle is set. If DisplayMember is an empty string, items will be sorted by their text, otherwise they will be sorted according to the DisplayMember. Returns the property by which items will be sorted. Clamps the provided value parameter to be be in the closed range [min, max]. The left bound of the range. The right bound of the range. The value to be clamped to the range specified by the previous two parameters. This is a helper method which keeps track of the number of subscriptions to the CurrentPositionChanged event of the data layer. This is a helper method which keeps track of the number of unsubscriptions from the CurrentPositionChanged event of the data layer. This class is used to compare data items when sorting in ascending order. This class is used to compare data items when sorting in descending order. This method is for testing purposes. It invokes the MultiExtended selection logic with the supplied parameters. The index to which the selection will span starting from SelectedIndex. An enumeration indicating whether the input comes from the keyboard, the mouse or from code. If this flag is true the selection logic will invoke MultiExtended as if the shift key was pressed. If this flag is true the selection logic will invoke MultiExtended as if the control key was pressed. Returns the logical item associated with the top visible item if the layout is vertical and the left most item if the layout is horizontal. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item has odd position. Applies or resets alternating row color of the current visual item. Clears this instance. Key object that is used by the FindByKey method of RadListView. By default this property holds a reference to the . Gets or sets the key for the left image associated with this list view item. Image Property ImageIndex Property Gets or sets the left image list index value of the image displayed. Image Property ImageKey Property Gets or sets a value that indicates if this item is current. Gets a value indicating whether this instance has style. true if this instance has style; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value for the property indicated by ValueMember if in bound mode, and private value in unbound mode. Trying to explicitly set this property in bound mode will result in an InvalidOperationException. Gets or sets the text. The text. Gets a value that indicates if this item is selected. Gets a value that indicates if this item is currently visible. Gets a value that indicating the current check state of the item. Gets or sets the Svg Image. Gets or sets the Svg Image as string. This collection is used for adding items at design time. It should not be used in runtime. Gets or sets the backcolor of the list node. Color type represents an ARGB color. GradientStyle Property NumberOfColors Property Gets or sets the backcolor of the list item. This property is applicable to radial, glass, office glass, gel, and vista gradients. GradientStyle Property NumberOfColors Property Gets or sets the backcolor of the list item. This property is applicable to radial, glass, office glass, and vista gradients. GradientStyle Property NumberOfColors Property Gets or sets the backcolor of the list item. This property is applicable to radial, glass, office glass, and vista gradients. GradientStyle Property NumberOfColors Property Gets or sets the border color of the list item. Gets or sets gradient angle for linear gradient. GradientStyle Property GradientPercentage Property GradientPercentage2 Property NumberOfColors Property The default value is 90.0. Gets or sets GradientPercentage for linear, glass, office glass, gel, vista, and radial gradients. GradientStyle Property GradientPercentage2 Property GradientAngle Property NumberOfColors Property The default value is 0.5. Gets or sets GradientPercentage for office glass, vista, and radial gradients. GradientStyle Property GradientPercentage Property GradientAngle Property NumberOfColors Property The default value is 0.5. Gets and sets the gradient style. The possible values are defined in the gradient style enumeration: solid, linear, radial, glass, office glass, gel, and vista. The default value is GradientStyles.Linear. GradientStyles Enumeration GradientPercentage Property GradientPercentage2 Property GradientAngle Property NumberOfColors Property Gets or sets the number of used colors in the gradient effect. BackColor Property BackColor2 Property BackColor3 Property BackColor4 Property GradientStyle Property The default value is 4. Gets a value for the Value property in unbound mode. Returns an object reference pointing to the value of the Value property in unbound mode. This method is called when setting the Value property of a RadListDataItem when it is in unbound mode. The value to set the Value property to. Gets or sets the relation between the image and the text. Gets or sets the font. The font. Gets or sets the color of the fore. The color of the fore. Gets or sets the color of the border. The color of the border. Gets or sets the back color4. The back color4. Gets or sets the back color3. The back color3. Gets or sets the back color2. The back color2. Gets or sets the color of the back. The color of the back. Gets or sets the number of colors. The number of colors. Gets or sets the gradient percentage2. The gradient percentage2. Gets or sets the gradient percentage. The gradient percentage. Gets or sets the gradient angle. The gradient angle. Gets or sets the gradient style. The gradient style. Gets or sets the text alignment. The text alignment. Gets or sets the image alignment. The image alignment. Gets the that owns this column. Sets the owner for this column. This method is used internally, never call it directly. The owner element. Gets the maximum width that the column can be resized to. Gets the minimum width that the column can be resized to. Gets the current width of the column. Gets the name of the field of the bound item corresponding to this column. Gets the name of the column. Must be unique for each column in the same . Gets or sets the text that will be displayed in the header cells. Gets a value indicating whether the column is in bound mode. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this column is current. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this column will be visible in DetailsView. Gets or sets the mode by which the column automatically adjusts its width after BestFit is executed. Adjusts the column width to fit the contents of all cells in the column, including the header cell. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the group's items should be displayed. Gets the items in this group. Gets the data group that is assigned to this group. Clears this instance. Calculates the column widths. Size of the available. Represents the method that will handle events in . Provides data for all events used in Initializes a new instance of the class. The content. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the instance to be processed by . Displays a flat collection of labeled items, each represented by a ListViewDataItem. Fires when a group has been expanded. Fires when a group is about to expand. Cancelable. Occurs when the BindingContext has changed. Occurs when the process of binding to a data source has finished Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is about to be selected. Cancelable. Occurs when the content of the SelectedItems collection has changed. Occurs when the selected item has changed. Occurs when the selected item has changed. Occurs when the ViewType of RadListView is changed. Occurs when the ViewType of RadListView is about to change. Cancelable. Occurs when the user presses a mouse button over a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the user presses a mouse button over a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the user moves the mouse over a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the user hovers a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the mouse pointer enters a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the user clicks a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the user double-clicks a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is about to be checked. Cancelable. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is checked. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem changes its state and needs to be formatted. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem needs to be created. Occurs when a BaseListViewVisualItem needs to be created; Occurs when a DetailsView cell needs to be formatted. Occurs when a data-bound item is being attached to a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the CurrentItem property is changed. Occurs when the CurrentItem property is about to change. Cancelable. Occurs when an editor is required. Occurs when an edit operation is about to begin. Cancelable. Occurs when an editor is initialized. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is edited. Fires when a validation error occurs. Occurs when an edit operation needs to be validated. Occurs when the value of a ListViewDataItem is changed. Occurs when the value of a ListViewDataItem is about to change. Cancelable. Occurs when a needs to be created. Occurs when a needs to be created. Occurs when an item is about to be removed using the Delete key. Cancelable. Occurs when an item is removed using the Delete key. Creates an instance of . Executed on EndInit() method. The sender. The event args. Gets or sets a value indicating whether column names which differ only in the casing are allowed. Gets or sets the position of the checkboxes when ShowCheckBoxes is true. Gets or sets the alignment of the checkboxes within the item when ShowCheckBoxes is true. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets a value indicating whether the last added item in the RadListView DataSource will be selected by the control. Gets or sets the display state of the horizontal scrollbar. Gets or sets the display state of the vertical scrollbar. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checkboxes should be in ThreeState mode. Gets or sets value indicating if the user can reorder items via drag and drop. Gets or sets a value indicating whether grid lines should be shown in DetailsView. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items can be selected with mouse dragging. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the kinetic scrolling function is enabled. Always false when lasso selection is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items should react on mouse hover. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items should be sorted when clicking on header cells. Gets or sets the default item size. Gets or sets the default item size. Gets or sets the indent of the items when they are displayed in a group. Gets or sets the space between the items. Gets a collection of filter descriptors by which you can apply filter rules to the items. Gets or sets the filter predicate used for filtering operation. The filter. Gets a value indicating whether the control is in bound mode. Gets a collection containing the groups of the RadListView. Gets or sets the value member. Gets or sets the display member. Gets or sets the checked member. Gets or sets a value indicating whether sorting is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether filtering is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether grouping is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether custom grouping is enabled. Gets a collection of SortDescriptor which are used to define sorting rules over the ListViewDataItemCollection. Gets a collection of GroupDescriptor which are used to define grouping rules over the ListViewDataItemCollection. Gets or sets the data source of a RadListView. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source for which the is displaying data. Gets or sets the selected item. Gets or sets the index of the selected item. Gets or sets the current item. Gets or sets the current column in Details View. Indicates whether there is an active editor. Gets or sets a collection of ListViewDetailColumn object which represent the columns in DetailsView. Gets or sets a collection of ListViewDataItem object which represent the items in RadListView. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the column headers should be drawn. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items should be shown in groups. Gets a collection containing the selected items. Gets a collection containing the checked items. Gets or sets value indicating whether checkboxes should be shown. Gets or sets value indicating if the user can resize the columns. Gets or sets value indicating if the user can reorder columns via drag and drop. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the full row should be selected. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items can have different width. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items can have different height. Gets or sets value indicating whether multi selection is enabled. Gets or sets value indicating whether editing is enabled. Gets or sets value indicating whether the user can remove items with the Delete key. Gets the currently active editor. Gets or sets the type of the view. Gets the of the control. Gets or sets the height of the header in Details View. Gets or sets a value that specifies how long the user must wait before searching with the keyboard is reset. Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can search for an item by typing characters when RadListView is focused. Gets or sets the string comparer used by the keyboard navigation functionality. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item's check state changes whenever the item is clicked. RadListView consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadListView consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Gets or sets a value indicating how column widths in DetailsView mode are determined. Suspend any item change notifications until is called. Resumes the item change notifications. Finds an item with the specified key. The key of the searched item. Finds an item with the specified key. The key of the searched item. Indicates if the search should check only visible items. Selects a set of items. The items to select. Begins an edit operation over the currently selected item. [true] if success, [false] otherwise Ends the current edit operations if such. Saves the changes. [true] if success, [false] otherwise Ends the current edit operations if such. Discards the changes. [true] if success, [false] otherwise Expands all the groups in the control. Collapses all the groups in the control. Checks the selected items. Unchecks the selected items. Checks all of the items. Unchecks all of the items. Represents the main element of . Fires when a group has been expanded. Fires when a group is about to expand. Cancelable. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is about to be selected. Cancelable. Occurs when the content of the SelectedItems collection has changed. Occurs when the selected item has changed. Occurs when the index of the selected item has changed. Occurs when the ViewType of RadListView is changed. Occurs when the ViewType of RadListView is about to change. Cancelable. Occurs when the user presses a mouse button over a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the user presses a mouse button over a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the user moves the mouse over a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the user hovers a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the mouse pointer enters a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the user clicks a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the user double-clicks a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is about to be checked. Cancelable. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is checked. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem changes its state and needs to be formatted. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem needs to be created. Occurs when a BaseListViewVisualItem needs to be created; Occurs when a DetailsView cell needs to be formatted. Occurs when a data-bound item is being attached to a ListViewDataItem. Occurs when the CurrentItem property is changed. Occurs when the CurrentItem property is about to change. Cancelable. Occurs when an editor is required. Occurs when an edit operation is about to begin. Cancelable. Occurs when an editor is initialized. Occurs when a ListViewDataItem is edited. Fires when a validation error occurs. Occurs when an edit operation needs to be validated. Occurs when the value of a ListViewDataItem is changed. Occurs when the value of a ListViewDataItem is about to change. Cancelable. Occurs when a needs to be created. Occurs when a needs to be created. Occurs when an item is about to be removed using the Delete key. Cancelable. Occurs when an item is removed using the Delete key. Obsolete. The name of the method has a typo. Use the OnCurrentItemChanged(ListViewItemEventArgs args) method instead. Gets or sets a value indicating whether column names which differ only in the casing are allowed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the last added item in the RadListView DataSource will be selected by the control. Gets or sets the display state of the horizontal scrollbar. Gets or sets the display state of the vertical scrollbar. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checkboxes should be in ThreeState mode. Gets or sets a value indicating whether grid lines shoud be shown in DetailsView. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items can be selected with mouse dragging. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items should react on mouse hover. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the kinetic scrolling function is enabled. Always false when lasso selection is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items should be sorted when clicking on header cells. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the column headers should be drawn. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items should be shown in groups. Gets or sets value indicating whether checkboxes should be shown. Gets or sets value indicating if the user can reorder columns via drag and drop. Gets or sets value indicating if the user can reorder items via drag and drop. Always false when using data source, grouping, filtering, sorting, kinetic scrolling or lasso selection. Gets or sets value indicating if the user can resize the columns. Gets or sets the current column in Details View. Indicates whether there is an active editor. Gets or sets the current item. Gets or sets the index of the selected item. Gets or sets the selected item. Gets a collection containing the selected items. Gets a collection containing the checked items. Gets or sets value indicating whether multi selection is enabled. Gets or sets value indicating whether editing is enabled. Gets or sets value indicating whether the user can remove items with the Delete key. Gets the currently active editor. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items can have different height. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items can have different width. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the full row should be selected. Gets or sets the default item size. Gets or sets the default group item size. Gets or sets the indent of the items when they are displayed in a group. Gets or sets the fill color of the lasso selection rectangle. Gets or sets the border color of the lasso selection rectangle. Gets or sets the space between the items. Gets or sets a collection of ListViewDetailColumn object which represent the columns in DetailsView. Gets a value indicating whether the control is in bound mode. Gets a collection containing the groups of the RadListViewElement. Gets or sets the value member. Gets or sets the display member. Gets or sets the checked member. Gets the DataView collection. Gets or sets a value indicating whether sorting is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether filtering is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether filtering is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether custom grouping is enabled. Gets a collection of filter descriptors by which you can apply filter rules to the items. Gets a collection of SortDescriptor which are used to define sorting rules over the ListViewDataItemCollection. Gets a collection of GroupDescriptor which are used to define grouping rules over the ListViewDataItemCollection. Gets the source of the items. Gets or sets a collection of ListViewDataItem object which represent the items in RadListViewElement. Gets the element that represents the active view. Gets or sets the type of the view. Gets or sets the data source of a RadListViewElement. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source for which the is displaying data. Gets or sets the height of the header in Details View. Gets or sets the that is responsible for resizing the columns. Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can navigate to an item by typing when BaseListViewElement is focused. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value that specifies how long the user must wait before searching with the keyboard is reset. The default value is 300. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item's check state changes whenever the item is clicked. Gets or sets a value indicating how column widths are determined. Begins an edit operation over the currently selected item. [true] if success, [false] otherwise Ends the current edit operations if such. Saves the changes. [true] if success, [false] otherwise Ends the current edit operations if such. Discards the changes. [true] if success, [false] otherwise Occurs when the BindingContext has changed. Occurs when the process of binding to a data source has finished Gets or sets the BindingContext. Creates a view element corresponding to the current ViewType. The view element. Suspend any item change notifications until is called. Resumes the item change notifications. Finds an item with the specified key. The key of the searched item. Finds an item with the specified key. The key of the searched item. Indicates if the search should check only visible items. Causes synchronization of the visual items with the logical ones. Ensures that a given item is visible on the client area. The item to ensure visibility of. Ensures that a given item is visible on the client area. The item to ensure visibility of. Indicates whether the view should be scrolled horizontally. Ensures that a given column is visible on the client area. The column to ensure visibility of. Selects a range of items. The items. Expands all the groups in the element. Collapses all the groups in the element. Checks all of the selected items. Unchecks all of the selected items. Checks all of the items. Unchecks all of the items. Updates the contents of the collection. Widens / shrinks all columns based on the space required by the content of the columns. The mode. Scrolls the view with a given amount. The amount to scroll the view with. Defines the check on click mode. Check on click states are used in RadListView and RadCheckedListBox. Item CheckState is not toggled on click. Item is selected and CheckState is toggled on first click. Item is selected on first click. On second click the CheckState is toggled. Used by the best fit columns mechanism so the cell measure would ignore the column width. Gets or sets the RadImageShape instance which describes the hint that indicates where a column will be dropped after a drag operation. Determines whether this instance can execute a best fit columns operation. true if this instance can execute a best fit columns operation; otherwise, false. Widens / shrinks a column based on the space required by the text in the columns. The column. Widens / shrinks all columns based on the space required by the text in the columns. Widens / shrinks all columns based on the space required by the text in the columns. The mode. Represents a base class for view elements. Determines if the group items can be selected. Gets or sets the display state of the horizontal scrollbar. Gets or sets the display state of the vertical scrollbar. Gets or sets the RadImageShape instance which describes the hint that indicates where a column will be dropped after a drag operation. Gets the that is responsible for the kinetic scrolling option. Gets or sets the orientation of the view element. Gets the that owns the view. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items can have different height. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items can have different width. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the full row should be selected. Gets or sets the default item size. Gets or sets the default group item size. Gets or sets the fill color of the lasso selection rectangle. Gets or sets the border color of the lasso selection rectangle. Gets or sets the indent of the items when they are displayed in a group. Gets or sets an object that implements IFindStringComparer. The value of this property is used in the keyboard search functionality. Gets the at a specified location. The location. The . Gets the at a specified location. The location. The . Scrolls the view with a given amount. The amount to scroll with. Ensures that a given is visible on the client area. The to ensure visibility of. Ensures that a given is visible on the client area. The to ensure visibility of. Indicates if the view should be scrolled horizontally. Clears the selection. Toggles the CheckState of given item. The item whose CheckState will be toggled. Returns a value indicating whether the current view supports given orientation. The orientation. [true] if the current view supports the orientation, [false] otherwise. Ensures that a given is visible by scrolling the view horizontally. The item to ensure visibility of. Ensures that a given is visible by scrolling the view vertically. The item to ensure visibility of. Ensures that a given is visible when it is below the last visible item in the view. The item to ensure visibility of. Called when the orientation of the view has changed. Updates the horizontal scrollbar. Updates the visibility of the horizontal scrollbar. Processes the MouseUp event. The event args. true if the processing of the event should be stopped, false otherwise. Processes the MouseMove event. The event args. true if the processing of the event should be stopped, false otherwise. Processes the MouseDown event. The event args. true if the processing of the event should be stopped, false otherwise. Processes the KeyDown event. The event args. true if the processing of the event should be stopped, false otherwise. Handles a press of the PageUp key. The event args. Handles a press of the PageDown key. The event args. Handles a press of the Delete key. The event args. Handles a press of the End key. The event args. Handles a press of the Home key. The event args. Handles a press of the Escape key. The event args. Handles a press of the F2 key. The event args. Handles a press of the Left key. The event args. Handles a press of the Right key. The event args. Handles a press of the Down key. The event args. Handles a press of the Up key. The event args. Handles a press of the Space key. The event args. Handles navigation upon key press. The character of the pressed key. This method traverses through the items in the control and fills a queue with these items that start with the . Gets the previous visible item of a given . The current item. The previous item. Gets the next visible item of a given . The current item. The next item. Processes the MouseWheel event. The event args. true if the processing of the event should be stopped, false otherwise. Processes the selection of a specified item. The which is being processed. The modifier keys which are pressed during selection. [true] if the selection is triggered by mouse input, [false] otherwise. Selects all items that are whitin the lasso rectangle. Selects all items that are whitin the specified rectangle. Begins the lasso selection. Ends the lasso selection. Gets the drag hint location according to the specified item. The drop target item. The mouse location in client coordinates. The location of the drag hint. Indicates whether an item should be dropped after the given target according to the specified location. The drop target item. The drop location. [true] if a dropped item should be inserted after the target, [false] otherwise. Gets the size of the drag hint according to the speficied target. The drop target. The size of the drag hint. Represents the view type of . Represents a simple list view type. Represents an icon view type. Represents a detailed view type. Fires the VisualItemCreating event of . The visual item. The view type of The data item for which a visual item is being created The new visual item. Gets the item that is being dropped. Gets the item that the DraggedItem is being dropped on. Gets the item that is being dropped. Gets the item that the DraggedItem is being dropped on. Provides data for the RadPageViewItemsChanged event. Gets the changed item. Gets the change operation. Initializes a new instance of the RadPageViewItemsChangedEventArgs class. The changed item. The change operation. Provides data for the RadPageViewItemSelected event. Gets the previous selected item of RadPageView. Gets the selected item of RadPageView. Initializes a new instance of the RadPageViewItemSelectedEventArgs class. The previous selected item of RadPageView. The selected item of RadPageView. Provides data for the RadPageViewItemSelecting event. Gets the selected item of RadPageView. Gets the item to be selected. Initializes a new instance of the RadPageViewItemSelectingEventArgs class. The selected item of RadPageView. The item to be selected. Gets or sets the rectangle (in screen coordinates) which will be used to align the menu. Gets a list with all the items that will be displayed. Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the menu that will display the items. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the menu that will display the items. Determines whether the event may continue or it should be canceled. Gets the view mode associated with the event. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID The string corresponding to the given ID. Gets or sets the width of the items area. This enumerator defines the possible size modes for the content areas in a . The size modes define how the content areas are calculated according to their content or the size of the control. The length of the content area is fixed and is defined by the PageLength value for each . The length of the content area is automatically calculated to fit the length of the content. The length of all visible content areas is equal. This usually implies that no scrollbars are shown. This class represents the element that implements the ExplorerBar view of the control. This view allows for multiple visible pages, whereby items can be expanded/collapsed to show their content in an associated page. Gets an instance of the that represents the scrollbar of the . Gets or sets a value from the enum that defines how the content areas for each item are sized. Scroll in RadPageViewExplorerBar mode to control. Control will be focused control to scroll This class represents a single item in the 's explorer bar view mode. Creates an instance of the . Creates an instance of the . Creates an instance of the . Gets or sets a boolean value that determines whether the content of the is expanded. Gets or sets an instance of the that represents the content holder of this . Gets an instance of the class which is the layout panel that holds instances of the class representing items currently collapsed by using the overflow grip. Gets the overflow menu button. Gets the overflow drop-down menu. Gets the overflow menu item used to show fewer items in the stack. Gets the overflow menu item used to show more buttons in the stack. Gets the overflow menu item used to add/remove items in the stack. Gets the element that represents the container which holds the buttons shown when items in the stack are hidden by using the overflow grip. Gets the element which represents the grip which can be dragged to adjust the count of visible items in the stack. Gets or sets the image that is shown on the item in the overflow drop-down menu that is used to show more buttons in the control. Gets or sets the image that is shown on the item in the overflow drop-down menu that is used to show fewer buttons in the control. Gets the collection containing the unchecked items. Gets an array containing the items that are currently hidden by using the overflow grip. Gets an array containing the items that are currently unchecked by using the overflow menu. This method returns the count of the items which are currently visible to the user. Makes an item invisible. The item will appear as unchecked in the overflow menu. The item to make invisible. Makes an item visible. The item will appear as checked in the overflow menu. The item to make visible. Drags the overflow grip down to hide the first possible visible item. True if the drag operation succeeds, otherwise false. Drags the overflow grip up to show the first possible hidden item. True if the drag operation succeeds, otherwise false. Shows a given amount of items from the hidden items in the starting from the bottom part of the stack. The count of the items to be shown. Hides a given amount of items from the visible items in the starting from the bottom part of the stack. The count of the items to be hidden. Fires when the user clicks on a button associated with a instance. This buttons is shown when the item is collapsed by using the overflow grip. Fires when an item is shown in the . Fires when an item is collapsed in the . Fires when an item is checked in the overflow drop-down menu of the . Fires when an item is unchecked in the overflow drop-down menu of the . Gets or sets the associated overflow button with the current page view item. This button is displayed below all items in the overflow items panel when the item is collapsed by using the outlook grip. When setting this property, the previously set item is disposed. Defines possible alignment of buttons within RadPageViewItem instance. Buttons overlay item's content. Buttons are before item's content. Buttons are after item's content. Buttons are above item's content. Buttons are below item's content. Defines possible modes for dragging items within a RadPageView instance Item dragging is disabled. A preview is generated, indicating where the item will be inserted when dropped. This mode is cancelable. The item is immediately reordered when moved to a different position. This class contains layout information about a and performs base layout operations over an item like measuring. Represents a simple button within a RadPageViewElement. Determines whether the RadPageViewItem is currently selected (associated with the SelectedPage of the owning RadPageView). Determines whether the RadPageViewItem is currently selected (associated with the SelectedPage of the owning RadPageView). Determines whether the RadPageViewItem is currently set as preview. Represents a visual element, which contains set of common buttons for a instance. Gets or sets the size to be applied to each of the embedded buttons. Gets or sets the spacing between each two buttons. Gets the RadPageViewButtonElement instance which represents the CloseButton for the owning item. Gets the RadPageViewPinButtonElement instance which represents the PinButton for the owning item. Represents a Label(static) element - such as Header and Footer - within a RadPageViewElement instance. Gets or sets a value from the enum which determines the location of the items in relation to the content area. Gets or sets a value from the enum that determines how items in the stack view are selected and positioned. This enumerator defines the possible selection modes for items in a . The selected item is highlighted and its content is displayed in the content area. The selected item is highlighted and its content is displayed before it according to the stack orientation. The selected item is highlighted and its content is displayed after it according to the stack orientation. This enumerator defines the possible positioning options for the items of a . Positions the items to the left side of the content area. Positions the items to the top of the content area. Positions the items to the right of the content area. Positions the items to the bottom of the content area. Defines the visibility of the New item in a RadPageViewStripElement instance. Represents a separator which is just a line separating one group of controls from another. The RadSeparator is a simple wrapper of the RadSeparatorElement class. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the instance of RadSeparatorElement wrapped by this control. RadSeparatorElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadSeparator. RadSeparator consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Represents an enumeration of the possible transitions which a uses to change its content. Represent a live tile that can change dynamically its content by using animations. Gets or sets the interval at which the content of changes. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the animations are enabled. Gets or sets the number of frames of the transition animation. Gets or sets the interval between each frame of the transition animation. Gets a collection of objects that represent the content items of the . Gets or sets the type of the transition animation. Gets or sets the currently displayed item. Cancels the currently running animations. Pauses the change of the content. Continues the change of the content. Moves to the next frame. Changes the content of the tile by setting the CurrentItem property. Called on an interval specified by the ContentChangeInterval property. Represents a tile that can be arranged in a control. Gets the zero-based index of the column in which the tile should be arranged. Gets the zero-based index of the row in which the tile should be arranged. Gets or sets the number of cells that the tile should occupy in a column. Gets or sets the number of cells that the tile should occupy in a row. Gets or sets the padding according to the currently occupied cell. Represent a panoramic view control that can display and arrange tiles in grouped or ungrouped manner. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets the way that RadPanorama should handle mouse wheel input. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the newly added tiles should be automatically arranged. Enables or Disables the build in zoom functionality Gets or sets the minimum number of columns that the view can be reduced to. Gets or sets a value indicating whether reordering of tiles via drag and drop is allowed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the groups or the items should be displayed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the background image should be scrolled along with the tiles. Gets or sets the position on which the scrollbar should be aligned. Gets or sets the thickness of the scrollbar. Gets the that represents the main element of the control. Gets or sets the image that is displayed in the background. Gets or sets the size of the image that is displayed in the background. Gets or sets the current number of columns. Gets or sets the number of rows. Gets or sets the size of a single cell. Gets a collection of objects that represent the tiles that are displayed. Gets a collection of objects that represent the tiles that are displayed. RadPanorama consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Gets or sets the step size that is used, when scrolling with the mouse wheel. Creates the main element of the control. The created element. Stores RadPanorama's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. XmlWriter to use by the built-in serializer Stores RadPanorama's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. The stream to write to. Writes the XML content in the stream and leaves the stream open. Stores RadPanorama's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. The file to write to. Loads RadPanorama's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The file to read from. Loads RadPanorama's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The stream to read from. Loads RadPanorama's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The XmlReader to read the XML from. Gets the serialization info for RadPanorama used by Save/Load layout methods to persist the layout to/from XML. By default or when set to null the ComponentXmlSerializationInfo provided by GetDefaultXmlSerializationInfo() will be used. Gets the default serialization info for RadPanorama used by Save/Load layout methods to persist the layout to/from XML. The default serialization info. Enumerates the possible alignments of a horizontal scrollbar. Provides options for the way that the MouseWheel should be handled. Do not handle mouse wheel. Zoom the view on mouse wheel. Scroll the view on mouse wheel. Scroll the view on mouse wheel, zoom the view on Control + mouse wheel. Represents the main element of control. Gets or sets the way that RadPanorama should handle mouse wheel input. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the newly added tiles should be automatically arranged. Enables or Disables the build in zoom functionality Indicates whether the view is zoomed out. Gets or sets the minimum number of columns that the view can be reduced to. Gets or sets a value indicating whether reordering of tiles via drag and drop is allowed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the groups or the items should be displayed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the background image should be scrolled along with the tiles. Gets or sets the position on which the scrollbar should be aligned. Gets or sets the thickness of the scrollbar. Gets or sets the image that is displayed in the background. Gets or sets the size of the image that is displayed in the background. Gets or sets the current number of columns. Gets or sets the number of rows. Gets or sets the size of a single cell. Gets the scrollbar of the view. Gets the image primitive that represents tha image in the background. Gets the layout that arranges the tiles in ungrouped mode. Gets the layout that arranges the tile groups. Gets or sets the that is responsible for the drag-drop reorder of tiles. Gets the that is responsible for kinetic scrolling behavior with the mouse pointer. Gets a collection of items that should be displayed in grouped mode. Gets a collection of items that should be displayed in ungrouped mode. Gets or sets the step size that is used, when scrolling with the mouse wheel. Scrolls the view with a specified offset. The offset. Scrolls the view with a specified offset. The offset. If the method is called too often, set this to [true] to improve performance. Updates the view according to the current value of the scrollbar. Zooms the view out. Zooms the view in towards the specified location. The location. Gets or sets the offset from the edges of the control at which automatic scrolling starts. Represent a container for grouped tiles that is displayed in control. Gets or sets the minimum number of columns that the view can be reduced to. Gets or sets the height of the group title. Gets the layout panel that arranges the tiles. Gets or sets the current number of columns. Gets or sets the number of rows. Gets or sets the size of a single cell. Updates the number of rows and columns before each layout update. Represents the caret of Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the caret position. The position. Gets or sets the height of the caret The height. Gets or sets the width of the caret The width. Shows this caret. Hides this caret. Suspends the blinking of this caret. Resumes the blinking of this caret Represent the selection paiting primitive Initializes a new instance of the class. The text box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the primitive should be painted be painted. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selection should be hidden if focused is lost true if [hide selection]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the color of the selection. The color of the selection. Gets or sets the selection opacity. The selection opacity. Gets the associated text box element. Invalidates the specified selection start. The selection start. The selection end. if set to true [repaint]. Gets the rectangle of The current line. Draws the primitive on the screen. Represents an independent text box element Keeps the undo actions. We need LinkedList, so we can remove the first element, when we reach the predefined capacity. Keeps the redo actions. Capacity of undo actions. Shwos if we are doing undo/redo. Initializes the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates an instance of Gets or sets the current text in the text box element. Gets or sets the prompt text that is displayed when the text box contains no text. The null text. Gets or sets the color of the null text. The color of the null text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the null text will be shown when the control is focused and the text is empty Gets or sets the lines of text in a text box element. The lines. Gets or sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the element. The selected text. Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box element. The length of the max. Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the TAB key in a multiline text box element types a TAB character in the element instead of moving the focus to the next element in the tab order. true if [accepts tab]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing ENTER in a multiline TextBox element creates a new line of text in the element or activates the default button for the form. true if [accepts return]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is a multiline text box. true if multiline; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text in view should appear as the default password character. Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line Indicates whether a multiline text box control automatically wraps words to the beginning of the next line when necessary. true if [word wrap]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets how the text is horizontally aligned in the element. The horizontal text alignment. Gets the length of text in the element. The length of the text. Gets or sets the caret position. The index of the caret. Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. The selection start. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. The length of the selection. Gets or sets the color of the selection. The color of the selection. Gets or sets the selection opacity. The selection opacity. Gets or sets whether the TextBox element modifies the case of characters as they are typed. The character casing. Gets the associated caret. Represents the associated keyboard and mouse input handler. The input handler. Gets or sets a value indicating whether text in the text box is read-only. true if this is in read only mode; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the caret is visible in read only mode. true if the caret is visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected text in the text box control remains highlighted when the element loses focus. true if [hide selection]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the associated context menu. The context menu. Gets or sets the navigator of the text position. The navigator. Gets the auto-complete list element. Gets the view element of the null text. Gets or sets an option that controls how automatic completion works for the TextBox. The auto complete mode. Gets or sets the auto complete display member. The auto complete display member. Gets or sets a value specifying the source of complete items used for automatic completion. The auto complete data source. Gets a value specifiying the complete items used for automatic completion. Gets or sets the size of the drop down max. The size of the drop down max. Gets or sets the size of the drop down min. The size of the drop down min. Gets or sets the max count of visible items in auto-complete drop down The max drop down item count. Gets a value indicating whether this auto-complete drop down is open. true if the drop down is open; otherwise, false. Gets or sets when the vertical scroll bar should appear in a multiline TextBox element. The state of the vertical scroll bar. Gets or sets when the horizontal scroll bar should appear in a multiline TextBox element. The state of the horizontal scroll bar. Gets a value indicating whether this text box can perform auto complete operation. true if this instance can perform auto complete; otherwise, false. Gets the auto complete drop down. Gets the clear button. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clear button is shown. Gets an instance of the corresponding embedded label. Gets or sets the visibility of the embedded label. It is recommended to set AutoSize to true, when using the embedded label. Gets or sets the text of the embedded label. Gets or set whether to reposition the embedded label, when text box is empty. Gets or set the animation speed of the embedded label. The speed is an integer between 1(off) and 10(slowest) with default value of 8. Gets or set the offset of the embedded label from the bottom border, when the label is down. Occurs when text block is formatting. Occurs when an instance of is created Occurs when the context menu is opening. Called when the context menu is opening. The menu. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Obsolete. The name of the method has a typo. Use the OnContextMenuOpening(RadContextMenu menu) method instead. Obsolete.The name of the method has a typo. Use the OnContextMenuOpening(TreeBoxContextMenuOpeningEventArgs e) method instead. Occurs when text selection is changing. Occurs when text selection is changed. Fired when the Input Method Editor starts the composition. Fired when the Input Method Editor completes the composition. Fired when the Input Method Editor has a result ready. For languages like Korean this might happen before the composition has ended. Clamps the offset to valid text position bounds The offset. Determines whether the text can be inserted The text. true if this text can be inserted; otherwise, false. Determines whether the current position is valid for the auto-complete operation true if [is valid auto complete position]; otherwise, false. Performs the auto-complete for concrete operation. The context. Performs the auto complete override. The context. Gets the text that is as filter condition in auto-completion The start position. The end position. Gets the auto-complete drop down location. Gets the lines of the text box element. Sets the lines of the text box element. The lines. Creates the caret of the text box element. Creates the auto-complete list element. Creates the auto-complete drop down. Gets the size of the auto-complete drop down. Shows the drop down. The location. Closes the auto-complete drop down. Closes the drop down. The reason. Moves the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. Copies the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the Clipboard. Inserts the text at current position The text. Deletes the selected text or character at the current position /// Deletes the selected text or character at the current position if set to true deletes next character. /// Deletes the selected text or character at the current position if set to true deletes next character. True if Control modifier key is pressed. If set to true - it will delete to the end of the word. Appends text to the current text of a text box. The text. Appends text to the current text of a text box and selects it The text. if set to true selects the text. Selects a range of text in the text box. The start. The length. Selects all text in the text box element. Specifies that the value of the SelectionLength property is zero so that no characters are selected in the element. Scrolls the contents of the control to the current caret position. Clears all text from the text box element. Undo the last action. Redo the last undo action. Represents a auto-complete list element in . Gets or sets the auto complete mode. The auto complete mode. Gets the suggested text. Gets the text search criteria. Gets a value indicating whether this text and suggested text are matched. true if they are matched; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether the auto-complete mode is suggest mode. true if the mode is suggest mode; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether the auto-complete mode is append mode. true if the mode is append mode; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the start position where the suggestion is performed Gets or sets the end position where the suggestion is performed Occurs when suggested text is changed Raises the event. The action. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Determines whether the two text variables are equal The suggestion. The pattern. true if the specified suggestion is matching; otherwise, false. Determines whether the suggested text matches the pattern text The suggestion. The pattern. true if [is exact suggestion] [the specified suggestion]; otherwise, false. Suspends the event. Resumes the event. Performs text suggestion for concrete text pattern The pattern. The start position. The end position. Performs text suggestion for concrete text pattern The pattern. The start position. The end position. if set to true [notify]. Performs text suggestion for concrete text pattern The pattern. Custom filtering predicated The item. Custom filtering predicated. The item. Sets the suggested text. The text. The action. Gets the suggested text from The item. if set to true [perform append]. Gets the first fully visible item. Gets the last fully visible item. Gets the fully visible item. if set to true [first item]. Gets the visual item at point. The location. Finds by text The text. Represents a single word in Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text. Gets or sets the word's text The text. Gets the length of the word. It can be different than the exact text length. Gets or sets the word according to the previous one The offset. Gets or sets the index of the word The index. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the word's background can be painted. true if paint the background; otherwise, false. Gets a rectangle of character by index. The index. if set to true [trail edge]. Gets the character index at X-position. The x. An editable and selectable Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text in view should appear as the default password character. Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line Gets or sets a value indicating whether text in the text box is read-only. true if this is in read only mode; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the scroller for Vertical Scrollbar The Vertical Scroller Gets or sets the scroller for Horizontal Scrollbar The Horizontal Scroller Gets or sets the selection primitive that renders the selection The selection primitive. Gets or sets the scroll offset. The scroll offset. Gets a value indicating whether this textbox is editing mode. true if this textbox is editing; otherwise, false. Suspends notifcations when text is editing. Resumes notifcations when text is editing. Resumes notifcations when text is editing. if set to true the event is fired. The new text. The caret position. The action. Convert point to absolute point according to the current scroll offset The point. Gets the location of instance The position. Deletes the text range The start position. The end position. Inserts the specified text in concerte position. The position. The text. Replaces the text ranged with a new text The start position. The end position. The text. Replaces the text ranged with a new text The start position. The end position. The text. Replaces the text range in The target block. The start char position. The end char position. The text. Replaces the text range in concrete special The target block. The start char position. The end char position. The text. Replaces the text range in concrete non-special The target block. The start char position. The end char position. The text. The wrap layout of Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the bounds of the Viewport Gets or sets the spacing between lines when the is in multiline mode. The line spacing. Gets the logical lines of . Gets the length of the text. The length of the text. Gets or sets how the text is horizontally aligned in the element. The horizontal text alignment. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [word wrap]. true if [word wrap]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is multiline. true if multiline; otherwise, false. Occurs when text block is formatting. Called when text block is formatting. The text block. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a property value is changing. Called when a property is changing. Name of the property. The old value. The new value. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an instance of is created Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Notifies the text changing. The start position. The length. The old text. The new text. The action. Notifies the text changed. The text. The caret position. The action. Performs measurement and arrangement of child elements. Clamps the desired size in the valid available size bounds. The available size. The desired size. Merge and measure block. The text block. The available size. Measures and perfroms wrapping for blocks in WordWrap mode The available size. Index of the current block. Document desired size. Index of the current line. The current block offset. Adds the desired size of the line to document desired size. The line. Size of the desired. Adds the desired size of the block to desired size of line. Size of the block desired. The line. Gets the baseline offset. The line. The text block. Checks that tow block are splitted block The first block. The second block. Gets the next block for this index The index. Gets the previous block for this index The index. Determines whether this panel has text. true if this panel has text; otherwise, false. Gets the line info by its index Index of the line. Creates the block for concrete and instance. The text The type. Clears the presented text Gets the text between start and end position The start position. The end position. Gets the block's text. The block. The start. The length. Search a text block by X coordinate. The line. The x. Search a text block by offset. The line. The offset. Search a line by using concrete comparer The line. The comparer. Determines whether the text is tab, whitespace, line feed or carriage return symbol. The text. true if [is special text] [the specified text]; otherwise, false. Determines whether the text contains a new line The text true if [contains new line] [the specified text]; otherwise, false. Determines whether the specified text is whitespace. The text. true if the specified text is whitespace; otherwise, false. Determines whether the specified text is tab. The text. true if the specified text is tab; otherwise, false. Determines whether the text is tab or whitespace. The text. true if the text is tab or whitespace; otherwise, false. Determines whether the text is line feed symbol. The text. true if the text is line feed symbol; otherwise, false. Determines whether the text is carriage return symbol. The text. true if the text is carriage return symbol; otherwise, false. Represents text measurer of . Measures a text. The text. The font. Search the index position where the text should be wrapped for the available width. The text. The font. The available width. Searches the text's index where the caret should be positioned The text. The font. The available width. Represents an action when auto-complete performs No action Append action Replace action Represents the method that will handle the create text block in The sender. The instance containing the event data. An event arguments of Gets the text for which the block is created. Gets or sets the text block. The text block. Represents the method that will handle when the selection is changed in The sender. The instance containing the event data. An event arguments of Initializes a new instance of the class. The selection start. Length of the selection. Gets the selection start. Gets the length of the selection. The length of the selection. Represents the method that will handle when the selection is changing in The sender. The instance containing the event data. An event arguments of Initializes a new instance of the class. The old selection start. Old length of the selection. The new selection start. New length of the selection. Gets the old selection start. Gets the old length of the selection. The old length of the selection. Gets the new selection start. Gets the new length of the selection. The new length of the selection. Represents the method that suggested text is changed in The sender. The instance containing the event data. An event arguments of Initializes a new instance of the class. The text. The suggested text. The start position. The end position. The action. Gets the text. Gets the suggested text. Gets the auto-complete action. Gets or sets the start position. The start position. Gets or sets the end position. The end position. Represents text changed action Text editing Text property change Represents text changed event arguments Initializes a new instance of the class. The text. The caret position. The action. Gets the text. Gets the caret position. Gets the text change action. Represents text changing event arguments Initializes a new instance of the class. The start position. The length. The old text. The new text. The action. Gets the text change action. Gets the start position. Gets the selection length. Represent a method that handles menu opening in The sender. The instance containing the event data. Event arguments of Initializes a new instance of the class. The context menu. Gets the context menu. Represents a keyboard and mouse input handler Processes the key down. The instance containing the event data. Processes the key up. The instance containing the event data. Processes the key press. The instance containing the event data. Processes the mouse down. The instance containing the event data. Processes the mouse up. The instance containing the event data. Processes the mouse move. The instance containing the event data. Processes the mouse wheel. The instance containing the event data. Processes the double click. The instance containing the event data. Processes the mouse leave. The instance containing the event data. Prcesses the mouse enter. The instance containing the event data. Represents a keyboard and mouse input handler Initializes a new instance of the class. The text box element. Determines whether the mouse input should be handled The mouse position. Processes the mouse down. The instance containing the event data. Processes the mouse up. The instance containing the event data. Processes the mouse move. The instance containing the event data. Processes the mouse leave. The instance containing the event data. Prcesses the mouse enter. The instance containing the event data. Processes the mouse selection. The location. Sets the current cursor position The location. Processes the mouse wheel. The instance containing the event data. Processes the context menu. The location. Processes the double click. The instance containing the event data. Processes the key down. The instance containing the event data. Processes delete of if set to true [move next]. Processes delete of if set to true [move next]. True if Control modifier key is pressed. If set to true - it will delete to the end of the word. Processes the select of all Processes the copy operation of Processes the paste operation of text Processes the cut. Processes the tab key. The instance containing the event data. Selects the next or previous control. if set to true [forward]. Processes the navigation key. The instance containing the event data. Processes the list navigation. The instance containing the event data. Processes the enter key. The instance containing the event data. Processes the page key. The instance containing the event data. Processes undo. Processes redo. Processes the key press. The instance containing the event data. Processes the insert. The text. Processes the key up. The instance containing the event data. Represents a logical line in Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The start block. The end block. The size. Gets or sets the start block. The start block. Gets or sets the end block. The end block. Gets or sets the location. The location. Gets or sets the size. The size. Gets the control bounding rectangle. Index comparer of Initializes a new instance of the class. Index of the block. Compares the specified line. The line. The null line. Represents collection of Adds the specified line. The line. Removes the range. The index. The count. Removes all items from the . The is read-only. Binaries the search by Y coordinate. The y. Binaries the search by offset. The offset. Binaries the index of the search by block. The index. Binaries the search. The comparer. Offset comparer of Initializes a new instance of the class. The offset. Compares the specified line. The line. The null line. Y-coordinate comparer of Initializes a new instance of the class. The y coorditante. Compares the specified line X. The line X. The line Y. Offset comparer of Initializes a new instance of the class. The offset. Compares the specified x. The x. The null object. Represents a localizable provider of Gets the localized string by identifier The id. Contains identifiers of the localizable strings in Represents a single word in Gets or sets the index of the block The index. Gets or sets the block according to the previous one The offset. Gets the length of the word. It can be different than the exact text length. Gets or sets the block's text The text. Gets the desired size of the block The size of the desired. Gets the control bounding rectangle. Gets a rectangle of character by index. The index. if set to true [trail edge]. Gets the character index at X-position. The x. Measures the textblock available size. Size of the available. Arranges the textblock final rectangle. The final rectangle. Represent a navigator in Gets or sets the selection start. The selection start. Gets or sets the selection end. The selection end. Gets or sets the caret position. The caret position. Gets the length of the selection. The length of the selection. Occurs when selection is changing. Occurs when selection is changed. Suspends the notifications. Resumes the notifications. Navigates by specified keys. The instance containing the event data. Saves the current selection position. Restores the saved selection position. Scrolls to caret position. Selects the specified range. The start. The end. Gets the position from point. The point. Gets the position from offset. The offset. Gets the previous position. The position. Gets the previous position. The position. True if Control modifier key is pressed. Gets the next position. The position. Gets the next position. The position. True if Control modifier key is pressed. Represent a navigator in Initializes a new instance of the class. The text box element. Gets the associated text box element. Gets or sets the selection start. The selection start. Gets or sets the selection end. The selection end. Gets the length of the selection. The length of the selection. Gets or sets the caret position. The caret position. Occurs when selection is changing. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when selection is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Saves the current selection position. Restores the saved selection position. Suspends the notifications. Resumes the notifications. Gets the position from offset. The offset. Gets the position from point. The point. Gets the text position from line. The line. The x. Scrolls to caret position. Navigates by specified keys. The instance containing the event data. Navigates at line. The instance containing the event data. The position. Gets the previous position. The position. Gets the previous position. The position. True if Control modifier key is pressed. Gets the previous position resursively. The position. Gets the next position. The position. Gets the next position. The position. True if Control modifier key is pressed. Gets the next position recursively. The position. Navigates to line. The instance containing the event data. The position. Selects the specified range. The start. The end. Selects the override. if set to true [notify]. Sets the caret position. Represent a text position in Initializes a new instance of the class. The line. The text block. The char position. Gets the line. Gets the text block. Gets the char position in Compares to The position. Equalses the specified position. The position. Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance. The to compare with this instance. true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. Returns a hash code for this instance. A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. Performs an implicit conversion from to . The start. The result of the conversion. Implements the operator >. The start. The end. The result of the operator. Implements the operator >=. The start. The end. The result of the operator. Implements the operator <. The start. The end. The result of the operator. Implements the operator <=. The start. The end. The result of the operator. Implements the operator ==. The start. The end. The result of the operator. Implements the operator !=. The start. The end. The result of the operator. Gets the length. The start. The end. Gets the first position. The layout panel. Gets the last position. The layout panel. Swaps two positions The start position. The end position. Enables the user to enter text, and provides multiline editing Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates the associated text box element. Gets or sets the size of the drop down max. The size of the drop down max. Gets or sets the size of the drop down min. The size of the drop down min. Gets or sets the max count of visible items in auto-complete drop down The max drop down item count. Gets the associated text box element. Gets the auto-complete list element. Gets or sets an option that controls how automatic completion works for the TextBox. The auto complete mode. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text in view should appear as the default password character. Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line Gets or sets when the vertical scroll bar should appear in a multiline TextBox. The state of the vertical scroll bar. Gets or sets when the horizontal scroll bar should appear in a multiline TextBox. The state of the horizontal scroll bar. Gets or sets the auto complete display member. The auto complete display member. Gets or sets a value specifying the source of complete items used for automatic completion. The auto complete data source. Gets a value specifying the complete items used for automatic completion. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected text in the text box control remains highlighted when the element loses focus. true if [hide selection]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the caret position. The index of the caret. Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. The selection start. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. The length of the selection. Gets the length of text in the element. The length of the text. Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box element. The length of the max. Gets or sets the current text in the text box element. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. AutoSize for RadTextBoxControl is affecting only the height of the control. Gets or sets the prompt text that is displayed when the text box contains no text. The null text. Gets or sets the color of the null text. The color of the null text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the null text will be shown when the control is focused and the text is empty. Gets or sets how the text is horizontally aligned in the element. The horizontal text alignment. Gets or sets the lines of text in a text box control. The lines. Gets or sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the text box. The selected text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the TAB key in a multiline text box element types a TAB character in the element instead of moving the focus to the next element in the tab order. true if [accepts tab]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing ENTER in a multiline TextBox control creates a new line of text in the control or activates the default button for the form. true if [accepts return]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is a multiline text box. true if multiline; otherwise, false. Indicates whether a multiline text box control automatically wraps words to the beginning of the next line when necessary. true if [word wrap]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the color of the selection. The color of the selection. Gets or sets the selection opacity. The selection opacity. Gets or sets whether the TextBox control modifies the case of characters as they are typed. The character casing. Gets or sets a value indicating whether text in the text box is read-only. true if this is in read only mode; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the caret is visible in read only mode. true if the caret is visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the shortcut menu associated with the control. A that represents the shortcut menu associated with the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clear button is shown. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the embedded label is shown. It is recommended to set AutoSize to true, when using the embedded label. Gets or sets the text of the embedded label. Occurs when text selection is changing. Occurs when text selection is changed. Occurs when the text is changing. Occurs when text block is formatting. Occurs when an instance of is created Occurs when opening the context menu. Fired when the Input Method Editor starts the composition. Fired when the Input Method Editor completes the composition. Fired when the Input Method Editor has a result ready. For languages like Korean this might happen before the composition has ended. Appends text to the current text of a text box. The text. Clears all text from the text box element. Specifies that the value of the SelectionLength property is zero so that no characters are selected in the element. Scrolls the contents of the control to the current caret position. Selects a range of text in the text box. The selection start The selection length Selects all text in the text box. Moves the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. Copies the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the Clipboard. Inserts the specified text to the textbox The text. Deletes the text at current position Deletes the text at the next current position if set to true deletes next character. Deletes the text at the next current position if set to true deletes next character. True if Control modifier key is pressed. If set to true - it will delete to the end of the word. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Represents a context menu of Initializes a new instance of the class. The text box. Adds the menu item by localizable string identifier The string id. Gets the associated text box. Represents a scroller in Initializes a new instance of the class. The scroll bar. Gets the max value of the scrollbar Gets or sets the value of the scrollbar The value. Gets the associated scroll bar. Gets or sets the state of the scrollbar. The state of the scrollbar. Gets the size of the client area. The size of the client. Gets the desired size of the document The size of the desired. Gets or sets the large change of the scrollbar. The large change. Gets or sets the small change of the scrollbar. The small change. Occurs when the scroller is updated. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Suspends the notifications of event. Resumes the notifications of event. Updates the scroll range. Size of the client. Size of the desired. Updates the scroll bar Sets the scroll bar visibility. Provides localization services for RadTimePicker. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. RadTimePicker localization strings. Creates a RadTimePicker instance. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets the Text associated to the Button below TimeTables Gets or sets the current culture associated to the RadTimePicker Gets or sets the row height in time picker popup. Gets or sets the columns count. Gets or sets headers height. Gets or sets button panel height. Gets or sets the table width. Set the Clock position Before Time Tables or Above Time Tables Gets or sets a value which determines how to represent the times in time picker popup. Gets or sets a value indicating the time interval. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the contents of the TextBox control can be changed. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when RadDropDownList has no text set. Gets the RadTimePickerElement which encapsulates the UI representation and functionality of the control. Gets or sets the time value assigned to the control. Gets or sets the Minimal time value assigned to the control. Gets or sets the Maximal time value assigned to the control. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs when the editing value is changing. Occurs when the editing value has been changed Occurs when a cell changes its state. Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user presses a key down Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user presses a key Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user releases the pressed key up Occurs when the value of the Multiline property has changed. Occurs when the value of the TextAlign property has changed. Fires the ValueChanging event Fires the ValueChanged event Gets the culture to be used when displaying the time. Determines whether control's height will be determined automatically, depending on the current Font. Gets the RadTimePickerElement which encapsulates the UI representation and functionality of the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the contents of the time picker control can be changed. Occurs when the editing value has been changed Occurs when the editing value is changing. Fires the ValueChanged event Fires the ValueChanging event This property is used internally. Creates the button element for the increment button. A to be placed in the . Creates the button element for the decrement button. A to be placed in the . Enables or disables the ReadOnly mode of RadTimeBox. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadDropDownList will be animated when displaying. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when RadDropDownList has no text set. This property is used internally. Occurs when the editing value is changing. Occurs when the editing value has been changed Provides localization services for RadTimeSpanPicker. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. RadTimeSpanPicker localization strings. Creates the visual element. Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the text. Gets the RadTimeSpanPickerElement which encapsulates the UI representation and functionality of the control. Gets the . Represents the element of the pop-up. Gets the default size of the control. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets the current culture associated to the RadTimeSpanPicker Gets or sets a value indicating how the users will edit the TimeSpan value. Gets or sets the days step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the hours step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the minutes step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the seconds step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the milliseconds step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the contents of the TextBox control can be changed. Gets or set a value indicating whether end users can set the value to NULL. This can be achieved by pressing Ctrl + Del or Ctrl + 0 key combinations. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when RadTimeSpanPicker has no text set. Gets or sets the time value assigned to the control. Gets or sets the Minimal TimeSpan value assigned to the control. Gets or sets the Maximal TimeSpan value assigned to the control. Gets or sets the format string. This property is not relevant for this class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the spin buttons will be shown. Occurs when the editing value is about to be changed. Cancelable. Occurs when the editing value has been changed Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user presses a key down Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user presses a key Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user releases the pressed key up Occurs when the pop-up about to be opened. Cancelable. Occurs when the pop-up is opened. Occurs when the pop-up about to be closed. Cancelable. Occurs when the pop-up is closed. Creates the masked edit box element. Creates the pop-up instance. You have to override this method in order to provide a pop-up that is specialized by its content. Creates the drop down button element. Creates the StackLayoutElement that holds up and down arrow buttons. Creates the button element for the increment button. A to be placed in the . Creates the button element for the decrement button. A to be placed in the . Subscribes to the necessary events. Unsubscribes from all subscribed events. Disposes the managed resources. Gets the theme effective type. Gets the . Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the text. Gets or sets a value indicating how the users will edit the TimeSpan value. Gets the . Represents the element of the pop-up. Gets the used to open the pop-up. Gets up button. Gets down button. Down button. Gets the pop-up form. The pop-up form. Gets the spin buttons stack layout. The spin buttons stack layout. Gets or sets the minimum size of pop-up form. The pop-up form. Gets or sets the format string. Gets or sets the culture. Enables or disables the ReadOnly mode of RadTimeSpanPicker. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop down button will be shown. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the spin buttons will be shown. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadDropDownList will be animated when displaying. Gets or set a value indicating whether end users can set the value to NULL. This can be achieved by pressing Ctrl + Del or Ctrl + 0 key combinations. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when RadDropDownList has no text set. Gets or sets the value of Gets or sets the min value. Gets or sets the max value. Gets or sets the days step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the hours step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the minutes step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the seconds step used when modifying the value. Gets or sets the milliseconds step used when modifying the value. Gets the provider of hosted MaskedEditBoxElement. This provider is used to format the value and controls how editing is performed in each part(days, hours, minutes, seconds and milliseconds) of selected Format. Occurs when the editing value is changing. Occurs when the editing value has been changed This mode indicates how the users will edit the TimeSpan value. The value will be edited in masked edit box. The value will be edited only in pop-up. The value is modified both in masked edit box and pop-up. Gets or sets whether the element holding the text is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether an icon is displayed in the caption bar of the form. Gets or sets the height of the extended title bar. Gets or sets the margin that defines the margin of the holding the near items. Gets or sets the margin that defines the margin of the holding the center items. Gets or sets the margin that defines the margin of the holding the far items. Gets or sets the position of the text inside the title bar. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the near toolbar items. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the center toolbar items. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the far toolbar items. Determines how the element containers are wrapped in relation to the available space. Both options will allocate the space for each of the containers proportionally from the totally available space. The will calculate the proportion depending on the DesiredSize of the element containers. The option will calculate the proportion depending on the items count or the explicitly specified items weight. Gets or sets the wrap weight while performing the layout of the NearItems container. The property is only relevant in the wrap mode. The value is in percentage and determines what part of the available space is dedicated to the container. Gets or sets the wrap weight while performing the layout of the CenterItems container. The property is only relevant in the wrap mode. The value is in percentage and determines what part of the available space is dedicated to the container. Gets or sets the wrap weight while performing the layout of the FarItems container. The property is only relevant in the wrap mode. The value is in percentage and determines what part of the available space is dedicated to the container. Gets the instance of RadToolbarFormControlElement wrapped by this control. The RadToolbarFormControlElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadToolbarFormControlElement. Gets a collection of the items close to the start of the form. Gets a collection of the items close to the start of the form. Gets a collection of the items close to the start of the form. Gets the near items container. Gets the center items container. Gets the far items container. Gets the icon element. Gets the text element. Gets the instance that represents the fill of the toolbar control's caption. Gets the instance that represents the border of the toolbar control's caption. Gets the Help button. Gets the Minimize button Gets the Maximize button Gets the Close button Gets or sets the height of the extended title bar. Gets or sets whether the element holding the text is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether an icon is displayed in the caption bar of the form. Gets or sets the position of the text inside the title bar. Gets or sets the margin that defines the margin of the holding the near items. Gets or sets the margin that defines the margin of the holding the center items. Gets or sets the margin that defines the margin of the holding the far items. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the near toolbar items. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the center toolbar items. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the far toolbar items. Determines how the element containers are wrapped in relation to the available space. Both options will allocate the space for each of the containers proportionally from the totally available space. The will calculate the proportion depending on the DesiredSize of the element containers. The option will calculate the proportion depending on the items count or the explicitly specified items weight. Gets or sets the wrap weight while performing the layout of the NearItems container. The property is only relevant in the wrap mode. The value is in percentage and determines what part of the available space is dedicated to the container. Gets or sets the wrap weight while performing the layout of the CenterItems container. The property is only relevant in the wrap mode. The value is in percentage and determines what part of the available space is dedicated to the container. Gets or sets the wrap weight while performing the layout of the FarItems container. The property is only relevant in the wrap mode. The value is in percentage and determines what part of the available space is dedicated to the container. Gets or set the default space between the elements. Returns the collection of buttons that appears on the near side of the text. Returns the panel that contain the near elements. Returns the collection of buttons that appears on the right side of the text. Returns the panel tat contain the far elements. Positions the text close the start of the form and next to the icon. Positions the text between the NearItems and MiddleItems. Positions the text between the MiddleItems and FarItems. Positions the text close the end of the form and next to the system buttons. Wrapped according to the desired size of the elements. Wrapped according to a specified weight of the elements. This class is responsible for arranging the elements in slices. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the sort direction. The sort direction. Gets or sets the orientation. The orientation. Calculates the rectangles. The data. Size of the available. Defines the different layout orientations that a can have. Layout should be horizontally oriented. Layout should be vertically oriented. Layout orientation should be determined automatically. This class is responsible for arranging the elements, so that their aspect ratio is as close to 1 as possible. Calculates the rectangles. The data. Size of the available. Base class for all TreeMap layout algorithms. Initializes a new instance of the class. Calculates the rectangles. The data. Size of the available. A class that is used to colorize the items and groups of by given start and end palettes with colors. Creates a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the start palette. Defines the start colors for each group of . Gets or sets the end palette. Defines the end colors for each group of . Gets or sets the start color. Defines the start color when there are no groups in . Gets or sets the end color. Defines the end color when there are no groups in . Colorizes the groups. The groups. Colorizes the items. The items. Colorizes the items by given start and end colors. The data items. The start color. The end color. Mixes a color. The ratio of start color in the result color. The start color. The background color. The mixed color. A class that is used to colorize the items and groups of by given palette with colors. Creates a new instance of the class. Creates a default palette. Gets or sets the palette with colors. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to apply the same back color to each item in groups. Colorizes the groups. The groups. Colorizes the items. The data items. Colorizes the items by given item background color. The data items. The item back color. A class that is used to colorize the items and groups of by given stops and palette with colors. Creates a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the palette. Gets the stops collection. Values can be absolute or relative (between 0 and 1) depending on the IsAbsolute property value. If the collection is empty a default relative values collection based on the colors count in the palette is used when the items are being colorized. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the values in the collection are absolute or relative(between 0 and 1). Colorizes the groups. The groups. Colorizes the items. The data items. Colorizes the items by given stops collection in absolute values. The items. The stops. Contains all the predefined palettes for . A predefined palette may not be further modified once loaded. Defines the name of the palette for RadTreeMap. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Defines the name of the palette. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Colors are warm and soft. Represents a with 17 distinctive entires per series Family. Colors are warm and soft. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Represents a with 8 distinctive colors. Loads the palette. The name. An enumeration that defines members for the possible tool tip displays modes of . Does not display tool or screen tips. Displays a tool tip when an item or a group is hovered. Displays a screen tip when an item or a group is hovered. Gets or sets the bounds of the item. Gets or sets the text. Gets or sets the value. Gets the value used by the tree map algorithm. Gets or sets the item style. Gets or sets the tag. Gets or sets the parent group. Gets the data group that is assigned to this group. Gets the items in this group. Gets or sets the height of the header. Gets or sets the tree map algorithm for this group. Gets or sets the value member. Gets or sets the display member. Gets or sets the legend title. Initializes a new instance of the class. The key. The parent. The owner. Gets the data item group. Gets the associated with this group. Gets or sets the background color. Gets or sets the foreground color. Gets or sets the border color. Sets the back color from the colorizer. If the value is locally set the this property will not be applied. Sets the fore color from the colorizer. If the value is locally set the this property will not be applied. Sets the border color from the colorizer. If the value is locally set the this property will not be applied. The event handler for the and events. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Event arguments used in the and events. Initializes a new instance of the class. The old group. The new group. Gets the old group. Gets the new group. The event handler for the event. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The old group. The new group. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to cancel the change operation. The event handler for the event. The sender. The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Event arguments used in the event. The data group. The graphics object. The group bounds. Gets the group item. Gets the object. Gets the bounds of the group. The event handler for the event. The sender. The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Event arguments used in the event. The data group. The graphics object. The group bounds. The group background color. The group foreground color. The group border color. The group font. The group text. The text alignment. The header text rectangle. Gets the group item. Gets the header text rectangle. The event handler for the and events. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Event arguments used in the and events. Initializes a new instance of the class. The old item. The new item. Gets the old item. Gets the mew item. The event handler for the event. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The old item. The new item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to cancel the change operation. The event handler for the event. The sender, usually this is the . The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The new item. Gets or sets the new data item. Event argument used in the . The sender, usually this is the . The event arguments. Event arguments used in the . Initializes a new instance of the class. The data item. Gets the data item. Gets the main element. The event handler for the event. The sender. The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Event arguments used in the event. The data item. The graphics object. The item bounds. Gets the object. Gets the bounds of the item. The event handler for the event. The sender. The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Event arguments used in the event. The data item. The graphics object. The item bounds. The item background color. The item foreground color. The item border color. The item font. The item text. The text alignment. Determines whether the item should be painted. Gets the object. Gets the bounds of the item. Gets or sets the item background color. Gets or sets the item foreground color. Gets or sets the item border color. Gets or sets the item font. Gets or sets the item text. Gets or sets the text alignment. Represents the method that will handle the event of a . The source of the event. A that contains the event data. Provides data for the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The screen tip. The screen tip location. The data item or group. Gets the screen tip. Gets or sets the ScreenTip caption. Gets or sets the ScreenTip content. Gets or sets the ScreenTip footer. Gets or sets the ScreenTip location. Gets or sets the ScreenTip delay. Gets the data item or group. If the item is group item can be casted to . Represents the method that will handle the event of a . The source of the event. A that contains the event data. Provides data for the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The tool tip. The tool tip text. The tool tip duration. The tool tip location. The data item or group. Gets the tool tip. Gets or sets the ToolTip text. Gets or sets the ToolTip duration. Gets or sets the ToolTip location. Gets the data item or group. If the item is group item can be casted to . Initializes a new instance of the class. The TreeMap element. Disposes the managed resources. Initializes the fields. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates the legend title element. Creates the panel element. Creates the scroll view element. Gets the panel element used for organizing the legend items. Gets the title element. Gets or sets the legend title text. Gets or sets the position of the legend title. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. The provider change. Called when [visual item creating]. The group. Occurs when [visual item creating]. Measures the space required by the Used by the layout system. The size that is available to the . The available size can be infinity (to take the full size of the element) In this method call to the Measure method of each child must be made. The minimum size required by the element to be completely visible. Cannot be infinity. Arranges the elements. The final size. Initializes the fields. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Initializes the fields. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates the item marker. Creates the item title. Disposes the managed resources. Gets the group item that holds the data displayed in this element. Gets the marker element. Gets the title element. Synchronizes this instance. Syncs the visual style properties. The source. The target. Initializes a new instance of the class. The group item. Gets or sets the item element that will be created. Gets the group item which holds the data. Initializes the fields. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the default size of the when a new instance is initialized. Gets or sets the value member. Gets or sets the display member. Gets or sets the data source. Gets a collection of TreeMapDataItem object which represent the items in RadTreeMap. Gets a collection containing the groups of the RadTreeMap. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the grouping is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selection is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the hot tracking behavior is enabled. Gets or sets the tree map algorithm. Gets or sets the tree map items colorizer. Gets the hovered item. Gets the hovered group. Gets or sets the selected group. Gets or sets the selected item. Gets or sets the group background color. Gets or sets the group border color. Gets or sets the hovered item background color. Gets or sets the hovered item border color. Gets or sets the hovered item border width. Gets or sets the selected item background color. Gets or sets the selected item border color. Gets or sets the border width of selected item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to wrap the text of the items. Gets or sets the text alignment of the items. Gets or sets the text alignment of the groups. Gets a collection of GroupDescriptor which are used to define grouping rules over the TreeMapDataItemCollection. Gets or sets the tree map title. Gets or sets a value indicating whether legend is shown. Gets or sets the legend position. Gets or sets the orientation of the legend items. Gets or sets the legend title. Gets or sets a value indicating how to display tool tips. This property is not relevant for this class. Evaluates the algorithm. When the algorithm passes, each item will have updated Bounds property. The colorizer passes through all items ad sets the corresponding background and foreground colors. Occurs when a needs to be created. Occurs when a data-bound item is being attached to a . Occurs when the has been evaluated and all have valid Bounds. Occurs when an item is about to be painted. Occurs when an group is about to be painted. Occurs when an item has been painted. Occurs when a group and its items have been painted. Occurs when the hovered item has changed. Occurs when the hovered group has changed. Occurs when the selected item is about to be changed. Cancellable. Occurs when the selected item has changed. Occurs when the selected group is about to be changed. Cancellable. Occurs when the selected group has changed. Occurs when the screen tip is about to be shown. Cancellable. Occurs when the tool tip is about to be shown. Cancellable. Creates the binding context. Creates the list source. Creates the default tree map algorithm. Creates the default tree map colorizer. Gets or sets the value member. Gets or sets the display member. Gets or sets the data source. Gets the source of the items. Gets the DataView collection. Gets a collection of GroupDescriptor which are used to define grouping rules over the TreeMapDataItemCollection. Gets a collection of TreeMapDataItem object which represent the items in RadTreemap. Gets a collection containing the groups of the RadTreeMap. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the grouping is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether legend is displayed. Gets or sets the legend title. Gets or sets the position of the . Gets or sets the orientation of the legend items. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selection is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the hot tracking behavior is enabled. Gets a value indicating, whether the grouping functionality is enabled and groups are added. Gets or sets the tree map algorithm. Gets or sets the tree map items colorizer. Gets the hovered item. Gets the hovered group. Gets or sets the selected group. Gets or sets the selected item. Gets or sets the font. Font type defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. Gets or sets the header height of the groups. Gets or sets the group background color. Gets or sets the group border color. Gets or sets the hovered item background color. Gets or sets the hovered item border color. Gets or sets the hovered item border width. Gets or sets the selected item background color. Gets or sets the selected item border color. Gets or sets the border width of selected item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to wrap the text of the items. Gets or sets the text alignment of the items. Gets or sets the text alignment of the groups. Gets or sets the tree map title. Gets the title element. Gets the title stack. Gets the legend element. Gets the legend stack. Gets or sets a value indicating how to display tool tips. Gets the tool tip. Use the property. Gets or sets the screen tip element. Gets a value indicating whether to display tool tips. The colorizer passes through all items ad sets the corresponding background and foreground colors. Initialized the items. Evaluates the algorithm. When the algorithm passes, each item will have updated Bounds property. Occurs when a needs to be created. Occurs when a data-bound item is being attached to a . Occurs when the has been evaluated and all have valid Bounds. Occurs when an item is about to be painted. Occurs when an group is about to be painted. Occurs when an item has been painted. Occurs when a group and its items have been painted. Occurs when the hovered item has changed. Occurs when the hovered group has changed. Occurs when the selected item is about to be changed. Cancellable. Occurs when the selected item has changed. Occurs when the selected group is about to be changed. Cancellable. Occurs when the selected group has changed. Occurs when the screen tip is about to be shown. Cancellable. Occurs when the tool tip is about to be shown. Cancellable. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The data item. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The event arguments. Fires the event. The event arguments. Create new row item. Initializes IDataItemSource. Represent a base for RadValidation Represents the List of Controls that belongs to this Rule. Gets or sets the ToolTip Text. Gets or sets ToolTip Title. Enable ot disable the ToolTip showing when validation fails. Get the Rule Expression e.g. 'Value > 5' Sets or sets the PropertyName which will be evaluated. For example 'Value' Property. Add a RadEditorControl descendant to the Rule's Controls collection. RadEditorControl descendant instance Remove a RadEditorControl descendant from the Rule's Controls collection. RadEditorControl descendant instance The Value of the rule. This Value will be evaluated against the Property. Turn On or Off the CaseSensitive evaluation. RadCompositeValidationRule evaluates two or more RadValidationRules or RadValidationRuleWithTargetControl and combines their with AND or OR operator. Gets or Sets a collection with RadEditorControl descendants that belongs this Rule. Associates this rule and all controls in ValidationRules collection with the specified RadEditorControl descendant. A RadEditorControl descendant that represents the editor. Removes the specified RadEditorControl descendant from this rule and from all controls in ValidationRules collection . A RadEditorControl descendant that represents the editor. Inherit property. Not used in RadCompositeValidationRule. Gets or Sets the collection of ValidationRules that belongs to this RadValidationProvider. Gets the Rule expression. The Rule expression. Gets or Sets the ToolTip Text. Gets or Sets the ToolTip Title Text. This text will be shown as ToolTip Title text when rule validation fails. Inherited property. Not used in the Rule. Enable or Disable the ToolTip when validation fails. Inherited property. Not used in the Rule. Enable or Disable the case sensitive Rule's Like operator. Gets or Sets the ValidationHelperElement descendant that contains the Error image. This element is set next to the validated control. Gets or Sets the result from the rule evaluation. Get the Control which is evaluated in the ValidationRule. Error image that will displayed next to the Validated control. Error SVG image that will displayed next to the Validated control. Gets or sets the custom ToolTip for the Rule. Sets the X position of the ToolTip. Sets the Y position of the ToolTip. Sets the ToolTip's duration in Milliseconds The Rule that fires this event. Sets or Gets the ToolTip's Text. Sets or Gets the ToolTip's Title. Enable or Disable the Error border and error image. Enable or Disable the ToolTip shadow. Construct the RadValidationEventArgs object. The validated control. Must be RadEditorControl descendant Erorr image Error text Error title Validation rule Validatation failed Provides a validation management for RadEditorControl descendant editors. Occurs before a RadEditorControl is being validated. Occurs when the ValidionMode property changed. Gets or Sets the ValidationMode. Gets or Sets the collection of ValidationRules that belongs to this RadValidationProvider. Initializes a new instance of the RadValidationProvider class. Initializes a new instance of the RadValidationProvider class with the specified container control. An object that implements the interface, and owns the created object. Remove a specific RadEditorControl from the validation rules. A RadEditorControl descendant. Remove a validation rule associated with the specified RadEditorControl descendant. A RadEditorControl descendant. Rule to remove. Validates the specified editor associated with the RadEditorControl. A RadEditorControl or descendant that represents the editor to be validated. true if the editor has been successfully validated; otherwise false. Sets the alignment of an error icon for the specified control. A target RadEditorControl. An value that specifies the alignment to be set for the RadEditorControl. Get the alignment of an error icon for the specified RadEditorControl. A target control. An value. Sets the amount of extra space to leave between the specified control and the error icon. The to set the padding for. The padding to add between the icon and the . Returns the amount of extra space to leave next to the error icon. The padding to leave between the icon and the control. The control to get the padding for. Removes a rules associated with the control. A RadEditorControl descendant Gets the collection of the controls whose values are validated. Clear the visual indication for the validation error. Clear the visual indication for the validation error. A RadEditorControl descendant Indicates whether a control can be extended. The control to be extended. true if the control can be extended otherwise false. Associates a validation rule with the specified RadEditorControl descendant. A RadEditorControl descendant that represents the editor. A RadValidationRule descendant that represents the validation rule. Returns a validation rule associated with the specified RadEditorControl descendant. A RadEditorControl descendant. A RadValidationRule descendant that represents the validation rule associated with the editor. Null if no validation rule is associated with the specified control. RadValidationRule provides a validation logic which compares RadEditorControl's Property with Rule's Value. Associates this rule with the specified RadEditorControl descendant. A RadEditorControl descendant that represents the editor. Removes the specified RadEditorControl descendant from this rule. A RadEditorControl descendant that represents the editor. Inherit property. Not used in RadValidation Rule Associated RadEditorControl descendants to this Rule Gets or sets the Value of this rule. Controls in the rule will be evaluated against this value. Gets or Sets the ToolTip Text. This text will be shown as ToolTip text when rule validation fails. Enable or Disable the ToolTip when validation fails. Gets or Sets the ToolTip Title Text. This text will be shown as ToolTip Title text when rule validation fails. Enable or Disable the case sensitive Rule's Like operator. The Name of the Property from Control. This Property will be evaluated against the Rule's Value property. RadValidationRuleWithTargetControl provides a validation logic which compares RadEditorControl's Property with TargetControl's property. Gets or sets the Target Control. This control's property value will be used in the Rule evaluation. The name of the property that will be used in the Rule evaluation. Gets the Rule expression. The Rule expression. Gets or sets the Value of this rule. Controls in the rule will be evaluated against this value. Try to find the ValidationHelperElement in the Children collection The ValidationHelperElement. Return Null if the element is not found. Set Border of the Validated control. The Border element Restore the color of the Validated control. The Border element Validation mode. No validation. Validation will be triggered on control validating event. Validation will be triggered on control text changed event. Validation will be triggered programmatically. The AccessibleObject of Converts Font objects from one data type to another. The CustomFont converter is used for cases where font is represented in and is not installed on the machine. The standard will not be able to deserialize a new instance from serialized string. Converts the specified object to the native type of the converter. A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be null, so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return null. A CultureInfo object that specifies the culture used to represent the font. The object to convert. The converted object. An enumeration that defines whether a is associated to a virtual keyboard. Control is not associated with virtual keyboard. The control is associated with the virtual keyboard. When the control gets focus, the keyboard will be shown. Represents a Keyboard control that allows the input from user. Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates a , which is the main element for . Gets the default size of the control. Gets or sets the keyboard layout type. Changing the value will automatically set the property with a predefined value. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is focusable. Gets the instance, which is the main element for . Gets or sets the , which is used to host and arrange and objects. Gets or sets a value indicating, whether to scale the font when control size in changed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the will track with the system for language changes and will be updated automatically. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to play sound when a key is pressed. Calculates the desired size of , based on , horizontal and vertical count of keys. Is also considers margins and padding of . Determines whether an element is visible in the element hierarchy editor(Edit UI Elements dialog). An event that occurs when a key is about to be sent. Cancellable. An event that occurs when a key is sent. Stores RadVirtualKeyboard's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. XmlWriter to use by the built-in serializer Stores RadVirtualKeyboard's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. The stream to write to. Writes the XML content in the stream and leaves the stream open. Stores RadVirtualKeyboard's layout state in XML format, using the serialization information provided by the property. The file to write to. Loads RadVirtualKeyboard's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The file to read from. Loads RadVirtualKeyboard's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The stream to read from. Loads RadVirtualKeyboard's layout state from XML file, using the serialization information provided by the property. The XmlReader to read the XML from. Gets the serialization info for RadVirtualKeyboard used by Save/Load layout methods to persist the layout to/from XML. By default or when set to null the ComponentXmlSerializationInfo provided by GetDefaultXmlSerializationInfo() will be used. Gets the default serialization info for RadVirtualKeyboard used by Save/Load layout methods to persist the layout to/from XML. The default serialization info. The property is not relevant for this control. The event is not relevant for this control. The event is not relevant for this control. The event is not relevant for this control. The event is not relevant for this control. The method is not relevant for this control. The method is not relevant for this control. The method is not relevant for this control. The method is not relevant for this control. The main element in the control. It hosts all elements, logic, properties. methods and events. Initializes a new instance of the class. Disposes all MANAGED resources - such as Bitmaps, GDI+ objects, etc. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Gets a value indicating whether the CapsLock key is on. Gets a value indicating whether the NumLock key is on. Gets a value indicating whether the ScrollLock key is on. Gets the language change . Gets the IList with objects to be notified when keyboard layout/language/culture is changed. Gets the IList with objects to be notified when CapsLock, NumLock or ScrollLock are toggled. Gets or sets a value indicating, whether to scale the font when control size in changed. Gets a value indicating, whether the Control key is in active state. Gets a value indicating, whether the Windows key is in active state. Gets a value indicating, whether the NumLock key is in active state. Gets a value indicating, whether the Shift key is in active state. Gets a value indicating, whether the Alt key is in active state. Gets a value indicating, whether the Alt Gr(right alt) key is in active state. Gets the collection with currently active modifier keys. Gets or sets the keyboard layout type. Changing the value will automatically set the property with a predefined value. Returns a instance with predefined keyboard layout based on the given parameter. The keyboard layout type. The created . Gets or sets the , which is used to host and arrange and objects. Called when the element has been successfully loaded. That includes loading of all its children as well. Gets or sets current culture for the . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the will track with the system for language changes and will be updated automatically. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to play sound when a key is pressed. Gets or sets the key press sound stream. Note that if you have not set the stream this property will return the default sound. Updates all keys texts. Gets the all keys from all and children and generates and updates their properties. Updates the state of modifier keys based on the current state of the . The given key. Raises the event and updates keys after a system layout change. The new culture. Notifies all listeners when CapsLock, NumLock or ScrollLock are toggled. Notifies all listeners when a key on the active window is pressed. The pressed key. Sends a key by given virtual key. The sender instance. The virtual key code to be sent. Sends a key by given . The sender instance. The to be sent. Sends a key by given char. The sender instance. The char to be sent. Sends a key by given text/string. The sender instance. The string to be sent. Sends a message by given virtual key code or text/string. The sender instance. The key context. The virtual key code. The text. Plays a sound if is set to true. Releases all modifier keys. Extracts the text by given object. The info object. Returns the symbol/text. An event that occurs when the culture(keyboard language) is changed. An event that occurs when a key is about to be sent. Cancellable. An event that occurs when a key is sent. Forces the event. The holding the event data. Forces the event. The holding the event data. Forces the event. The holding the event data. The event is not relevant for this element. The event is not relevant for this element. The event is not relevant for this element. The method is not relevant for this element. The method is not relevant for this element. The method is not relevant for this element. The method is not relevant for this element. The method is not relevant for this element. The method is not relevant for this element. The method is not relevant for this element. The method is not relevant for this element. The method is not relevant for this element. Represents a toolbox component that can be used to associate to any focusable control or just show a form with that allows keyboard input. Initializes a new instance of the component. Initializes a new instance of the component. The parent container. Creates a . The created form. Gets the . Gets or sets a value indicating whether to open the under the associated control that gets the focus. Gets or sets theme name. Gets the control. Gets or sets the keyboard layout type. Changing the value will automatically set the property with a predefined value. Gets or sets the , which is used to host and arrange and objects. Gets or sets a value indicating, whether to scale the font when control size in changed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the will track with the system for language changes and will be updated automatically. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to play sound when a key is pressed. Shows the . Gets the of a given control. The control. The type of association. Sets to a given control. The control. The type of association. Adds an associated control. When the associated control gains the focus the will be shown. Removes an associated control. Represents a command area of RadWizard in Wizard97 mode. Creates a Wizard97CommandArea instance. Creates a Wizard97CommandArea element. >Owner of the element. Gets the CommandArea Back button element. Represents a command area of RadWizard. Creates a WizardCommandArea instance. Creates a WizardCommandArea element. Owner of the element. Gets the CommandArea elements. Gets the CommandArea Next button element. Gets the CommandArea Cancel button element. Gets the CommandArea Finish button element. Gets the CommandArea Help button element. Represents a command area button element of RadWizard. Gets or sets a value indication wether the button is focused. Represents a button element of RadWizard in Aero mode. Represents a top element of RadWizard in Aero mode. Creates a WizardAeroTopElement instance. Creates a WizardAeroTopElement. Owner of the element. Gets the AeroTopElement Back button element. Base class for RadWizard elements. Gets or sets a value indicating that the element currently refers to a WizardWelcomePage. Gets or sets a value indicating that the element currently refers to a WizardCompletionPage. Gets the owner RadWizardElement of the element. Updates the current state of the element. The WizardPage the element currently refers to. Represents a page header of RadWizard. Creates a WizardPageHeaderElement instance. Gets the element containing the WizardPageHeader title text. Gets or sets the text of TitleElement. Gets or sets the TitleElement visibility. Gets the element containing the WizardPageHeader header text. Gets or sets the text of HeaderElement. Gets or sets the HeaderElement visibility. Gets the element containing the WizardPageHeader icon image. Gets or sets the WizardPageHeader icon image. Gets or set the alignment of the WizardPageHeader icon image. Updates the current state of the element. Represents an element of RadWizard which paints its text on glass. Represents the method that will handle the ModeChanged events of RadWizard. The event sender. Instance of ModeChangedEventArgs. Provides data for the ModeChanged event. Gets the previous mode of the wizard. Gets the current mode of the wizard. Initializes a new instance of the ModeChangedEventArgs class. The previous mode of the wizard. The current mode of the wizard. Represents the method that will handle the ModeChanging events of RadWizard. The event sender. Instance of ModeChangingEventArgs. Provides data for the ModeChanging event. Gets the current mode of the wizard. Gets the next mode of the wizard. Initializes a new instance of the ModeChangingEventArgs class. The current mode of the wizard. The next mode of the wizard. Represents the method that will handle cancelable events of RadWizard. The event sender. Instance of WizardCancelEventArgs. Provides data for cancelable events of RadWizard. Initializes a new instance of the WizardCancelEventArgs class. Determines whether the event is canceled or may continue. Represents the method that will handle the SelectedPageChanged events of RadWizard. The event sender. Instance of SelectedPageChangedEventArgs. Provides data for the SelectedPageChanged event. Gets the previous selected page of the wizard. Gets the selected page of the wizard. Initializes a new instance of the SelectedPageChangedEventArgs class. The previous selected page of the wizard. The selected page of the wizard. Represents the method that will handle the SelectedPageChanging events of RadWizard. The event sender. Instance of SelectedPageChangingEventArgs. Provides data for the SelectedPageChanging event. Gets the selected page of the wizard. Gets the wizard page to be selected. Initializes a new instance of the SelectedPageChangingEventArgs class. The selected page of the wizard. The wizard page to be selected. Provides localization services for RadWizard. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. RadWizard localization strings. Represents a completion page of RadWizard. Creates a WizardCompletionPage instance. Gets or sets the Completion page image. Represents a page of RadWizard. Creates a WizardPage instance. Gets the owner RadWizardElement of the page. Gets or sets the panel presenting the content area of the page. Gets or sets the page title text. Gets or sets the page header text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page customizes its header. Gets or sets the page's TitleElement visibility. Applies if CustomizePageHeader has value 'true'. Gets or sets the page's HeaderElement visibility. Applies if CustomizePageHeader has value 'true'. Gets or sets the page's IconElement image. Applies if CustomizePageHeader has value 'true'. Gets a value indicating whether the page is selected. Returns a string representation of the page. The string representation of the page. Represents a collection of WizardPage objects. Creates a WizardPageCollection instance. Owner of the element. Gets the owner RadWizardElement of the collection. Inserts a WizardPage before the RadWizard CompletionPage in the collection. Represents a welcome page of RadWizard. Creates a WizardWelcomePage instance. Gets or sets the Welcome page image. RadWizard is a control which helps you to break a complex process into separate steps. Creates a RadWizard instance. Gets the RadWizardElement which encapsulates the UI representation and functionality of the control. Gets or sets the mode of the control. Gets or sets a value indication wether the Aero style should apply when the control is in Wizard Aero mode. Gets the pages collection. Gets or sets the welcome page. Gets or sets the completion page. Gets or sets the selected page. Gets the command area element. Gets or sets the height of the command area. Negative value makes the command area autosize. Gets the page header element. Gets or sets the height of the page header. Negative value makes the page header autosize. Gets the element containing the image of the welcome pages. Gets the element containing the image of the completion pages. Gets or sets the image of the welcome pages. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image of the welcome pages should be visible. Gets or sets the layout of the welcome pages image. Gets or sets the background image shape of the welcome pages. Gets or sets the image of the completion pages. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image of the completion pages should be visible. Gets or sets the layout of the completion pages image. Gets or sets the background image shape of the completion pages. Gets or sets the visibility of the page header's title element. Gets or sets the visibility of the page header's header element. Gets or sets the icon of the page header. Gets or sets the alignment of the page header's icon. Gets the command area's back button. Gets the command area's next button. Gets the command area's cancel button. Gets the command area's finish button. Gets the command area's help button. RadWizard consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadWizard consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Returns true if the focus should go the navigation buttons when the user presses Shift and Tab Returns true if the focus should go the navigation buttons when the user presses Left arrow Returns true if the focus should go the navigation buttons when the user presses Right arrow Returns true if the focus should go the navigation buttons when the user presses Tab Selects next wizard page. Selects previous wizard page. Fires before the mode of RadWizard is changed. Raises the event. An instance of containing event data. Fires after the mode of RadWizard is changed. Raises the event. An instance of containing event data. Fires when the next command button is clicked. Raises the event. An instance of containing event data. Fires when the back command button is clicked. Raises the event. An instance of containing event data. Fires when the finish command button is clicked. Raises the event. An instance of . Fires when the cancel command button is clicked. Raises the event. An instance of . Fires when the help command button is clicked. Raises the event. An instance of . Fires before the selected page of RadWizard is changed. Raises the event. The owner. An instance of containing event data. Fires after the selected page of RadWizard is changed. Raises the event. The owner. An instance of containing event data. Encapsulates the UI representation and functionality of RadWizard. Creates a RadWizardElement instance. Gets or sets the mode of RadWizard. Gets the view of RadWizard. Gets the Owner RadWizard control. Gets or sets a value indication wether the Aero style should apply when RadWizard is in Wizard Aero mode. Gets the pages collection. Gets or sets the welcome page. Gets or sets the completion page. Gets or sets the selected page. Gets the command area element. Gets or sets the height of the command area. Negative value makes the command area autosize. Gets the page header element. Gets or sets the height of the page header. Negative value makes the page header autosize. Gets the element containing the image of the welcome pages. Gets the element containing the image of the completion pages. Gets or sets the image of the welcome pages. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image of the welcome pages should be visible. Gets or sets the layout of the welcome pages image. Gets or sets the background image shape of the welcome pages. Gets or sets the image of the completion pages. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image of the completion pages should be visible. Gets or sets the layout of the completion pages image. Gets or sets the background image shape of the completion pages. Gets or sets the visibility of the page header's title element. Gets or sets the visibility of the page header's header element. Gets or sets the icon of the page header. Gets or sets the alignment of the page header's icon. Gets the command area's back button. Gets the command area's next button. Gets the command area's cancel button. Gets the command area's finish button. Gets the command area's help button. Refreshes the element's view. Selects next wizard page. Selects previous wizard page. Fires before the mode of RadWizard is changed. Raises the event. An instance of containing event data. Fires after the mode of RadWizard is changed. Raises the event. An instance of containing event data. Fires when the next command button is clicked. Raises the event. An instance of containing event data. Fires when the back command button is clicked. Raises the event. An instance of containing event data. Fires before the selected page of RadWizard is changed. Raises the event. The owner. An instance of containing event data. Fires after the selected page of RadWizard is changed. Raises the event. The owner. An instance of containing event data. Represents a view element of RadWizard in Wizard97 mode. Creates a Wizard97View instance. Creates a Wizard97View instance. Owner of the element. Gets the command area's back button. Gets the command area's next button. Gets the command area's cancel button. Gets the command area's finish button. Gets the command area's help button. Represents a view element of RadWizard in Wizard Aero mode. Creates a WizardAeroView instance. Creates a WizardAeroView instance. Owner of the element. Gets the top element of RadWizard in Wizard Aero mode. Gets the top element's back button. Gets the command area's next button. Gets the command area's cancel button. Gets the command area's finish button. Gets the command area's help button. Base class for RadWizard view elements. Creates a WizardView instance. Gets the owner RadWizardElement of the view. Gets the pages collection of the Owner RadWizardElement. Gets the welcome page of the Owner RadWizardElement. Gets the completion page of the Owner RadWizardElement. Gets the selected page of the Owner RadWizardElement. Gets the command area of the view. Gets or sets the height of the command area. Negative value makes the command area autosize. Gets the page header of the view. Gets or sets the height of the page header. Negative value makes the page header autosize. Gets the element containing the image of the welcome pages. Gets or sets the image of the welcome pages. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image of the welcome pages should be visible. Gets or sets the layout of the welcome pages image. Gets or sets the background image shape of the welcome pages. Gets the element containing the image of the welcome pages. Gets or sets the image of the completion pages. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image of the completion pages should be visible. Gets or sets the layout of the completion pages image. Gets or sets the background image shape of the completion pages. Gets or sets the visibility of the page header's title element. Gets or sets the visibility of the page header's header element. Gets or sets the icon of the page header. Gets or sets the alignment of the page header's icon. Gets the command area's back button. Gets the command area's next button. Gets the command area's cancel button. Gets the command area's finish button. Gets the command area's help button. Mode of RadWizard. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the default size of the control. The default of the control. Gets the range selector element. The range selector element. Gets or Sets the orientation of the RangeSelector Gets or sets the start of the selected range. The start range. Gets or sets the end of the selected range. The end range. Gets or sets the range selector view zoom start. The range selector view zoom start. Gets or sets the range selector view zoom end. The range selector view zoom end. Gets or Sets whether the RangeSelector's handles should be drawn Gets or sets how the associated chart will be updated. Immediate, the chart will be updated while moving the thumb or the tracking element. Deferred, the chart will be updated upon releasing the thumb or the tracking element. Gets or sets the associated control. The associated control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether ToolTips are shown for the RadItem objects contained in the RadControl. RadRangeSelector consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadRangeSelector consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs when the value of left thumb is changing. Occurs when the value of left thumb is changed. Occurs when the value of right thumb is changing. Occurs when the value of left thumb is changed. Occurs when the whole selection of the controls is about to change. Occurs when the whole selection of the controls is changed. Occurs when scale of the controls is Initializing. Gets the body element. The body element. Gets the scroll selector element. The scroll selector element. Gets the top left scales. The top left scales. Gets the bottom right scales. The bottom right scales. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [show scroll]. true if [show scroll]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the scroll view position. The scroll view position. Gets or sets the orientation. The orientation. Gets or sets how the associated chart will be updated. Immediate, the chart will be updated while moving the thumb or the tracking element. Deferred, the chart will be updated upon releasing the thumb or the tracking element. Gets or sets the associated element. The associated element. Gets or sets the start range. The start range. Gets or sets the end range. The end range. Gets or sets the range selector view zoom start. The range selector view zoom start. Gets or sets the range selector view zoom end. The range selector view zoom end. Gets or sets the selection rectangle start. The selection rectangle start. Gets or sets the selection rectangle end. The selection rectangle end. Gets or Sets whether the RangeSelector's handles should be drawn Gets or sets the minimum selection length. The minimum selection length. Gets or sets the zoom factor. The zoom factor. Gets the total zoom factor. The total zoom factor. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [enable fast scrolling]. true if [enable fast scrolling]; otherwise, false. Occurs when the value of left thumb is changing. Occurs when the value of left thumb is changed. Occurs when the value of right thumb is changing. Occurs when the value of left thumb is changed. Occurs when the whole selection of the controls is about to change. Occurs when the whole selection of the controls is changed. Occurs when scale of the controls is Initializing Gets or Sets whether the RangeSelector's handles should be drawn Represents a button on the . Represents the area where backstage pages are arranged. Represents a base class Represents the area where backstage items are arranged. Gets the that owns this element. Gets a collection representing the items contained in this BackstageView. Gets the back button element. The back button element. Represents a page on the on which you can add any type of controls. Gets the that this page is attached to. Represents a tab on the which has a page associated with it. Indicates whether this tab is selected. Gets or sets the page that is associated with this tab item. Occurs when the selected state of this item has changed. Occurs when the page associated with this item has changed. Represents a BackstageView control - the Office 2010 replacement of ApplicationMenu. It can contain tabs, pages, buttons and all other RadItems as well. Fires when the backstage view is closed. Fires when the backstage view is about to close. Fires when the backstage view is opened. Fires when the backstage view is about to open. Fires when an item from the items panel is clicked. Fires when the selected tab is about to change. Fires when the selected tab is changed. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the position of the BackstageView should be automatically adjusted to the bottom of the application button of the owner . Gets or sets the selected tab. Indicates whether the backstage view is opened. Gets the backstage element. Gets the RadRibbonBar element that the backstage view is attached to. Shows the backstage view mimicking popup. The location on which the backstage will be shown. The RadRibbonBarElement that the backstage view is attached to. Shows the backstage view mimicking popup. Hides the backstage view. Raises the BackstageViewClosed event. Raises the BackstageViewClosing event. Raises the BackstageViewOpened event. Raises the BackstageViewOpening event. Represents the main visual element of the . Gets the on which the backstage items are arranged. Gets the on which the backstage pages are arranged. Gets the caption element. The caption element. Gets or sets the selected tab. Gets a collection representing the items contained in this backstage view. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this backstage view should be opened is full screen. true if full screen; otherwise, false. Fires when an item from the items panel is clicked. Raises the event. The backstage item. Fires when the selected tab is about to change. Raises the event. The backstage tab item. Fires when the selected tab is changed. Raises the event. The new item. The old item. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Represents event data for the following events: OnTabSelecting Creats a new instance of the class. The tab which is currently selected The tab that is being selected. Gets the tab which is currently selected. Gets the tab that is being selected. Represents the method that will raise property changed notifications when the items added to a RadRibbonBarGroup are updated after changing the RibbonLayout. Represents event data for the following events: ItemStyleChanged Creats a new instance of the class. The element which has changed. The property which has changed. The new value of the proeprty. Gets the element which property has changed. Gets the property which has changed. Gets the context in which the RadProperty was changed. Represents the method that will raise property changing notifications when the items added to a RadRibbonBarGroup are updating after changing the RibbonLayout. Represents event data for the following events: ItemStyleChanging Creats a new instance of the class. The element which is about to be changed. The group which element is changing. The property which is changing. The old value of the proeprty. The new value of the proeprty. The new value of the proeprty. Gets the element which property is about to be changed. Gets the group which element is about to be changed. Gets the property which is about to be changed. Gets the old value of the property. Gets or sets the new value of the property. Gets the context in which the RadProperty in changing. Represents the method that will raise changing notifications when an item`s visiblity state is about to be changed while resizing the RadRibbonBar. Represents event data for the following events: ItemVisiblityStateChanging Creats a new instance of the class. Indicates whether the item is being expanded or collapsed. The new visibility state which will be used with the item. Get whether the item is being expanded or collapsed. Gets the new visibility state to be used with the item. Creates an instance of the class. Gets or sets an instance of the struct containing the coordinates which will be used to position the key tip. Gets or sets an instance of the class containing the font which will be used to paint the text of the key tip. Gets or sets an instance of the struct containing the color which will be used to paint the background of the key tip. Gets or sets an instance of the struct containing the color which will be used to paint the borders of the key tip. Gets or sets an instance of the struct containing the color which will be used to paint the text forecolor of the key tip. Represents a toolstrip overflow button element. Creates child elements. Gets the drop down button arrow position. Gets the overflow primitive. Shows small arrows. Gets or sets the BorderColor of the shaped form. This is actually the BorderColor property of the root element. Gets or sets the BorderWidth of the shaped form. This is actually the BorderWidth property of the root element. Gets or sets the color of the border. Gets or sets the width of the border. Represents the method that will handle the PageViewInstanceCreated events of RadDock. The event sender. Instance of PageViewInstanceCreatedEventArgs. Provides data for the PageViewInstanceCreated event. Gets the created RadPageViewElement. Initializes a new instance of the PageViewInstanceCreatedEventArgs class. The created RadPageViewElement. Gets the index at which the page was before the change. Gets the index at which the page is currently at. Determines whether the event is canceled or may continue. Gets the index the page is currently at. Gets or sets the new index to be applied to the associated page. Represents a control that has a collection of pages and displays one page at a time. Occurs when an item is about to be dropped over another item. Occurs when an item was dropped over another item. Raised when page item is about to be created. Raised when the current mode of the view is about to change. Cancelable. Raised when the current mode of the view is about to change. Cancelable. Raised when the current mode of the view has changed. Raised when the built-in ItemsList menu is about to be displayed. Cancelable. Raised when the built-in ItemsList menu is displayed. Raised when a new page is about to be added to the view. Cancelable. Raised when a new page has been successfully added to the view. Raised when a page is about to be removed from the view. Cancelable. Raised when a page has been successfully removed from the view. Raised when a page is about to change its index. Cancelable. Raised when a page's index has been successfully changed. Raised when all pages are about to be removed from the view. Cancelable. Raised when all pages have been successfully removed from the view. Raised when the content of a is expanding. This event is only raised when the view mode of the control is set to ExplorerBar. Raised when the content of a is expanded. This event is only raised when the view mode of the control is set to ExplorerBar. Raised when the content of a is collapsing. This event is only raised when the view mode of the control is set to ExplorerBar. Raised when the content of a is collapsed. This event is only raised when the view mode of the control is set to ExplorerBar. Raised when currently selected page has changed. Raised when currently selected page has changed. Raised when the peek pop-up is about to be opened. Raised when the peek pop-up has been closed. Temporary suspends event raising. Resumes event raising, previously suspended by a SuspendEvents call. Determines whether event raising is currently enabled. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets the BackColor of all pages. Gets or sets the current mode of the view. Gets or sets the RadPageViewPage instance that is currently selected within the view. Gets the collection of pages for this view. Gets the current RadPageViewElement instance that represents the UI of the view. Gets or sets the default RadPageViewPage that will be loaded after EndInit of the control. If the DefaultPage is null the currently selected page will be loaded. Gets or sets how an item will be sized within a RadPageViewElement instance. Gets or sets the size of the items when ItemSizeMode of RadPageView is PageViewItemSizeMode.EqualSize. RadPageView consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadPageView consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. Gets or sets whether the pages will be wrapped around when performing selection using the arrow keys. If the property is set to true, pressing the right arrow key when the last page is selected will result in selecting the first page. true if [wrapped around]; otherwise, false. Determines whether ampersand character will be treated as mnemonic or not. Indicates focus cues display, when available, based on the corresponding control type and the current UI state. This property is not relevant for this class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a peek pop-up can be shown when an item is hovered with the mouse. The content of the peek pop-up needs to be set in the event. Gets the peek pop-up, which is represented by a . The content of the peek pop-up needs to be set in the event and the needs to be enabled. Gets or sets the interval needed to show a after a is hovered. Gets the instance that this object is associated with. Represents a page in a RadPageView instance. Gets the child collection of pages for this page. This collection is only relevant for the NavigationView which supports hierarchy. Gets the page owner. This page is added to the collection of the owner page. This property is only relevant for the NavigationView which supports hierarchy. Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. Gets or sets the alignment of the image on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the alignment of the text content on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the image to be displayed by the associated RadPageViewItem instance. Gets or sets the Svg Image. Gets or sets the Svg Image as string. Gets or sets the title of the Page. Title appears in the Header area of the owning RadPageView. Gets or sets the title of the Page. Title appears in the Header area of the owning RadPageView. Gets or sets the length of the current . The length represents the fixed amount of space the page will take when the layout of the control is performed. Note: This property is only functional when the control is in ExplorerBar mode and its content size mode is set to FixedLength. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the content of the current is visible. This property is only functional in the when the control is in ExplorerBar view mode. Gets or sets the tooltip to be displayed when the item hovers page's associated item. Gets or sets the text to be displayed in the associated item. Gets the RadPageView instance that owns this page. Gets the RadPageViewItem instance which is the UI representation of this page. Gets or sets the size of the item of RadPageView.This size will be used in is PageViewItemSizeMode.Individual mode. Gets or sets the associated peek content for this page. Gets the RadPageViewPage instance that matches the specified name. Gets the RadPageViewElement instance that owns this instance. Base element for all visual elements across RadPageView. Gets the content orientation for this item. Gets the content orientation for this item. Gets or sets the padding that defines the offset of element's fill. This does not affect element's layout logic such as size and location but has only appearance impact. Gets or sets the padding that defines the offset of the border. This does not affect element's layout logic such as size and location but has only appearance impact. Adds padding and border size to the provided measured size. Applies the Min/Max size constraints to the already measured size. Indicates whether the item is pinned. Pinned items appear in from of the others. Indicates whether the item is opened for preview. Gets or sets the length of the associated with this . By default, this property returns -1; Determines whether the content of the current item is visible. This property is equivalent to the IsSelected property, however its semantics can be changed in scenarios where multiple content areas can be visible as in the . Determines whether the current instance is internally created by the ViewElement and represents some built-in functionality. Gets the RadPageViewItemButtonsPanel that contains all the buttons, associated with the item. Gets or sets the alignment of item's associated buttons. Gets or sets a boolean value that determines whether the item margin will be automatically flipped according to the orientation of the items in the control. Gets or sets the title of the item. Title is visualized in the Header area of the owning view element. Gets or sets the description of the item. Description is visualized in the Footer area of the owning view element. Gets or sets the RadElement instance that represents the content of this item. The content is used when item is not bound to a RadPageViewPage instance. Gets the size that is forced by the layout element for this item. It may differ from the DesiredSize one. Gets the current size of the item. This may differ from Bounds.Size as it reflects internal changes within the item itself. Determines whether the item is currently selected (associated with the SelectedPage of the owning RadPageView). Gets the RadPageViewPage instance associated with this item. Gets the RadPageViewElement that owns this item. Gets or sets the use mnemonic. The use mnemonic. Gets or sets the show keyboard cues. The show keyboard cues. Gets the element which hosts and arranges all the items within the strip. Gets the element which hosts and arranges all the items within the strip. Gets or sets a property which determines whether to consider the ItemBorderAndFillOrientation of RadPageViewElement. Gets the scroll offset applied to the strip. Gets or sets the MultiLineItemFitMode.This mode determines how the multiLine layout will behave when control is resizing. Gets the RadPageViewStripItem which stands for adding new pages on click. Gets or sets the item of the page which is opened for preview on the far side of the regular items. Determines if the PinButton will be displayed in each item, allowing that item to be pinned. Gets or sets the visibility of the internal NewItem. Determines whether strip scrolling will be animated. Gets or sets the easing type of the strip scroll animation. Gets the container that holds item layout and strip buttons panel. Determines scroll buttons' visibility. Determines the alignment of items within the strip layout. Determines the fit mode to be applied when measuring child items. Gets or sets the alignment of item strip within the view. Encapsulates the UI representation of a RadPageView instance. Different views will be described by different instances of this class. Fired when the peek pop-up is about to be shown. In this event you need to populate the content of the peek pop-up, otherwise it will not be displayed. Fired when the peek pop-up has been closed. Gets the RadElement instance that parents all the items. Determines CloseButton will be displayed in each item, allowing that item to be closed. Gets or sets the RadImageShape instance which describes the hint that indicates where an item will be dropped after a drag operation. Gets or sets the RadDragDropService instance which handles item drag requests. Gets or sets the mode that controls item drag operation within the element. Determines whether the currently selected item will be automatically scrolled into view. Gets or sets the spacing between two items within the element. Gets or sets the text orientation of the item within the owning RadPageViewElement instance. Gets or sets the text orientation of the item within the owning RadPageViewElement instance. Defines how each item's border and fill is oriented within this instance. Gets the RadPageView instance that owns this element. May be null if element is hosted on another RadControl instance. Gets the element which represents the content area of the tab view. Gets the header element of the view. Gets the footer element of the view. Gets or sets the currently selected item in the view. Gets or sets the mouse button that will be used to select items. Equals to MouseButtons.Left by default. Gets all the items currently present within this element. Gets or sets whether the pages will be wrapped around when performing selection using the arrow keys. If the property is set to true, pressing the right arrow key when the last page is selected will result in selecting the first page. true if [wrapped around]; otherwise, false. Determines whether selecting an item will update the element's ContentArea. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a peek pop-up can be shown when an item is hovered with the mouse. The content of the peek pop-up needs to be set in the event. Get the current peek item. Gets the peek pop-up, which is represented by a . The content of the peek pop-up needs to be set in the event and the needs to be enabled. Gets or sets the interval needed to show a after a is hovered. Gets an instance of the class that represents the content area associated with the given item. By default, this method returns the main content area of the control. Gets the area, where the currently active page may be displayed. Gets the rectangle where items reside. Displays the item list menu, using the provided element as menu's owner. Displays the item list menu, using the provided element as menu's owner and the specified horizontal and vertical alignment. Gets the item that contains the provided point (in control's client coordinates). A method that determines, whether over a can be displayed a peek pop-up, when is [true]. Arranges the items and returns the available rectangle where the content area should be positioned. Gets the default (automatic) item orientation, which may depend on some settings in inheritors such as RadPageViewStripElement. True to indicate that content orientation is to be retrieved, false to get orientation for border and fill. Gets or sets the active editor. The active editor. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [allow edit]. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether there is an open editor in the tree view. Puts the current node in edit mode. Commits any changes and ends the edit operation on the current cell. Close the currently active editor and discard changes. Shows a peek pop-up over a . The content of the peek pop-up needs to be set in the event. Defines the possible alignment of the strip in a RadPageViewStripElement. Defines the alignment of items within a strip item layout. Items are aligned starting from the near edge. This is Left for Left-to-right layout and Right for Right-to-left layout. Items are centered within the layout. Items are aligned starting from the far edge. This is Right for Left-to-right layout and Left for Right-to-left layout. Defines possible modes to fit items within a RadPageViewStripElement instance. Each item uses its desired size. Items are shrinked if their size exceeds the available one. Items are expanded if their size is less than the available one. Items are either shrinked or expanded when needed. Items are stretched in the available height of their parent container. Items are arranged in multiLine layout. Defines which internal buttons will be present for a RadPageViewStripElement instance. No buttons are available. Buttons are automatically displayed when needed. Allows strip to be scrolled left when not enough space is available. Allows strip to be scrolled right when not enough space is available. Allows currently selected item to be closed. Displays all available items in a drop-down manner. Both left and right scroll buttons are present. Both scroll buttons and Close button are present. ItemList and Close buttons are present. All buttons are present. Defines how an item is sized within a RadPageViewElement instance. Each item's desired size is applied. All items are with equal width. All items are with equal height. All items are with equal size. Defines the content orientation of in RadPageViewItem. Orientation is automatically selected depending on the item alignment within the owning RadPageViewElement. Item's content is horizontally oriented. Item's content is rotated by 180 degrees. Item's content is rotated by 90 degrees. Item's content is rotated 270 degrees. Create a Adapter if possible for Item The wrapper for Item Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the layout panel will collapse its content according to its size. This class represents the drop down button which is shown when a is collapsed. This drop down button holds the content of the collapsed group in its popup. This class represents the popup of a . The contents of the group are placed in this popup when the group is collapsed. This class represents the popup which is displayed when a collapsed tab is selected in the RadRibbonBar control. Creates an instance of the RibbonBarPopup class. Gets a boolean value indicating whether the ribbon popup is shown. Gets the owner RadRibbonBarElement. Close the popup upon mouse click unless the user has clicked on a RadElement that opens another popup. This class represents a separator line which can be put between items in a or . This separator is built of two instances which are layout together to allow two-coloured separator appearance. Gets or sets the orientation of the separator. A separator can be positioned vertical or horizontal. Gets an instance of the class which represents the primitive that is used to paint the separator. Represents a ribbon tab. Ribbon tabs are used to manage between different groups of related operations, for example, in a text editor application between write and insert functionality. Initializes a new instance of the RadRibbonBarCommandTab class. Gets or sets the first right inner color of the RibbonTab's shadow. Gets or sets the second right inner color of the RibbonTab's shadow. Gets or sets the first right outer color of the RibbonTab's shadow. Gets or sets the second right outer color of the RibbonTab's shadow. Gets or sets the first left inner color of the RibbonTab's shadow. Gets or sets the second left inner color of the RibbonTab's shadow. Gets or sets the first left outer color of the RibbonTab's shadow. Gets or sets the second left outer color of the RibbonTab's shadow. The RibbonTab tab item Gets an instance of the class that represents the content layout of the tab. In this layout all chunks visible to the end user are put. Gets or sets the ContextualTabGroup of this CommandTab. Gets the nested items. This method paints the left RibbonTab shadow that appears on the right of the tab. The method paints two 1 pixel wide vertical linear gradient lines that create a shadow effect. The colors of the shadow can be styled by the Visual Style Builder. This method paints the right RibbonTab shadow that appears on the right of the tab. The method paints two 1 pixel wide vertical linear gradient lines that create a shadow effect. The colors of the shadow can be styled by the Visual Style Builder. Exposes the scroll button direction. Indicates left scroll button direction. Indicates up scroll button direction. Indicates right scroll button direction. Indicates down scroll button direction. Defines the scrolling types of the RadScrollBar control. Indicates horizontal scroll type. Indicates vertical scroll type. Defines the possible alignment of the TabStripElement in a TabStripPanel. The panel itself decides where the element is positioned. The element is positioned vertically on the left edge. The element is positioned horizontally on the top edge. The element is positioned vertically on the right edge. The element is positioned horizontally on the bottom edge. Defines the possible orientation of text within a TabStripPanel. Default orientation is used, depending on the alignment of the TabStrip. Text is oriented horizontally. Text is oriented vertically. Used for drawing the splitter, while moving it, when EnableImmediateResize is false. Shows if the cursor is over one of the navigation buttons. If the cursor is over one of the buttons, we will not trigger move in OnMouseMove. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets a value indicating the splitter distance. Never set the value of this property directly. Gets a value indicating whether the bounds of the split panels should be updated immediately on drag. Gets or sets the cursor that is displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. Gets the split container element. Determines whether the container is a target of automatic defragment operation. This property is internally used by the framework and is not intended to be directly used in code. Gets or sets a value indicating the horizontal or vertical orientation of the Telerik.WinControls.UI.RadSplitContainer panels. Gets or sets the width of a single splitter on the container. Specify zero to prevent displaying any splitters at all. Gets or sets the cursor which is used while resizing a panel and the control`s orientation is vertical. Gets or sets the cursor which is used while resizing a panel and the control`s orientation is horizontal. Gets or sets the cursor which is used while the mouse is over the navigation buttons. Applies the desired splitter width across all splitters and delegates the event to all descendant RadSplitContainer instances. This method is used internally. Applies theme to all SplitterElements. Gets or sets the layout strategy that arranges all the visible SplitPanel children. Enable and Disable navigation buttons. If you enable the buttons EnableCollapsing will also be enabled. Determines whether the panels can be collapsed when clicking twice on splitter or click once on navigation button. If you disable collapsing, UseSplitterButtons will also be disabled. This property is not relevant for this class. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs when any of the splitters is moving. Occurs when any of the splitters is moved. Occurs when some panel is collapsing. Occurs when some panel collapsed. Provides a routine which merges a container with its parent (if appropriate). The purpose of this logic is to remove internally created containers when they are not needed. This method is used internally. this method is used internally. Gets SplitterElement which rectangle conttains the specified Point. Point to test, in SplitContainer client coordinates. SplitterElement if found, null otherwise Gets SplitterElement and RadButtonElement whose rectangles contain the specified Point. is the Point to test, in SplitContainer client coordinates. and are the output SplitterElement and RadButtonElement. Determines whether the container can be selected at design-time. This method is used internally. Updates the splitter, associated with the specified index of a child SplitPanel. The layout info, containing information about the operation. The index of the panel for which the splitter should be updated. The bounding rectangle of the splitter. Gets or sets the width of each splitter within the container. Gets or sets whether Key Map (Office 2007 like accelerator keys map) is used for this speciffic control. Currently this option is implemented for the RadRibbonBar control only. Gets the object that encapsulates sizing information for this panel. Gets the instance of RadPanelElement wrapped by this control. RadPanelElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadPanel. Creates the main panel element and adds it in the root element. The main element of the RadPanel control. Create the elements in the hierarchy. Gets or sets the Image associated with the panel. Notifies for a change in the Image member of this panel. Gets or sets the tooltip to be displayed when the mouse hovers the tabitem of this panel. Determines whether the ToolTip property should be serialized. Determines whether the RadPageViewItem is currently selected (associated with the SelectedPage of the owning RadPageView). Determines whether the RadPageViewItem is currently pinned (associated with the SelectedPage of the owning RadPageView). Determines whether the RadPageViewItem is currently set as preview. Gets the TabStripButtonItem that represents the CloseButton in this TabItem. May return null if ShowCloseButton is false. Gets the TabStripButtonItem that represents the CloseButton in this TabItem. May return null if ShowCloseButton is false. Determines whether the CloseButton of the item will be displayed or not. Determines whether the CloseButton of the item will be displayed or not. Gets or sets the offset of the close button from the item's ImageAndTextLayout panel. Disables the selection in the strip panel. Gets the default alignment of the TabStripElement. Gets the default text orientation. Gets or sets the text orientation of the tab used to switch among child panels. Determines whether each TabStripItem will display a CloseButton, which allows for explicit close of its corresponding panel. Determines whether each TabStripItem will display a CloseButton, which allows for explicit close of its corresponding panel. Gets the point where the mouse was pressed and a drag operation has been instanciated. Determines whether the tab used to navigate among child panels is displayed. Gets or sets the alignment of the tab used to switch among child panels. Determines whether the child panels' Index update is currently locked. This property is used internally. Handles the click of a CloseButton on a child TabStripItem. Closes the corresponding TabPanel by default. Temporary suspends notifications like TabSelecting and TabSelected from the parented RadTabStripElement. This method is used internally. Callback to notify the panel that a control has been successfully removed, tab strip has been updated and any additional update is allowed. Resumes previously suspended notifications like TabSelecting and TabSelected from the parented RadTabStripElement. This method is used internally. Determines whether the tabstrip element is visible. Forces layout update by explicitly re-setting the current bounds and performing a layout pass. Suspends the focus change in the strip panel. Represents a Panel that is capalbe to host standard Windows Forms controls. Initializes a new instance of the RadTabStripContentPanel class. Gets the item associated with the panel. Gets or sets the background color of the tabstrip layout. Defines the possible positions of the tab items relatively to the base area. The tab items will appear on the left of the base area. The tab items will appear on the right of the base area. The tab items will appear on the top of the base area. The tab items will appear on the bottom of the base area. Flashes the specified window. It does not change the active state of the window. A handle to the window to be flashed. The window can be either opened or minimized. Number of times that the taskbar button will flash. If you do not specify a value the flashing is infinite, until the is executed. The rate at which the window is to be flashed, in milliseconds. If timeout is zero, the function uses the default cursor blink rate. Typically, you flash a window to inform the user that the window requires attention but does not currently have the keyboard focus. When a window flashes, it appears to change from inactive to active status. An inactive caption bar changes to an active caption bar; an active caption bar changes to an inactive caption bar. Flashes the specified window until it is activated. Note that if the window is currently active the flash will not begin. A handle to the window to be flashed. The window can be either opened or minimized. Number of times that the taskbar button will flash. If you do not specify a value the flashing is infinite or until the app is focused, until the is executed. The rate at which the window is to be flashed, in milliseconds. If timeout is zero, the function uses the default cursor blink rate. Stops the flashing of the specified window. A handle to the window that is currently flashing. Flashes the specified window. It does not change the active state of the window. A handle to the window to be flashed. The window can be either opened or minimized. The flash status. This parameter can be one or more of the enum values. The number of times to flash the window. The rate at which the window is to be flashed, in milliseconds. If timeout is zero, the function uses the default cursor blink rate. Applies an overlay to a taskbar button to indicate application status or a notification to the user. The handle of the window whose associated taskbar button receives the overlay. This handle must belong to a calling process associated with the button's application and must be a valid HWND or the call is ignored. The overlay image. A string that provides an alt text version of the information conveyed by the overlay, for accessibility purposes. Applies an overlay to a taskbar button to indicate application status or a notification to the user. The handle of the window whose associated taskbar button receives the overlay. This handle must belong to a calling process associated with the button's application and must be a valid HWND or the call is ignored. The handle of an icon to use as the overlay. This should be a small icon, measuring 16x16 pixels at 96 dpi. If an overlay icon is already applied to the taskbar button, that existing overlay is replaced. This value can be . How a value is handled depends on whether the taskbar button represents a single window or a group of windows. If the taskbar button represents a single window, the overlay icon is removed from the display. If the taskbar button represents a group of windows and a previous overlay is still available (received earlier than the current overlay, but not yet freed by a NULL value), then that previous overlay is displayed in place of the current overlay. It is the responsibility of the calling application to free hIcon when it is no longer needed. This can generally be done after you call SetOverlayIcon because the taskbar makes and uses its own copy of the icon. A string that provides an alt text version of the information conveyed by the overlay, for accessibility purposes. Sets the type and state of the progress indicator displayed on a taskbar button. The handle of the window in which the progress of an operation is being shown. This window's associated taskbar button will display the progress bar. Flags that control the current state of the progress button. Specify only one of the following flags ; all states are mutually exclusive of all others. Displays or updates a progress bar hosted in a taskbar button to show the specific percentage completed of the full operation. The handle of the window whose associated taskbar button is being used as a progress indicator. An application-defined value that specifies percentage of the ongoing operation completion. Displays or updates a progress bar hosted in a taskbar button to show the specific percentage completed of the full operation. The handle of the window whose associated taskbar button is being used as a progress indicator. An application-defined value that indicates the proportion of the operation that has been completed at the time the method is called. An application-defined value that specifies the value completed will have when the operation is complete. Selects a portion of a window's client area to display as that window's thumbnail in the taskbar. The form represented in the taskbar. The control that will be displayed in the clip rectangle. To clear a clip that is already in place and return to the default display of the thumbnail, set this parameter to NULL. Selects a portion of a window's client area to display as that window's thumbnail in the taskbar. The form represented in the taskbar. The clip rectangle. To clear a clip that is already in place and return to the default display of the thumbnail, set this parameter to . Selects a portion of a window's client area to display as that window's thumbnail in the taskbar. The handle to a window represented in the taskbar. A structure that specifies a selection within the window's client area, relative to the upper-left corner of that client area. To clear a clip that is already in place and return to the default display of the thumbnail, set this parameter to NULL. Specifies or updates the text of the tooltip that is displayed when the mouse pointer rests on an individual preview thumbnail in a taskbar button flyout. The handle to the window whose thumbnail displays the tooltip. This handle must belong to the calling process. The text to be displayed in the tooltip. This value can be NULL, in which case the title of the window specified by hwnd is used as the tooltip. Specifies an image list that contains button images for a toolbar embedded in a thumbnail image of a window in a taskbar button flyout. The handle of the window whose thumbnail representation contains the toolbar to be updated. This handle must belong to the calling process. The handle of the image list that contains all button images to be used in the toolbar. Marks a window as full-screen. The handle of the window to be marked. A Boolean value marking the desired full-screen status of the window. Adds an item to the taskbar. A handle to the window to be added to the taskbar. Deletes an item from the taskbar. A handle to the window to be deleted from the taskbar. Activates an item on the taskbar. The window is not actually activated; the window's item on the taskbar is merely displayed as active. A handle to the window on the taskbar to be displayed as active. Informs the taskbar that a new tab or document thumbnail has been provided for display in an application's taskbar group flyout. Handle of the tab or document window. This value is required and cannot be . Handle of the application's main window. This value tells the taskbar which application's preview group to attach the new thumbnail to. This value is required and cannot be . Removes a thumbnail from an application's preview group when that tab or document is closed in the application. The handle of the tab window whose thumbnail is being removed. This is the same value with which the thumbnail was registered as part the group through . This value is required and cannot be . Allows a tab to specify whether the main application frame window or the tab window should be used as a thumbnail or in the peek feature under certain circumstances. The handle of the tab window that is to have properties set. This handle must already be registered through . One or more members of the enumeration that specify the displayed thumbnail and peek image source of the tab thumbnail. Inserts a new thumbnail into a tabbed-document interface (TDI) or multiple-document interface (MDI) application's group flyout or moves an existing thumbnail to a new position in the application's group. The handle of the tab window whose thumbnail is being placed. This value is required, must already be registered through , and cannot be . The handle of the tab window whose thumbnail that tabHandle is inserted to the left of. This handle must already be registered through . If this value is , the new thumbnail is added to the end of the list. Informs the taskbar that a tab or document window has been made the active window. Handle of the active tab window. This handle must already be registered through . This value can be if no tab is active. Handle of the application's main window. This value tells the taskbar which group the thumbnail is a member of. This value is required and cannot be . Marks a taskbar item as active but does not visually activate it. A handle to the window to be marked as active. Gets or sets SliderArea's first background color. Gets or sets SliderArea's second background color. Gets or sets RadTrackBar's ticks color. Gets or sets the gradient angle of the SliderArea. Gets or sets whether the TrackBar should fit to available size. Gets or sets whether the SlideArea should be visible. Gets or sets Ticks Visibility. The number of positions the slider moves in response to mouse clicks. The number of positions the slider moves in response to mouse clicks. The number of positions between tick marks. Gets or sets TrackBar's orientation. Gets or sets the width of TrackBar's SlideArea. Indicates the tick style of the progress bar. Possible values are members of %TickStyles enumeration:Telerik.WinControls.Enumerations.TickStyles%: none, topleft, BottomRight, and both. Gets or sets a minimum int value for the trackbar position. Gets or sets a maximum int value for the trackbar position. Gets or sets the position of the Slider. Initializes a new instance of the TrackbarThumb class. gets or sets Thumb's width gets or sets whether the trackbar's thumb should use its default shape gets ParentTrackBarElement CreateChildElements GetPreferredSizeCore Represents a track bar. The trackbar class is essentially a simple wrapper for the RadTrackBarElement. All UI and logic functionality is implemented in the RadTrackBarElement class. The RadTrackBar acts to transfer the events to and from its corresponding RadTrackBarElement instance. The RadTrackBarElement may be nested in other telerik controls. Creates the associated TrackBar element. RadTrackBarElement Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the instance of RadTrackBarElement wrapped by this control. RadTrackBarElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadTrackBar. Gets or sets a minimum value for the trackbar position Gets or sets a maximum value for the trackbar position Gets or Sets TrackBar's value Gets or Sets whether the TrackBar's ticks should be drawn Gets or Sets the orientation of the TrackBar Gets or Sets the number of positions that the trackbar moves in response to mouse clicks. Gets or Sets the number of positions that the trackbar moves in response to keyboard arrow keys and the trackbar buttons. Gets or Sets the orientation of the text associated with TrackBar. Whether it should appear horizontal or vertical. Gets or Sets whether the TrackBar's labels should be drawn Gets or Sets whether the TrackBar's handles should be drawn Gets or Sets the number of positions between large tick marks Gets or Sets the number of positions between small tick marks Gets or Sets the Mode of the TrackBar Gets the Range collection. Gets or Sets the Snap frequency of the TrackBar Gets or Sets the Snap mode of the TrackBar Gets or Sets TrackBar's Size Gets or Sets whether the SlideArea should be visible Gets or Sets whether the selected thumb should move on arrow key press. This property is not relevant for this class. Fires when a range is changed. Occurs when the value of the controls changes Occurs when a Label needs to be formatted. Occurs when a Tick needs to be formatted. Represents a trackbar element. RadTrackBarElement can be nested in other telerik controls. Essentially, the RadTrackBar is a simple wrapper for the RadTrackBarElement. The former transfers events to and from its corresponding RadTrackBarElement instance. Gets the instance of TrackBarBodyElement. TrackBarBodyElement is the core element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the Scale and indicators functionality. Gets instance of TrackBarArrowButton Gets instance of TrackBarArrowButton Gets or sets a minimum value for the trackbar position Gets or sets a maximum value for the trackbar position Gets or Sets TrackBar's value Gets or Sets whether the TrackBar's ticks should be drawn Gets or Sets TrackBar's Orientation Gets or Sets whether the SlideArea should be visible Gets or Sets the number of positions that the trackbar moves in response to mouse clicks. Gets or Sets the number of positions that the trackbar moves in response to keyboard arrow keys and the trackbar buttons. Gets or Sets Ticks Visibility Gets or Sets TrackBar's sliders area color Gets or Sets TrackBar's ticks color Gets or Sets TrackBar's sliders area color Gets or Sets the gradient angle of the SliderArea Gets or Sets TrackBar's thumbWidth Gets or Sets the number of positions between small tick marks Gets or Sets the width of TrackBar's SlideArea Gets or Sets whether the TrackBar's labels should be drawn Gets or Sets whether the TrackBar's handles should be drawn Gets or Sets the number of positions between large tick marks Gets or Sets the number of positions between small tick marks Gets or Sets TrackBar's Size Gets or Sets the Snap frequency of the TrackBar Gets or Sets the Snap mode of the TrackBar Gets or Sets the Mode of the TrackBar Gets the Range collection. Gets or Sets the selected thumb Gets or Sets whether the selcted thumb should move on arrow key press. Fires when a range is changed. Occurs when the value of the controls changes Occurs when the trackBar slider moves Occurs when a Label needs to be formatted. Occurs when a Tick needs to be formatted. Represents a core range object that contains the start and end. Gets or Sets the start of the range. Gets or Sets the end of the range. Gets whether the range contains selected thumb" Gets the Owner Collection Gets or Sets the Name. Gets or Sets the ToolTipText Gets or Sets the Tag. Occurs when a property value changes. Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. Represents a collection of Gets or Sets a maximum value for the trackbar position Gets or Sets a minimum value for the trackbar position Gets or Sets the Mode of the TrackBar Gets the RadTrackBarElement which owns this collection Occurs when an item is added, removed, changed, moved, or the entire list is refreshed. Occurs when a property value changes. Check thumb move. value isStart range bool Perform Thumb Move in SingleThumb Mode. Value bool Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. IEnumerator Determines the index of a specific item in the Collection item int Inserts an item to the Collections at the specified index. index item Removes the TrackBarRange item at the specified index. index Gets or sets the Range at the specified index. index TrackBarRange Gets or sets the Range at the specified name. text TrackBarRange Add range to the System.Collections.Generic.ICollection item Removes all items except the first from the System.Collections.Generic.ICollection Determines whether the System.Collections.Generic.ICollection contains a specific value. bool Copies the elements of the System.Collections.Generic.ICollection to an System.Array, starting at a particular System.Array index. array arrayIndex Gets the number of elements contained in the Collection Gets a value indicating whether the Collection is read-only. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the Collection. item bool Adds an item to the System.Collections.Generic.ICollection. value int Determines whether the System.Collections.Generic.ICollection contains a specific value. value bool Determines the index of a specific item in the System.Collections.IList. value int Inserts an item to the System.Collections.IList at the specified index. index value Gets a value indicating whether the System.Collections.IList has a fixed size. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the System.Collections.IList. value Gets or sets the element at the specified index. index object Copies the elements of the System.Collections.ICollection to an System.Array, starting at a particular System.Array index. array index Gets a value indicating whether access to the System.Collections.ICollection is synchronized (thread safe). Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the System.Collections.ICollection. Suspends all property and collection notifications. Resumes property and collection notifications. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the to navigate to when the menu item is clicked. Initializes a new instance of the class. The auto-complete text. The associated . Gets or sets the text that is shown in the auto-complete pop-up. Gets the associated . This class represents the pop-up of the control. IsItemsDirty Property Owner Property Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the AutoComplete Suggest. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the AutoComplete Suggest. Gets or sets the object that is responsible for providing data objects for the AutoComplete Suggest. DropDownList Property Initializes a new instance of the class. The menu item collection. Gets the menu item collection. Initializes a new instance of the class. The menu item The associated . Gets or sets the menu item. Gets the associated . Initializes a new instance of the class. The list of objects that is used to fill in auto complete items Gets or sets the path that will be parsed. Initializes a new instance of the class. The path that will be parsed. Gets or sets the path that will be parsed. Initializes a new instance of the class. The path of selected node. The node that is about to be selected. Gets the path of selected node. Gets or sets the node that is about to be selected in . Initializes a new instance of the class. The path that will be parsed. Gets or sets the path that will be parsed. Initializes a new instance of the class. The . The associated . Gets the . Gets the associated . Initializes a new instance of the class. The . The associated . Gets or sets the . Gets the associated . Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the list of s. Gets the collection of , which represents the path to the selected . Returns the that holds all . Returns the panel that contain the elements on the left. Returns the panel that contain the elements on the right. Returns the that is used to display the image of selected node. Returns the button that contains all collapsed and default items. Returns the history button. Returns the Gets or sets the position of in . The available options are and . Gets the pinned menu items collection in the . The pinned items are s and allow the user to have shortcuts for faster and easier navigation to predefined paths. Gets or sets a value indicating, whether the AutoComplete is enabled in EditMode. By default this property is True. Gets the auto complete suggest helper. A property of type bool, which controls whether the text mode of the breadcrumb is enabled. By default this property is True. A property of type bool, which specifies whether history of visited paths should be kept. By default this property is False. Gets or sets the path separator symbol. Gets or sets the height of the breadcrumb element. Gets or sets the spacing between the items in the breadcrumb. Determines whether a tree node will be selected upon clicking on the action part of the split button element. Default value is [true], if [false] click on the action part will result in opening the pop-up with the menu items. Determines how node names will be compared during when method is called. Associates a to the bread crumb. Gets the internal TreeViewElement used in the bread crumb. Note that when property is set, this property will be ignored. Gets or sets the data source. Note that this property is ignored when is set. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source. Note that this property is ignored when is set. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the text of the data items. Note that this property is ignored when is set. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract a value from the data items. Note that this property is ignored when is set. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to define a relation of the data items. Note that this property is ignored when is set. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to define a relation of the data items. Note that this property is ignored when is set. Contains data binding settings for related data. Note that this property is ignored when is set. Gets the collection of . The nodes. Get or sets the path to a and selects it. Different elements in the node hierarchy must be separated by the . Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the hidden s. A hidden node is a node with set = false. Navigates to a RadTreeNode and selects it by given text(path). Different elements in the node hierarchy must be separated by the . The path to navigate to. Returns [true] if the whole path is valid, [False] if only part of the path(sequence of text elements separated by the ) is valid or no element is valid. Retrieves a node by given path. The path to navigate to. Returns [true] if the whole path is valid, [False] if only part of the path(sequence of text elements separated by the ) is valid or none element is valid. The last valid RadTreeNode selected from the given path. c Finds the node by given text(token) and a the parent node in whose child nodes we need to search for the node. If parentNode is null search starts from the top most level of nodes. Occurs when a path is about to be parsed. In this event handler the user can modify the path(for example if key/shortcut words are used), or cancel the parse operation. Fires the PathParsing event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a path has been evaluated and a RadTreeNode is about to be selected in the BreadCrumb. In this event handler the user can change selected RadTreeNode. Note that if parsed path is not valid selected node will be null. Fires the PathParsed event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. In this event handler the user can change the text used by the internal logic to generate the auto-complete items. Suitable for cases when you have shortcuts. Fires the AutoCompleteItemsCreating event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when auto complete items are created. In this event handler the user can modify auto complete item properties and/or modify the collection(add, remove, move or replace items). Fires the AutoCompleteItemsCreated event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a is being created. In this event handler the users can replace the button with a custom one or cancel creating for the associated . Fires the SplitButtonCreating event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Occurs a SplitButtonElement is created, its properties . In this event handler the users can set button properties, modify item properties or modify the collection(add, remove, replace items). Fires the SplitButtonCreated event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when there is not enough space to fit all items. For each collapsed item an is created and this event is raised. In this event handler the user can replace the with a custom one, modify some of the properties of the existing one or set Cancel=true to prevent the item from being added to the collapsed items. Fires the CollapsedItemCreated event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when there is not enough space to fit all items and all collapsed items have their corresponding menu items created. In this event handler the user can add, remove, reorder the items in that will appear as collapsed. Fires the CollapsedItemsCreated event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the user navigates to a new Path. In this event handler the user can modify the or set Cancel=true to prevent the item from being added to the history. Fires the HistoryItemCreated event. Setting the Cancel property of to [true] will prevent the item from being added to the history. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the root nodes of the associated or internal tree view are requested during the Parse operation. In this event handler the user can modify the default root nodes(add, remove, replace). Fires the RootNodesRequested event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Gets the breadCrumb element. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized. Gets or sets the position of in the HeaderDropDownButtonElement. The available options are and . Gets the pinned menu items collection in the HeaderDropDownButtonElement. The pinned items are s and allow the user to have shortcuts for faster and easier navigation to predefined paths. Gets or sets a value indicating, whether the AutoComplete is enabled in EditMode. By default this property is True. Gets the auto complete suggest helper. A property of type bool, which controls whether the text mode of the breadcrumb is enabled. By default this property is True. A property of type bool, which specifies whether history of visited paths should be kept. By default this property is False. Gets or sets the path separator symbol. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control interprets an ampersand character (&) in the control's Text property to be an access key prefix character. true if the label doesn't display the ampersand character and underlines the character after the ampersand in its displayed text and treats the underlined character as an access key; otherwise, false if the ampersand character is displayed in the text of the control. The default is true. Gets or sets a associated to the bread crumb. Determines whether a tree node will be selected upon clicking on the action part of the split button element. Default value is [true], if [false] click on the action part will result in opening the pop-up with the menu items. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source. Note that this property is ignored when is set. Gets or sets the data source. Note that this property is ignored when is set. Gets or sets the display member. Note that this property is ignored when is set. The display member. Gets or sets the value member. Note that this property is ignored when is set. The value member. Gets or sets the child member. Note that this property is ignored when is set. The child member. Gets or sets the parent member. Note that this property is ignored when is set. The parent member. Contains data binding settings for related data. Note that this property is ignored when is set. The relation bindings. Gets the collection of tree nodes that are assigned to the bread crumb control. A System.Windows.Forms.TreeNodeCollection that represents the tree nodes assigned to the tree view control. Get or sets the path to a RadTreeNode and selects it. Different elements in the node hierarchy must be separated by the . Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the hidden s. A hidden node is a node with set = false. RadbreadCrumb consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. The property is not relevant for this control. Occurs when a path is about to be parsed. In this event handler the user can modify the path(for example if key/shortcut words are used), or cancel the parse operation. Occurs when a path has been evaluated and a RadTreeNode is about to be selected in the BreadCrumb. In this event handler the user can change selected . Note that if parsed path is not valid selected node will be null. In this event handler the user can change the text used by the internal logic to generate the auto-complete items. Suitable for cases when you have shortcuts. Occurs when auto complete items are created. In this event handler the user can modify the auto complete items and/or modify the collection(add, remove, move or replace items). Occurs when a is being created. In this event handler the users can replace the button with a custom one or cancel creating for the associated . Occurs when the Path is changed. For each node in the path hierarchy a SplitButtonElement is created. In this event handler the users can set button properties, modify one or more items of the SplitButton.Items collection or modify the collection(add, remove, replace items). Occurs when there is not enough space to fit all items. For each collapsed item an is created and this event is raised. In this event handler the user can replace the with a custom one, modify some of the properties of the existing one or set Cancel=true to prevent the item from being added to the collapsed items. Occurs when there is not enough space to fit all items and all collapsed items have their corresponding menu items created. In this event handler the user can add, remove, reorder the items in that will appear as collapsed. Occurs when the user navigates to a new Path. In this event handler the user can modify the or set Cancel=true to prevent the item from being added to the history. Occurs when the root nodes of the associated or internal tree view are requested during the Parse operation. In this event handler the user can modify the default root nodes(add, remove, replace). Initializes a new instance of the class. The data source. The data member. The display member. The parent member. The child member. The value member. The checked member. Initializes a new instance of the class. The data source. The data member. The display member. The parent member. The child member. The value member. Initializes a new instance of the class. The data source. The display member. The parent member. The child member. The value member. Initializes a new instance of the class. The data source. The display member. The parent member. The child member. Initializes a new instance of the class. The data source. The display member. The parent child member. Gets or sets the name of the relation. The name of the relation. Gets or sets the data source. The data source. Gets or sets the data member. The data member. Gets or sets the display member. The display member. Gets or sets the parent member. The parent member. Gets or sets the child member. The child member. Gets or sets the value member. The value member. Gets or sets the checked member. The checked member. Adds the specified data source. The data source. The display member. The parent child member. Adds the specified data source. The data source. The display member. The parent member. The child member. Adds the specified data source. The data source. The display member. The parent member. The child member. The value member. Adds the specified data source. The data source. The data member. The display member. The parent member. The child member. The value member. Adds the specified data source. The data source. The data member. The display member. The parent member. The child member. The value member. The checked member. Clears this instance. Gets the owner. The owner. Gets the tree view. The tree view. Refreshes this instance. Adds the tree node with specified text. The text. Adds the specified text. The text. Index of the image. Adds the specified text. The text. The image key. Adds the specified key. The key. The text. Index of the image. Adds the specified key. The key. The text. The image key. Removes the specified name. The name. Determines whether [contains] [the specified name]. The name. true if [contains] [the specified name]; otherwise, false. Indexes the of. The name. Gets the with the specified name. Gets or sets a value indicating weather the changes in the child collections in Object Relational Binding mode will be reflected automatically. Gets the nodes. Sets the current. The node. Gets the tree view. The tree view. Resets this instance. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Suspends the update. Resumes the update. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is suspended. true if this instance is suspended; otherwise, false. Defines the expanding animation style of nodes in a RadTreeView Class. Indicates animation style changing the opacity of the expanding nodes. Indicates no animation. Specifies the type of option list formed by child nodes. All children have a check box. All children have a radio button. Every child can specify whether it has a check box or a radio button. Defines the style of the lines between the nodes in a RadTreeView Class. Specifies a solid line. Specifies a line consisting of dashes. Specifies a line consisting of dots. Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot. Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot. Gets the error text. The error text. Show expander Gets the checked mode. The checked mode. Initializes new instance of the RadTreeNode class. The text to be used as label text. A boolean value indicating whether the node is expanded. Gets the last matches using Find method. Gets the last matches using Find method. Gets the style. The style. Gets a value indicating whether this instance has style. true if this instance has style; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node can respond to user interaction. The default value is true. Gets the root parent node for this RadTreeView. The default value is null. Gets the parent tree view that the tree node is assigned to. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is checked. true if checked; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the state of the check element. The state of the check. Gets or sets the type of the check element. The type of the check. Gets or sets the context menu associated to the node. Returns an instance of RadDropDownMenu Class that is associated with the node. The default value is null. This property could be used to associate a custom menu and replace the treeview's default. If the context menu is invoked by right-clicking a node, the treeview's menu will not be shown and the context menu assigned to this node will be shown instead. RadContextMenu Property (Telerik.WinControls.UI.RadTreeView) Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is visible. true if this instance is visible; otherwise, false. Gets the index. The index. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is editing. true if this instance is editing; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is selected. true if this instance is selected; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is current. true if this instance is current; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the tree view element. The tree view element. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is expanded. true if this instance is expanded; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the parent. The parent. Gets or sets the text. The text. Gets or sets the node value. The text. Gets the nodes. The nodes. Gets the level. The level. Gets or sets the name of the RadTreeNode. A String that represents the name of the tree node. The Name of a TreeNode is also the node's key, when the node is part of a TreeNodeCollection. If the node does not have a name, Name returns an empty string (""). Gets the first node. The first node. Gets the last node. The last node. Gets the next node. The next node. Gets the next visible node. The next visible node. Gets the prev node. The prev node. Gets the prev visible node. The prev visible node. Gets or sets the tag object that can be used to store user data, corresponding to the tree node. The tag. Gets or sets the text that appears when the mouse pointer hovers over a tree node. The default value is "". Gets the full path. The full path. Gets or sets the image of the node. ImageIndex Property ImageKey Property Gets or sets the vector image of the node. Gets or sets the left image list index value of the image displayed when the tree node is not selected. Image Property ImageKey Property Gets or sets the key for the left image associated with this tree node. Image Property ImageIndex Property Gets or sets the height of the tree node in the tree view control. The default value is 20. Gets or sets the measured desired width for this node. Gets or sets the measured desired width for this node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [allow drop]. true if [allow drop]; otherwise, false. Gets or a value indicating whether the control is in design mode. Finds the specified match. The match. Finds the nodes. The match. Finds the nodes. The match. The argument. Executes the specified command. The command. The settings. Executes the specified command include sub trees. if set to true [include sub trees]. The command. The settings. Initiates the editing of the tree node. Ends the edit. Cancels the edit. Collapses the tree node. Collapses the and optionally collapses its children. if set to true [ignore children]. Ensures that the tree node is visible, expanding tree nodes and scrolling the tree view control as necessary. Expands the tree node. Expands all the child tree nodes. Returns the number of child tree nodes. if set to true [include sub trees]. Removes the current tree node from the tree view control. Toggles the tree node to either the expanded or collapsed state. Returns a that represents the tree node. A that represents the tree node. This method is used internally! Execute the action for every RadTreeNode in the branch Gets a value if the node is root node Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. A new object that is a copy of this instance. Gets the data-bound object that populated the node. Allows PropertyChanged notifications to be temporary suspended. Resumes property notifications after a previous SuspendPropertyNotifications call. Gets or sets the font of the node text. The default value is null. Gets or sets the foreground color of the tree node. This color is applied to the text label. Gets or sets the backcolor of the tree node. Color type represents an ARGB color. GradientStyle Property NumberOfColors Property Gets or sets the backcolor of the tree node. This property is applicable to radial, glass, office glass, gel, and vista gradients. GradientStyle Property NumberOfColors Property Gets or sets the backcolor of the tree node. This property is applicable to radial, glass, office glass, and vista gradients. GradientStyle Property NumberOfColors Property Gets or sets the backcolor of the tree node. This property is applicable to radial, glass, office glass, and vista gradients. GradientStyle Property NumberOfColors Property Gets or sets the border color of the tree node. Gets or sets gradient angle for linear gradient. GradientStyle Property GradientPercentage Property GradientPercentage2 Property NumberOfColors Property The default value is 90.0. Gets or sets GradientPercentage for linear, glass, office glass, gel, vista, and radial gradients. GradientStyle Property GradientPercentage2 Property GradientAngle Property NumberOfColors Property The default value is 0.5. Gets or sets GradientPercentage for office glass, vista, and radial gradients. GradientStyle Property GradientPercentage Property GradientAngle Property NumberOfColors Property The default value is 0.5. Gets and sets the gradient style. The possible values are defined in the gradient style enumeration: solid, linear, radial, glass, office glass, gel, and vista. The default value is GradientStyles.Linear. GradientStyles Enumeration GradientPercentage Property GradientPercentage2 Property GradientAngle Property NumberOfColors Property Gets or sets the number of used colors in the gradient effect. BackColor Property BackColor2 Property BackColor3 Property BackColor4 Property GradientStyle Property The default value is 4. Gets or sets the text alignment. The default value is ContentAlignment.MiddleLeft. Sets the IBindingList which holds the child nodes in Object Relational Binding mode Displays a hierarchical collection of labeled items, each represented by a RadTreeNode. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets a value indicating whether the kinetic scrolling function is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the TreeView load child Nodes collection in NodesNeeded event only when Parent nodes expanded. true if [lazy mode]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the color of the drop hint. The drop feedback is a visual cue that assists the user with information where to drop during the drag and drop operation. ShowDropHint Property The default value is black. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [show drop feedback]. true if [show drop feedback]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [show drop feedback]. true if [show drop feedback]; otherwise, false. Contains data binding settings for related data. Gets or sets the type of the expand animation enumeration. AllowPlusMinusAnimation enumeration PlusMinusAnimationStep Property ExpandAnimation Enumeration The default value is ExpandAnimation.Opacity. Gets or sets the opacity animation step for expand/collapse animation. Returns a double value from double.Epsilon to 1 representing the opacity changing step with which the plus minus buttons are animated. The default value is 0.025. Gets or sets a value indicating whether animation of collapse/expand images is enabled. ShowExpanCollapse Property PlusMinusAnimationStep Property The default value is false. The default image index for nodes. The index of the image. The default image key for nodes. The image key. Gets or sets a value indicating whether drag and drop operation with treeview nodes is enabled. AllowDragDropBetweenTreeViews Property AllowDrop Property (Telerik.WinControls.UI.RadTreeNode) The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user is allowed to select more than one tree node at time true if [multi select]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the shortcut menu associated with the control. A that represents the shortcut menu associated with the control. Gets or sets the associated with this control. The for this control, or null if there is no . The default is null. Gets or sets the filter. The filter. Gets or sets the sort order of Nodes. The sort order. Gets the filter descriptors. The filter descriptors. Gets the sort descriptors. The sort descriptors. Gets or sets a value indicating whether checkboxes are displayed beside the nodes. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the child nodes should be auto checked when RadTreeView is in tri state mode The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the highlight spans the width of the tree view. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [hide selection]. true if [hide selection]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [hot tracking]. true if [hot tracking]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the indent. The indent. Gets or sets the height of the item. The height of the item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether nodes can have different height. The default value is false. Gets or sets the spacing in pixels between nodes. The default value is 0. Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing is allowed. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether adding new nodes is allowed. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether removing nodes is allowed. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether there is an open editor in the tree view. Gets the active editor in the tree. The IValueEditor Interface if any. Gets or sets the color of the line. The color of the line. Gets or sets the path separator. The path separator. Gets or sets the selected node. The selected node. Gets the checked nodes. The checked nodes. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [show lines]. true if [show lines]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether expand/collapse (plus-minus) buttons are shown next to nodes with children. The default value is true. Gets the top node. The top node. Gets the visible count. The visible count. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source for which the is displaying data. Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying data for. Gets or sets the display member. The display member. Gets or sets the value member. The value member. Gets or sets the checked member. The checked member. Gets or sets the child member. The child member. Gets or sets the parent member. The parent member. Gets or sets a that will be used to convert the toggle state of the checkboxes to the underlying data type it is bound to. Gets the collection of tree nodes that are assigned to the tree view control. A System.Windows.Forms.TreeNodeCollection that represents the tree nodes assigned to the tree view control. Gets the tree view element. The tree view element. Gets the Horizontal scroll bar. The Horizontal scroll bar. Gets the Vertical scroll bar. The Vertical scroll bar. Gets or sets the line style. TreeLineStyle enumeration A TreeLineStyle that represents the style used for the lines between the nodes. The default is TreeLineStyle.Dot. Gets or sets the line width. The width with which the lines between the nodes will be painted. The default is 1. Gets or sets a value indicating whether tri state mode is enabled. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating the default tree view toggle mode. Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can navigate to an item by typing when RadTreeView is focused. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value that specifies how long the user must wait before searching with the keyboard is reset. The default value is 300ms. Gets or sets the string comparer used by the keyboard navigation functionality. RadTreeView consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadTreeView consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Occurs when the RadTreeView NodesNeeded event is handled and LazyMode property is true. Occurs when the RadTreeView report the data error. Occurs when the user begins dragging an item. Occurs when TreeView required editor. Occurs before the tree node label text is edited. Occurs when initializing the active editor. Occurs after the tree node label text is edited. Occurs when the editor is changing the value during the editing process. Occurs when the editor finished the value editing. Occurs when the editor changed the value editing. Occurs when editor validating fails. Occurs when a drag is ending Occurs when a drag has ended Occurs when a drag is starting Occurs when a drag has started Occurs when drag feedback is needed for a node. Occurs before a tree node is selected. Occurs after the tree node is selected. For more information about handling events, see also SelectedNodeChanging. Occurs when selected nodes has been cleared. Occurs when SelectedNodes collection has been changed. Occurs when the user presses a mouse button over a RadTreeNode. Occurs when the user releases a mouse button over a RadTreeNode. Occurs when the user moves the mouse in the area of a RadTreeNode. Occurs when the mouse enters the area of a RadTreeNode. Occurs when the mouse leaves the area of a RadTreeNode. Occurs when the mouse hovers over a RadTreeNode. Occurs when a mouse button is clicked inside a The event arguments can be cast to in order to access the original . Occurs when a mouse button is double clicked inside a The event arguments can be cast to in order to access the original . Occurs when the value of the Checked property of a RadTreeNode is changing. Occurs when the value of the Checked property of a RadTreeNode is changed. Occurs before the value of the Expanded property of a tree node is changed. Occurs after the value of the Expanded property of a tree node is changed. Occurs when the Nodes collection requires to be populated in Load-On-Demand mode using LazyTreeNodeProvider. Occurs when the node changes its state and needs to be formatted. Occurs when a new node is going to be created. Occurs when a new node element is going to be created. Occurs when opening the context menu. Occurs after a node is removed. Occurs before a node is removed. Occurs after a node is being added. Occurs after a node is bound to a data item. Occurs before a node is being added. Sets the error. The text. The RAD tree node. Creates a new node and adds a node by path. The label of the new node will be the text after the last separator. Where the node should be added. The new node if the operation is successful. Creates a new node and adds a node by path. The label of the new node will be the text after the last separator. Where the node should be added. The path separator. The new node if the operation is successful. Gets a node by specifying a path to it. The path to the node. The node if found. Gets a node by specifying a path to it. The path to the node. The path separator. The node if found. Gets a node with the specified name. The name of the node. A node with the specified name. Gets a node with the specified name. The name of the node. /// The node which the should be taken as a root. A node with the specified name. Brings the into view. The node. Finds the specified match. The match. Finds the specified match. The match. The argument. Finds the specified text. The text. Execute the specified action for every RadTreeNode in the tree Finds the nodes. The match. Finds the nodes. The match. The argument. Finds the nodes. The text. Executes the specified command. The command. The settings. Executes the specified command include sub trees. if set to true [include sub trees]. The command. The settings. Begins the edit. Commits any changes and ends the edit operation on the current cell. Close the currently active editor and discard changes. Loads the XML. Name of the file. The extra types that will be load Loads the XML. The stream. The extra types that will be load Saves the XML. Name of the file. The extra types that will be saved Saves the XML. The stream. The extra types that will be saved Disables any update of the tree view. Ends the update. Defers the refresh. Collapses all the tree nodes. Collapses all nodes in a given collection. The collection of nodes to be collapsed. Expands all the tree nodes. Expands all nodes in a given collection. The collection of nodes to be expanded. Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified point. The System.Drawing.Point to evaluate and retrieve the node from. The System.Windows.Forms.TreeNode at the specified point, in tree view (client) coordinates, or null if there is no node at that location. Retrieves the tree node at the point with the specified coordinates. The System.Drawing.Point.X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. The System.Drawing.Point.Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. The System.Windows.Forms.TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view (client) coordinates, or null if there is no node at that location. Retrieves the number of tree nodes, optionally including those in all subtrees, assigned to the tree view control. The number of tree nodes, optionally including those in all subtrees, assigned to the tree view control. Returns a that represents this instance. A that represents this instance. Gets or sets a value indicating whether single node expand is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default context menu is enabled. The default value is false. Executes a command over an entire subtree starting with the specified nodes. The nodes form which the execuition starts. The level of nodes over which to execute the command. If -1 the entire subtree is traversed. The command to execute. Parameters to pass the command prior to execution. The results from the batch execution. Executes a command over an entire subtree starting with the specified node. The node form which the execuition starts. The level of nodes over which to execute the command. If -1 the entire subtree is traversed. The command to execute. Parameters to pass the command prior to execution. The first result from the batch execution. Executes a command over an entire subtree starting with the specified node. The node form which the execuition starts. The level of nodes over which to execute the command. If -1 the entire subtree is traversed. The command to execute. Parameters to pass the command prior to execution. The results from the batch execution. Gets or sets a value indicating whether show drop hint should be shown. true if [show drop hint]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether drag hint should be shown. true if [show drag hint]; otherwise, false. Creates a new tree node in the target RadTreeView using the information from the source tree. The source tree node. A new instance of if successfull. Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewCheckboxEditor class. Gets or sets the editor value. Gets the is modified. The is modified. Gets the type of the editor value System.Boolean Begins the edit. Toggles the checkbox state. Translates system key down events to the owner element. A System.Windows.Forms.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. Initializes a new instance of the DataFilterCheckboxEditorElement class. A instance. Get the checkmark element. Gets or sets the checkmark state. Represents a date time editor in RadTreeView. Represents a DropDownList editor in RadTreeView. Represents a spin editor in RadTreeView. Represents a time span editor in RadTreeView. Represents the method that will handle events in the hierarchy traverser. Provides data for all events used in the hierarchy traverser. Initializes a new instance of the class. The content. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the object instance to be processed by the hierarchy traverser. true if [process hierarchy object]; otherwise, false. Gets the node. The node. Gets or sets the font. The font. Gets or sets the color of the fore. The color of the fore. Gets or sets the color of the border. The color of the border. Gets or sets the back color4. The back color4. Gets or sets the back color3. The back color3. Gets or sets the back color2. The back color2. Gets or sets the color of the back. The color of the back. Gets or sets the number of colors. The number of colors. Gets or sets the gradient percentage2. The gradient percentage2. Gets or sets the gradient percentage. The gradient percentage. Gets or sets the gradient angle. The gradient angle. Gets or sets the gradient style. The gradient style. Gets or sets the text alignment. The text alignment. Gets or sets the full desired size calculated by the virtualized container Defines the differen link styles Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The table element. Gets or sets the size of the arrow. Used to calculate pixel-perfect results. Gets or sets a value determining the shape of the link Gets or sets a value determining the style of the link lines Gets or sets a value determining the width of the link lines Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is selected. Gets or sets a value indicating that this is the current node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is expanded. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control contains the focus. Gets a value indicating whether the node is currently at root level. Gets or sets the arbitrary height for this particular node. Valid when the owning RadTreeViewElement's AllowArbitraryHeight property is set to true. Gets a value indicating that this is the hot tracking node. Gets a value indicating whether this node contains child nodes. Occurs when [data error]. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when [binding context changed]. Occurs when is formatting Occurs when is created. Occurs when is created. Occurs after a node is bound to a data item. Occurs when is mouse down. Occurs when is mouse up. Occurs when mouse is move over a . Occurs when LazyMode is true and NodesNeeded event is handled Occurs when mouse enters a Occurs when mouse leaves a Occurs when a mouse button is clicked inside a The event arguments can be cast to in order to access the original . Occurs when a mouse button is double clicked inside a The event arguments can be cast to in order to access the original . Occurs when is hovered. Occurs when node's checked state is changing. Occurs when node's checked state is changed. Occurs when node is expanding. Occurs when node has been expanded. Occurs when the selected node is changing Occurs when selected node has been changed. Occurs when selected node has been cleared. Occurs when SelectedNodes collection has been changed. Occurs when editor is required. Occurs when editing is started. Occurs when editor is initialized. Occurs when editing has been finished. Occurs when node's value is changing. Occurs when node's value has been changed. Occurs when node's value is validating. Occurs when validation error occurs by canceling the ValueValidating event. Occurs when the user begins dragging an item. Occurs when a drag is starting Occurs when a drag has started Occurs when a drag is ending Occurs when a drag has ended Occurs when drag feedback is needed for a node. Occurs when nodes are needed in load on demand hierarchy Occurs after a node is removed. Occurs after a node is being added. Gets or sets the default sort Comparer for RadTreeView. The default comparer compares the nodes according to their text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the kinetic scrolling function is enabled. Gets the that is responsible for the kinetic scrolling option. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the TreeView load child Nodes collection in NodesNeeded event only when Parend nodes expanded. true if [lazy mode]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the child nodes should be auto checked when RadTreeView is in tri state mode The default value is false. Contains data binding settings for related data. Gets or sets the type of the expand animation enumeration. AllowPlusMinusAnimation enumeration PlusMinusAnimationStep Property ExpandAnimation Enumeration The default value is ExpandAnimation.Opacity. Gets or sets the opacity animation step for expand/collapse animation. Returns a double value from double.Epsilon to 1 representing the opacity changing step with which the plus minus buttons are animated. The default value is 0.025. Gets or sets a value indicating whether animation of collapse/expand images is enabled. ShowExpanCollapse Property PlusMinusAnimationStep Property The default value is false. The default image index for nodes. The index of the image. The default image key for nodes. The image key. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [tri state mode]. true if [tri state mode]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the toggle mode. The toggle mode. Gets or sets the drag drop service used when dragging nodes within RadTreeView or between different instances of RadTreeView. The drag drop service. Gets or sets the RadImageShape instance which describes the hint that indicates where an item will be dropped after a drag operation. Gets the last node. The last node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [allow drag drop]. true if [allow drag drop]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [multi select]. true if [multi select]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [show expander]. true if [show expander]; otherwise, false. Gets the selected nodes. The selected nodes. Gets the checked nodes. The checked nodes. Gets or sets the context menu. The context menu. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [check boxes]. true if [check boxes]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [hide selection]. true if [hide selection]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [hot tracking]. true if [hot tracking]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the height of the item. The height of the item. Gets or sets the active editor. The active editor. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [allow edit]. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the default RadTreeNode edit mode. The edit mode. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [allow edit]. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [allow edit]. true if [allow edit]; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether there is an open editor in the tree view. Gets or sets the selected node. The selected node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [show lines]. true if [show lines]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [show root lines]. true if [show root lines]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether [show node tool tips]. true if [show node tool tips]; otherwise, false. Gets the first visible tree node in the tree view. Gets or sets the color of the lines connecting the nodes in the tree view. Gets or sets the line style. TreeLineStyle enumeration A TreeLineStyle that represents the style used for the lines between the nodes. The default is TreeLineStyle.Dot. Gets or sets the line width. The width with which the lines between the nodes will be painted. The default is 1. Gets the number of tree nodes that are visible in the tree view Gets or sets the path separator. The path separator. Gets or sets the tree node provider. The tree node provider. Gets or sets the binding context. The binding context. Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying data for. Gets the nodes. The nodes. Gets or sets the indent of nodes, applied to each tree level. Gets or sets the filter. The filter. Gets or sets the sort order of Nodes. The sort order. Gets the filter descriptors. The filter descriptors. Gets the sort descriptors. The sort descriptors. Gets or sets the name of the list or table in the data source for which the is displaying data. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract a value from the data items. The value of the property with this name will be available via the Value property of every RadTreeNode. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the checked state of the data items. The value of the property with this name will be available via the Checked property of every RadTreeNode. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to define a relation of the data items. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to extract the text of the data items. The value of the property with this name will be available via the Text property of every RadTreeNode. Gets or sets a property name which will be used to define a relation of the data items. Gets or sets a that will be used to convert the toggle state of the checkboxes to the underlying data type it is bound to. Gets or sets the expand image Gets or sets the expand image Gets or sets the hovered expand image Gets or sets the hovered collapse image Gets or sets a value indicating whether nodes can have different height. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to select the full row. The default value is false. Gets or sets the vertical spacing among nodes. Gets or sets the alternating row color. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show rows with alternating row colors. Gets the index of the first visible node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether single node expand is enabled. Gets or sets a property that controls the visibility of the horizontal scrollbar. Gets or sets a property that controls the visibility of the vertical scrollbar. Gets or a value indicating whether the control is in design mode. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to scroll horizontally RadTreeView to ensure that the clicked node is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default context menu is enabled. The default value is false. Provides a callback so that the default filtering expression parser can be substituted. Gets or sets a value that determines whether the user can navigate to an item by typing when RadTreeViewElement is focused. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value that specifies how long the user must wait before searching with the keyboard is reset. The default value is 300. Gets or sets an object that implements IFindStringComparer. The value of this property is used in the keyboard search functionality. Gets or sets the expand timer interval - this is the interval of time in milliseconds which will pass before a hovered node is being expanded during drag and drop operation. The expand timer interval. Sets the error. The text. The RAD tree node. The context where this error occured. Creates a new node and adds a node by path. The label of the new node will be the text after the last separator. Where the node should be added. The new node if the operation is successful. Creates a new node and adds a node by path. The label of the new node will be the text after the last separator. Where the node should be added. The path separator. The new node if the operation is successful. Gets a node by specifying a path to it. The path to the node. The node if found. Gets a node by specifying a path to it. The path to the node. The path separator. The node if found. Gets a node with the specified name. The name of the node. A node with the specified name. Gets a node with the specified name. The name of the node. /// The node which the should be taken as a root. A node with the specified name. Puts the current node in edit mode. Commits any changes and ends the edit operation on the current cell. Close the currently active editor and discard changes. Updates the visual items in the three view Indicated the update action Updates the visual items in the three view Indicated the update action Array representing the nodes which should be updated Begins the update. Ends the update. Ends the update. Tells the view whether an update is required or not. Indicates the update action Defers the refresh. Collapses all. Expands all. Gets an enumerator which enumerates all nodes in the tree. The enumerator. Gets an enumerator which enumerates all descendant nodes of a node. The enumerator. Gets the node at. The x. The y. Gets the node at. The pt. Gets the node element at. The x. The y. Gets the node element at. The pt. Gets the node count. if set to true [include sub trees]. Finds the specified match. The match. Finds the specified text. The text. Finds the nodes. The match. Finds the nodes. The match. The argument. Finds the nodes. The text. Execute the specified action for every RadTreeNode in the tree Executes the specified command. The command. The settings. Executes the specified command include sub trees. if set to true [include sub trees]. The command. The settings. Scrolls to. The delta. Ensures that the specified tree node is visible within the tree view element, scrolling the contents of the element if necessary. The node to scroll into view Ensures that the specified tree node is visible within the tree view element, scrolling the contents of the element if necessary. This method expands parent items when necessary. The node to bring into view This method traverses through the visible nodes of RadTreeView and returns a node that matches the . Represents a toggle button element. The toggle button supports two or three states depending on the IsThreeState property. Initializes a new instance of the LightVisualToggleButtonElement class. Occurs before the elements's state changes. Occurs when the elements's state changes. Occurs before the elements's check state changes. Occurs when the elements's check state changes. Raises the StateChanging event. Raises the CheckStateChanging event. Raises the StateChanged event. Raises the StateChanged event. Raises the IsCheckedChanged event. Gets or sets the CheckState . CheckState enumeration defines the following values: Unchecked, Checked and Indeterminate. Gets or sets the toggle state. Toggle state enumeration defines the following values: Off, On and Indeterminate. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button is checked. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the toggle button has three or two states. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the toggle button element is read only. true if the toggle button element is read only; otherwise, false. Represents a base button control. The button control serves as a RadButtonElement Class wrapper. All logic and presentation features are implemented in a parallel hierarchy of objects. For this reason, RadButtonElement Class may be nested in any other telerik control, item, or element. Initializes a new instance of the RadButtonBase class. Override this method to create custom main element. By default the main element is an instance of RadButtonElement. Instance of the one-and-only child of the root element of RadButton. Gets or sets the text associated with this item. Indicates focus cues display, when available, based on the corresponding control type and the current UI state. Gets the instance of RadButtonElement wrapped by this control. RadButtonElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadButton. Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the Overload:System.Drawing.Graphics.MeasureString method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement. Gets or sets the Svg Image. Gets or sets the Svg Image as string. Specifies the options for display of image and text primitives in the element. Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. Gets or sets the alignment of image content on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the alignment of text content on the drawing surface. Determines whether the button can be clicked by using mnemonic characters. Gets or sets the Font of the control. This actually the Font property of the root element. Setting to [null] resets the value and the font from the applied theme will be used. Gets the instance of RadToggleSwitchElement wrapped by this control. RadToggleSwitchElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadToggleSwitch. Gets the on element of RadToggleSwitch. Gets the off element of RadToggleSwitch. Gets the thumb of RadToggleSwitch. Gets or sets the text displayed when the state is On. Gets or sets the text displayed when the state is Off. Gets or sets width of the thumb. Determines how far the switch needs to be dragged before it snaps to the opposite side. Gets or sets the value. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when changing its state. Gets or sets the animation interval. Gets or sets the animation frames. Gets a value indicating whether the control is currently animating. Determines how ToggleSwitch button should handle mouse click and drag. Gets or sets the width and height of a rectangle centered on the point the mouse button was pressed, within which a drag operation will not begin. This property is used to differentiate the Drag and Click mouse operations. If the end user drags the mouse less pixels than the value of this property and releases the mouse button, the operation will be considered as a mouse click. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value could be changed. Gets or sets the Font of the control. This actually the Font property of the root element. RadToggleSwitch consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadToggleSwitch consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Toggles the value of RadToggleSwitch Toggles the value of RadToggleSwitch Indicates whether to use animation. Sets the value of RadToggleSwitch. The new value. Sets the value of RadToggleSwitch. The new value. Indicates whether to use animation. Occurs when the Value is about to change. Cancelable. Occurs when the Value has changed. Occurs when the animation starts. Occurs when the animation finishes. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when changing its state. Gets or sets the animation interval. Gets or sets the animation frames. Gets a value indicating whether the control is currently animating. Gets the on element Gets the off element. Gets the thumb element. Gets or sets the value. Gets or sets width of the thumb. Determines how far the switch needs to be dragged before it snaps to the opposite side. Gets or sets the text displayed when the state is On. Gets or sets the text displayed when the state is Off. Determines how ToggleSwitch button should handle mouse click and drag. Gets or sets the width and height of a rectangle centered on the point the mouse button was pressed, within which a drag operation will not begin. This property is used to differentiate the Drag and Click mouse operations. If the end user drags the mouse less pixels than the value of this property and releases the mouse button, the operation will be considered as a mouse click. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value could be changed. Toggles the value of RadToggleSwitch Toggles the value of RadToggleSwitch Indicates whether to use animation. Sets the value of RadToggleSwitch. The new value. Sets the value of RadToggleSwitch. The new value. Indicates whether to use animation. Cancels the currently running animation. Get or set thumb size Gets or sets the image used by the splitter when in horizontal orientation. Gets or sets the image used by the splitter when in vertical orientation. Default collapse direction, when using double click on to collapse a . If you set Up/Down for Vertical splitter or Left/Right for Horizontal splitter, an will be thrown, when double click is fired. Represents an expander that is drawn in expander cells Defines a lines that will be render around the primitive This event fires when the expanded state is changed. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the padding sizes of the sign. Gets or sets the width of the sign. Gets or sets the border width of the sign. Gets or sets the padding sizes of the border around the sign. Gets or sets a value indicating that the sign's border must be drawn Gets or sets a value indicating that the sign's fill must be drawn Gets or sets the sign's border color Gets or sets sign's back color Gets or sets sign's second back color Gets or sets sign's third back color Gets or sets sign's fourth back color Gets or sets the number of colors used for drawing sign's background Gets or sets the gradient style of sign's background Gets or sets the gradient angle of sign's background Gets or sets the gradient percentage of sign's background Gets or sets the second gradient percentage of sign's background Gets or sets the sign's style Gets or sets a value indicating that the sign must maintain square size Gets or sets the sign's size Gets or sets a value indicating whether the sign is in expanded or collapsed state Gets or sets the sign image. Gets or sets a value detemining the link lines that be rendered around the expander sign Gets or sets a value determining the style of the link lines Gets or sets a value determining the width of the link lines Gets or sets a value determining the color of the link lines Paints the sign's fill The IGraphics to use for painting the sign's fill Rectangle containing sign bounds Paint the sign's border The IGraphics to use for painting the sign's border Rectangle containing sign bounds Paints the sign The IGraphics to use fo painting the sign Rectangle containing sign bounds This class represents the drop-down of the RadGalleryElement. Creates an instance of the class. An instance of the class that represents the gallery that owns this drop-down. Represents the groupbox content. Creates child elements. Please refer to TPF documentation for more information. Returns class name. class name Represents the groupbox footer. Creates child elements. Please refer to TPF documentation for more information. Performs layout measure. Please refer to TPF documentation for more information. desired size Returns class name. class name Gets the FillPrimitive contained in the Content area Gets the BorderPrimitive contained in the Content area. Represents a groupbox. The group box major purpose is to define a radio buttons group. The RadGroupBox does not support scrolling. The control is highly customizable using themes. Parameterless contstructor. Gets or sets the header text. Gets the groupbox element. Gets or sets the groupbox style - Standard or Office. Gets or sets the header position - Top, Right, Bottom, Left Gets or sets the header alignment - Near, Center, Far. Gets or sets the header margin. Gets or sets footer visibility. Gets or sets the header text. Gets or sets the footer text. Gets or sets the header image. Gets or sets the footer image. Gets or sets the header image key. Gets or sets the header image index. Gets or sets the footer image key. Gets or sets the footer image index. Gets or sets the header text image relation. Gets or sets the footer text image relation. Gets or sets the header text alignment. Gets or sets the footer text alignment. Gets or sets the header image alignment. Gets or sets the footer image alignment. If true, the first character preceded by an ampersand will be used as mnemonic key Gets or sets the header margin. Gets or sets the header text. Gets or sets the footer text. Gets or sets the header image. Gets or sets the footer image. Gets or sets the header text image relation. Gets or sets the footer text image relation. Gets or sets the header text alignment. Gets or sets the footer text alignment. Gets or sets the header image alignment. Gets or sets the footer image alignment. Gets or sets the header image key. Gets or sets the header image index. Gets or sets the footer image key. Gets or sets the footer image index. Gets or sets the group box style - Standard, or Office. Defines group box styles. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. true if the text should wrap to the available layout rectangle otherwise, false. The default is true Gets or sets the alignment of image content on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the alignment of text content on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the Svg Image. Gets or sets the Svg Image as string. Prevent Design time serialization for Image from theme If true, the first character preceded by an ampersand will be used as the label's mnemonic key Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border is visible Gets the instance of RadLabelElement wrapped by this control. RadLabelElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadLabel. A light element that inherits from , adds the base states for theming and sets the default event to Click. Gets a value indicating whether the is in pressed state. IsDirty Property Takes as parameters the that is binding and the that is being bound to the RadItem. The that is binding. The object that is being bound to the . Gets the that is bound. Gets the that was swapped with a new RadItem. Gets the object that is being bound to the . Takes as parameters the that is bound and the that is being bound to the RadItem. The that is bound. The object that is being bound to the . Gets the that is bound. Gets the object that is being bound to the . Provides information about the type of the editor required by the GridTableViewManager when instantiating the requested type of column. Initializes with editor type defined. Initializes setting the required editor type. The type of the editor required. Initializes setting the required editor type. The IInputEditor property is initialized by GridViewEditManager prior to event call, if default implementation is available. The type of the editor required. IInputEditor instance if available. Gets or sets the type of the editor required by the edited control if no default editor is available. Gets or sets the ICellEditor instance if created outside the GridViewEditorManager. Also if a default editor is provided by the RadGridView, it is available for post-initialization or substitution. Returns the type supported by the class implementing the ICellEditor interface. The supported type is the data type that can be handled and edited by the editor. Defines how the editor will be positioned relatively to the edited container Editor is positioned inline, inside of the editor container, and logically resides in container's children hierarchy. Usually it is recommended to use this option for compact-sized editors, like textboxes, comboboxes, mask editors, checkboxes, etc. Editor is positioned inside a popup control which is positioned vertically under the edited container. Usually it is recommended to use this option for medium to large-sized editors, like calendars, custom controls and panels, radiobutton lists, checkbox groups, etc. Usually this means that the editor is positioned explicitly by the edited containers's logic. Also it is used as a default initialization value. Provides functionality for managing editors Returns an editor instance of the default type for the editor provider. An object that implements interface. Gets the default editor type for the editor provider. The default type. Initializes a specified editor. An object that implements interface. Establishes the common events and also the event-related properties and methods for basic input processing by Telerik Presentation Foundation (TPF) elements. This interface supports the editor infrastructure of the RadGridView. Occurs when the editor is validating the value. Occurs when the editor is finished validating the value. Occurs when the editor value is being changed. Cancelable event. Occurs when the value of the editor changes. Occurs when internally the editor detects an error or when the Validating event fails. Returns the number of items that are visible when the viewport is scrolled to its maximum value (the bottom for vertical stack and the right-most place for left-to-right horizontal stack). The last item must always be fully visible. If there are children the result will be at least 1. Number of full visible items in the viewport. If the items are with different sizes, the last items are used in the calculations. Gets or sets the captured color Gets or sets a value indicating whether dpi awareness of the process will be toggled automatically. Used in RadColorDialogForm, when trying to pick the color of a single pixel. While picking color the dpi awareness is set to PerMonitorV2, if it is not PerMonitor(V2). When picking is complete, the original dpi awareness is returned. Fires when the color is changed. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents a color palette Gets or sets the number of columns in the palette Gets or sets the margin of the palette Gets or sets the color in the palette Gets or sets the selected color Fires when the selected color has changed Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Provides different sets of colors Gets the set of basic colors Gets the set of system colors Gets the set of named colors Gets the color correspoding to a hex value Gets the hex value for the color Gets the rounded value Gets or sets the RgbValue value Gets or sets the HSL value Fires when the selected color changes Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets the color mode Gets or sets the color in HSL format Gets or sets the color in RgbValue format Fires when the selected color has changed Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets the color mode of the slider Gets or sets the color in HSL format Gets or sets the color in RgbValue format Gets or sets the position of the slider arrow Fires when the selected color has changed Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets the color in RgbValue format Fires when the selected color changes Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents a color selector control Fires when custom colors configuration is about to be saved or loaded. Can be used to change the default location of the configuration file. Fires when the selected color changes Fires when the OK button is clicked Fires when the Cancel button is clicked Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Analytics functionality is enable or disable for this control. Gets or sets the selected color Gets or sets the selected color Gets or sets the selected HSL color Gets or sets the old color Gets the list of custom colors Shows or hides the web colors tab Shows or hides the basic colors tab Shows or hides the system colors tab Shows or hides the professional colors tab Shows or hides the system colors tab Shows or hides the hex color textbox Gets or sets the value indicating whether the user can edit the hexadecimal color value Gets or sets the value indicating whether the user can pick a color from the screen Gets or sets the value indicating whether the user can save colors Gets or sets the text of the add new color button Sets or gets the active mode of the RadColorPicker Gets or sets the heading of the basic colors tab Gets or sets the heading of the system colors tab Gets or sets the heading of the web colors tab Gets or sets the heading of the professional colors tab Gets or sets the heading of the new color label Gets or sets the heading of the old color label Gets the DiscreteColorHexagon control Gets or sets a value indicating whether custom colors should be save upon exiting the color picker. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents the RadDateTimePicker class Represents the RadDateTimePicker constructor creates and initializes the RadDateTimePickerElement Gets the control's default size Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets the culture supported by this calendar. Gets the instance of RadDateTimePickerElement wrapped by this control. RadDateTimePickerElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadDateTimePicker. Gets or sets the date/time value assigned to the control. Gets or sets the date/time value assigned to the control. Gets or sets the format of the date and time displayed in the control. Indicates whether a check box is displayed in the control. When the check box is unchecked no value is selected Gets or sets the custom date/time format string. When ShowCheckBox is true, determines that the user has selected a value Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. Gets or sets the location of the drop down showing the calendar Gets or sets the size of the calendar in the drop down The DateTime value assigned to the date picker when the Value is null Sets the current value to behave as a null value Indicates whether a spin box rather than a drop down calendar is displayed for editing the control's value Gets or sets the text that is displayed when the DateTimePicker contains a null reference. Gets or sets a value indicating whether RadDateTimePicker is read-only. true if the RadDateTimePicker is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. 1 Gets the maximum date value allowed for the DateTimePicker control. This property controls whether or not the next date part will be automatically selected when the user types. Occurs when MaskProvider has been created This event will be fired multiple times because the provider is created when some properties changed Properties are: Mask, Culture, MaskType and more. Occurs when the format of the control has changed Occurs when the value of the control has changed Occurs when the value of the control is changing Occurs when the value of the control is changing Occurs when the drop down is opened Occurs when the drop down is opening Occurs when the drop down is closing Occurs when the drop down is closed Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user presses a key down Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user presses a key Occurs when the RadItem has focus and the user releases the pressed key up Occurs before the CheckBox's state changes. Occurs when the CheckBox's state changes. Occurs when the value of the checkbox in the editor is changed Raises the FormatChanged event Raises the ValueChanged event Raises the ValueChanged event Raises the ValueChanging event Represents the RadDateTimePickerCalendar class Represents the RadDateTimePickerCalendar constructor Creates dateTimePicker's children Gets the instance of RadDateTimePickerElement associated to the control Gets the RadArrowButtonElement instance that represents the Date Time Picker's arrow button. Gets or sets the calendar control which is shown when the pop up control is shown Gets or sets the drop down control which is shown when the user clicks on the arrow button Gets or sets the drop down sizing mode. The mode can be: horizontal, vertical or a combination of them. Gets or sets the drop down minimum size. Gets or sets the drop down maximum size. Gets a value representing whether the drop down is shown Shows the drop-down window part of the combo box Sets the date shown in the textbox by a given value and format type. Occurs when the drop down is opened Occurs when the drop down is opening Occurs when the drop down is closing Occurs when the drop down is closed Gets or sets the hosted control in the popup. The owner control of the popup Shows the popup control with a specified popup direction and offset by the owner Hides the popup Get/Set minimum value allowed for size Get/Set maximum value allowed for size Represents the RadDateTimePickerElement class Represents the IsDropDownShown dependancy property Represents RadDateTimePickerElement's constructor Represents RadDateTimePickerElement's constructor Creates a new instance of Gets an instance of RadTextBoxElement This property controls whether or not the next date part will be automatically selected when the user types. Gets or sets a value indicating whether RadDateTimePicker is read-only. true if the RadDateTimePicker is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. 1 Indicates whether a spin box rather than a drop down calendar is displayed for editing the control's value Gets or sets the CultureInfo supported by this RadCalendar object. Describes the names of the culture, the writing system, and the calendar used, as well as access to culture-specific objects that provide methods for common operations, such as formatting dates and sorting strings. The culture names follow the RFC 1766 standard in the format "<languagecode2>-<country/regioncode2>", where <languagecode2> is a lowercase two-letter code derived from ISO 639-1 and <country/regioncode2> is an uppercase two-letter code derived from ISO 3166. For example, U.S. English is "en-US". In cases where a two-letter language code is not available, the three-letter code derived from ISO 639-2 is used; for example, the three-letter code "div" is used for cultures that use the Dhivehi language. Some culture names have suffixes that specify the script; for example, "-Cyrl" specifies the Cyrillic script, "-Latn" specifies the Latin script. The following predefined CultureInfo names and identifiers are accepted and used by this class and other classes in the System.Globalization namespace.
Culture Name Culture Identifier Language-Country/Region
"" (empty string) 0x007F invariant culture
af 0x0036 Afrikaans
af-ZA 0x0436 Afrikaans - South Africa
sq 0x001C Albanian
sq-AL 0x041C Albanian - Albania
ar 0x0001 Arabic
ar-DZ 0x1401 Arabic - Algeria
ar-BH 0x3C01 Arabic - Bahrain
ar-EG 0x0C01 Arabic - Egypt
ar-IQ 0x0801 Arabic - Iraq
ar-JO 0x2C01 Arabic - Jordan
ar-KW 0x3401 Arabic - Kuwait
ar-LB 0x3001 Arabic - Lebanon
ar-LY 0x1001 Arabic - Libya
ar-MA 0x1801 Arabic - Morocco
ar-OM 0x2001 Arabic - Oman
ar-QA 0x4001 Arabic - Qatar
ar-SA 0x0401 Arabic - Saudi Arabia
ar-SY 0x2801 Arabic - Syria
ar-TN 0x1C01 Arabic - Tunisia
ar-AE 0x3801 Arabic - United Arab Emirates
ar-YE 0x2401 Arabic - Yemen
hy 0x002B Armenian
hy-AM 0x042B Armenian - Armenia
az 0x002C Azeri
az-AZ-Cyrl 0x082C Azeri (Cyrillic) - Azerbaijan
az-AZ-Latn 0x042C Azeri (Latin) - Azerbaijan
eu 0x002D Basque
eu-ES 0x042D Basque - Basque
be 0x0023 Belarusian
be-BY 0x0423 Belarusian - Belarus
bg 0x0002 Bulgarian
bg-BG 0x0402 Bulgarian - Bulgaria
ca 0x0003 Catalan
ca-ES 0x0403 Catalan - Catalan
zh-HK 0x0C04 Chinese - Hong Kong SAR
zh-MO 0x1404 Chinese - Macau SAR
zh-CN 0x0804 Chinese - China
zh-CHS 0x0004 Chinese (Simplified)
zh-SG 0x1004 Chinese - Singapore
zh-TW 0x0404 Chinese - Taiwan
zh-CHT 0x7C04 Chinese (Traditional)
hr 0x001A Croatian
hr-HR 0x041A Croatian - Croatia
cs 0x0005 Czech
cs-CZ 0x0405 Czech - Czech Republic
da 0x0006 Danish
da-DK 0x0406 Danish - Denmark
div 0x0065 Dhivehi
div-MV 0x0465 Dhivehi - Maldives
nl 0x0013 Dutch
nl-BE 0x0813 Dutch - Belgium
nl-NL 0x0413 Dutch - The Netherlands
en 0x0009 English
en-AU 0x0C09 English - Australia
en-BZ 0x2809 English - Belize
en-CA 0x1009 English - Canada
en-CB 0x2409 English - Caribbean
en-IE 0x1809 English - Ireland
en-JM 0x2009 English - Jamaica
en-NZ 0x1409 English - New Zealand
en-PH 0x3409 English - Philippines
en-ZA 0x1C09 English - South Africa
en-TT 0x2C09 English - Trinidad and Tobago
en-GB 0x0809 English - United Kingdom
en-US 0x0409 English - United States
en-ZW 0x3009 English - Zimbabwe
et 0x0025 Estonian
et-EE 0x0425 Estonian - Estonia
fo 0x0038 Faroese
fo-FO 0x0438 Faroese - Faroe Islands
fa 0x0029 Farsi
fa-IR 0x0429 Farsi - Iran
fi 0x000B Finnish
fi-FI 0x040B Finnish - Finland
fr 0x000C French
fr-BE 0x080C French - Belgium
fr-CA 0x0C0C French - Canada
fr-FR 0x040C French - France
fr-LU 0x140C French - Luxembourg
fr-MC 0x180C French - Monaco
fr-CH 0x100C French - Switzerland
gl 0x0056 Galician
gl-ES 0x0456 Galician - Galician
ka 0x0037 Georgian
ka-GE 0x0437 Georgian - Georgia
de 0x0007 German
de-AT 0x0C07 German - Austria
de-DE 0x0407 German - Germany
de-LI 0x1407 German - Liechtenstein
de-LU 0x1007 German - Luxembourg
de-CH 0x0807 German - Switzerland
el 0x0008 Greek
el-GR 0x0408 Greek - Greece
gu 0x0047 Gujarati
gu-IN 0x0447 Gujarati - India
he 0x000D Hebrew
he-IL 0x040D Hebrew - Israel
hi 0x0039 Hindi
hi-IN 0x0439 Hindi - India
hu 0x000E Hungarian
hu-HU 0x040E Hungarian - Hungary
is 0x000F Icelandic
is-IS 0x040F Icelandic - Iceland
id 0x0021 Indonesian
id-ID 0x0421 Indonesian - Indonesia
it 0x0010 Italian
it-IT 0x0410 Italian - Italy
it-CH 0x0810 Italian - Switzerland
ja 0x0011 Japanese
ja-JP 0x0411 Japanese - Japan
kn 0x004B Kannada
kn-IN 0x044B Kannada - India
kk 0x003F Kazakh
kk-KZ 0x043F Kazakh - Kazakhstan
kok 0x0057 Konkani
kok-IN 0x0457 Konkani - India
ko 0x0012 Korean
ko-KR 0x0412 Korean - Korea
ky 0x0040 Kyrgyz
ky-KZ 0x0440 Kyrgyz - Kazakhstan
lv 0x0026 Latvian
lv-LV 0x0426 Latvian - Latvia
lt 0x0027 Lithuanian
lt-LT 0x0427 Lithuanian - Lithuania
mk 0x002F Macedonian
mk-MK 0x042F Macedonian - FYROM
ms 0x003E Malay
ms-BN 0x083E Malay - Brunei
ms-MY 0x043E Malay - Malaysia
mr 0x004E Marathi
mr-IN 0x044E Marathi - India
mn 0x0050 Mongolian
mn-MN 0x0450 Mongolian - Mongolia
no 0x0014 Norwegian
nb-NO 0x0414 Norwegian (Bokmål) - Norway
nn-NO 0x0814 Norwegian (Nynorsk) - Norway
pl 0x0015 Polish
pl-PL 0x0415 Polish - Poland
pt 0x0016 Portuguese
pt-BR 0x0416 Portuguese - Brazil
pt-PT 0x0816 Portuguese - Portugal
pa 0x0046 Punjabi
pa-IN 0x0446 Punjabi - India
ro 0x0018 Romanian
ro-RO 0x0418 Romanian - Romania
ru 0x0019 Russian
ru-RU 0x0419 Russian - Russia
sa 0x004F Sanskrit
sa-IN 0x044F Sanskrit - India
sr-SP-Cyrl 0x0C1A Serbian (Cyrillic) - Serbia
sr-SP-Latn 0x081A Serbian (Latin) - Serbia
sk 0x001B Slovak
sk-SK 0x041B Slovak - Slovakia
sl 0x0024 Slovenian
sl-SI 0x0424 Slovenian - Slovenia
es 0x000A Spanish
es-AR 0x2C0A Spanish - Argentina
es-BO 0x400A Spanish - Bolivia
es-CL 0x340A Spanish - Chile
es-CO 0x240A Spanish - Colombia
es-CR 0x140A Spanish - Costa Rica
es-DO 0x1C0A Spanish - Dominican Republic
es-EC 0x300A Spanish - Ecuador
es-SV 0x440A Spanish - El Salvador
es-GT 0x100A Spanish - Guatemala
es-HN 0x480A Spanish - Honduras
es-MX 0x080A Spanish - Mexico
es-NI 0x4C0A Spanish - Nicaragua
es-PA 0x180A Spanish - Panama
es-PY 0x3C0A Spanish - Paraguay
es-PE 0x280A Spanish - Peru
es-PR 0x500A Spanish - Puerto Rico
es-ES 0x0C0A Spanish - Spain
es-UY 0x380A Spanish - Uruguay
es-VE 0x200A Spanish - Venezuela
sw 0x0041 Swahili
sw-KE 0x0441 Swahili - Kenya
sv 0x001D Swedish
sv-FI 0x081D Swedish - Finland
sv-SE 0x041D Swedish - Sweden
syr 0x005A Syriac
syr-SY 0x045A Syriac - Syria
ta 0x0049 Tamil
ta-IN 0x0449 Tamil - India
tt 0x0044 Tatar
tt-RU 0x0444 Tatar - Russia
te 0x004A Telugu
te-IN 0x044A Telugu - India
th 0x001E Thai
th-TH 0x041E Thai - Thailand
tr 0x001F Turkish
tr-TR 0x041F Turkish - Turkey
uk 0x0022 Ukrainian
uk-UA 0x0422 Ukrainian - Ukraine
ur 0x0020 Urdu
ur-PK 0x0420 Urdu - Pakistan
uz 0x0043 Uzbek
uz-UZ-Cyrl 0x0843 Uzbek (Cyrillic) - Uzbekistan
uz-UZ-Latn 0x0443 Uzbek (Latin) - Uzbekistan
vi 0x002A Vietnamese
vi-VN 0x042A Vietnamese - Vietnam
Gets the default null date The DateTime value assigned to the date picker when the Value is null When ShowCheckBox is true, determines that the user has selected a value Gets or sets the custom date/time format string. Gets or sets the format of the date and time displayed in the control. Gets or sets the location of the drop down showing the calendar Gets or sets the size of the calendar in the drop down Indicates whether a check box is displayed in the control. When the check box is unchecked no value is selected Gets or sets whether the current time is shown. Set ot get which part of the datetime structure will be included when checking for NullValue. Gets or sets the date/time value assigned to the control. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when the DateTimePicker contains a null reference. Gets or sets the maximum date value allowed for the DateTimePicker control. Gets or sets the minimum date value allowed for the DateTimePicker control. Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. Occurs when MaskProvider has been created This event will be fired multiple times because the provider is created when some properties changed Properties are: Mask, Culture, MaskType and more. Occurs when the value of the control has changed Occurs when the value of the control has changed Occurs when the format of the control has changed Occurs when the value of the control is changing Occurs when the drop down is opened Occurs when the drop down is opening Occurs when the drop down is closing Occurs when the drop down is closed Gets the maximum date value allowed for the DateTimePicker control. Gets the minimum date value allowed for the DateTimePicker control. Occurs before the CheckBox's state changes. Occurs when the CheckBox's state changes. Occurs when the value of the checkbox in the editor is changed Gets the date as a string string value Resets the current value Gets the current behavior of the control. By default it is showing a calendar in the drop down Sets the current value to behave as a null value Get nested RadCalendar in the popup part of the RadDateTimePicker Show or Hide the nested TimePicker element in the popup part of the RadDateTimePicker Raises the FormatChanged event Raises the ValueChanged event Raises the ValueChanged event Raises the NullableValueChanged event Raises the PropertyChanged event Sets the behavior of the date picker Closes the popup if it is open, or shows the popup if it is closed. Represents the RadDateTimePickerSpinEdit class Represents the RadDateTimePickerSpinEdit constructor Gets the instance of RadDateTimePickerElement associated to the control Sets the date shown in the textbox by a given value and format type. Creates dateTimePicker's children RadRotator BeginRotate Event Arguments Delegate for the BeginRotate event The RadRotator that rotates This control is transfers the web-based rotators' functionality to the Windows forms work space. Initializes the RadRotator control Initializes the Childs Items Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the instance of RadRotatorElement wrapped by this control. RadRotatorElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadRotator. Gets or sets whether RadRotator should stop rotating on MouseOver /// /// The RadItem containing , Border and Fill primitives Gets the collection of s that will be rotated. Gets or Sets the that is to be displayed while loading the rest items. It is not cycled through when rotation starts. If you want to have initial item that will be cycled through, add it to the collection and advance to it using Gets or Sets the interval between consequetive rotation animations. Gets or Sets the swap animation's frames number Gets or sets whether RadRotator should stop rotating on MouseOver Gets or Sets value indicating whether opacity will be animated when switching frames Gets or Sets value defining the initial position of the incomming item and the final position of the outgoing item. Note: The position is relative, in the range [-1, 1] for each of the components (X, Y). Value of positive or negative 1 means that the object will not be in the visible area before the animation begins (for the incomming item) or after it ends (for the outgoing item) Gets or Sets the index of the current item. Note: When setting the current item, the old and the new item will be swapped. Gets the current item. Gets or Sets value indicating whether the is started/stopped. Gets the in the current Represents TPF controls container Gets the collection of s contained in the The RadItem that implements the actual 's functionality. Gets the collection of s that will be rotated. Gets or Sets the that is to be displayed while loading the rest items. It is not cycled through when rotation starts. If you want to have initial item that will be cycled through, add it to the collection and advance to it using Gets or Sets the interval between consequetive rotation animations. Gets or sets whether RadRotator should stop rotating on MouseOver Gets or Sets the swap animation's frames number Gets or Sets value indicating whether opacity will be animated when switching frames Gets or Sets value defining the initial position of the incomming item and the final position of the outgoing item. Note: The position is relative, in the range [-1, 1] for each of the components (X, Y). Value of positive or negative 1 means that the object will not be in the visible area before the animation begins (for the incomming item) or after it ends (for the outgoing item) Gets or Sets the index of the current item. Note: When setting the current item, the old and the new item will be swapped. Gets the current item. Gets or Sets value indicating whether the is started/stopped. Starts cycling through the elements in the collection set to true to initiate rotation immediately, or set to false to rotate after the time there are no elements to rotate (Items collection is empty) Stops the rotation process. If swap is under way, it will be completed. Initiates swap between the current item and the one whose index is supplied. the index of the item in the collection. The index of the home element is -1. true on successful swap Makes transition to the default element. Advances to the next item Advances to the previous item Fires when an Item is clicked Fires when is started. Fires when is stopped. Fires before s' swap begins. Fires when s' swap has finished. Provides information about the validation process. Gets the exception that is caused by the validation of the edited value. Generally the exception is populated by the validation logic and is available for rising by the editor. Gets the edited value that fails to be validated Represents the method that handles the Validating event. The source of the event. A ValidationErrorEventArgs that contains the event data. Provides information about the new value that is edited inside the active cell editor. Gets the new value that is edited by the active editor. Gets the new value that is edited by the active editor. Represents the method that handles the ValueChanging event. The source of the event. A ValueChangingEventArgs that contains the event data. Adds the RadContextMenu dynamic property and enables using RadContextMenu in all controls. Provides a menu-like interface within a button. Create main button element that is specific for RadSplitButton. The element that encapsulates the functionality of RadSplitButton Gets the instance of RadSplitButtonElement wrapped by this control. RadSplitButtonElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadSplitButton. Get or sets the item that is activated when the button portion of the RadSplitButtonElement is clicked or selected and Enter is pressed. Get or sets the item that is separating the action part and the arrow part of the button. Occurs when the default item is changed. Raises the DropDownItemClicked event. Represents a drop down menu used in radComboBox and radMenu. Initializes a new instance of the RadDropDownMenu class Creates an instance of the RadDropDownMenu class. An instance of the RadElement class that represents the owner of this drop down menu Gets the item that has been clicked. This property is valid when the drop-down is closed by an item click. Gets or sets the popup element. Indicates whether the DropDown contains one or two cloumns of items. Gets or sets menu header column text Gets or sets menu header column image Displays the RadDropDownMenu in its default position. Displays the RadDropDownMenu relative to the specified screen location. The horizontal screen coordinate, in pixels. The vertical screen coordinate, in pixels. Displays the RadDropDownMenu relative to the specified screen location. The horizontal and vertical location of the screen's upper-left corner, in pixels. Positions the ToolStripDropDown relative to the specified screen location and with the specified direction. The horizontal and vertical location of the screen's upper-left corner, in pixels. One of the RadDirection values. Positions the RadDropDownMenu relative to the specified control location. The control that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal coordinate relative to the control, in pixels. The vertical coordinate relative to the control, in pixels. Positions the RadDropDownMenu relative to the specified control location. The control that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal and vertical location of the reference control's upper-left corner, in pixels. Positions the RadDropDownMenu relative to the specified control location and with the specified direction. The control that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal and vertical location of the reference control's upper-left corner, in pixels. One of the RadDirection values. Positions the RadDropDownMenu relative to the specified RadItem location. The RadItem that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal coordinate relative to the control, in pixels. The vertical coordinate relative to the control, in pixels. Positions the RadDropDownMenu relative to the specified RadItem location. The RadItem that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal and vertical location of the RadItem's upper-left corner, in pixels. Positions the RadDropDownMenu relative to the specified RadItem location and with the specified direction. The RadItem that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. The horizontal and vertical location of the RadItem's upper-left corner, in pixels. One of the RadDirection values. Positions the RadDropDownMenu relative to the specified RadItem location and with specified direction and offset according to the owner. The RadItem that is the reference point for the RadDropDownMenu position. Specifies the offset from the owner in pixels. One of the RadDirection values. Selects next enabled item. The currently selected item. Direction. Represents a checkmark element in a menu item. Gets or sets value indicating whether border must be shown. Gets or sets value indicating whether background must be shown. Represents a menu item which has a combobox placed inside. Provides a reference to the ComboBox element in the menu item. Represents a generic menu item which could have any descendant of RadElement placed inside. Such element could be placed in the menu by setting the ContentElement property. Gets or sets if the image column offset is shown along with content element or not. Provides a reference to the content element in the menu item. Represents a base class for the RadMenuItem class. Initializes a new instance of the RadMenuItemBase class. Calls the ShowPopup method and displays the child items in a popup window. Closes the RadMenuItemBase popup. Occurs after the menu item dropdown opens. Occurs before the menu item dropdown opens. Occurs after the menu item dropdown closes. Occurs before the popup is creating. Occurs before the popup is closed. Gets a value indiciating that the popup containing this menu item's children is shown. Gets or sets the direction of the popup which is opened by this menu item. Gets a collection of the child items. Gets or sets menu header column text Gets or sets menu header column image Returns the control that owns this item. This can be a RadMenu or RadDropDownMenu. Gets a values indicating whether this item has child items to show. Gets the drop down menu associated with this menu item Gets a value indicating whether this item has child items. Gets a value indicating whether this item is in the root items collection. Gets or sets the parent menu item. Gets the next child item in the parent item's Items collection. Gets the previous child item in the parent item's Items collection. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An instance of the class that contains information about the event. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. This property is used internally! This property is used internally! This property is used internally! This interface defines all necessary methods for custom scrolling. Performing each scroll operation via the method (thus allowing custom logic to be used) is called logical scrolling. The only way to enable logical scrolling in is via implementation of this interface. Gets the real size of the content that the viewport must visualize. Invalidates the viewport. Calculate scroll value. This method is used while resizing the scroll panel. Calculates the necessary offset in order to make the given child visible. Retrieves the scroll parameters. Defines scrolling states. Represents event data of the Scroll event defined in all controls providing scrolling functionality(e.g. RadScrollBar). Gets the old thumb position (point). Gets the new thumb position (point). Initializes a new instance of the ScrollPanelEventArgs class. Represents event data for the ScrollParametersChanged event. Indicates whether the scroll parameters are for the horizontal or for the vertical scroll bar. Scroll bar parameters taken from the scroll bar that caused the event. All parameters are filled correctly, not only the chagned one. Indicates whether the need for horizontal or vertical srcolling has changed Indicates whether horizontal scrolling was necessary Indicates whether horizontal scrolling is necessary Represents the method that will handle the Scroll event. Represents the event sender. Represents the event arguments. Represents the method that will handle the Scroll event. Represents the event sender. Represents the event arguments. Represents the method that will handle the ScrollNeedsChanged event. Represents parameters of the scroll panel such as values for the small and large changes while scrolling. Represents horizonatal scroll parameters data: horizontal minimum and maximum positions, and horizontal small and large change. Represents vertical scroll parameters data: vertical minimum and maximum positions, and vertical small and large change. Initializes a new ScrollPanelParameters struct. ScrollPanelParameters(int,int,int,int,int,int,int,int) Initializes the parameters pertaining to the horizontal scrolling - small and large horizontal changes, and minimum and maximum scrolling positions. Initializes the parameters pertaining to the vertical scrolling - small and large vertical changes, and minimum and maximum scrolling positions. Initializes a new ScrollPanelParameters structure. ScrollPanelParameters(ScrollBarParameters,ScrollBarParameters) Initializes the minimum horizontal scrolling position. Initializes the maximum horizontal scrolling position. Initializes the small horizontal change value; the value added or substracted from the current position when small horizontal change is initiated. Initializes the large horizontal change value; the value added or substracted from the current position when large horizontal change is initiated. Initializes the vertical minimum scrolling position. Initializes the vertical maximum scrolling position. Initializes the small change vertical value; the value added or substracted from the current position when small vertical change is initiated. Initializes the large vertical change value; the value added or substracted from the current position when large vertical change is initiated. Represents a menu. It may be nested in other telerik controls. RadMenu can be horizontal or vertical. You can add, remove, and disable menu items at run-time. It offers full support for the Telerik RadControls for WinForm theming engine, allowing you to easily construct a variety of stunning visual effects. You can nest any other RadControl within a RadMenu . For example, you can create a menu with an embedded textbox or combobox. Occurs when the menu Orientation property value changes. Occurs when the menu AllItemsEqualHeight property value changes. Gets or sets the context items. Gets an instance of the class that represents the layout panel in which the menu items reside. Gets all root menu items (see for more information about menu items). Root menu items are these menu items that can be displayed in the menu when nothing is dropped down. Menu items are hierarchical items - they have a parent item and a list of children items. Children items are menu items that can be dropped down as submenu of their parent. The difference between the root and the non-root menu items is that root items have no parent item (the property can be used to check if an item is a root one). Note that Items contains all root menu items, not just the items that are displayed. An item remains in the Items collection even if it is an overflow item and is therefore not currently visible. RadMenuItemBase Class Gets or sets the orientation of menu items - Horizontal or Vertical. Gets or sets whether all items will appear with the same size (the size of the highest item in the collection). Gets or sets a value indicating whether the DropDown animation will be enabled when it shows. Gets or sets the type of the DropDown animation. Gets or sets the number of frames that will be used when the DropDown is being animated. Gets an instance of the class that represents the menu background fill. Gets an instance of the class that represents the border of the menu. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Represents a selectable option displayed on a or in a drop down panel. Initializes a new instance of the RadMenuItem class. Initializes a new instance of the RadMenuItem class using the displayed text. Initializes a new instance of the RadMenuItem class using the displayed text. Occurs before the item's toggle state changes. Occurs when the item's toggle state changes. Gets or sets the text that appears as a HintText for a menu item. Gets or sets the toggle state. Toggle state enumeration defines the following values: Off, Indeterminate, and On. Gets or sets if the arrow is shown when the menu item contains sub menu. Gets or sets the font of the descrition text of the RadMenuItem. Gets the visibility of description text element Gets or sets the description text associated with this item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a menu item should toggle its CheckState on mouse click. Gets the FillPrimitive of RadMenuItem responsible for the background appearance. Gets the BorderPrimitive of RadMenuItem responsible for appearance of the border. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu item is checked. Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed on the item. Gets or sets the key accessor for the image in the ImageList. Gets or sets the position of a merged item within the current menu. Gets or sets the visibility of the separator element between the text and the description text Gets or sets the name of the control for use by accessibility client applications. Raises the ToggleStateChanging event. Raises the ToggleStateChanged event. Determines whether the arrow is currently displayed for this item. Represents the method that will handle the RadPopupClosing event. Represents the event sender. Represents the event arguments. Represents the method that will handle the Represents the event arguments. Represents the sender of the event. Represents a method which will handle the PopupOpening event. Represents the event sender. Represents the event arguments Represents a method which will handle the FadeAnimationFinished event. Represents the event sender. Represents the event arguments Represents a method which will handle the PopupOpened event. Represents the event sender. Represents the event arguments Defines the closing reasons for the popup. Specifies that the popup was closed because another application has received the focus. Specifies that the popup was closed because the mouse was clicked outside the popup. Specifies that popup was closed because of keyboard activity, such as the ESC key being pressed. Specifies that the popup was closed because ClosePopup() method had been called. Specifies that the popup was closed because its parent was closed. Instances of this class contain information about the fade animation finished event of a popup control. Gets a boolean value determining the type of the fade animation. Instances of this class contain information about the opening event of a popup control. Creates an instance of the class. Gets an instance of the struct which contains the coordinates which will be used to position the popup. Represents event data of the RadPopupClosingEvent. Initializes a new instance of the RadPopupClosingEventArgs class using the close reason. Represents event data of the RadPopupClosed event. Initializes a new instance of the RadPopupClosedEventArgs class using the closing reason. closing reason Defines the direction in which the drop-down window will be shown relative to its parent. This enumeration is used in such controls like menus, combo boxes, etc. for example. Indicates that the drop-down will be shown on the left side of the parent. Indicates that the drop-down will be shown on the right side of the parent. Indicates that the drop-down will be shown on the top side of the parent. Indicates that the drop-down will be shown on the bottom side of the parent. Gets the screen rectangle of the provided screen. The screen. Determines whether the taskbar is included in the result. A Rectangle struct that contains the data about the bounds of the screen. Gets the valid location for a context menu Gets the valid location for a drop-down (for menus, combo boxes, etc.). This method calculates: 1. The rectangle of the screen where the drop down should be shown 2. The rectangle (in screen coordinates) of the owner element. Owner element is the element that shows the drop-down and is connected to it - like a menu item that shows its sub menus or a combobox element that shows its drop-down. After calculating the screen and the element rectangles this method calls the basic method. Offset in pixels from the owner element. When this is zero there is no space between the owner and the drop-down. Gets the valid location for a drop-down (for menus, combo boxes, etc.). The popup is not allowed to be outside the screen rectangle and to be shown over the ownerRect. Offset in pixels from the owner element. When this is zero there is no space between the owner and the drop-down. Gets a screen from a point on the desktop. A Screen object that contains the given point or the PrimaryScreen on error. The point on the desktop that must be in the returned screen. Gets the rectangle of the screen that contains the biggest part of a given element. The rectangle of the primary screen on error. If the element is not added in a control or is not visible the rectangle of the primary screen is returned. Gets the rectangle of the screen that contains given point on the desktop. The rectangle of the primary screen on error. The point on the desktop that must be in the returned screen rectangle. Ensures a drop-down rectangle is entirely visible in a given screen rectangle. Represents a progress bar. You can set progress bar appearance in numerous ways. For example, you can use dash or dash integral style, set separator color and width, set a background image, etc. The RadProgressBar class is a simple wrapper for the RadProgressBarElement class. The latter may be nested in other telerik controls. All UI and logic functionality is implemented by the RadProgressBarElement class. RadProgressBar acts to transfer the events to and from the RadProgressBarElement class. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets the text associated with this control. The text. Gets or sets the background image of the RadProgressBar. Gets or sets the layout of the background image of the RadProgressBar. Gets the instance of RadProgressBarElement wrapped by this control. RadProgressBarElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadProgressBar. Gets or sets the value of the first progress line. There could be two progress lines in the progress bar. Gets or sets the value of the second progress line. There could be two progress lines in the progress bar. Gets or sets the minimum value for the progress. The minimum. Gets or sets the maximum value for the progress. The maximum. Gets or sets a value indicating the amount to increment the current value with. The step. Gets or sets the StepWidth between different separators. The width of the step. Indicates whether the progress bar style is dash. When style is dash the progress line is broken into segments with separators in between them. Indicates whether the progress bar style is hatch. When style is hatch the progress line is covered with a hatch. You will have to change the SweepAngle in order to see the style. When style is dash indicates if the progress indicators will progress on steps or smoothly. Gets or sets the first gradient color for separators The separator color1. Gets or sets the second gradient color for separators. The separator color2. Gets or sets the third gradient color for separators. The separator color3. Gets or sets the fourth gradient color for separators. The separator color4. Gets or sets the fourth gradient color for separators. The separator gradient angle. Gets or sets the first color stop in the separator gradient. The separator gradient percentage1. Gets or sets the second color stop in the separator gradient. The separator gradient percentage2. Gets or sets the number of colors used in the separator gradient. The separator number of colors. Gets or sets the separators width in pixels. The width of the separator. Gets or sets the alignment of the image of the progress line. Gets or sets the text orientation in the progress bar. Gets or sets the alignment of the text content on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the progress orientation: Bottom, Left, Right, Top. Gets or sets if the progress should be show with percentages. Gets or sets the angle at which the dash or hatch lines are tilted. Represents the method that will handle some of the following events: ValueChanged, StepChanged, StepWidthChanged, SeparatorWidthChanged, MinimumChanged, MaximumChanged, DashChanged, TextOrientationChanged, Represents the event sender. Represents the event arguments. Fires when value is changed. Fires when step is changed. Fires when step width is changed. Fires when the separator width is changed. Fires when the minimum property is changed. Fires when the maximum property is changed. Fires when the dash property is changed. Fires when the hatch property is changed. Fires when the integral dash property is changed. Fires when the text orientation is changed. Fires when the text alignment is changed. Fires when the progress orientation is changed. Fires when show progress indicators is changed. Fires when the separator color is changed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Represents a progress bar element. RadProgressBar is a simple wrapper for RadProgressBarElement. The latter may be included in other telerik controls. All graphical and logic functionality is implemented by RadProgressBarElement. The RadProgressBar acts to transfer the events to and from its RadProgressBarElement instance. Gets or sets the value for the first progress indicator. Gets or sets the value for the second progress indicator. Gets or sets the minimum possible value for the progress bar Value1(2). Gets or sets the maximum possible value for the progress bar Value1(2). Gets or sets the value with which the progress bar Value1(2) will increments/decrements. Gets or sets the step width in pixels with which the progress bar indicator will move if style is dash. Gets or sets the progress orientation of the progress bar indicator. Bottom, Left, Right, Top Gets or sets if the progress should be show with percentages. Gets or sets the style to dash. Gets or sets the style to hatch. Gets or sets the style to integral dash. To set IntegralDash you need to first set dash to true. Gets or sets the progress bar indicator image. Gets or sets the layout of the image in the progress indicator. Gets or sets the image index of the progress bar indicator image. Gets or sets the image key for the progress bar indicator image. Gets or sets the alignment of the image in the progress line. Gets an instance of the class that represents the progress indicator of the progress bar. Gets an instance of the class that represents the progress bar indicator. Gets an instance of the class that represents the separators on the progress bar indicator. Gets or sets the separators width in pixels. The width of the separator. Gets or sets the first gradient color for separators The separator color1. Gets or sets the second gradient color for separators The separator color2. Gets or sets the third gradient color for separators The separator color3. Gets or sets the fourth gradient color for separators The separator color4. Gets or sets the angle of the separators gradient Gets or sets the first color percentage in the separator gradient. Gets or sets the second color percentage in the separator gradient. Gets or sets the number of colors used in the separator gradient. Gets an instance of the class that represents the text of the progress bar. Gets or sets the text associated with this element. Gets or sets the angle at which the dash or hatch lines are tilted. Creates the child elements and sets their locally applied values as Default Initializes the fields. Gets the final size of the progress indicator. The element. The client rect. The value. Gets the final size of a vertical progress indicator. The client rect. The value. The step. Gets the final size of a horizontal progress indicator. The client rect. The value. The step. Gets the final size of the separators. The progress bar1 rectangle. The progress bar2 rectangle. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Advances the current position of the progress bar by the amount of the Step property Reverses the advance of the current position of the second progress bar by the amount of the Step property. Increments Value1 with the given argument value. The value. Decrements Value1 with the given argument value. The value. Advances the current position of the first progress bar by the amount of the Step property. Advances the current position of the first progress bar by the amount of the Step property. Increments Value2 with the given argument value. The value. Decrements Value2 with the given argument value. The value. Gets the instance of RadScreenTipElement wrapped by this control. RadScreenTipElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadScreenTip. Gets the element that displays the caption Gets the element that displays the footer line Gets the element that displays the Text Gets the element that displays the Footer Gets the FillPrimitive instance that represents the screen tip fill. Gets the BorderPrimitive instance that represents the screen tip border. Represents event data for the following events: OnTabSelected, OnTabHovered, OnTabDragStarted, OnTabDragStarting, OnTabDragEnding, and OnTabDragEnded. Gets the affected command tab. Initializes a new instance of the CommandTabEventArgs class using the affected command tab. Represents the method that will handle the following event: CommandTabSelected. ContextualTabGroups are used to organize RibbonBar Tabs in groups which are visible depending on certain context. Collection containing references to the TabItems in the group. Gets or sets the displayed text. A collection that stores objects. Gets or sets a value indicating the owner. Initializes a new instance of the . Initializes a new instance of the . Initializes a new instance of the based on another . A from which the contents are copied Initializes a new instance of the containing any array of objects. A array of objects with which to intialize the collection Represents the entry at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the entry to locate in the collection. The entry at the specified index of the collection. is outside the valid range of indexes for the collection. Adds a with the specified value to the . The to add. The index at which the new element was inserted. Copies the elements of an array to the end of the . An array of type containing the objects to add to the collection. None. Adds the contents of another to the end of the collection. A containing the objects to add to the collection. None. Gets a value indicating whether the contains the specified . The to locate. if the is contained in the collection; otherwise, . Copies the values to a one-dimensional instance at the specified index. The one-dimensional that is the destination of the values copied from . The index in where copying begins. None. is multidimensional. -or- The number of elements in the is greater than the available space to the end of . is . Returns the index of a in the . The to locate. The index of the of in the , if found; otherwise, -1. Inserts a into the at the specified index. The zero-based index where should be inserted. The to insert. None. Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the . None. Removes a specific from the . The to remove from the . None. is not found in the Collection. Initializes a new instance of the ContextualTabGroupEnumerator class using a collection of ribbon bar command tabs. Gets the current element of the collection. Moves to the next element in the collection. When invoked for the first time, moves to the first element of the collection. Resets the iterator. Gets the Minimize button Gets the Maximize button Gets the Close button Find main form and save it in member variable Main method for internal logic Gets the items in the tabstrip. This method defines whether a Quick Access Toolbar item is visible or not. If the method is called to hide an item, its Visibility property is set to Collapsed and the corresponding menu item in the overflow button is unchecked. The method throws an InvalidOperationException if the item does not below to the current QAT collection. The item which visibility will be modified. True to show an item, false to collapse it. Determines whether the parent form can be moved by dragging the title bar and maximized when double-clicking with mouse. Gets or sets the value of the caption Gets the caption layout Gets the Help button. Gets the Minimize button Gets the Maximize button Gets the Close button Fires when the close button is clicked Fires when the minimize button is clicked Fires when the maximize button is clicked Transforms the given point's X coordinate from world coordinates to local coordinates. The point to transform The transformed point This method calculates the available space for the ribbon caption text at the left side of the contextual tab groups The total available size for the elements managed by this layout panel. The width available. This method calculates the available space for the ribbon caption text at the right side of the contextual tab groups The total available size for the elements managed by this layout panel. The width available. Determines whether the tab strip items should be reordered so that they match the requirements for associated tab strip items. True if a reset is needed. Otherwise false. Checks whether the Add New Tab item is in the tab strip. True or false Gets the count of the empty contextual tab groups. The count of the empty groups. Resets the layout context variables which are used to determine the position of the caption text, the contextual tabs and the design-time contextual tab groups which are empty. Gets the left most contextual tab group. Determines whether empty contextual groups are considered when calculating the left most group A reference to the left most group. Null if no groups are found. Gets the right most contextual tab group. Determines whether empty contextual groups are considered when calculating the right most group A reference to the right most contextual group. Null if no groups are found. This method reorders the TabStrip items so that they are positioned under the ContextualTabGroup they are associated with. All tab items that are associated with a tab groups should be positioned on the right side of the tab strip. This algorithm begins iterating from the first to the last contextual tab group as they appear in the collection of the ribbon bar. The associated tab items are always inserted at the end of the tab strip. In this way the effect of positioning the last associated tab item at the end of the corresponding contextual group is achieved. This method calculates the size of a contextual group base on the associated tabs. The tab group which size is to be calculated The calculated size of the group. This method is responsible for measuring the rightmost visible contextual group with associated tabs. This is a private case method which is called only for the right most group, since it has to be shrinked when the system buttons panel has to 'step' over it while resizing. The available size for measuring The tab group which is to be shrinked This method is responsible for arranging the rightmost visible contextual group with associated tabs. This is a private case method which is called only for the right most group, since it has to be shrinked when the system buttons panel has to 'step' over it while resizing. The final size for arranging The tab group which is to be arranged Represents parameters of the scroll bar such as small change and large change in the scrolling position. Represents the minimum value of the scrolling position. Represents the maximum value of the scrolling position. Represents a small change in the scrolling position; the value which will be added or substracted from the current position in case of small change. Represents a large change in the scrolling position; the value which will be added or substracted from the current position in case of large change. Initializes a new ScrollBarParameters structure. Initializes the minimum value of the scrolling. Initializes the maximum value of the scrolling. Initializes the small change value. Initializes the large change value. Gets or sets the BackColor of the ShapedForm. Gets or sets the form's border color Gets or sets the form's border width Gets or sets the form's foreground color Gets or sets the form's font Allow form's resize Gets or sets an instance of the Shape object of a form. The shape of the form is responsible for providing its' border(s) with custom shape. Some predefined shapes are available, like or . offers a way to specify element's shape with a sequence of points and curves using code or the design time . Gets or sets theme name. Enables or disables transparent background on Vista Gets or sets the FormBorderStyle of the Form. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents a title bar. This control helps in creation of borderless forms by substituting the system title bar. Subscribe for radTitleBar events to implement the actual action for the the corresponding event. For example, on Close event close the form of your application. Use the Visual Style Builder to change the default appearance and the visible elements. For example the system menu is not visible by default. Initializes a new instance of the RadTitleBar class. Gets or sets the text associated with this item. Gets or sets a boolean value that determines whether the title bar can manage the owner form. Allow form's resize An Icon that represents the icon for the form. Gets the instance of RadTitleBarElement wrapped by this control. RadTitleBarElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadTitleBar. Fires when a minimize action is performed by the user (the minimize button is pressed). Fires when a maximize/restore action is performed by the user (maximizes button is pressed or the title bar is double clicked). Fires when the minimize in the tray button is pressed. It is hidden by default. Use the Visual Style Builder to set which elements are visible and design their visual appearance. Represents the method that will handle some of the following events: Close, MaximizeRestore, Minimize, and MinimizeInTheTray. Represents a title bar element. The RadTitleBar class is a simple wrapper for the RadTitleBarElement class. The former acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadTitleBarElement instance. All logic and UI functionality is implemented in the RadTitleBarElement class. You can use RadTitleBarElement events to substitute the title bar in a borderless application. Determines whether the parent form can be resized by dragging the title bar's edges. Determines whether the parent form can be moved by dragging the title bar. Fires when a close action is performed by the user (the close button is pressed or the system menu is pressed twice). The system menu is not visible by default. Use the Visual Style Builder to set which elements are visible and to change their appearance. Fires when a minimize action is performed by the user Fires when a maximize/restore action is performed by the user (maximizes button is pressed or the title bar is double clicked). An Icon that represents the icon for the form. Raises the PropertyChanged event The name of the property Represents an image button. Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a button element when it is hovered. Gets or sets the image list index value of the image displayed on the button control when it is hovered. Gets or sets the key accessor for the image for hovered state in the ImageList. Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a button element when it is clicked. Gets or sets the image list index value of the image displayed on the button control when it is clicked. Gets or sets the key accessor for the image for clicked state in the ImageList. Represents a button control. The button control serves as a RadButtonElement Class wrapper. All logic and presentation features are implemented in a parallel hierarchy of objects. For this reason, RadButtonElement Class may be nested in any other telerik control, item, or element. Gets or sets the DialogResult for this button. Represents a button element. The button element could be placed in each control's Items collection. It encapsulates all the necessary logic related to the user interaction and UI. The RadButton class is a simple wrapper for the RadButtonElement class. The RadButton acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadButtonElement instance. The RadButtonElement which is essentially the RadButton control may be nested in other telerik controls. Initializes a new instance of the RadButtonElement class. Gets the FillPrimitive element that is responsible for painting of the background of the control Gets the BorderPrimitive element that is responsible for painting of the border of the control Gets the TextPrimitive element that is responsible for painting of the text of the control Gets a reference to the ImagePrimitive of the RadButtonElement. Gets a reference to the FocusPrimitive of the RadButtonElement. Gets a reference to the ImageAndTextLayoutPanel of the RadButtonElement. Gets the large image that is displayed on a button element. Gets the large image list index value of the image displayed on the button control. Gets the large key accessor for the image in the ImageList. Gets or sets the large image that is displayed on a button element. Gets or sets the small image list index value of the image displayed on the button control. Gets or sets the small key accessor for the image in the ImageList. Specifies whether the button should use the original image list or the small image list. Angle of rotation for the button image. Unlike AngleTransform the property ImagePrimitiveAngleTransform rotates the image only. AngleTransform rotates the whole button Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the Overload:System.Drawing.Graphics.MeasureString method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border is shown. This property is used internally! Represents an arrow button element. Each telerik control has a corresponding tree of RadElements; the RadArrowButtonElement can be nested in other telerik controls. Gets the default size of the Gets or sets the %arrow direction:Telerik.WinControls.Primitives.ArrowPrimitive.ArrowDirection%. Gets the BorderPrimitive object. Gets the FillPrimitive object. Gets the ArrowPrimitive object. Gets the ImagePrimitive object. Gets the TextPrimitive object. If set to true shows and OverflowPrimitive instead of an ArrowPrimitive. Represents a rad dropdown button element. The RadDropDownButton control is a simple wrapper for the RadDropDownButtonElement. All UI and logic functionality is implemented in RadDropDownButtonElement class. The RadDropDownButton acts to transfer events to and from its RadDropDownButtonElement instance. RadDropDownButtonElement can be nested in other telerik controls. Initializes a new instance of the DropDownButtonElement class. Gets the drop down menu Gets the arrow button Gets the action button Gets or sets the minimum size of the arrow button Gets or sets a value indicating the position where the arrow button appears in drop-down button. Gets or sets a value indicating the direction in which the dropdown item emerges from its parent container. Gets or sets the expand arrow button Gets a value indicating whether the drop down is shown Gets the Items collection where you can add and remove items from the DropDownButton. Indicates whether the DropDown of the button should have two columns or one column. Gets or sets a value indicating whether an arrow button is displayed on the drop-down buuton. Gets or sets the vector image that is displayed on a button element. Gets or sets the Svg Image as string. Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a button element. Gets or sets the image list index value of the image displayed on the button control. Gets or sets the key accessor for the image in the ImageList. Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. Gets or sets the alignment of image content on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the alignment of text content on the drawing surface. Specifies the logical combination of image and text primitives in the element. Gets a value indicating whether the button item is in the pressed state. Gets the border element Determines whether the event is passed up in the control hierarchy. Shows the drop down menu at given location The upper left corner of the drop down in screen coordinates Shows the drop down menu. Hides the drop down menu. Occurs when the drop-down is opening. Raises the DropDownOpening event. Occurs when the drop-down has opened. Raises the DropDownOpened event. Occurs when the drop-down window has closed. Raises the DropDownClosed event. Occurs when the drop-down window is about to close. Fires when the drop-down of the button is about to close. An instance of the class that contains information about the event. Gets or sets value indicating whether DropDownMenu will have the same class name as the owner control or its own. True means that the same class name will be used as the control that opened the dropdown. Represents a drop down button. Essentially the RadDropDownButton class is a simple wrapper for RadDropDownButtonElement. You can set items that appear when the drop down button is pressed. Also you can configure the visual appearance in numerous ways through themes. The RadDropDownButtonElement class implements all UI and logic functionality. The RadDropDownButton acts to transfer the events to and from its RadDropDownButtonElementinstance. Initializes a new instance of the RadDropDownButton class. Override this method to create custom main element. By default the main element is an instance of RadDropDownButtonElement. Instance of the one-and-only child of the root element of RadDropDownButton. Gets or sets the text value that is displayed on the button. Indicates focus cues display, when available, based on the corresponding control type and the current UI state. Gets the instance of RadDropDownButtonElement wrapped by this control. RadDropDownButtonElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadDropDownButton. Gets or sets the Svg Image. Gets or sets the Svg Image as string. Rec editors. It is used in RadComboboxElement, DropDownButton, etc. Note: this property is supposed to be used only when this.Parent.AutoSizeMode==WrapAroundChildren Represents a menu separation item. Use it to separate logically unrelated items in the menu. Initializes a new instance of the RadMenuSeparatorItem class. Gets or set the sweep angle in degrees. Gets or sets the separator orientation. Possible values are members of SepOrientation enumeration. Gets or sets separators width in pixels. Gets or sets the offset of the location where the draw of the line should start Gets a value indicating whether the RadMenuSeparator can be selected. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text should be visible. Represents the RadRadioButton control Create main button element that is specific for RadRadioButton. The element that encapsulates the funtionality of RadRadioButton Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. Gets the default size of RadRadioButton Gets the instance of RadRadioButtonElement wrapped by this control. RadRadioButtonElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadRadioButton. Gets or sets a value indicating the alignment of the radio button. Represents a radio button element. The RadRadioButton class is a simple wrapper for the RadRadioButtonElement class. The RadRadioButton acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadRadioButtonElement instance. The RadRadioButtonElement which is essentially the RadRadioButton control may be nested in other telerik controls. Registers the RadioCheckAlignment dependency property initializes and adds the child elements Gets or sets a value indicating the alignment of the radio-mark according to the text of the button. Fires te Click event and handles the toggle logic Represents checkmark. Registers the CheckState dependency property Registers the IsImage dependency property Registers the IsCheckMark dependency property Determines whether the element may be added associated with metadata in the Visual Style Builder. Gets an instance of the check element Gets an instance of Image element Gets or sets value indicating RadRadiomark checkstate. Initializes the newly added children if needed. handles the properties behavior when a property value is changed. Sets the toggle state of the RadioMark Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets an instance of the class that represents the popup control which hosts the displayed to the user when he/she clicks on the drop-down button of the gallery. Gets an instance of the class that represents the main element put in the when it is shown to the user. This element holds the content of the gallery, as well as some additional elements like sizing grip etc. Gets the instance that represents the Gallery Element's fill. Gets the instance that represents the Gallery Element's border. Gets tne that represents the up button in the gallery element. Gets tne that represents the down button in the gallery element. Gets tne that represents the show popup button in the gallery element. Gets or sets a value indicating whether group filtering is enbled when filters are defined. Gets a collection representing the group filters defined in this gallery. Gets a collection representing the groups contained in this gallery. Returns whether the gallery is currently dropped down. Gets a collection representing the items contained in this gallery. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selection of the gallery items is enabled or not. Gets or sets the maximum number of columns to be shown in the in-ribbon portion of the gallery. Gets or sets the maximum number of columns to be shown in the drop-down portion of the gallery. Gets or sets the maximum number of rows to be shown in the in-ribbon portion of the gallery. Gets or sets the minimum number of columns to be shown in the drop-down portion of the gallery. Gets or sets the currently selected item. Gets the Tools menu items collection where you can add and remove items from the Tools part of the gallery Gets or sets a value indicating whether a gallery item is zoomed-in when mouse over it. Occurs when the mouse pointer rests on the gallery item. Raises the GalleryItemHover event. Occurs when the drop-down is opening. Raises the DropDownOpening event. Occurs when the drop-down has opened. Raises the DropDownOpened event. Occurs when the drop-down is about to be closed. Raises the DropDownClosing event. Occurs when the drop-down window has closed. Raises the DropDownClosed event. Gets or sets value indicating whether DropDownMenu will have the same class name as the owner control or its own. True means that the same class name will be used as the control that opened the dropdown. Gets a collection representing the group items contained in this gallery filter. Returns whether the filter is currently selected. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the caption of the group is shown. Gets or sets the description text associated with this item. Angle of rotation for the button image. Unlike AngleTransform the property ImagePrimitiveAngleTransform rotates the image only. AngleTransform rotates the whole item Gets or sets the font of the description text of the RadGalleryItem. Returns whether the gallery item is currently selected. Gets or sets the alignment of text content on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the vector image that is displayed on a button element. Gets or sets the Svg Image as string. Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a button element. Gets or sets the image list index value of the image displayed on the button control. Gets or sets the key accessor for the image in the ImageList. Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. Gets or sets the alignment of image content on the drawing surface. Gets the element responsible for painting the background of the label Gets the element responsible for painting the text of the label Gets the image element responsible for painting the image part of the label. Gets the responsible for painting the image part of the label. A light visual element supporting text, border, image, BackColor and ForeColor with different layout adjustments. "http://www.telerik.com/help/winforms/tpf-primitives-lightvisualelement.html" Gets the border thickness of a The element to check. Determines whether to consider when the border is disabled. The border thickness. Gets the properties, which should mapped if set to a LightVisualElement instance. Used for testing purposes. Gets or sets the text rendering hint. Gets or sets the text rendering hint used when this element is disabled. Gets or Sets value indicating whether the element should paint its text Gets or Sets value indicating whether the element should paint its background Gets or Sets value indicating whether the element should paint its border Determines whether to check DrawBorder when calculating the DesiredSize of this element. Gets or Sets value indicating whether the element should paint its background image. Gets or Sets value indicating whether the element should paint its image. Gets or sets the Border style. The two possible values are SingleBorder and FourBorder. In the single border case, all four sides share the same appearance although the entire border may have gradient. In four border case, each of the four sides may differ in appearance. For example, the left border may have different color, shadow-color, and width from the rest. When SingleBorder is chosen, you should use the general properties such as width and color, and respectively, when the FourBorder style is chosen you should use properties prefixed with the corresponding side, for example, LeftColor, LeftWidth for the left side. Defines the order in which border lines are drawn. This property is considered when the is FourBorders. Gets or sets a float value width of the border. This property has effect only if SingleBorder style is used in BoxStyle property and affects the width of the all sides of the border. Gets or sets a float value width of the left border. This property has effect only if FourBorders style is used in BoxStyle property and affects only the width of the left border. Gets or sets a float value width of the top border . This property has effect only if FourBorders style is used in BoxStyle property, and affects only the top border. Gets or sets a float value width of the right border. This property has effect only if FourBorders style is used in BoxStyle property, and affects only the right border. Gets or sets a float value width. This property has effect only if FourBorders style is used in BoxStyle property, and affects only the bottom border. Gets or sets gradient angle for linear gradient measured in degrees. Gets or sets gradient style. Possible styles are solid, linear, radial, glass, office glass, gel, and vista. Gets or sets color used by radial, glass, office glass, gel, and vista gradients. This is one of the colors that are used in the gradient effect. Gets or sets color used by radial, glass, office glass, and vista gradients. This is one of the colors that are used in the gradient effect. Gets or sets color used by radial, glass, office glass, and vista gradients. This is one of the colors that are used in the gradient effect. Gets or sets color used by radial, glass, office glass, gel, and vista gradients. This is one of the colors that are used in the gradient effect. Gets or sets color used by radial, glass, office glass, gel, and vista gradients. This is one of the colors that are used in the gradient effect. Gets or sets color used by radial, glass, office glass, gel, and vista gradients. This is one of the colors that are used in the gradient effect. Gets or sets color used by radial, glass, office glass, gel, and vista gradients. This is one of the colors that are used in the gradient effect. Gets or sets a value indicating the TextImageRelation: ImageAboveText, ImageBeforeText, Overlay, TextAboveImage, and TextBeforeImage. Gets and sets the left border color. This applies only if FourBorders is chosen for BoxStyle property, and affects only the left border. Gets and sets the top border color. This applies only if FourBorders is chosen for BoxStyle property, and affects only the top border. Gets and sets the right border color. This applies only if FourBorders is chosen for BoxStyle property, and affects only the right border. Gets and sets the bottom border color. This applies only if FourBorders is chosen for BoxStyle property, and affects only the bottom border. Gets and sets the left shadow color. This option applies only if fourBorders is chosen, and affects only the left border. Gets and sets the top shadow color. This option applies only if fourBorders is chosen, and affects only the top border. Gets and sets the right shadow color. This option applies only if fourBorders is chosen, and affects only the right border. Gets and sets the bottom shadow color. This option applies only if fourBorders is chosen, and affects only the bottom border. Determines whether text will be clipped within the calculated text paint rectangle. Gets or sets the transparent color for the image. Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a border. Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a border. Gets or sets a value indicating whether image transparency is supported. Gets or sets the Svg Image. Gets or sets the Svg Image as string. Determines whether the Image or SvgImage property will be painted. Note that if SvgImage == null, this property will always return "ImageDrawType.Image". Toggles the text primitive when text related properties are change. The changed property. Called when animated image frame changes. Determines whether character trimming will be automatically applied to the element if text cannot be fitted within the available space. Determines whether ampersand character will be treated as mnemonic or not. Gets or sets a value indicating whether text will be wrapped when exceeding the width of the element. Determines whether keyboard focus cues are enabled for this element. Determines whether trailing spaces will be included when text size is measured. Gets the text structure used to render text Represents a button item. Initializes a new instance of the RadButtonItem class. Initializes a new instance of the RadButtonItem class and sets it's Text property to the provided string. Initializes a new instance of the RadButtonItem class, sets it's Text and Image properties to the provided string and Image. Gets or sets the vector image that is displayed on a button element. Gets or sets the Svg Image as string. Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a button element. Gets or sets the image list index value of the image displayed on the button control. Gets or sets the key accessor for the image in the ImageList. Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. Gets or sets the alignment of image content on the drawing surface. Gets or sets the alignment of text content on the drawing surface. Specifies the options for display of image and text primitives in the element. Gets a value indicating whether the button item is in the pressed state. Determines if this button is the default button for the form it is on. Determines whether the Image value of the current item is shared (reused by ither items). This flag is true by default. If it is set to false, then the item itselft will dispose the Image upon its disposal. Represents a check box. The RadCheckBox class is a simple wrapper for the RadCheckBoxElement class. The RadCheckBox acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadCheckBoxElement. The RadCheckBoxElement which is essentially the RadCheckBox control may be nested in other telerik controls. Create main button element that is specific for RadCheckBox. The element that encapsulates the functionality of RadCheckBox Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. Gets the instance of RadCheckBoxElement wrapped by this control. RadCheckBoxElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadCheckBox. Gets or sets value indicating the checked state of the checkbox. Since RadCheckBox is tri-state based (ToggleState property) the Checked property is provided for compatibility only. Checked=true corresponds to ToggleState.On and Checked=false corresponds to ToggleState.Off. If value of ToggleState property equals , value of Checked property is 'false'. Gets or sets a value indication whether mnemonics are used. Gets or sets a value indicating the alignment of the check box. Gets or sets the Font of the control. This actually the Font property of the root element. Represents a check box element. The RadCheckBox class is a simple wrapper for the RadCheckBoxElement class. The RadCheckBox acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadCheckBoxElement instance. The radCheckBoxElement which is essentially the RadCheckBox control may be nested in other telerik controls. Gets or sets a value indicating the alignment of the check box. Gets an instance of the class that represents the check box part of the . Represents checkmark. Determines whether the element may be added associated with metadata in the Visual Style Builder. Gets the instance of BorderPrimitive wrapped by this element. Gets the instance of FillPrimitive wrapped by this element. Gets the instance of ImagePrimitive wrapped by this element. Gets the instance of CheckPrimitive wrapped by this element. Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a button element. Gets or sets the image list index value of the image displayed as a checkmark. Gets or sets the key accessor for the image in the ImageList. Gets or sets value indicating RadCheckmark checkstate. Determines whether the item will be used as a separate item in another element. Represents a RadRepeatButton. If the button is continuously held pressed, it generates clicks. The RadRepeatButton class is a simple wrapper for the RadRepeatButtonElement class. The RadRepeatButton acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadRepeatButtonElement instance. The RadRepeatButtonElement which is essentially the RadRepeatButtonElement control may be nested in other telerik controls. All graphical and logical functionality is implemented in RadRepeatButtonElement class. Gets the instance of RadRepeatButtonElement wrapped by this control. RadRepeatButtonElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadRepeatButton. Determines whether the button can be clicked by using mnemonic characters. Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, the Repeat button element waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. The value must be non-negative. Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. Propagates internal element click. Raises the ButtonClick event. Represents a RadToggleButton. A ToggleButton may have the following states: On, Off, and Indeterminate. The button may have only the first two states if the IsThreeState property is set to false. The RadToggleButton class is a simple wrapper for the RadToggleButtonElement. All UI and logic functionality is implemented in the RadToggleButtonElement class. The latter can be nested in other telerik controls. RadToggleButton acts to transfer events to and from the its corresponding RadToggleButtonElement instance. Initializes a new instance of the RadToggleButton class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Create main button element that is specific for RadToggleButton. The element that encapsulates the functionality of RadToggleButton Gets the instance of RadToggleButtonElement wrapped by this control. RadToggleButtonElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadToggleButton. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating where the button is checked. Gets or sets the CheckState . CheckState enumeration defines the following values: Unchecked, Checked, and Indeterminate. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating where the button is checked. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the toggle button is read only. true if the toggle button is read only; otherwise, false. Occurs when the elements's state is changing. Raises the StateChanging event. Occurs when the element's state changes. Raises the StateChanged event. Occurs when the elements's check state is changing. Raises the CheckStateChanging event. Occurs when the element's check state changed. Raises the CheckStateChanged event. Represents a toggle button element. The toggle button supports two or three states depending on the IsThreeState property. The RadToggleButton class is a simple wrapper for the RadToggleButtonElement class. All UI and logic functionality is implemented in the RadToggleButtonElement class. The RadToggleButton acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadToggleButtonElement instance. The latter can be nested in other telerik controls. Initializes a new instance of the RadToggleButtonElement class. Occurs before the elements's state changes. Occurs when the elements's state changes. Occurs before the elements's check state changes. Occurs when the elements's check state changes. Raises the StateChanging event. Raises the CheckStateChanging event. Raises the StateChanged event. Raises the StateChanged event. Raises the IsCheckedChanged event. Gets or sets the CheckState . CheckState enumeration defines the following values: Unchecked, Checked, and Indeterminate. Gets or sets the toggle state. Toggle state enumeration defines the following values: Off, Indeterminate, and On. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button is checked. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the toggle button has three or two states. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the toggle button element is read only. true if the toggle button element is read only; otherwise, false. Represents a repeat button element, and like all elements can be nested in other telerik controls. RadRepeatButton is essentially a simple wrapper for RadRepeatButtonElement. All UI and logic functionality is implemented in the RadRepeatButtonElement class. RadRepeatButton acts to transfer events to and from the RadRepeatButton class. Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, the Repeat button element waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. The value must be non-negative. Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. Represents the method that will handle the ToggleStateChanging event. Represents the event sender. Represents the event arguments. Represents the method that will handle the CheckStateChanging event. Represents the event sender. Represents the event arguments. Represents event data of the CheckStateChanging event. Gets or sets the old toggle state. Gets or sets the new toggle state. Initializes a new instance of the StateChangingEventArgs class using the old toggle state, the new toggle state and Represents event data of the ToggleStateChanging event. Gets or sets the old toggle state. Gets or sets the new toggle state. Initializes a new instance of the StateChangingEventArgs class using the old toggle state, the new toggle state and Represents event data of the ToggleStateChanged. Gets the toggle state Off, On, or Indeterminate Initializes a new instance of the StateChangedEventArgs class. Represents the method that will handle the ToggleStateChanged event. Represents the event sender. Represents the event arguments. Represents the method that will handle the SelectedIndexChanged event. A SelectedIndexChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. The source of the event. Represents event data of the SelectedIndexChanged event. Initializes a new instance of the SelectedIndexChangedEventArgs class. Gets the instance of previously selected item. Gets the instance of currently selected item. Used to group collections of controls. A RadPanel is a control that contains other controls. You can use a RadPanel to group collections of controls such as a group control of radio buttons. If the RadPanel control's Enabled property is set to false, the controls contained within the RadPanel will also be disabled. You can use the AutoScroll property to enable scroll bars in the RadPanel control. When the AutoScroll property is set to true, any controls located within the RadPanel (but outside of its visible region), can be scrolled to with the scroll bars provided. The RadPanel control is displayed by default with border and a text (using TextPrimitive). There is a FillPrimitive which is transparent by default. It allows gradients to be used for background of the RadPanel. Initializes new RadPanel Creates the main panel element and adds it in the root element. Gets the instance of RadPanelElement wrapped by this control. RadPanelElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadPanel. Gets or set a value indicating whether panel will scroll automatically to show the currently focused control inside it. Gets or sets the alignment of the text within Panel's bounds. Gets the default size of the control. The default System.Drawing.Size of the control. The default Size of the control. This property is not relevant for this class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. true if the control causes validation to be performed on any controls requiring validation when it receives focus; otherwise, false. The main element of the RadPanel control. Create the elements in the hierarchy. Gets the of the panel element. Gets the of the panel element. Gets the of the panel element. This class represents the root element of a control. This class represents the container which holds all controls put in a control. The scrolling support comes from this container. Creates an instance of the class. This constructor is used by the Visual Studio Designer. Creates an instance of the class. An instance of the class which represents the owner of this container. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the focused control inside the RadScrollablePanel will be automatically scrolled into view when gaining focus. The RadScrollablePanel control can be used as a container for different UI elements. This control is powered by the Telerik Presentation Framework and supports gradient backgrounds, shapes and theming. This control supports also theming of the scrollbars. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the focused control inside the RadScrollablePanel will be automatically scrolled into view when gaining focus. Gets or sets the state of the vertical scroll bar which indicates whether it will be always visible(), always hidden() or determined by the content() - default Gets or sets the state of the horizontal scroll bar which indicates whether it will be always visible(), always hidden() or determined by the content() - default Gets the current client area margin of the control. Gets the default size of the control. The default System.Drawing.Size of the control. The default Size of the control. Gets an instance of the class which represents the main element of the control. Gets the container panel that holds all the components added to the panel. Gets the vertical scrollbar of the control. Gets the horizontal scrollbar of the control. This property is not relevant for this class. This property is not relevant for this class. This method inserts the scrollbars and the container in the Controls collection of this control. Calculates the non-client margin of the control based on the radius of the round rect shape. An instance of the struct which represents the left, top, right and bottom margin. This method initializes the scrollbars and the container control. Resizes the panel to fit its contents. Represents a dialog containing a color picker Creates instance of RadColorDialog class Gets the color selector Gets or sets the selected color Gets or sets the selected color Gets or sets the old color Gets or sets the active mode of the color tabstrip Shows or hides the basic colors tab Shows or hides the system colors tab Shows or hides the web colors tab Shows or hides whe professional colors tab Shows or hides the custom colors tab Shows or hides the hex color value Allows or disallows editing the HEX value Allows or disallows color picking from the screen Allows or disallows color saving Gets the custom colors Gets or sets the heading of the basic colors tab Gets or sets the heading of the system colors tab Gets or sets the heading of the web colors tab Gets or sets the heading of the professional colors tab Gets or sets the heading of the selected color label Gets or sets the heading of the old color label Fires when the selected color has changed Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. This class represents the main element of the control. This element contains a and a . Creates an instance of the RadPanelElement class. Gets an instance of the class which represents the text of the panel. Gets an instance of the class which represents the border of the panel. Gets an instance of the class which represents the fill of the panel. Instance of this class contain information about the control to which a container of the RadScrollablePanel is scrolled. Gets an instance of the class that represents the scrollable panel that holds the gallery items when the popup is shown. Gets an instance of the class that represents the element holding the buttons that represent the different filters and groups. Gets an instance of the class that represents the sizing grip of the dropdown. present RadGripElement creacte child elements Grip image OnMouseDown OnMouseUp OnMouseMove Represents a RadStatusStrip. The RadStatusStrip class is a simple wrapper for the RadStatusBarElement class. The RadStatusStrip acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding create RadStatusStrip instance create child items Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. implement default Dock style This property is not relevant for this class. Gets or sets the visibility of the grip used to reposition the control. Gets all the items that belong to a RadStatusStrip. Set the RadStatusStrip's layout style Gets the instance of RadStatusBarElement wrapped by this control. RadStatusBarElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadStatusStrip. RadStatusStrip consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadStatusStrip consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. custom event handle for the click event status bar click events this event fired before Layout Style Changing this event fired after LayoutStyle Changed fire the StatusBarClick event represent the RadStatusBarClickEventArgs object present the clicked element create a instance of Represents a RadStatusBarElement. this event fired before Layout Style Changing this event fired after LayoutStyle Changed create elements in the RadStatusBarElement Gets a collection representing the "View changing" items contained in this statusbar. get or set RadStatusBarElement orienatation show or hide the Grip element in RadStatusStrip Set the RadStatusStrip's layout style enumerate RadStatusStrip LayoutStyles represent the RadStatusBarPanelElement create child items Represents the StatusBarBoxLayout class represents StripPosition enumeration Registers the Proportion dependancy property of StatusBarBoxLayout Registers the Orientation dependancy proeprty of StatusBarBoxLayout Registers the StripPosition dependancy property of StatusBarBoxLayout Gets the proportion based on a given element Gets or sets strip orientation - it could be horizontal or vertical. arranges the children by a given criteria Gets or sets the line width in pixels. Gets or sets the line orientation. Possible values are defined in the SepOrientation enumeration. Gets or sets the line angle in degrees. Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, the Repeat button element waits while it is pressed before it starts repeating. The value must be non-negative. Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, between repeats once repeating starts. The value must be non-negative. Represents a numeric up/down control box. The RadSpinEditor class is a simple wrapper for the RadSpinElement class. The RadSpinEditor acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadSpinElement. The RadSpinElement which is essentially the RadSpinEditor control may be nested in other telerik controls. Initializes a new instance of the RadSpinEditor class CreateChildItems Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. True if the user can give the focus to the control using the TAB key, otherwise false. The default is true. set the default control size Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the instance of RadSpinElement wrapped by this control. RadSpinElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadSpinControl. Gets or sets the mimimum value for the spin edit Gets or sets the maximum value for the spin edit Gets or sets the whether RadSpinEditor will be used as a numeric textbox. Gets or sets whether by right-mouse clicking the up/down button you reset the value to the Maximum/Minimum value respectively. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border is shown. Set or get the Step value Set or get the Step value Gets or sets a value indicating that value will revert to minimum value after reaching maximum and to maximum after reaching minimum. Represents the decimal value in the numeric up/down Represents the decimal value in the numeric up/down. The Value can be null Gets or set how to interpret the empty text in the editor portion of the control if true the empty value will set NULL in NullableValue property Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW keys to select values. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a thousands separator is displayed in the RadSpinEditor Gets or sets the number of decimal places to display in the RadSpinEditor Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadSpinEditor should display the value it contains in hexadecimal format. Gets or sets the minimum value that could be set in the spin editor Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. true if the control causes validation to be performed on any controls requiring validation when it receives focus; otherwise, false. Occurs before the value of the SpinEdit is changed. Occurs before the value of the SpinEdit is changing. Occurs when the NullableValue of the SpinEdit is changed. increase or decrease value in the numeric up/dowm with step value Represents a numeric up/down element. The RadSpinEditor class is a simple wrapper for the numeric up/down element class. The RadSpinEdit acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding numeric up/down element instance. The numeric up/down element which is essentially the numeric up/down element control may be nested in other telerik controls. create child elements Creates the button element for the increment button. A to be placed in the . Creates the button element for the decrement button. A to be placed in the . Gets or Sets represent the Value in the numeric up/down - this value can be NULL Gets or set how to interpret the empty text in the editor portion of the control if true the empty value will set NULL in NullableValue property Gets reference to the SpinControl's Down Button Gets reference to the SpinControl's Up Button Gets or sets the number of decimal places to display in the RadSpinEdit represent the default value in the numeric up/down Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadSpinEdit should display the value it contains in hexadecimal format. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW keys to select values. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a thousands separator is displayed in the RadSpinEdit Gets contained in the spin editor. Gets or sets the minimum value that could be set in the spin editor allow element to be stretched vertically represent the decimal in the numeric up/down Gets or sets the value which is added to/subtracted from the current value of the spin editor. Gets or sets the minimum value that could be set in the spin editor Gets or sets whether RadSpinEditor will be used as a numeric textbox. Gets or sets whether by right-mouse clicking the up/down button you set the max/min value respectively. set or get the Max numeric value in the numeric up/down Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border is shown. Gets or sets a value indicating that value will revert to minimum value after reaching maximum and to maximum after reaching minimum. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can change the value with mouse wheel. true if [enable mouse wheel]; otherwise, false. Occurs before the value of the SpinEdit is changed. Occurs when the value is being changed. Cancelable event. Occurs when the user presses a key. increase or decrease value in the numeric up/down with step value This method is used internally! the new flag state. This method is used internally! the new flag state. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Initializes a new instance of the RadTextBoxBase class. Represents RadTextBoxBase constructor Initializes textbox's children Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized. Note that auto-size functionality does not work when MultiLine property is true. Gets or sets the displayed text. Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing ENTER in a multiline RadTextBox control creates a new line of text in the control or activates the default button for the form. Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the TAB key in a multiline text box control types a TAB character in the control instead of moving the focus to the next control in the tab order. Gets value indicating whether undo is allowed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadTextBox control modifies the case of characters as they are typed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected text remains highlighted even when the RadTextBox has lost the focus. Gets or sets the lines of text in multiline configurations. Gets or sets the maximum number of characters allowed in the text box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RadTextBox control has been modified by the user since the control was created or since its contents were last set. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is a multiline TextBox control. When the value is true, the AutoSize property is automatically changed to false and the user needs to take care of the height of this control. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when the ComboBox contains a null reference. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the null text will be shown when the control is focused and the text is empty. Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line TextBox control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the contents of the TextBox control can be changed. Gets or sets which scroll bars should appear in a multiline TextBox control. Gets or sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the control. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the defined shortcuts are enabled. Gets or sets how text is aligned in a TextBox control. Gets the length of the text in the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a multiline text box control automatically wraps words to the beginning of the next line when necessary. Occurs when the value of the AcceptsTab property has changed. Occurs when the value of the HideSelection property changes. Occurs when the value of the Modified property has changed. Occurs when the value of the Multiline property has changed. Occurs when the ReadOnly property changes. Occurs when the value of the TextAlign property has changed. Occurs when text is being changed. Appends text to the current text. Empties the TextBox. Undo to the previous text value before clear invocation. Copies the text value to the clipboard. Cuts the text value to the clipboard. Deselects the text in the cotrol. Retrieves the character that is closest to the specified location within the control. Retrieves the index of the character nearest to the specified location. Retrieves the index of the first character of a given line. Retrieves the index of the first character of the current line. This method is not supported by MaskedTextBox. Retrieves the line number from the specified character position within the text of the control. Retrieves the location within the control at the specified character index. Pastes the text value to the clipboard. Pastes the string parameter to the clipboard. Scrolls the contents of the control to the current caret position. Selects the text in the TextBox from the start position inclusive to the end position exclusive. Selects the text in the TextBox. Undoes the last edit operation in the text box. Sets input focus to the control. true if the input focus request was successful; otherwise, false. Activates the control. Raises the AcceptsTabChanged event. Raises the HideSelectionChanged event. Raises the ModifiedChanged event. Raises the MultilineChanged event. Raises the ReadOnlyChanged event. Raises the TextAlignChanged event. Raises the TextChanging event. The TextBox control that is hosted by default by RadTextBoxItem. Children of this class can be passed to RadTextBoxItem in order to customize the hosted text box. Gets or sets a color of the null text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the null text will be shown when the control is focused and the text is empty. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the bottom part of characters, clipped due to font name or size particularities. Gets or sets the prompt text that is displayed when the TextBox contains no text. Gets or sets whether to use different than SystemColors.GrayText color for the prompt text. Controls whether the text of the edit control can span more than one line. Overload to automatically create the Graphics region before drawing the text prompt The Graphics region is disposed after drawing the prompt. Draws the NullText in the client area of the TextBox using the default font and color. Returns a value indicating whether the NullText should be serialized. Whether to serialize the null text. Resets the null text to an empty string. This constant is used internally. Initializes a new instance of Initializes a new instance of Gets or sets the text associated with this item. Gets or sets whether the control can receives the focus when tab is pressed Gets or sets whether the text box accepts the return key Gets or sets whether the text box accepts the tab key Gets if the text box could undo its value Indicates if all characters should be left alone or converted to upper or lower case Gets or sets the selection in the text box The lines of the text in a multi-line edit, as an array of string values Specifies the maximum length of characters which could be entered Indicates the visibility level of the object The text could span more than a line when the value is true Gets or sets the char used for entering passwords Gets the preferred height Indicates whether the text could be changed or not The scrollbars which will appear if the editing control is in multiline mode the text which is in selection the length of the selection Gets or sets the start selection position Indicates whether the shortcuts are enabled. Gets or sets the alignment of the text in the editing control Indicates the text length Indicates if lines are automatically word-wrapped for multiline editing controls Gets or sets the prompt text that is displayed when the TextBox contains no text Gets or sets the color of prompt text that is displayed when the TextBox contains no text Determines whether the element may be added associated with metadata in the Visual Style Builder. Gets the TextBox control hosted in this item. Gets or sets the vertical stretch value Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the bottom part of characters, clipped due to font name or size particularities This property is used internally. Occurs when the TabStop property has changed. Occurs when the AcceptsTab property has changed. Occurs when the HideSelection property has changed. Occurs when the Modified property has changed. Raises the ModifiedChanged event. Occurs when the Multiline property has changed. Occurs when a key is pressed while focus is on text box. Occurs when the ReadOnly property has changed. Occurs when the TextAlign property has changed. Appends the given text Clears the editing control's text Clears and undoes the text Copies the selected text Cuts the selected text clears the selection Gets a character from a given point Gets the index of a character at a given point gets the index of the first char in a given line gets the first char index at the current line Gets a line number from a char index Gets the position from a char index pastes the text in the clipboard Pasted a given text scrolls the textbox to the caret position Makes a selection in a given range specified by a start position and selection length Selects all text in the control. Undoes the last edit operation in the text box. Raises the AcceptsTabChanged event. Raises the HideSelectionChanged event. Raises the MultilineChanged event. Raises the PreviewKeyDown event. Raises the ReadOnlyChanged event. Raises the TextAlignChanged event. Represents a RadTextBox. The RadTextBox control serves as a simple wrapper for RadTextBoxElement class which in turn wraps RadTextBoxItem Class. All logic and presentation features are implemented in a parallel hierarchy of objects. For this reason, RadTextBoxElement class may be nested in any other telerik control, item, or element. RadTextBox acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding instance of the RadTextBoxElement class. Represents RadTextBox's constructor Initializes textbox's children Gets the instance of RadTextBoxElement wrapped by this control. RadTextBoxElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadTextBox. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the bottom part of characters, clipped due to font name or size particularities Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text should appear as the default password character. true if the text otherwise hould appear as the default password character; false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clear button is shown. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. true if the control causes validation to be performed on any controls requiring validation when it receives focus; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the text that is displayed when the ComboBox contains a null reference. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the embedded label is shown. Gets or sets the text of the embedded label. Represents a text box element. The RadTextBox class is a simple wrapper for the RadTextBoxElement class. All UI and logic functionality is implemented in the RadTextBoxElement class. RadTextBox class acts to transfer events to and from its corresponding RadTextBoxElement instance. The RadTextBoxElement may be nested in other telerik controls. Initializes a new instance of the RadTextBoxElement class. Initializes a new instance of RadTextBoxElemenet Gets or set the text align of the TextBoxItem. Gets an instance of the corresponding fill primitive. Gets an instance of the corresponding border primitive. Gets an instance of the corresponding StackLayoutPanel that holds the clear button. Gets an instance of the corresponding clear button. Gets an instance of the corresponding embedded label. Gets an instance of the corresponding RadTextBoxItem. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the bottom part of characters, clipped due to font name or size particularities. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border is shown. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the clear button is shown. Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line TextBox control. Gets or sets the color of prompt text that is displayed when the TextBox contains no text. Gets or sets the visibility of the embedded label. Gets or sets the text of the embedded label. Gets or set whether to reposition the embedded label, when text box is empty. Gets or set the animation speed of the embedded label. The speed is an integer between 1(off) and 10(slowest) with default value of 8. Gets or set the offset of the embedded label from the bottom border, when the label is down. Occurs when the value of the AcceptsTab property has changed. Occurs when the value of the HideSelection property changes. Occurs when the value of the Modified property has changed. Occurs when the value of the Multiline property has changed. Occurs when the ReadOnly property changes. Occurs when the value of the TextAlign property has changed. Occurs when text is being changed. Occurs when text has changed. Raises the MultilineChanged event. Raises the ReadOnlyChanged event. Raises the TextChanging event. Raises the TextChanged event. Raises the TextAlignChanged event. Raises the ModifiedChanged event. Raises the HideSelectionChanged event. Raises the AcceptsTabChanged event. Represents a layout panel used in the RadCheckBoxElement. Gets or sets the offset between the check and body elements. The body can contain image and / or text the same way as all buttons can - see Gets or set a value indicating the check alignment. RadScrollLayoutPanel is the layout panel that arranges viewport, horizontal and vertical scrollbars and a spot that appears when both scrollbars are shown. For more information about scrolling see the help for RadScrollViewer class and for IRadScrollViewport interace. The spot between the ScrollBars when both are shown Occurs when horizontal or vertical scrolling is performed Occurs when the need for horizontal or vertical scrollbar has changed. Occurs when property that affects the scrolling functionality is changed. Occurs when the Viewport is changed Gets the horizontal scrollbar Gets the vertical scrollbar Gets the rectangle that is between the two scrollbars when they both are shown. Gets a value indicating whether can be performed horizontal scrolling operation Gets a value indicating whether can be performed vertical scrolling operation Gets or sets the scroll state of the horizontal scroll bar. State of type . Default value is AutoHide. Gets or sets the scroll state of the vertical scroll bar. State of type . Default value is AutoHide. Gets or sets the thickness of the scrollbar. Gets or sets the element which content will be scrolled if the scroll viewer has not enough space for it. Very often the viewport is a layout panel that implements . Object of type RadElement which represents the content that could be scrolled if necessary. Default value is null. Gets or sets a value indicating whether physical or logical scrolling will be used. Boolean value: when it is false logical scrolling will be used. This property cannot be set to false if does not implement . Default value is true for ordinary viewports and false for viewports that implement . Gets or sets the number of pixels to use when performing Line Up/Down/Left/Right scrolling operation. Still the scrolling position can be set with one pixel accuracy if the scroll bar thumb is dragged. Gets the minimum possible scrolling position. Point which contains minimum values for scrolling in horizontal and vertical direction. Gets the maximum possible scrolling position. Point which contains maximum values for scrolling in horizontal and vertical direction. Gets or sets the scrolling position. The value is between and . Point which contains the current scrolling position in horizontal and vertical direction. Set visible and enabled state of the ScrollBars. Make viewportOffset to be with correct value. Set Value of ScrollBars using viewportOffset The only implementation of and base class of all scrollable elements. This class contains one element called Viewport. In addition to the ordinary property Size, Viewport has parameter called "extent size" which represents the real size of its content. Extent size could be bigger as well as smaller than the size of the scroll viewer. There are two types of viewports: ordinary elements and elements that implement . In the first case extent size is the size of the viewport itself. The scrolling is done on pixel basis and via painting offset of the viewport (it is called physical scrolling). In the second case the functions that are declared in are called for getting extent size and performing the scroll operation (this is called logical scrolling). If the viewport implementation is of type it still can be physically scrolled by setting the property to true. Physical scrolling has one parameter that can be set - which represents the small change value for the scrolling (i.e. the number of pixels for Line Up/Down/Left/Right). The large change (Page Up/Down/Left/Right) is the corresponding size of the viewable size of the viewport. For more information about custom viewports and logical scrolling - see . Current scroll position can be get or set via the property . In addition scrolling can be performed by calling the methods that are implemented from . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border is shown. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fill is shown. Represents a menu. RadMenu can be horizontal or vertical. You can add, remove, and disable menu items at run-time. It offers full theming support, allowing you to easily construct a variety of stunning visual effects. You can nest any other RadControl within a RadMenu. For example, you can create a menu with an embedded textbox or combobox. RadMenu is a simple wrapper for the RadMenuElement class. This enumerator describes the states can jump into when processing mnemonics. When the menu is in this state, that means that Mnemonics are visible. When the menu is in this state, that means it listens for keyboard input and can process mnemonics. When the menu is in this state, that means it can process keyboard input not associated with mnemonics. This can be navigation input for instance. When the menu is in this state, that means it will not process mnemonics. Initializes a new instance of the RadMenu class. RadMenu can be horizontal or vertical. You can add, remove, and disable menu items at run-time. It offers full theming support, allowing you to easily construct a variety of stunning visual effects. You can nest any other RadControl within a RadMenu. For example, you can create a menu with an embedded textbox or combobox. Gets or sets boolean value that determines whether RadMenu handles the MDI menu functionality. Indicates whether the menu items should be stretched to fill the available space. Gets or sets whether the Alt or F10 keys can be used to highlight the menu. Gets the instance of RadMenuElement wrapped by this control. RadMenuElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadMenu. RadMenu consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadMenu consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. other Telerik RadControls and Windows Represents a RadRibbonBar. The RadRibbon bar visual appearance can be customized in numerous ways through themes. Also you can nest other telerik controls in the ribbon bar chunks thus creating intuitive interface for your applications. All of the application's functionality is accessible from a single ribbon. The ribbon is divided into command tabs such as Write, Insert, and Page Layout. When the users clicks on a command tab, they see chunks such as Clipboard, Font, and Paragraph. Each chunk can hold an unlimited number of controls including toolbars, comboboxes, and Forms controls. The RadRibbonBar class is a simple wrapper for the RadRibbonBarElement class. All UI and logic functionality is implemented in RadRibbonBarElement class. RadRibbonBar acts to transfer the events to and from its RadRibbonBarElement class. Initializes a new instance of the RadRibbonBar control class. Creates a new . The created ribbon bar element. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets or sets the small image list Gets or sets the text of the control Gets or sets a flag indicating whether the control causes validation Allows the user to navigate the control using the keyboard Represent the Ribbon Help button Represent the Ribbon Expand button Get or sets value indicating whether RibbonBar Help button is visible or hidden. Get or sets value indicating whether RibbonBar Help button is visible or hidden. Gets or sets whether Key Map (Office 2007 like accelerator keys map) is used for this specific control. Currently this option is implemented for the RadRibbonBar control only. Gets or sets a value indicating the type of the fade animation. Gets the QuickAccessToolBar element Gets the options menu button Gets the exit menu button Gets the instance of RadRibbonBarElement wrapped by this control. RadRibbonBarElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadRibbonBar. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the ribbon bar is expanded. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the ribbon bar will be collapsed or expanded on ribbon tab double click. Gets or sets if the ribbon bar has minimize button in its caption Gets or sets if the ribbon bar has maximize button in its caption Gets or sets if the ribbon bar has close button in its caption Gets the localization settings associated with this control RadRibbonBar consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadRibbonBar consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. Prevent theme and default values serialization. Whether to serialize the value of the property. Reset the property to its default value. Prevent theme and default values serialization. Whether to serialize the value of the property. Reset the property to its default value. Represents a ribbon bar button group. You can group buttons that are logically related, for example, bold, italic, and underline buttons in a text editor application. Gets the collection of items in the button group. Gets or sets the orientation of the elements inside the button group: Horizontal or Vertical. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border is shown. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the back color is shown. Gets the stack layout panel that holds all elements. Fires ItemChanged event. Fires ItemClicked event. Refreshes the items nested in the argument. Represents a Ribbon Bar group. The Group can contain telerik controls. You may group related controls in groups; this gives the application intuitive interface. Gets an instance of the class that represents the group's outer border. Gets an instance of the class that represents the group's fill; Gets an instance of the class that represents the caption's fill; Gets an instance of the class that represents the body's fill; Get or sets value indicating whether Dialog button is visible or hidden. Gets an instance of the class that represents of the elements in the Simplified ribbon style; Gets a collection of nested items. Gets or sets the orientation of the items inside the chunk. Possible values are: Horizontal and Vertical. Gets or sets the image that is displayed when the chunk is collapsed. Get or Set collapsing order weight - bigger mean to start collapsing from this RadRibbonbarGroup Overrides object ToString() method. Returns the value of the Text property prefixed with the "chunk:" string. Expands the chunk. Collapses the chunk. Occurs when Dialog Button is clicked A collection that stores objects. Initializes a new instance of the . Initializes a new instance of the . Collection owner. Fires when the collection is changed. Represents a ribbon bar element. The RadRibbonBarElement can be nested in other telerik controls. Essentially RadRibbonBar class is a simple wrapper for RadRibbonBarElement class. RadRibbonBar acts to transfer events to and from the its corresponding instance of the RadRibbonBarElement. Gets or sets a boolean value determining whether the groups are collapsed according to the ribbon's size. Gets or sets the Minimize button Gets or sets the Maximize button Gets or sets the Close button Gets a collection of the command tabs. Gets or the localization settings for this element Gets a collection of contextual tab groups. Get or sets value indicating whether RibbonBar Help button is visible or hidden. Get or sets value indicating whether RibbonBar Expand button is visible or hidden. Gets the collection of quick access menu items. Gets or sets the height of the quick access. Gets or sets if the quick access toolbar is below the ribbon. Gets or sets the image of the start button placed in the top left corner. Gets the application menu element Gets the options menu button Gets the exit menu button Gets the collection of the start button menu item. Gets the collection of the start button menu items which appear on the right. Gets the collection of the start button menu DropDown which is displayed when the button has two columns. Gets or sets the width of the start menu Gets an instance of the TabStripElement which is used to display the tab items in the RibbonBarElement. Gets the instance of the currently selected command tab. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the RadRibbonBarElement is expanded or not. Gets the QuickAccessToolBar Gets the instance that represents the fill of the ribbon's caption. Gets the instance that represents the border of the ribbon's caption. Gets or sets the ribbon layout. Gets or sets the height of the simplified ribbon. Gets or sets whether the toggle switch enabling the Simplified ribbon style is visible. Occurs just before a command tab is selected. Occurs when a command tab is selected. Occurs when a command tab is expanded by double clicking a collapsed command tab item. Occurs when a command tab is collapsed by double clicking an expanded command tab item. Occurs when a RadProperty is about to be changed after changing the RibbonLayout. Occurs after a RadProperty has changed after changing the RibbonLayout. Occurs when an item`s visibility state is about to be changed. The event is raised while resizing the RibbonBar. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An instance that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. The group where the item is located. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. The item which is about to be changed. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. The group where the item is located. An that contains the event data. Creates a new . The created pop-up. Gets an instance of the RibbonBarPopup class which represents the RadRibbonBar popup. Calls the OnCommandTabCollapsed event. For internal use only. The event args associated with this event Calls the OnCommandTabExpanded event. For internal use only. The event args associated with this event Implements the basic functionality of a horizontal scroll bar control. Gets or sets the ScrollType. Possible values are defined in the ScrollType enumeration: Vertical, and Horizontal. Implements the basic functionality for scrolling. This class can be used both for horizontal and for vertical scrolling via its property . In the Toolbox only the specialized children are put: and . To adjust the value range of the scroll bar control, set the and properties. To adjust the distance the scroll thumb moves, set the and properties. To adjust the starting point of the scroll thumb, set the property when the control is initially displayed. Occurs when the scroll thumb has been moved by either a mouse or keyboard action. Occurs when the property is changed, either by a event or programmatically. Occurs when a property that affects the scrolling is changed. See for more information on which properties affect the scrolling. Indicates whether invalid values should be clamped or an exception should be thrown Gets the first button element of this scrollbar Gets the second button element of this scrollbar Gets or sets a value between 0.0 and 1.0 that indicates what part of the scrollable area can be occupied by the thumb. If the value is 0.0 then the thumb should be with length 0 but the property MinThumbLength will cause the thumb to be larger. If the value is 1.0 the thumb takes the whole area between the two scrolling buttons. Negative value means that the thumb length should be calculated automatically based on Minimum, Maximum and LargeChange values. Gets or sets the minimum length of the scrolling thumb. See for more information about thumb length. An integer value that gives the minimum thumb length. It is taken into account no matter if the thumb length is calculated automatically or the thumb length is set explicitly. The thumb length could be smaller than MinThumbLength if there is no space in the scroll bar. Gets the length of the scrolling thumb. Thumb length is the thumb's height for vertical scroll bar and the thumb's width for horizontal scroll bar. Controls the angle that the fill primitive will be rotated when switching from horizontal to vertical orientation Gets or sets the upper limit of the scrollable range. A numeric value. The default value is 100. NOTE: The value of a scroll bar cannot reach its maximum value through user interaction at run time. The maximum value that can be reached is equal to the Maximum property value minus the property value plus 1. The maximum value can only be reached programmatically. Gets or sets the lower limit for the values of the scrollable range. A numeric value. The default value is 0. The value of a scroll bar cannot reach its maximum value through user interaction at run time. The maximum value that can be reached is equal to the Maximum property value minus the property value plus 1. The maximum value can only be reached programmatically. Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the scroll thumb on the scroll bar. A numeric value that is within the and range. The default value is 0. Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the property when the scroll thumb is moved a small distance. A numeric value. The default value is 1. When the user presses one of the arrow keys, clicks one of the scroll bar buttons or calls one of the LineXXX() functions, the Value property changes according to the value set in the SmallChange property. Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the property when the scroll thumb is moved a large distance. A numeric value. The default value is 10. When the user presses the PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN key, clicks in the scroll bar track on either side of the scroll thumb, or calls one of the PageXXX() functions, the Value property changes according to the value set in the LargeChange property. Gets or sets the scroll type - it could be horizontal or vertical. Gets the thumb element of this scrollbar Gets or sets the scroll timer delay Retrieves the srolling parameters. ScrollBarParameters Structure Sets the given scroll parameters. ScrollBarParameters Structure Simulate scrolling - just like the top / left button is pressed. Unlike setting property Value this function fires scrolling events. Value is decremented with (numSteps * SmallChange) Simulate scrolling - just like the bottom / right button is pressed. Unlike setting property Value this function fires scrolling events. Value is incremented with (numSteps * SmallChange) Simulate scrolling - just like the top / left area according the thumb is pressed. Unlike setting property Value this function fires scrolling events. Value is decremented with (numSteps * LargeChange) Simulate scrolling - just like the bottom / right area according the thumb is pressed. Unlike setting property Value this function fires scrolling events. Value is incremented with (numSteps * LargeChange) Simulate scrolling with positioning the thumb on its first position. Unlike setting property Value this function fires scrolling events. Simulate scrolling with positioning the thumb on its last position. Unlike setting property Value this function fires scrolling events. Scrolls just like the thumb is dragged at given position Position of the thumb (in screen coordinates). Represents a vertical scroll bar. Gets or sets the ScrollType. Possible values are defined in the ScrollType enumeration: Horizontal and Vertical. Represents a scrollbar button. There are two buttons in the implementation of the RadScrollBar: FirstButton and SecondButton. Initializes a new instance of the ScrollBarButton class. Initializes a new instance of the ScrollBarButton class using scrollButtonDirection. Gets or sets a value indicating the button direction defined in the ScrollButtonDirection enumeration: up, right, buttom, and left. Gets an instance of contained in the button. Gets an instance of contained in the button. Gets an instance of contained in the button. Implements the basic functionality for the scrolling. This class can be used both for horizontal and for vertical scrolling through its property . Only the specialized children are put in the Toolbox: and . To adjust the value range of the scroll bar control set the and properties. To adjust the distance the scroll thumb moves, set the and properties. To adjust the starting point of the scroll thumb, set the property when the control is initially displayed. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets the instance of RadScrollBarElement wrapped by this control. RadScrollBarElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of both RadHScrollBar and RadVScrollBar. RadScrollBar consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current BackColor property might be ignored. RadScrollBar consists of multiple visual elements and separate settings are provided to customize their appearance. Current ForeColor property might be ignored. This property is not relevant for this class. Decrements the thumb position by the number of small steps given as a parameter. The distance of a small step is determined by the SmallChange property. Increments the thumb position by the number of small steps given as a parameter. The distance of a small step is determined by the SmallChange property. Decrements the thumb position by the number of large steps given as a parameter. The distance of a large step is determined by the LargeChange property. Increments the thumb position by the number of large steps given as a parameter. The distance of a large step is determined by the LargeChange property. Scrolls to the first position specified by the Minimum property. Scrolls to the last position specified by the Maximum property. Scrolls to the specified position. Represents a scrollbar thumb in the scroll bar. Gets a value indicating whether the thumb is in pressed state. Gets or sets the image associated with the thumb Gets an instance of contained in the thumb. Gets the contained in the thumb. Base class for some RadItems, used in RadTreeView, RadPanelBar, RadCalendar, etc. Incorporates basic functionality for paiting gradient background and borders the same way FillPrimitive and BorderPrimitive do. RadWebBrowserElement extends RadWebBrowserItem adding border and background fill. Gets the of the Gets the of the Gets or Sets value indicating whether the is visible RadWebBrowserItem hosts WebBrowser control to allow using it in the TPF structure. Gets or Sets the Url that is to be browsed. Gets or Sets the HTML document content. Gets the HTML document title content. Fires when document loading has completed. Fires when file has been downloaded Fires when the browser has navigated to a new document and has begun loading it. Fires before the browser navigates to a new document Fires before new browser window is opened Fires before System.Windows.Forms.Control.KeyDown event when a key is pressed while focus is on this control. Fires when the RadWebBrowserItem has updated information on the download progress of a document it is navigating to. Fires when the System Colors change Gets or sets the zoom popup shadow Gets or sets the animation frames count Gets or sets the animation interval (in miliseconds) Type of the ViewElement Gets or sets the associated element provider. The element provider. Gets or sets the associated data provider. The data provider. Gets a value indicating whether the data provider is empty. true if data provider is empty; otherwise, false. Updates the items' layout Begins the measure. Size of the available. Ends the measure. Determines whether the specified item is visible. The item. true if item is visible; otherwise, false. Gets the element context. Removes the element. The position. Inserts the element. The position. The element. The data. Finds the compatible element. The position. The data. Updates the element at concrete position The position. The data. Gets or sets the default size of the element. The default size of the element. Creates the element. The data. The context. Gets the element from cache. The data. The context. Gets the element from cache or creates it. The data. The context. Pre-initialize cached element. The element. The context. Caches the element. The element. Determine whether the element should be updated. The element. The data. The context. Determines whether the specified element is compatible with concrete data. The element. The data. The context. true if the specified element is compatible; otherwise, false. Gets the size of the element. The item. Gets the size of the element. The element. Clears the cache. Gets the cached elements count. The cached elements count. Provides data for the ToolTipTextNeeded event used in ItemScroller Gets the item index of the first visible item. Gets the item associated with this ToolTip. Initializes a new instance of the GridElementToolTipTextNeededEventArgs class. The tool tip. The row index of the first visible item. The first visible item. The default tooltip text. Represent a interface that is traversable Gets the count. The count. Gets the item at the specified index. Represents a virtaulizable element interface Gets the associated data. The data. Attaches the specified data. The data. The context. Detaches this instance. Synchronizes this instance. Determines whether element is compatible with the specified data. The data. The context. true if the specified data is compatible; otherwise, false. Represents interface for virtualized element provider Gets the element. The data. The context. Caches the element. The element. Shoulds the update. The element. The data. The context. Determines whether the specified element is compatible with its data. The element. The data. The context. true if the specified element is compatible; otherwise, false. Gets the size of the element. The data. Gets the size of the element. The element. Gets or sets the default size of the element. The default size of the element. Clears the cached elements. Represent item scroller When set to true, allows the scroller to scroll through the items when the scrollbar is not visible. Gets the max width of item. The width of the max item. Gets or sets the state of the scroll. The state of the scroll. Gets or sets the associated traverser. The traverser. Gets or sets the associated scrollbar. The scrollbar. Gets or sets the element provider. The element provider. Gets or sets the scroll mode. The scroll mode. Gets or sets the client size. The size of the client. Gets or sets the item height. The height of the item. Gets or sets the item spacing. The item spacing. Gets or sets the scroll offset. The scroll offset. Gets the position. The position. Gets or sets the tool tip. The tool tip. Gets or sets a value indicating whether scrolling is asynchronous. true if [asynchronous scrolling]; otherwise, false. Occurs when the scroller is updated. Occurs when tool tip text is needed. Called when tool tip text is needed. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Scrolls to item. The item. Scrolls to item. The item. if set to true scroll visibility is checked before processing scrolling. Scrolls to begin. Scrolls to end. Scrolls to specified position. The position. Scrolls down to specified position. The step. Gets the height of the scroll. The item. Scrolls up. The step. Updates the on scroll. The instance containing the event data. Updates the scroll range. Updates the scroll value. Updates the scroll range with concrete range. The width. if set to true [update scroll value]. Updates the scroll step. Sets the scroll bar visibility. Shows scroller's tool tip Determines the ToolTip text Returns the ToolTip's text Determines the traverser's current item index The Index of the current item Hides scroller's tooltip Specifies the mode in which an ItemScroller will scroll the items in its view. Items are scrolled one at a time. The scrollbar maximum is equal to the number of the items in the view. The scrollbar SmallChange is equal to 1 and each small increment or decrement will move the items in the view with one whole item. Items are scrolled smoothly. The scrollbar maximum is equal to the sum of the heights of all the items in the view. The scrollbar SmallChange is calculated automatically. Increments and decrements will move the items in the view with the actual value of the scrollbar. Works in a similar way as Smooth with the difference that the view is updated only when the scrollbar thumb is released. A tooltip helps indicated the position to which the view will be scrolled to. Represent a navigating event handler raised by ItemScroller The sender. The e. Event arguments of ItemsNavigatingEventHandler Item Initializes a new instance of the class. The navigating item. Gets the item. The item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item should be skipped. true if skip the item; otherwise, false. Represents a traverser that enumerates collection. Initializes a new instance of the class. The collection. Gets or sets the collection. The collection. Gets the element in the collection at the current position of the enumerator. The element in the collection at the current position of the enumerator. Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. Gets the element in the collection at the current position of the enumerator. The element in the collection at the current position of the enumerator. Gets or sets the position. The position. Moves the previous. Moves to end. Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Occurs when items are navigated. Called when items are navigated. The current. Moves the next core. Moves the previous core. Represents traverser class that enumerates items. Gets or sets the position. The position. Moves the previous. Moves to end. Represent a generic scroll view element Container element of Represent a scrollable view element with scrollbars Creates the scroll bar element. Creates the view element. This method provides a chance to initialize the ViewElement object. The view element. Gets the horizontal scroll bar. The horizontal scroll bar. Gets the vertical scroll bar. The vertical scroll bar. Gets or sets the view element. The view element. Measures the view element. Size of the available. Arranges the view element. The view element rect. Arranges the horizontal scroll bar. The view element rect. The client rect. Arranges the vertical scroll bar. The view element rect. The hscroll bar rect. The client rect. Represent a stack layout element Right to left modes in Gets or sets the item orientation. The orientation. Gets or sets the element spacing between items. The element spacing. Gets or sets the right to left mode. The right to left mode. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to fit the available size. true if fit the available size; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a comparer to be used for defining the order of the child elements. Arranges the items horizontally. The final size. Arranges the items horizontaly. The client rect. The final size. Width of the stretchable. The spacing. Arranges the items vertically. The final size. Arranges the element. The element. The client rect. The final rect. The final size. Aligns the rectangle according to orientation and element's alignment. The element. The arrange rect. Represent a virtualize panel element provider The type of view element. The type of virtualized item. Creates the element. The data. The context. Shoulds the update. The element. The data. The context. Performs events subscription to internal objects. The base implementation must always be called. Performs events unsubscription from internal objects. The base implementation must always be called. This method creates an object that implements IVirtualizedElementProvider. Child elements are not yet created in this method. A new instance of an implementation of IVirtualizedElementProvider. Creates an instance of ITraverser which traverses the child elements. Creates an instance of ItemScroller. Child elements are not yet created in this method. This method provides a chance to setup the ItemScroller. The item scroller on which properties will be set. This method provides a chance to setup the the VirtualizedStackContainer. The view element on which properties will be set. Gets or sets the items. The items. Gets the associated scroller. The scroller. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items fit to size. true if [fit items to size]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the items orientation. The orientation. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items auto sizing. true if [auto size items]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the item spacing. The item spacing. Measures the item. The item. Size of the available. Gets the desired size of the item. The item. Called when auto size is changed. Gets the Element with the specified item. Updates on measure. Size of the available. Updates the items fit to size mode. Gets or sets the item spacing. The item spacing. Gets or sets the items orientation. The orientation. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the elements fit to size. true if [fit elements to size]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the scroll offset. The scroll offset. Measures the element core. The element. Size of the available. Arranges the element core. The element. The final size. The arrange rect. Adds artificial offset on IsItemVisible when we want to use the method to hide the items which are above the top edge of the control (we hide them to improve the virtualization performance). The artificial offset will make the ArrangeOverride method start arranging items from their actual position, as if the hidden items were there. The offset to add. Gets or sets the inner radius. The inner radius. Gets or sets the radius. The radius. Gets or sets the initial start element angle. The initial start element angle. Gets or sets the rotation direction. The rotation direction. Gets or sets the element gradient percentage. The element gradient percentage. Gets or sets the element gradient percentage. The element gradient percentage. Gets or sets the element back color3. The element back color3. Gets or sets the element back color3. The element back color3. Gets or sets the element number of colors. The element number of colors. Gets or sets the current leading element angle. The current leading element angle. Gets or sets the element count. The element count. Gets or sets the color of the elements. The color. Gets or sets the secondary color of the elements. The secondary color. Gets or sets the dot radius. The dot radius. Gets or sets the last dot radius. The last dot radius. Gets or sets the line thickness. The line thickness. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to expand and collapse the ring. Boolean. Gets or sets the sweep angle. The sweep angle. Gets or sets the minimal sweep angle. The minimal sweep angle. Checks if an angle is in given range(by given start and end angles) depending on the RotationDirection. The angle to check. Start of range. End of range. Gets or sets the outer ring sweep angle. The outer ring sweep angle. Gets or sets the width of the outer ring. The width of the outer ring. Gets or sets the background color of the outer ring. The outer ring background color. Gets or sets the inner ring sweep angle. The inner ring sweep angle. Gets or sets the inner ring start angle measured in degrees. The inner ring start angle. Gets or sets the width of the inner ring. The width of the inner ring. Gets or sets the background color of the inner ring. The inner ring background color. Gets or sets the distance between segments. Represents accelerating dots moving in a line. Gets a value indicating whether the WaitingDirection is vertical(Top or Bottom). Gets or sets the dot radius. The dot radius. Gets or sets the acceleration speed. The acceleration speed. Gets or sets the distance between dots. The distance between dots. Gets or sets a value, indicating the distance(in percent) which each ball moves with slow speed. The slow speed range. Gets or sets the waiting direction. The waiting direction. Gets or sets the empty frames count between animation cycles. The delay between animation cycles. Gets or sets the dot radius. The dot radius. Gets or sets the acceleration speed. The acceleration speed. Gets or sets the max speed sweep angle. The max speed sweep angle. Gets or sets the sweep angle dot travels before the end of animation cycle. The dot sweep angle life cycle. Gets or sets the distance between dots. The distance between dots. Gets or sets the empty frames count between animation cycles. The delay between animation cycles. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Represents the content element of . The waiting style property of Clears all indicators and creates new, depending on the WaitingStyle value. Gets a collection of elements which contains all waiting indicators of RadWaitingBar Gets an instance of the class that represents the waiting bar text element Gets an instance of the class that represents the waiting bar separator element Gets and sets the direction of waiting. Range: Bottom, Left, Right, Top Indicates whether the element is currently waiting Gets or sets the style of the WaitingBarElement. Returns true if WaitingStyle is Indeterminate, Throbber or Dash. Gets the reversed direction. The direction. Increments the offset of the indicator The value. Determines whether this instance is vertical. true if this instance is vertical; otherwise, false. Resets the waiting state of the indicator. Updates the indicator stretch orientation. The indicator. Updates the vertical state property of the indicator. The indicator. Adds the indicator step. The step. The index of the indicator. Arranges the indeterminate indicator elements. The client rectangle. Calculates the indicator step. The client rectangle. Gets the final size of the throbber indicator element. The element. The client rectangle. Gets the final size of the dash element. The element. The client rectangle. Moves the indicator element. The element. The client rectangle. The waiting direction. Sets the elements visibility. The style. Sets the indicators visibility. The visibility. Sets the dash initial position. The element. The client rectangle. Updates the offset. The client rectangle. The RadWaitingBar class is a simple wrapper for the RadWaitingBarElement class. The latter implements all UI and logic functionality. The RadWaitingBar class acts to transfer events to and from the RadWaitingBarElement class. RadWaitingBarElement can be nested in other telerik controls. Creates the waiting bar element. Gets or sets whether the edit control is auto-sized Gets a collection of elements which contains all waiting indicators of RadWaitingBar Gets the instance of RadWaitingBarElement wrapped by this control. RadWaitingBarElement is the main element in the hierarchy tree and encapsulates the actual functionality of RadWaitingBar. exclude WaitingBarElement from Serilization should serialize Sets the DefaultSize of RadWaitingBar Gets and sets the image property of the indicator Gets and sets the image index property of the indicator Gets and sets the image key property of the indicator Indicates whether the control is currently waiting Indicates the orientation of the RadWaitingBar Indicates whether the indicators are stretched horizontally Indicates whether the indicators are stretched vertically Sets the style of RadWaitingBar Gets and sets the text of the control's textElement Gets and sets the WaitingDirection of the RadWaitingBarElement Gets and sets the size of the indicator in pixels Gets and sets the speed of the animation. Higher value moves the indicator more quickly across the bar Gets and sets the number of pixels the indicator moves each step Shows text in RadWaitingBar. Gets/Sets the control to associated it. RadWaitingBar will be shown in the middle of the associated control when started. Gets the associated panel. Starts the waiting animation. Stops the waiting animation. Resets the waiting indicator to initial position. Starts control waiting Ends control waiting Represents a waiting bar element. It may be included in other telerik controls. All graphical and logical functionality is implemented in RadWaitingBarElement. The timer The continue waiting Gets an instance of the class that represents the waiting bar content element Gets a collection of elements which contains all waiting indicators of RadWaitingBar Gets an instance of the class that represents the waiting bar text element Gets an instance of the class that represents the waiting bar separator element Gets and sets the Image of the element's indicator Gets and sets the ImageIndex of the element's indicator Gets and sets the ImageKey of the element's indicator Shows text in RadWaitingBarElement. Indicates whether the indicators are stretched horizontally Indicates whether the indicators are stretched vertically Sets the style of the WaitingBarElement Gets and sets the size of the indicator in pixels Indicates whether the element is currently waiting When set to vertical the RadWaitingBar WaitingDirection property is set to Bottom When set to horizontal the RadWaitingBar WaitingDirection is property is set to Right Gets and sets the direction of waiting, e.g. the Right value moves the indicator from left to right Range: Bottom, Left, Right, Top Gets and sets the speed of the indicator Greater value results in faster indicator Range: [0, 100] Gets and sets the step in pixels which moves the indicator Occurs when waiting is started. Occurs when waiting is stopped. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Initializes the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Starts the waiting process Stops the waiting process Sets the indicator to its starting position depending on the WaitingDirection The state manager class of Represents a collection of items. Initializes a new instance of the class. Represents waiting bar indicator element Initializes the class. Gets the separator element. The separator element. Gets a offset of the indicator. The state manager class of . The state manager class of Represents 's text element Represents separator element in . Initializes the class. Sets and gets the width of each separator line in pixels Sets and gets the distance between two adjacent separator lines Sets and gets the orientation of the separator element Sets and gets the angle of rotation of all separator lines Indicates whether separator lines should be drawn Indicates whether a second set of separator lines should be drawn Represents a collection of items. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets a string containing the selected file name, including the path. Short file name without the full path is not supported. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dialog shows network computers in the navigation tree. Gets or sets the initial directory. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dialog box restores the directory to the previously selected directory before closing. Gets or sets the collection of custom places. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the main navigation pane expands and brings into view the current directory. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether hidden files and folders should be visible in the Dialog. Gets or sets the initial. Opens modal DialogWindow in case it hasn't been already opened. The DialogResult value. Opens modal DialogWindow in case it hasn't been already opened. The DialogResult value. Creates a with the specified and . Selected file is null. Selected file is empty string, contains only white space, contains one or more invalid characters, or refers to a non-file device. Selected file refers to a non-file device. Selected file cannot be found, such as when mode is FileMode.Truncate or FileMode.Open, and the file specified by path does not exist. The file must already exist in these modes. An I/O error occurred or the stream has been closed. The caller does not have the required permission. Selected file is invalid, such as being on an unmapped drive. The access requested is not permitted by the operating system for the specified path, such as when access is Write or ReadWrite and the file or directory is set for read-only access. The specified path, file name, or both exceed the system-defined maximum length. For example, on Windows-based platforms, paths must be less than 248 characters, and file names must be less than 260 characters. The specified mode contains an invalid value. Occurs when the DirectoryInfo wrapper is about to be created. Occurs when the current folder is about to change. Occurs when context menu is about to open. Occurs when the is raised. Base class for file and folder dialogs. Occurs when the is raised. Occurs when the DirectoryInfo wrapper is about to be created. Occurs when the current folder is about to change. Occurs when context menu is about to open. Gets or sets a string containing the selected file name. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dialog shows network computers in the navigation tree. Gets or sets the initial directory. Determines how the files and folders in the can be edited. Note that the shell context menu and drag and drop operations are handled separately. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dialog box restores the directory to the previously selected directory before closing. Gets or sets the collection of custom places. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the main navigation pane expands and brings into view the current directory. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether hidden files and folders should be visible in the Dialog. Gets or sets the initial. Gets the for this . Opens modal Dialog in case it hasn't been already opened. The DialogResult value. Opens modal Dialog in case it hasn't been already opened. The DialogResult value. Show for testing purposes. Gets the DialogViewModel that will be used as DataContext for this . Provides the CustomPlaces as list of DirectoryInfoWrappers to the DialogViewModel of this instance. Provides the InitialDirectory as DirectoryInfoWrapper to the of this instance. Returns null if DirectoryInfo cannot be created due to incorrect InitialDirectory string or access rights. Save information from the into this instance before the window is closed on Accept. Called before the event occurs. The data for the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The DirectoryInfo which is requested. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the directory wrapper creation should be cancelled. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the thrown exception. Class responsible for validating and expanding environment variables. Converts '\\NetworkPC\users' => '\\NetworkPC\Users'. Base class for all ViewModel classes. It provides support for property change notifications and has a DisplayName property. This class is abstract. Initializes a new instance of the class. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources. false to release only unmanaged resources. Invokes the specified action on the UI thread. An Action to be invoked on the UI thread. Raises this object's event. The property that has a new value. Warns the developer if this object does not have a public property with the specified name. This method does not exist in a Release build. Raised when a property on this object has a new value. Defines the basic methods of a generic FileDialogs DragDropBehavior. The state type. Returns the DragDropEffects for the current drag drop operation. The return value affects the mouse cursor. DragDropState that provides context for the current operation. This method is called only in the context of the drop target control. Returns a value specifying whether the current drag operation can be completed. DragDropState that provides context for the current operation. True if the drag operation can be completed, otherwise false. This method is called only in the context of the drop target control. Completes the drop operation. This method is called only in the context of the drop target control. DragDropState that provides context for the current operation. Returns true if the dragged files should be copied to the DropFolder, otherwise false. DragDropState that provides context for the current operation. Returns true if a shortcut to the dragged files should be created in the DropFolder, otherwise false. DragDropState that provides context for the current operation. Binds the DragDropManager events for the different controls in a with a DragDropBehavior. Gets or sets the DragDropBehavior that will be used in the drag-drop operations. Provides a context for a file dialog drag-drop operation. Gets the paths of the files and/or folders that are being dragged. Gets the folder where it is being dropped. Gets a value indicating whether the dragged files/folders are from the same drive as the drop folder. Returns true if the is null. Gets or sets the state of the Control key in the moment when the DragDropState was created. Gets or sets the state of the Shift key in the moment when the DragDropState was created. Gets or sets the state of the Alt key in the moment when the DragDropState was created. Defines a DragDropBehavior for drag-drop operations in a . Binds the DragDropManager events for the with a . Specifies the operation of a drag-and-drop operation. The data from the drag source is moved to the drop target. The data is copied to the drop target. The data from the drag source is linked to the drop target. Event args for the ShellContextMenuOpening event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The files on which the context menu is triggered. A value indicating whether the context menu is opening over an empty space. Gets the list of files on which the context menu is being opened. If the list is empty, context menu is opened on empty space in the dialog or explorer control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this context menu opening should be cancelled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the short context menu is opening (shown on empty places on no selected files). Gets or sets a value indicating all available options for the short context menu (shown on empty places on no selected files). Provides options for sizing the text part of the MainNavigationTreeView will be sized proportionally to whole width of the ExplorerControl. NavigationTreeView will have a fixed width in pixels. ShortContextMenuOptions is Flags enum indicating the available options in the context menu which appears on empty spaces in . View menu option. Paste menu option. New folder menu option. Properties menu option. All options in the menu are available. Control used for the history navigation part of the , and Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the collection of selected . Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents a ListView control for listing files and folders in the , and . Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the for this . Represents a TreeView control for displaying the hierarchical folder structure in the , and . Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the for this . Options that specify the file size type in the main pane. Specifies bytes file size type. Specifies kilobytes file size type. Specifies megabytes file size type. Specifies gigabytes file size type. Specifies terabytes file size type. Defines a layout for the Open file, Save file, and Open folder dialogs. Initializes a new instance of the class. The type of the layout. Gets the . Gets the . Gets the NameKey to be used for localizable strings. A method to provide the for the . The chosen IconSize. A method to provide the localization key for the . Options that specify the type of the layout of the Main pane. Specifies layout type with small icons. Specifies layout type with medium icons. Specifies layout type with large icons. Specifies layout type with extra large icons. Specifies list layout type. Specifies tiles layout type. Specifies details layout type. A converter to return the appropriate based on the for the current item. Gets or sets the for LayoutType.ExtraLargeIcons. Gets or sets the for LayoutType.ExtraLargeIcons. Gets or sets the for LayoutType.ExtraLargeIcons. Gets or sets the for LayoutType.SmallIcons. Gets or sets the for LayoutType.List. Gets or sets the for LayoutType.Tiles. Gets or sets the for LayoutType.Details. Convert method to return the IconSource for the LayoutType. LayoutType. IconSource. A converter that received a long value for file size and returns is formatted. Converts a file size value (long) to a string with value (number) (modifier) where 1<number<1024 and modifier is bytes/KB/MB/GB/TB. Parameter can be set to "KB" and the method would return the value converted only to KB. Custom RadBreadcrumb in order to meet the needs of FileDialogs. Initializes a new instance of the FileDialogsBreadcrumb class. Occurs when the is raised. Control which wraps the search box of the FileDialogs. Initializes a new instance of the class. Represents a dialog that allows user selection of filename for a file to be opened. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the read-only check box is selected. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dialog contains a read-only check box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a file dialog returns either the location of the file referenced by a shortcut or the location of the shortcut file. Called when the Open command is executed. Gets the OpenFileDialogViewModel that will be used as DataContext for this . Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents a dialog that allows user selection of folders. Called when the Open command is executed. Gets the OpenFolderDialogViewModel that will be used as DataContext for this . Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents a dialog that allows user selection of filename for file to be saved. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Base class for the different file dialogs. Initializes a new instance of the class. The used for creating s. The path of the initial directory. Boolean indicating whether network locations are shown. Gets the main root used for folder navigation. Gets the root used for folder navigation. Determines how the files and folders in the can be edited. Note that the shell context menu and drag and drop operations are handled separately. Gets the currently visible s. Gets the currently root and current visible s. Return true if the selected item is directory. Used to trigger a busy indicator while network location is being loaded for the main pane. Gets the for creating wrappers for s. Collection of search results. We do not use ViewModels CurrentFileSystemObjects in order to be process the results in background successfully. Gets or sets the . When true, it indicates the Dialog's Main Pane shows results from search operation. Creates new child folder in the . Defines the method that determines whether the accept command can execute in its current state. Execute logic when accept is executed for the selected s. Gets the current visible s. Notifies when the SelectedFileSystemObject changes. Resets the selection. Finds first missing number in array of integers with no duplicates. Event arguments for DirectoryNavigating event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The new directory path to be navigated. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to cancel the change of the current directory. The path of the new directory path which is about to get current. Determines how the files and folders in the can be edited. Note that the shell context menu and drag and drop operations are handled separately. Editing is not allowed. Cut is enabled. Copy is enabled. Paste is enabled. Delete is enabled. Rename is enabled. New folder is enabled. All options in the menu are available. File ViewModel class for in standalone usage. Only navigation - no commands executed. Base ViewModel class for and components. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the FilterName of the currently applied filter. SearchPane's IsSearchViewActive is OneWayToSource bound to IsSearchActive. This is the reason for the public modifier here. In Standalone usage FilterIndex of ExplorerControl is 0-based, not like in Dialogs (1-based). Interface that provides information about current drilled directory and currently selected file or folder. Gets the currently drilled directory. Gets the currently selected file or folder. Creates new child folder of the Interface that provides base information for all file dialog view models. Gets a string representing the path to the current folder. Gets or sets a string representing the full path to the current file system object. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the dialog shows hidden files and folders. Gets or sets the initial directory. Gets or sets the collection of custom places. Gets the available layouts for the dialog explorer. Gets the selected . Interface that provides properties for multiple selection of files or folders. Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiple selection of files or folders is allowed. Gets a collection of selected s. Interface that provides a collection of selected files. Gets or sets a string containing the selected file names, including their paths. Gets or sets a string containing the selected file names, excluding their paths. Provides a view model for setup and configuration of RadOpenFileDialog. Initializes a new instance of the class. The factory used from this for creation of file system wrappers. The path of the initial directory. Boolean indicating whether network locations are shown. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a file dialog returns either the location of the file referenced by a shortcut or the location of the shortcut file. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the read-only check box is selected. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dialog contains a read-only check box. Provides a view model for setup and configuration of RadOpenFolderDialog. Initializes a new instance of the class. The factory used from this for creation of file system wrappers. The path of the initial directory. Boolean indicating whether network locations are shown. Provides a view model for setup and configuration of RadSaveFileDialog. Initializes a new instance of the class. The factory used from this for creation of file system wrappers. The path of the initial directory. Boolean indicating whether network locations are shown. Helper class for providing standalone-suitable view models for . Class which describes a filter operation - extensions and their user friendly group name. The group name of the extensions. List of all extensions in the current group. Interface that provides properties for filtering files by extension. Gets or sets the filter string that describes the list of extensions to filter by. Gets or sets the currently selected extension filter from the extensions described in the property. The index value of the first filter entry is 1. Gets or sets a value that specifies the default extension string to use to filter the list of files that are displayed. Interface that extends the interface by providing a notion for filter descriptions and boolean property to determine if filtering is currently active or not. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the current filtering is active or not. Gets or sets the list of s described by the property. Provides data for the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The path that no longer exists. The DirectoryInfoWrapper of the parent folder. Indicates whether the file is being renamed causing deleted event. Gets the DirectoryInfoWrapper of the parent folder. Gets the path that no longer exists. Gets a value indicating whether the deleted file is a result of rename operation. Base class for , and instances. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Child directories representing local or network folders. Gets the child s. Gets the parent . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is expanded. This property is not implemented for directories. Provides a wrapper for s. This property is not implemented for directories. Gets the parent . Provides a wrapper for s. Base factory class for creating s from s. Occurs when DirectoryInfo wrapper is about to be created. User can cancel the creation by handling the event and setting the 's Cancel property to true. Occurs when creating a FileSystemInfo wrapper or DirectoryInfo wrapper produces an exception. Occurs when a child file or folder is deleted/removed. Returns s from s. Returns the for a specific Called when a file path no longer exists (for example when a file is moved, renamed or deleted). The path that no longer exists. The DirectoryInfoWrapper of the parent folder. Indicates whether the file is being renamed causing deleted event. Called when exception is thrown when working with s. Raises the event. The path that no longer exists. The DirectoryInfoWrapper of the parent folder. Indicates whether the file is being renamed causing deleted event. Returns a value indicating whether a will be created for the passed . Base class that provides a wrapper for s. Gets or sets the size, in bytes of the selected file. Gets the creation of the . Gets the type of file as descriptive text. Gets whether the is a shortcut. Gets the shortcut location of the if it is a shortcut. Gets the small icon of the . Gets the medium icon of the . Gets the large icon of the . Gets the extra large icon of the . Gets the selected file name, excluding the path. Gets the volume label of a Drive. For non-drives, it returns the Name. Gets or sets whether the file or folder name is currently being edited. Gets or sets whether the file or folder name is currently selected. Gets or sets whether the file or folder name is cut from main pane. Gets or sets whether the file or folder name is cut from tree view. Gets a value indicating whether the file or folder name is hidden. Gets a value indicating whether the file / folder is hidden and is system file / folder and is not Drive. Drives have Hidden but should be always visible in navigation tree. Gets the time when the current file or directory was last written to. Gets the selected file name, including the path. Gets or a value indicating the sort order of this file system info entry. This is used when sorting in GridView. Options to specify the size of icons to return. Specifies small icon - 16 pixels by 16 pixels. Specifies medium icon - 32 pixels by 32 pixels. Specifies large icon - 48 pixels by 48 pixels. Specifies extra large icon - 256 pixels by 256 pixels. (Vista+) and fails on XP or lower. This class is responsible for loading network locations via Shell API. Fires when network PCs are loaded. Loads network PCs in background and fires the event. This method used prevent further exceptions in Directory.Exist with paths like '\\some_PC_name'. Class representing a server folder - special network folder which contains shared network folders. Initializes a new instance of the class. FileFactory for creating child instances. The parent . Gets the parent . The type of shared location. Disk type. Printer type. Device type. IPC type. Special type. Shared location information, for NT based OS, first type. Shared location information, for NT based OS, second type. Class responsible for representing network computers. These models should be children of and their children should be s. Gets the parent . This property is not implemented for directories. Class which represents the root node of the network. It is responsible for reloading network PCs. Retrieves the command string for a specific item from an iContextMenu (ANSI). The IContextMenu to receive the string from. The id of the specific item. Indicating whether it should return an execute string or not. If executeString is true it will return the executeString for the item, otherwise it will return the help info string. Retrieves the command string for a specific item from an iContextMenu (Unicode). The IContextMenu to receive the string from. The id of the specific item. Indicating whether it should return an execute string or not. If executeString is true it will return the executeString for the item, otherwise it will return the help info string. Selected Shell ContextMenu command. None. Rename command. Copy command. Cut command. Paste command. Delete command. Open command. Tiles command. Small Icons command. Medium Icons command. Large Icons command. Extra Large Icons command. List command. Details command. Properties command. PasteShortCut command. NewFolder command. Show shell context menu. Selected FileSystemInfoWrappers. Explorer control. The handle of control. Can rename. Should invoke open command. Should open context menu on empty spaces. Selected layout type. Shell contextMenu command. Provides icons for files and folders. Gets an for the "My Computer" icon. Gets an for the icon for the specified path and specified . The file path. The . Boolean value indicating the type of icon, used for performance optimization of . ImageSource result. Specifies how TrackPopupMenuEx positions the shortcut menu horizontally. Used to retrieve directory paths to system special folders. Flags used with the CMINVOKECOMMANDINFOEX structure. Specifies how the shortcut menu can be changed when calling IContextMenu::QueryContextMenu. Specifies the content of the new menu item. Specifies the content of the new menu item. Specifies the state of the new menu item. The attributes that the caller is requesting, when calling IShellFolder::GetAttributesOf. Defines the values used with the IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf and IShellFolder::SetNameOf methods to specify the type of file or folder names used by those methods. Flags specifying the information to return when calling IContextMenu::GetCommandString. Flags that specify the file information to retrieve with SHGetFileInfo. Flags that specify the file information to retrieve with SHGetFileInfo. Flags that specify the file information to retrieve with SHGetImageList. Contains information about a menu item. Contains information about a file object. Contains extended information about a shortcut menu command. Compares two file name strings in natural order used in windows file system. Enumerate shares in NT based windows. Frees buffer. Method is slow because of the native call. Use local comparer / sorting method instead. The single instance that is ready to use. Wraps the method. Wraps the method. Provides localization services for FileDialogs. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. FileDialogs localization strings. Wrapper of class. List of objects is returned in search results from when searching in indexed locations. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the names of all properties of this instance. Gets the value of the property with the specified property name. Returns null if there is no such property name. Gets or sets the value of the property specified by columnName. Returns null if there is no such property name. Event arguments for SearchCompleted event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The number files found before completion. Gets a value indicating whether the search operation is cancelled by the user. Event arguments for FileSearchProgressChanged event. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the current chunk of file wrappers found. Provides a standalone API for searching files in the windows file system. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Base abstract class for file searching in windows file system. Gets or sets the search settings for this instance. Fires on every portion of files found. The size of the portion is determined by the ResultsChunkItemsCount property of the . Fires when the current search operation is completed, whether cancelled or not. Used for splitting folder paths. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the 'SQL'-like search query when searching in indexed locations. Gets the associated with the current when searching in indexed locations. Gets the associated with the current file result when searching in non-indexed locations. Executes on the UI thread. Executes in background thread. Executes in background thread. Executes in background thread. Executes on the UI thread, fires the event. Wrapper of class. List of objects is returned in search results from when searching in non-indexed locations. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the underlying object. Provides file / folder search in the windows file system. Settings for customizing the search operation. Searches for string pattern in the specified directory. Performs async search with background timer which supports fast changing of the search parameters. Suitable when typing the search string in a TextBox. Cancels the current search asynchronously. Should be invoked when search string is changed. Stops the current search operation and releases the resources. Fires when chunk (portion) of files is found. Fires when search is completed automatically or by the user via cancellation. Provides a way to extract property values by property names. Gets the value of the property with the specified property name. Gets the list of all property names of this instance. Settings class for . Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the interval of time on which search parameters are invalidated when SearchAsyncWithTimer method is used. Gets or sets the count of search items passed via the FileSearchProgressChanged event. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the will return only folders. Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. PropertyGridSpreadExport is a powerful exporting API, allowing to export RadPropertyGrid to XLSX, PDF, CSV, and TXT format, utilizing the Document Processing Libraries. Initializes a new instance of the class. The RadPropertyGrid to export. Initializes a new instance of the class. The RadPropertyGrid to export. The export format. Gets or sets the name of the sheet. The name of the sheet. Specifies whether a file will be exported as a new file, or if a file with the same name already exists at the specified path, a new sheet will be added to it. ExportAsNewSheetInExistingFile - will add a new sheet to the specified file, if it exists ExportInNewFile - will create/override the specified file Gets or sets a value indicating whether to export child items grouped. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to export item descriptions. Gets or sets the format of the exported file - XLSX, PDF, CSV or TXT. The file extension. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the visual settings should be exported. true if visual settings are exported; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the maximum number of rows per sheet. The sheet max rows. Gets or sets the indent of child items. Gets or sets a value indicating how children of collapsed items are exported. Occurs for every cell that is being exported. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the export process completes. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the progress of an async export operation changes. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an async export operation is completed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Starts an export operation. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Starts an export operation that runs in a background thread. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadPropertyGrid will still execute on the UI thread. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an async export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadPropertyGrid will still execute on the UI thread. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Starts an export operation. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Starts an export operation that runs in a background thread. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadPropertyGrid will still execute on the UI thread. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an async export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadPropertyGrid will still execute on the UI thread. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Cancels an asynchronous export operation. Check if date is supported from MS Excel True if value is supported Represents the method that will handle the CellFormatting event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Provides event arguments for the CellFormatting event Initializes a new instance of the class. Export cell for further formatting. The exporting item of RadPropertyGrid. The row index in the worksheet. Gets the row index in worksheet. Gets export cell for further formatting. Gets the exporting item. ListViewSpreadExport is a powerful exporting API, allowing to export RadListView to XLSX, PDF, CSV, and TXT format, utilizing the Document Processing Libraries. Initializes a new instance of the class. The ListView to export. Initializes a new instance of the class. The ListView to export. The export format. Gets or sets the name of the sheet. The name of the sheet. Specifies whether a file will be exported as a new file, or if a file with the same name already exists at the specified path, a new sheet will be added to it. ExportAsNewSheetInExistingFile - will add a new sheet to the specified file, if it exists ExportInNewFile - will create/override the specified file Gets or sets a value indicating whether to export images. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to export hierarchy and group child rows grouped. Gets or sets the format of the exported file - XLSX, PDF, CSV or TXT. The file extension. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the visual settings should be exported. true if visual settings are exported; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the maximum number of rows per sheet. The sheet max rows. Gets or sets a value indicating how children of collapsed items are exported. Occurs for every cell that is being exported. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the export process completes. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the progress of an async export operation changes. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an async export operation is completed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Starts an export operation. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Starts an export operation that runs in a background thread. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadListView will still execute on the UI thread. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an async export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadListView will still execute on the UI thread. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Starts an export operation. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Starts an export operation that runs in a background thread. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadListView will still execute on the UI thread. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an async export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadListView will still execute on the UI thread. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Cancels an asynchronous export operation. Check if date is supported from MS Excel True if value is supported Represents the method that will handle the CellFormatting event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Provides event arguments for the CellFormatting event Initializes a new instance of the class. Export cell for further formatting. The exporting item of RadListView. The row index in the worksheet. Gets the row index in worksheet. Gets export cell for further formatting. Gets the exporting item. TreeViewSpreadExport is a powerful exporting API, allowing to export RadTreeView to XLSX, PDF, CSV, and TXT format, utilizing the Document Processing Libraries. Initializes a new instance of the class. The RadTreeView to export. Initializes a new instance of the class. The RadTreeView to export. The export format. Gets or sets the name of the sheet. The name of the sheet. Specifies whether a file will be exported as a new file, or if a file with the same name already exists at the specified path, a new sheet will be added to it. ExportAsNewSheetInExistingFile - will add a new sheet to the specified file, if it exists ExportInNewFile - will create/override the specified file Gets or sets a value indicating whether to export images. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to export the check box values, when they are shown in tree nodes. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to export child nodes grouped. Gets or sets the format of the exported file - XLSX, PDF, CSV or TXT. The file extension. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the visual settings should be exported. true if visual settings are exported; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the maximum number of rows per sheet. The sheet max rows. Gets or sets the indent of child nodes. Gets or sets a value indicating how children of collapsed nodes are exported. Occurs for every cell that is being exported. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the export process completes. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when the progress of an async export operation changes. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when an async export operation is completed. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Starts an export operation. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Starts an export operation that runs in a background thread. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadTreeView will still execute on the UI thread. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an async export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadTreeView will still execute on the UI thread. The file name where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Starts an export operation. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Starts an export operation that runs in a background thread. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadTreeView will still execute on the UI thread. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Starts an async export operation, in the specified sheet. If such sheet does not exist, it gets created. Note that if ExportVisualSettings is true, collecting the visual styles from the RadTreeView will still execute on the UI thread. The stream where data will be exported. Instance of ISpreadExportRenderer class. Name of the sheet. Cancels an asynchronous export operation. Check if date is supported from MS Excel True if value is supported Represents the method that will handle the CellFormatting event. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Provides event arguments for the CellFormatting event Initializes a new instance of the class. Export cell for further formatting. The exporting tree node of RadTreeView. The row index in the worksheet. Gets the row index in worksheet. Gets export cell for further formatting. Gets the exporting tree node. Gets or sets the currently editing element. The editing element. Gets the drag element. The drag element. Gets the close button. The close button. Gets the data filter element. The data filter element. Synchronizes this instance. Sets the control cursor. The cursor. This class represents the root element of a RadFormControlBase Element Tree. This class is needed because some extended region calculations are needed when the control is a Form and shape is applied to it. Creates an instance of the FormRootElement class. The RadFormControlBase which is owner of this root element Provides localization services for RadPanorama. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. A class that defines the string IDs used to localize the control. No specific property values are specified. The default behavior is used: the tab window provides a thumbnail and peek image, either live or static as appropriate. Always use the thumbnail provided by the main application frame window rather than a thumbnail provided by the individual tab window. Do not combine this value with ; doing so will result in an error. When the application tab is active and a live representation of its window is available, use the main application's frame window thumbnail. At other times, use the tab window thumbnail. Do not combine this value with ; doing so will result in an error. Always use the peek image provided by the main application frame window rather than a peek image provided by the individual tab window. Do not combine this value with ; doing so will result in an error. When the application tab is active and a live representation of its window is available, show the main application frame in the peek feature. At other times, use the tab window. Do not combine this value with ; doing so will result in an error. Taskbar Helper methods Throws PlatformNotSupportedException if the application is not running on Windows 7 or higher. The requested resources is read-only. ERROR_CANCELLED E_ELEMENTNOTFOUND E_FAIL S_FALSE E_INVALIDARG E_NOINTERFACE NO_OBJECT S_OK E_OUTOFMEMORY The requested resource is in use TYPE_E_ELEMENTNOTFOUND Win32 Error code: ERROR_CANCELLED DESTS_E_NO_MATCHING_ASSOC_HANDLER Win7 error code for Jump Lists. There is no associated handler for the given item registered by the specified application. E_ACCESSDENIED KNOWNDESTCATEGORY. KDC_* SHAddToRecentDocuments flags. SHARD_* Flags controlling the appearance of a window. Hides the window and activates another window. Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when displaying the window for the first time. Activates the window and displays it as a minimized window. Maximizes the specified window. Displays a window in its most recent size and position. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. Activates the window and displays it in its current size and position. Minimizes the specified window and activates the next top-level window in the Z order. Displays the window as a minimized window. The window is not activated. Displays the window in its current size and position. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. Activates and displays the window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when restoring a minimized window. Sets the show state based on the SW_* value specified in the STARTUPINFO structure passed to the CreateProcess function by the program that started the application. Minimizes a window, even if the thread that owns the window is not responding. This flag should only be used when minimizing windows from a different thread. CLSID_ShellLink IID_IShellLink CLSID_EnumerableObjectCollection IID_IEnumObjects. CLSID_TaskbarList IID_ITaskbarList CLSID_DestinationList IID_ICustomDestinationList IID_ICustomDestinationList IID_IObjectCollection Defines a unique key for a Shell Property PropertyKey Constructor A unique GUID for the property Property identifier (PID) PKEY_Title PKEY_AppUserModel_ID PKEY_AppUserModel_IsDestListSeparator Set a string value Set a bool value Disposes the object, calls the clear function. Finalizer GetPropertyStoreFlags. GPS_*. These are new for Vista, but are used in downlevel components IShellFolder::GetAttributesOf flags Objects can be copied DROPEFFECT_COPY Objects can be moved DROPEFFECT_MOVE Objects can be linked DROPEFFECT_LINK. If this bit is set on an item in the shell folder, a 'Create Shortcut' menu item will be added to the File menu and context menus for the item. If the user selects that command, your IContextMenu::InvokeCommand() will be called with 'link'. That flag will also be used to determine if 'Create Shortcut' should be added when the item in your folder is dragged to another folder. supports BindToObject(IID_IStorage) Objects can be renamed Objects can be deleted Objects have property sheets Objects are drop target Object is encrypted (use alt color) 'Slow' object Ghosted icon Shortcut (link) Shared Read-only Hidden object May contain children with SFGAO_FILESYSTEM Support BindToObject(IID_IShellFolder) Is a win32 file system object (file/folder/root) May contain children with SFGAO_FOLDER (may be slow) Invalidate cached information (may be slow) Is this removable media? Object is compressed (use alt color) Supports IShellFolder, but only implements CreateViewObject() (non-folder view) Is a non-enumerated object (should be hidden) Should show bold in explorer tree Obsolete Obsolete Supports BindToObject(IID_IStream) May contain children with SFGAO_STORAGE or SFGAO_STREAM For determining storage capabilities, ie for open/save semantics Attributes that are masked out for PKEY_SFGAOFlags because they are considered to cause slow calculations or lack context (SFGAO_VALIDATE | SFGAO_ISSLOW | SFGAO_HASSUBFOLDER and others) IShellFolder::EnumObjects grfFlags bits. Also called SHCONT SHELLITEMCOMPAREHINTF. SICHINT_*. iOrder based on display in a folder view exact instance compare iOrder based on canonical name (better performance) Windows 7 and later. Sets the form's application ID. The form handle. The application ID. Flash both the window caption and taskbar button. This is equivalent to setting the FLASHW_CAPTION | FLASHW_TRAY flags. Flash the window caption. Stop flashing. The system restores the window to its original state. Flash continuously, until the FLASHW_STOP flag is set. Flash continuously until the window comes to the foreground. Flash the taskbar button. Implements 4 ITaskbarList interfaces that are used to control the taskbar items. ITaskbarList: Exposes methods that control the taskbar. It allows you to dynamically add, remove, and activate items on the taskbar. ITaskbarList2: Extends the ITaskbarList interface by exposing a method to mark a window as a full-screen display. ITaskbarList3: Extends ITaskbarList2 by exposing methods that support the unified launching and switching taskbar button functionality added in Windows 7. This functionality includes thumbnail representations and switch targets based on individual tabs in a tabbed application, thumbnail toolbars, notification and status overlays, and progress indicators. ITaskbarList4: Extends ITaskbarList3 by providing a method that allows the caller to control two property values for the tab thumbnail and peek feature. Used by the ITaskbarList4::SetTabProperties method to specify tab properties. No specific property values are specified. The default behavior is used: the tab window provides a thumbnail and peek image, either live or static as appropriate. Always use the thumbnail provided by the main application frame window rather than a thumbnail provided by the individual tab window. Do not combine this value with ; doing so will result in an error. When the application tab is active and a live representation of its window is available, use the main application's frame window thumbnail. At other times, use the tab window thumbnail. Do not combine this value with ; doing so will result in an error. Always use the peek image provided by the main application frame window rather than a peek image provided by the individual tab window. Do not combine this value with ; doing so will result in an error. When the application tab is active and a live representation of its window is available, show the main application frame in the peek feature. At other times, use the tab window. Do not combine this value with ; doing so will result in an error. Stops displaying progress and returns the button to its normal state. Call this method with this flag to dismiss the progress bar when the operation is complete or canceled. The progress indicator does not grow in size, but cycles repeatedly along the length of the taskbar button. This indicates activity without specifying what proportion of the progress is complete. Progress is taking place, but there is no prediction as to how long the operation will take. The progress indicator grows in size from left to right in proportion to the estimated amount of the operation completed. This is a determinate progress indicator; a prediction is being made as to the duration of the operation. The progress indicator turns red to show that an error has occurred in one of the windows that is broadcasting progress. This is a determinate state. If the progress indicator is in the indeterminate state, it switches to a red determinate display of a generic percentage not indicative of actual progress. The progress indicator turns yellow to show that progress is currently stopped in one of the windows but can be resumed by the user. No error condition exists and nothing is preventing the progress from continuing. This is a determinate state. If the progress indicator is in the indeterminate state, it switches to a yellow determinate display of a generic percentage not indicative of actual progress. WPARAM value for a THUMBBUTTON being clicked. THUMBBUTTON flags. The button is active and available to the user. The button is disabled. It is present, but has a visual state that indicates that it will not respond to user action. When the button is clicked, the taskbar button's flyout closes immediately. Do not draw a button border, use only the image. The button is not shown to the user. The button is enabled but not interactive; no pressed button state is drawn. This value is intended for instances where the button is used in a notification. THUMBBUTTON mask. The iBitmap member contains valid information. The hIcon member contains valid information. The szTip member contains valid information. The dwFlags member contains valid information. Notifies that an exception is about to be thrown. This method allows to handle each exception separately and/or log them. Note that if is set to false this method will not be fired. The exception. A value indicating whether to throw the exception. Default value is true. A structure that represents a reference to an icon resource. Initializes a new instance of the class. The name of DLL, EXE(executable file) or icon file. The zero-based index of the icon. Initializes a new instance of the class. The reference to a specific icon within a DLL, EXE(executable file) or icon file. The reference path consists of concatenated and , separated by a comma. The zero-based index of the icon. Gets or sets the reference to a specific icon within a DLL, EXE(executable file) or icon file. The reference path consists of concatenated and , separated by a comma. Gets or sets the name of DLL, EXE(executable file) or icon file. Gets or sets the path of the jump list item. Represents a jump list item. Creates a jump list item with the specified path. The path to the jump list item. The file type should associate the given file with the calling application. Represents a jump list link object. Initializes a new instance of a with the specified path. The path to the item. The path is required for the JumpList Link The title for the item. The title is required for the JumpList link. Gets or sets the title. Gets or sets the path. Gets or sets the icon reference (location and index) of the icon. Gets or sets the arguments passed to the command line. Gets or sets the working directory. Gets or sets the show command of the launched application. Represents an instance of a Taskbar button jump list. Initializes a new instance for the application's taskbar button. If there are any other child (top-level) forms for this application and they don't have a specific JumpList created for them, they all will share the same JumpList. In order to have a individual JumpList for a top-level form, use the overloaded constructor with Handle parameter. Initializes a new instance for the application's taskbar button. The Application ID. Initializes a new instance for the application's taskbar button. Application Id for an individual form. This must be unique for each top-level form in order to have an individual JumpList. Handle of the form associated with this instance. A collection of custom jump list categories. A collection of jump list tasks. Gets the maximum number of items for the jump list. This number doesn’t imply or suggest how many items will appear on the jump list. This number should only be used for reference purposes since the actual number of slots in the jump list can change after the last refresh due to items being pinned or removed and resolution changes. The jump list can increase in size accordingly. Gets or sets the application ID. Gets or sets the type known category to display. Gets or sets the position of the known category relative to the custom categories collection. Retrieves the current list of destinations that have been removed from the existing jump list by the user. The removed destinations may become items on a custom jump list. A collection of items (filenames) removed from the existing jump list by the user. Reports document usage to the shell. The full path of the file to report usage. Clears all added tasks. Commits the pending JumpList changes and refreshes the Taskbar. Will throw if the type of the file being added to the JumpList is not registered with the application. Will throw if recent documents tracking is turned off by the user or via group policy. Will throw if updating the JumpList fails for any other reason. Removes a shell item from custom categories. The shell item to remove. The path of the native shell item. Removes a shell link from custom categories. The shell link to remove. The path of the native shell link. Removes a jump item from the custom categories by given path. The path of the jump item. Occurs when items are removed from the Taskbar's jump list since the last refresh. This event is not triggered immediately when a user removes an item from the jump list but rather when the application refreshes the task bar list directly. Represents a custom category on the taskbar's jump list Creates a new custom category instance Category name A collection of jump list items in this category. The name of the category. Removes a jump list item by given path. Represents a list of custom jump list categories. Represents a collection of jump list items. The type of elements in this collection. Defines whether to display known categories in jump list. Do not display known categories. You must have at least one user task or custom category link in order to not see the default recent known category Displays recent files category. Displays frequently used files category. Before custom categories. After custom categories. Represents a separator in the user task list. The base class for a jump list task. Gets the native IShellLinkW object. Gets an representation of the jump task. Release the native objects. Release the native and managed objects Indicates that this is being called from Dispose method. Destructor of the class. The event handler for the event. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Event arguments for the event. A string collection of removed item paths. Gets or sets the application user model id. Use this to explicitly set the application id when generating custom jump lists. Sets the handle of the form whose taskbar button will be associated to. Indicates if the user has set the application id for the whole process (all forms) If the user hasn't yet set the application id for the whole process, use the first JumpList's ApplicationId for the whole process. This will ensure we have the same JumpList for all the forms. The event handler for the event. The sender. Usually this is the . The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The thumbnail button. Gets the thumbnail button. Gets the owner of the thumbnail button. Gets the native thumbnail button. The Id of the button. It is used to find the button in the when the button has been clicked. The ID is unique and is auto-incrementing after each created button. Tag object that can be used to store user data, taht correcposnds to this button. Gets or sets the image list index value of the image displayed on the button control. Gets or sets the key accessor for the image in the ImageList. Gets or sets the displayed in this button. Gets or sets the tool tip text. Gets or sets a value indicating, whether the buttons is enabled. If [true] The button is active and available to the user. If [false] The button is disabled. It is present, but has a visual state that indicates that it will not respond to user action. When the button is clicked, the taskbar button's flyout closes immediately. Do not draw a button border, use only the image. The button is not shown to the user. The button is enabled but not interactive; no pressed button state is drawn. This value is intended for instances where the button is used in a notification. Updates the internal infrastructure to the latest state of this instance. Notifies that the button has been clicked. Stops displaying progress and returns the button to its normal state. Use this flag to dismiss the progress bar when the operation is complete or canceled. The progress indicator does not grow in size, but cycles repeatedly along the length of the taskbar button. This indicates activity without specifying what proportion of the progress is complete. Progress is taking place, but there is no prediction as to how long the operation will take. The green progress indicator grows in size from left to right in proportion to the estimated amount of the operation completed. This is a determinate progress indicator; a prediction is being made as to the duration of the operation. The progress indicator turns red to show that an error has occurred in one of the windows that is broadcasting progress. This is a determinate state. If the progress indicator is in the indeterminate state, it switches to a red determinate display of a generic percentage not indicative of actual progress. The progress indicator turns yellow to show that progress is currently stopped in one of the windows but can be resumed by the user. No error condition exists and nothing is preventing the progress from continuing. This is a determinate state. If the progress indicator is in the indeterminate state, it switches to a yellow determinate display of a generic percentage not indicative of actual progress. Serializes a task board's specific components to XML. An enumeration that defines members for the possible predefined dialog results of the . Represents a RadCarouselReflectionItem primitive that is drawn on the screen. Default cstor for RadCarouselReflectionPrimitive which element will be draw repaint Reflection Image Represent ItemReflectionPercentage ElementInvalidated A collection that stores objects. Fires when item is changed. Initializes a new instance of . Gets or sets the owner of the collection. Initializes a new instance of the RadItemCollectionBase class. Initializes a new instance of RadItemCollection based on another RadItemCollection. A RadItemCollection from which the contents are copied. Initializes a new instance of RadItemCollection containing any array of objects. A array of objects with which to intialize the collection Gets or sets an array of the items' types in the collection. Gets or sets an array of the excluded items' types for this collection. Gets or sets an array of the sealed items' types for this collection. That are types that are allowed but not their descendants. Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the RadItemCollection . None. Adds a with the specified value to the Telerik.WinControls.RadItemCollection . The to add. The index at which the new element was inserted. Copies the elements of an array to the end of the RadItemCollection. An array of type containing the objects to add to the collection. None. Adds the contents of another RadItemCollection to the end of the collection. A RadItemCollection containing the objects to add to the collection. None. Inserts a into the RadItemCollection at the specified index. The zero-based index where should be inserted. The to insert. None. Removes a specific from the RadItemCollection . The to remove from the RadItemCollection . None. is not found in the Collection. Sorts the elements in the entire using the IComparable implementation of each element. Sorts the elements in the entire using the specified comparer. The IComparer implementation to use when comparing elements. Sorts the elements in a range of elements in using the specified comparer. The zero-based starting index of the range to sort. The length of the range to sort. The IComparer implementation to use when comparing elements. Gets a value indicating whether the RadItemCollection contains the specified . The to locate. if the is contained in the collection; otherwise, . Returns the index of a in the RadItemCollection . The to locate. The index of the of in the RadItemCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. Copies the RadItemCollection values to a one-dimensional instance at the specified index. The one-dimensional that is the destination of the values copied from RadItemCollection . The index in where copying begins. None. is multidimensional. -or- The number of elements in the RadItemCollection is greater than the available space between and the end of . is . is less than 's lowbound. Retrieves an array of the items in the collection. Represents the entry at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the entry to locate in the collection. The entry at the specified index of the collection. is outside the valid range of indexes for the collection. Gets the first found item, with Name property equal to itemName specified, case-sensitive. item Name RadItem if found, null (Nothing in VB.NET) otherwise Represents an element enumerator. Initializes a new instance of the RadElementEnumerator class. Gets the current element in the collection. Gets the current element in the collection. Moves to the next element in the collection. Moves to the the next element of the collection. Resets the enumerator position. Resets the enumerator position. Disposes the enumeration. An enumeration that defines members for the different predefined layouts used in . A keyboard layout that includes the functions keys, main keys, home buttons and numpad keyboard groups. A keyboard layout that includes the main buttons group with escape key and arrow keys included. A keyboard layout that includes the numpad buttons group. An enumeration that defines the context that indicates the type of send key used in and . Send key is represented by its virtual key code. Send key is represented by a string. The event handler for the event. The sender. The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The pressed key. The context. The virtual key code. The text. Cancel. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the key will be sent. The event handler for the event. The sender. The event arguments. Event arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The pressed key. The context. The virtual key code. The text. The pressed key. Determines the type of the parameters that are (going to be) sent. The virtual key code. The text. The event handler for the event. The sender. The event arguments. Events arguments used in the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The old culture. The new applied culture. The old culture. The new applied culture. Exposes a method that allows objects to be notified when keyboard layout/language/culture is changed. Occurs when the layout of keyboard(culture) is changed. The that represents the newly selected language culture. Exposes a method that is used to update keys in different scenarios, like key press of CapsLock, NumLock or ScrollLock. Updates all keys. Exposes properties and methods used by the key input sender. Gets a value indicating, whether to scale the font when key size in changed. Gets a value indicating, whether the Shift key is in active state. Gets a value indicating, whether the NumLock key is in active state. Extracts the text by given object. The info object. Returns the symbol/text. Sends a key by given virtual key. The sender instance. The virtual key code to be sent. Sends a key by given . The sender instance. The to be sent. Sends a key by given char. The sender instance. The char to be sent. Sends a key by given text/string. The sender instance. The string to be sent. Exposes methods used to create keys for . Creates a key that sends a virtual key code when pressed. The virtual key code. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. Indicates whether to show the secondary text element. The created instance. Creates a special key that sends a virtual key code when pressed and displays a text. The virtual key code. The display text. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The font specified to the key element. The created instance. Creates a numpad key, which has two different virtual key codes to be sent depending on the state of Numlock key. The virtual key code of active state. The text in active state. The virtual key code in alternate mode. The text in alternate state. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The font specified to the key element in active state. The font specified to the key element in alternate state. The created instance. A factory used to create key instances. Creates a key that sends a virtual key code when pressed. The virtual key code. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. Indicates whether to show the secondary text element. The created instance. Creates a special key that sends a virtual key code when pressed and displays a text. The virtual key code. The display text. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The font specified to the key element. The created instance. Creates a numpad key, which has two different virtual key codes to be sent depending on the state of Numlock key. The virtual key code of active state. The text in active state. The virtual key code in alternate mode. The text in alternate state. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The font specified to the key element in active state. The font specified to the key element in alternate state. The created instance. A factory used to create toggle key instances. Creates a key that sends a virtual key code when pressed. The virtual key code. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. Indicates whether to show the secondary text element. The created instance. Creates a special key that sends a virtual key code when pressed and displays a text. The virtual key code. The display text. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The font specified to the key element. The created instance. Creates a numpad key, which has two different virtual key codes to be sent depending on the state of Numlock key. The virtual key code of active state. The text in active state. The virtual key code in alternate mode. The text in alternate state. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The font specified to the key element in active state. The font specified to the key element in alternate state. The created instance. This class is used to represent an empty space in the layout of . This method is used internally. To create a new instance use the other constructor instead. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the logical empty key bounds. Gets the logical empty key width. Gets the logical empty key height. This property is not relevant for this class. This property is not relevant for this class. This property is not relevant for this class. This property is not relevant for this class. This property is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. This method is not relevant for this class. An interface that defines all necessary members for each key added to the . Gets the owner element used to send the keys. Gets the type of the key. Sends a virtual key code or string. Gets the virtual key code. Gets or sets the associated key info object. Updates key text and other necessary styles. Gets or sets the font scale coefficient, used when key is larger or smaller than the . Gets or sets the logical key bounds. Gets or sets the logical key width. Gets or sets the logical key height. Arranges the key in the specified rectangle. The layout rectangle. The key class represents a single button on a physical keyboard. Letters, numbers, functions, and symbols are all represented on keys. Dependency property that indicates whether the key should have more noticeable/sharp style. Dependency property that defines the fore color of secondary text element. This method is used internally. To create a new instance use the other constructors instead. Initializes a new instance of the class. The virtual key code. The type of the key. The logical key width. The logical key height. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. Indicates whether to show the secondary text element. Initializes a new instance of the class. The virtual key code. The display text. The type of the key. The logical key width. The logical key height. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. Indicates whether to show the secondary text element. The font specified to the key element. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Called by the element when constructed. Allows inheritors to build the element tree. Creates a used as an element to display the secondary text. Called when the element has been successfully loaded. That includes loading of all its children as well. Gets the type by which this instance is being themed. Gets or sets the display text. Gets the type of the key. Gets the element that display the secondary text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the secondary text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the key will have more noticeable/sharp style. Gets or sets the secondary text fore color. Gets or sets the logical key bounds. Gets or sets the logical key width. Gets or sets the logical key height. Gets the virtual key code. Gets or sets the associated key info object. Gets the owner element used to send the keys. Gets or sets the font scale coefficient, used when key is larger or smaller than the . Gets or sets the foreground color. Color type represents an ARGB color. Note that then shift key is active and secondary text is shown, the value will be returned as ForeColor. Gets or sets the name of the control for use by accessibility client applications. Arranges the key in the specified rectangle. The layout rectangle. Raises the Click event. Sends a virtual key code or string. Updates key text and other necessary styles. Scales the used by the Paint process. The Font property is not changed. Scale factor. The scaled font. Gets the font scale coefficient Base scale factor. A boolean property that indicates whether to slow down the down scale process. This class is used to represent information about the text for a single key. It holds information about the lower, shift, alt and capslock text that is displayed in the key based on the current state of keyboard. Gets or sets the lower case text. This is the default text Gets or sets the text being displayed when shift key is pressed. Gets or sets the text being displayed when alt key is pressed. Gets or sets the text being displayed when CapsLock key is pressed. An enumeration that defines the type used to define the function that will be serving each instance. Regular key with one or two symbols. Key that are not toggleable, but represent a command. For example: Tab, Enter, Backspace, PageUp/PageDown. The key changes its text/symbol and action when NumLock is altered. Used for toggle modifier keys like Ctrl, Shift, Alt. Used for toggle lock keys like Caps lock, Num lock, Scroll lock. The key class represents a single button from the numpad group on a physical keyboard. Dependency property that holds the displayed font when NumLock key is not active. This method is used internally. To create a new instance use the other constructor instead. Initializes a new instance of the class. The virtual key code of active state. The text in active state. The virtual key code in alternate mode. The text in alternate state. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. Gets the type by which this instance is being themed. Gets or sets the displayed font when NumLock is not active. Gets or sets the virtual key code used when NumLock is not active. Gets or sets the associated key info object for the secondary state when NumLock is not active. Gets or sets the display text for the secondary state when NumLock is not active. Gets or sets the font. Font type defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. Note that when Numlock key is not active the will be returned. Gets or sets the name of the control for use by accessibility client applications. Called when the element has been successfully loaded. That includes loading of all its children as well. Updates key text and other necessary styles. Sends a virtual key code or string. This element is used to display the secondary text of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Gets or sets the padding sizes of the element. The paddings are included into the element's bounding rectangle. Gets or sets the foreground color. Color type represents an ARGB color. Note that then shift key is not active, the value will be returned as ForeColor, otherwise the will be returned. Scales the used by the Paint process. The Font property is not changed. Scale factor. The scaled font. The key class represents a single toggleable button on a physical keyboard. Examples for toggle keys are the shift, caps lock, control buttons. Dependency property that indicates whether the key should have more noticeable/sharp style. This method is used internally. To create a new instance use the other constructors instead. Initializes a new instance of the class. The virtual key code. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. Initializes a new instance of the class. The virtual key code. The display text. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The font specified to the key element. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Gets the type by which this instance is being themed. Gets the type of the key. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the key will have more noticeable/sharp style. Gets or sets the logical key bounds. Gets or sets the logical key width. Gets or sets the logical key height. Gets the virtual key code. Gets or sets the display text. Gets or sets the associated key info object. Gets the owner element used to send the keys. Gets or sets the font scale coefficient, used when key is larger or smaller than the . Gets or sets the name of the control for use by accessibility client applications. Called when the element has been successfully loaded. That includes loading of all its children as well. Arranges the key in the specified rectangle. The layout rectangle. Raises the StateChanged event. Sends a virtual key code or string. Updates key text and other necessary styles. Scales the used by the Paint process. The Font property is not changed. Scale factor. The scaled font. Gets the font scale coefficient Base scale factor. A boolean property that indicates whether to slow down the down scale process. Base class with layout logic used in the element hierarchy of . Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Arranges current instance into a predefined rectangle. The predefined rectangle. Gets or sets a value indicating how the keys will be arranged. Gets the total number of logical rows. Gets the total number of logical columns. Gets a list with all instances in this object and its children. The IList with all keys. Gets a list with all instances in this object and its children. The IList with all rows. Finds the by given key. The key whose owner we are searching. The row that owns the key. Resets the logical layout. When s, and/or s are added, removed or changed, this method needs to be called to refresh and update the logical layout. Exposes members needed for the layout of . Gets the total number of logical rows. Gets the total number of logical columns. Gets a value indicating how the keys will be arranged. Arranges current instance into a predefined rectangle. The predefined rectangle. Resets the logical layout. When s, and/or s are added, removed or changed, this method needs to be called to refresh and update the logical layout. Represents a class that hosts all instances and contains the layout implementation. This class also has several predefined layouts panels, layouts and buttons relative for the . Creates a new instance of the class with added predefined panels, layouts and buttons relative for the . A value indicating whether to include the function keys group. Gets the that holds all function keys of the keyboard. Gets the that holds all keys from the main group of the keyboard. Gets the that holds all buttons from the home keys group of the keyboard. Gets the that holds all buttons from the numpad keys group of the keyboard. Represents a class that hosts all instances and contains the layout implementation. This class also has several predefined layouts panels, layouts and buttons relative for the . Creates a new instance of the class with added predefined panels, layouts and buttons relative for the . Gets the that holds all buttons from the numpad keys group of the keyboard. Represents a class that hosts all instances and contains the layout implementation. This class also has several predefined layouts panels, layouts and buttons relative for the . Creates a new instance of the class with added predefined panels, layouts and buttons relative for the . A value indicating whether to include the home keyboard buttons group. Represents a logical structure used to organize the keys of into rows. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the collection represented in this logical instance. Represents a class that hosts all instances, the infrastructure to create new keys, organizes them into logical rows and contains the logical layout implementation. This class also has several predefined layouts. An object used by the during the logical layout calculations for elements that have height more than 1. Initializes a new instance of the class. The logical location. The width. Gets the position. Gets the width. Gets the right bounds of this instance. A class used to compare classes of type . COmpares two instances. The first instance. The second instance. Initializes new instance of the class. Creates a new object used for KeyFactory. The new instance. Creates a new object used for ToggleKeyFactory. The new instance. Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Gets or sets the logical spacing between keys. Gets or sets the key collection. Gets the logical rows collection. Gets the total number of logical rows. Gets the total number of logical columns. Adds a new line. Adds a instance to the rows and children of . The key to be added. The added key. Adds a instance to the rows and children of . The key to be added. The added key. Adds a instance to the rows and children of . The toggle key to be added. The added key. Adds a numpad key to the rows and children of . The virtual key code of active state. The text in active state. The virtual key code in alternate mode. The text in alternate state. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The font specified to the key element in active state. The font specified to the key element in alternate state. The added key. Adds a key to the rows and children of . The key. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. Indicates whether to show the secondary text element. The added key. Adds a key to the rows and children of . The virtual key code. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. Indicates whether to show the secondary text element. The added key. Adds a special key to the rows and children of . The key. The display text. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The font specified to the key element. The added key. Adds a spacial key to the rows and children of . The virtual key code. The display text. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The font specified to the key element. The added key. Adds a toggle key to the rows and children of . The key. The display text. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The added key. Adds a toggle key to the rows and children of . The virtual key code. The display text. The type of the key. The logical width of key. The logical height of key. Indicates whether the key has more noticeable(sharp) style. The added key. Add a key to the . The key to be added. If the key does not inherit from RadItem. Adds an empty space to the rows and children of . The logical width of the empty space. The logical height of the empty space. Gets a list with all instances in this object and its children. The IList with all keys. Gets a list with all instances in this object and its children. The IList with all rows. Updates the logical bounds of keys. Measures the space required by the Used by the layout system. The size that is available to the . The available size can be infinity (to take the full size of the element) The minimum size required by the element to be completely visible. Cannot be infinity. In this method call to the Measure method of each child must be made. Gets a value indicating, whether a child will be arranged during the ArrangeOverride. The child. Whether the child will be arranged in ArrangeOverride. Arranges the to its final location. The element must call the Arrange method of each of its children. The size that is available for element. The rectangle occupied by the element. Usually . Should you return different size, the Layout system will restart measuring and rearranging the items. That could lead to infinite recursion. In this method call to the Arrange method of each child must be made. Creates a new instance of the class with added buttons for extended keyboard layout. A value indicating whether to include the function keys. Creates a new instance of the class with added buttons for the function buttons keyboard group. A value indicating whether to include the escape key. The created instance. Creates a new instance of the class with added buttons for the main buttons keyboard group. A value indicating whether to include the escape key on the first row. A value indicating whether to include the arrow keys. The created instance. Creates a new instance of the class with added buttons for the home buttons keyboard group. A value indicating whether to include the arrow keys. The created instance. Creates a new instance of the class with added buttons for the default numpad keyboard group. The created instance. Creates a new instance of the class with added buttons for the traditional numpad keyboard group. The created instance. An enumeration that defines the way keys will be arranged. The keys will be stretched to fit in the available size. Each key in the layout will have equal size. Represents a class that hosts all instances and contains the layout implementation. This class also has several predefined layouts panels. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The orientation of . Initializes member fields to their default values. This method is called prior the CreateChildItems one and allows for initialization of members on which child elements depend. Gets or sets the default size in pixels for keys. Gets a collection of all added instances. Gets or sets the way how are arranged. Default value is . Gets or sets the spacing between each in . Gets the total number of logical rows. Gets the total number of logical columns. Measures the space required by the Used by the layout system. The size that is available to the . The available size can be infinity (to take the full size of the element) The minimum size required by the element to be completely visible. Cannot be infinity. In this method call to the Measure method of each child must be made. Arranges the to its final location. The element must call the Arrange method of each of its children. The size that is available for element. The rectangle occupied by the element. Usually . Should you return different size, the Layout system will restart measuring and rearranging the items. That could lead to infinite recursion. In this method call to the Arrange method of each child must be made. Gets a value indicating, whether a child will be arranged during the ArrangeOverride. The child. Whether the child will be arranged in ArrangeOverride. Arranges the horizontally. The final size. Arranges the vertically. The final size. Resets the logical layout. When s, and/or s are added, removed or changed, this method needs to be called to refresh and update the logical layout. Gets a list with all instances in this object and its children. The IList with all keys. Gets a list with all instances in this object and its children. The IList with all rows. Updates the property for each key in current instance or its children. The width in pixels of a single key. The height in pixels of a single key. Creates a new instance of the class with added panels, layouts and buttons for extended keyboard layout. This includes the functions keys, main keys, home buttons and numpad keyboard groups. A value indicating whether to include the function keys group. The created instance. Creates a new instance of the class with added panels, layouts and buttons for simplified keyboard layout. This includes the main buttons group. A value indicating whether to include the home keyboard buttons group. The created instance. Creates a new instance of the class with added panels, layouts and buttons. This may include the functions keys, main keys, home buttons and/or numpad keyboard groups based on passed parameters. A value indicating whether to include the function keys group. A value indicating whether to include the numpad keys group. A value indicating whether to include the home keyboard buttons group. A value indicating whether to include the arrow keys in the main group. The created instance. Creates a new instance of the class with added panels, layouts and buttons for numpad keyboard layout. This includes the numpad buttons group. If true loads the default Numpad buttons layout(numlock button is on the bottom), otherwise the traditional(numlock is on top). The created instance. Provides localization services for VirtualKeyboard. Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID. The string corresponding to the given ID. A class that defines the string IDs used to localize the control. A form that cannot be activated. Initializes a new instance of the class. Set the form style to WS_EX_NOACTIVATE so that it will not get focus. Process Windows messages. When the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is within the non-client area of this window, the it will store the handle of previous foreground Window, and then activate itself. The message. Raises the Activated event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents a form, that cannot be activated and has a control docked on it. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the control. The form OnLoad event occurs after the form has loaded. It cannot prevent the window from loading. Use the OnLoad event to apply logic about how the form should be displayed, to set properties on fields, and interact with other page elements. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents the state manager for the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The root state. Gets the initial visual state for given . The given object. The initial visual state. Represents the state manager factory for the class. Adds default visible states. The item state manager. Creates the state manager. The state manager. Represents the state manager for the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The root state. Gets the initial visual state for given . The given object. The initial visual state. Represents the state manager factory for the class. Creates the root state, The created instance. Adds default visible states. The item state manager. Creates the state manager. The state manager. Serializes the component to XML, using the same rules that apply in Code Dom serialization, in VS designer. Constructs new instance of the class, providing extended properties serialization information The serialization component. Extends the properties serialization information. Override to provide custom processing of collection being deserialized The XML reader. The list owner. The property descriptor. The collection. True if the list does not require further processing by the deserializer, False to use the default deserialization Provides logic to determine whether property value should be serialized. ShouldSerialize value resolution is as follows: 1. ComponentSerializationInfo.SerializeDefaultValues 2. overwriteMetadata contains attribute DesignerSerializationVisibilityAttribute.Content 3. property.ShouldSerialize property to serialize collection of extra serialization attributes for the property, corresponding to ComponentSerializationInfo value indicating whether property value should be serialized Reads properties of an object and sub-object the reader is currently positioned on. Processes an attribute from the XML file while reading with . XML reader instance, positioned on the element to read. The parent object instance, null if there is no parent object information The object instance to be processed The property that is being processed. Extracted from reader.Name A value indicating whether the attribute has been processed. If [true] the parent class will not process current property/attribute. Gets the element name as string by given element type. The type of the element. The element name as string. Used to change the element type of descendants during the Save layout operation. The type of the element. THe adjusted element type. Defines methods and properties for a collapsible element. For example, RadRibonBarChunk is a collapsible element. Gets the RadMessageBoxForm instance Set theme name for the whole RadMessageBox Gets or set theme name for the whole RadMessageBox Set the cursor that is displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. Set the message to be shown in windows taskbar. Default is false Determines whether to use compatible text rendering engine (GDI+) or not (GDI). Displays RadMessageBox with specified text. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values Displays RadMessageBox with specified text and caption. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox with specified text, caption, and buttons. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox with specified text, caption, and buttons. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. If this parameter is set to a string value the message box will contain a details button and a text field which will display this string. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox with specified text, caption, buttons, and icon. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox with specified text, caption, buttons, and icon. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the RadMessageBox. If this parameter is set to a string value the message box will contain a details button and a text field which will display this string. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox with specified text, caption, buttons, icon and default button. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies the default button for the RadMessageBox. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox with specified text, caption, buttons, icon and default button. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies the default button for the RadMessageBox. If this parameter is set to a string value the message box will contain a details button and a text field which will display this string. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox in front of the specified object and with the specified text. An implementation of that will own the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox in front of the specified object and with the specified text and caption. An implementation of that will own the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox in front of the specified object and with the specified text, caption, and buttons. An implementation of that will own the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox in front of the specified object and with the specified text, caption, and buttons. An implementation of that will own the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. If this parameter is set to a string value the message box will contain a details button and a text field which will display this string. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox in front of the specified object and with the specified text, caption, buttons, and icon. An implementation of that will own the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox in front of the specified object and with the specified text, caption, buttons, and icon. An implementation of that will own the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. that displays in the RadMessageBox. One of the values. Displays a RadMessageBox in front of the specified object and with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon, and default button. An implementation of that will own the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies the default button for the RadMessageBox. One of the values Displays a RadMessageBox in front of the specified object and with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon, and default button. An implementation of that will own the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies the default button for the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies right to left settings. One of the values Displays a RadMessageBox in front of the specified object and with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon, and default button. An implementation of that will own the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies the default button for the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies right to left settings. If this parameter is set to a string value the message box will contain a details button and a text field which will display this string. One of the values Displays a RadMessageBox in front of the specified object and with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon, and default button. An implementation of that will own the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the RadMessageBox. The text to display in the title bar of the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies which buttons to display in the RadMessageBox. that displays in the RadMessageBox. One of the values that specifies the default button for the RadMessageBox. One of the values. Determines whether to use compatible text rendering engine (GDI+) or not (GDI). Gets or sets a value indicating whether a beep is played when the message box is shown. true if a beep is played; otherwise, false. Sets the RadMessageBox Text Sets the RadMessageBox caption text RadMessageBox Icon Gets ot sets the size of the buttons shown in the message box. Set label text and size according to text string measure Calculate form size according to title text size width Provides Localization service for RadMessageBox Gets the string corresponding to the given ID. String ID The string corresponding to the given ID. Determines whether two structures are equal. Determines whether two structures are not equal. Determines whether the current rect intersects with the specified one. Determines if this RadRect instance contains the point that is described by the arguments. The X coordinate of the point to check. The Y coordinate of the point to check. Returns true if this rectangle contains the point from the arguments and false otherwise. Holds the information needed for a bookmark QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. The url this bookmark points to. Optional title for the bookmark. Holds the information needed for a MeCard QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text string to be set as the name in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the kana name in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the nickname in the phonebook. The date to be set as the birthday in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the memo in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the telephone number in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the videophone number in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the e-mail address in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the address in the phonebook.The fields divided by commas (,) denote PO box, room number, house number, city, prefecture, zip code and country, in order. The text string to be set as the homepage URL in the phonebook. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text string to be set as the name in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the kana name in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the nickname in the phonebook. The date to be set as the birthday in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the memo in the phonebook. A collection of text strings to be set as telephone numbers in the phonebook. A collection of text strings to be set as the videophone numbers in the phonebook. A collection of text strings to be set as the e-mail addresses in the phonebook. A collection of text strings to be set as the addresses in the phonebook.The fields divided by commas (,) denote PO box, room number, house number, city, prefecture, zip code and country, in order. A collection of text strings to be set as the homepage URLs in the phonebook. Represents a value with a specific structure that can be converted into a string to be used to generate a QRCode. Validates and returns all errors as a new line delimited string. Builds the string value that will be used for encoding in a barcode. Represents the format of the email to be encoded by a QR code. MAILTO format. MATMSG format. SMTP format. Holds the information needed for a email QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. Receiver's email address. The subject of the email. The body of the email. The format in which the data will be represented by the QR code. Represents a value with a specific structure that can be converted into a string to be used to generate a QRCode. Validates and returns all errors as a new line delimited string. Builds the string value that will be used for encoding in a barcode. Additional information can be used for the scheme with message and for the scheme with structured reference. Initializes a new instance of the class. Can be used to indicate the payment purpose or for additional textual information about payments with a structured reference. Contains coded information for automated booking of the payment. Unstructured information can be used to indicate the payment purpose or for additional textual information about payments with a structured reference. Bill information contain coded information for automated booking of the payment. The data is not forwarded with the payment. Builds an empty value. Validates the instance. The message and bill information combined must contain 140 characters or less. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents the base class for an address used with SwissQRCode. Initializes a new instance of the class. Two-letter country code according to ISO 3166-1. Gets the country of the address. Validates and returns all errors as a new line delimited string. Builds the string value that will be used for encoding in a barcode. Provides alternative schema content for a SwissQRCode. Initializes a new instance of the class. Parameter character chain of the alternative scheme. Parameter character chain of the alternative scheme. The first line of the alternative procedure. The second line of the alternative procedure. Builds an empty value. Validates the instance. A maximum of 100 characters per line are permitted. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Contains information for the address of a (Ultimate) Creditor or Ultimate Debtor in a combined address schema. Initializes a new instance of the class. Two-letter country code according to ISO 3166-1. Includes street and building number or P.O. Box. Includes postal code and town. Gets the first line of the address. Gets the second line of the address. Validates the instance according to the schema for a combined address. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents the information to identity a (Ultimate) Creditor, Ultimate Debtor. Initializes a new instance of the class. The name of the contact. The address of the contact. Can be either an instance of or Gets the name of the contact. Gets the address of the contact. Builds an empty contact value. Validates the instance. Name has to be less than 70 characters and address is validated based on the type of address. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents information about an IBAN. Initializes a new instance of the class. The string representation of the IBAN. The type of the IBAN. Gets the IBAN string for display purposes. Gets the IBAN without any dashes or spaces. Gets the type of the IBAN. Validates a Swiss or Lichtenstein IBAN. Format is: 2 letters ISO country code [CH or LI], 2 digits IBAN check digits, 5 digits Bank and Branch Code, 12 digits Account Number. For QR-IBAN the 5 digits after the IBAN check digits should be in the range [30000 - 31999]. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents the types of IBANs that can be encoded in a SwissQRCode. Standardized representation of a bank account number in accordance with the ISO 13616 standard. A QR-IBAN corresponds to the rules stipulated in ISO 13616 standard for IBAN and contains a special financial institution identification (QR-IID). Represents either a QR reference or an ISO 11649 Creditor Reference for a payment within a SwissQRCode. Initializes a new instance of the class. Must contain the code QRR where a QR-IBAN is used; where the IBAN is used, either the SCOR or NON code can be entered. Either a QR reference or an ISO 11649 Creditor Reference. Gets the type of the reference. Gets the reference value. Validates the instance according to the rules for the respective type of reference. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents the types of payment reference that can be added to a SwissQRCode. QR reference: 27 characters, numeric, check sum calculation according to Modulo 10 recursive (27th position of the reference). Creditor Reference (ISO 11649): max 25 characters, alphanumeric. No reference value is provided. Contains information for the address of a (Ultimate) Creditor or Ultimate Debtor in a structured address schema. Initializes a new instance of the class. Two-letter country code according to ISO 3166-1. Maximum 16 characters permitted. Must be provided without a country code prefix. Maximum 35 characters permitted. Street. Maximum 70 characters permitted. Building number. Maximum 16 characters permitted. Gets the P.O. number. Gets the name of the city. Gets the name of the street. Gets the house number. Validates the instance according to the schema for a structured address. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents the currencies allowed to be used for payment information in a SwissQRCode. Three character codes according to ISO 4217. Swiss franc. Euro. Holds the information needed for a SwissQRCode to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. The IBAN of the Account/Payable to. The currency of the payment. Information of the contact that receives the payment. Reference information for the payment. Optional additional information for the payment. Optional information of the contact that makes the payment. Optional amount of the payment. Optional alternative procedures for the payment. Gets the IBAN of the Account/Payable to. Gets the currency of the payment. Gets the information of the contact that receives the payment. Gets the reference information for the payment. Gets the additional information for the payment. Gets the information of the contact that makes the payment. Gets the amount of the payment. Gets the alternative procedures for the payment. Validates the instance. Validates all fields and relations between them. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Holds the information needed for a telephone QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. The telephone number. Holds the information needed for a text message QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. The number of the receiver. Optional body of the message. Represents different authentication protocols for WiFi. Wired Equivalent Privacy. Wi-Fi Protected Access. No password. Represents a input field for a WiFi value. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value this instance holds. True if the value is in Hexadecimal format, otherwise false. Gets the value of this input instance. Gets a value indicating whether the property holds information in a Hexadecimal format. Gets the value with all special symbols escaped. Holds the information needed for a WiFi QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. SSID (Service Set Identifier) of the WiFi network. Password of the WiFi network. Authentication mode (WEP, WPA/WPA2, None). Set flag, if the WiFi network hides its SSID. Gets the SSID. Gets the password. Gets the authentication protocol. Gets a value indicating whether the network is hidden. Calculates the start and end levels for Ascend, Descend, Tracker and Full bars. Attempts to clear some of the noise like characters below the bars. Three levels means we are dealing with eight PLANET or POSTNET. Three levels means we are dealing with IntelligentMail. Determines whether two structures are equal. Determines whether two structures are not equal. Determines whether the current rect intersects with the specified one. Determines if this RadRect instance contains the point that is described by the arguments. The X coordinate of the point to check. The Y coordinate of the point to check. Returns true if this rectangle contains the point from the arguments and false otherwise. Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the text displayed in the barcode. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the text displayed in the barcode. Gets or sets whether the barcode should display the human readable value of the barcode. Gets or sets the spacing around the text. @struct DmtxQuadruplet @brief DmtxQuadruplet Represents the encodation used to generate the DataMatrix barcode. Represents the ASCII encodation. Allowed characters include double digit numerics and all values from the ASCII table. The double digit numerics use 4 bits. The ASCII values in the 0-127 range use 8 bits. The ASCII values in 128-255 range use 16 bits. Represents the C40 encodation. Used primarily for upper-case alphanumerics. The upper-case alphanumeric characters use 5.33 bits. The lower-case and special characters use 10.66 bits. Represents the Text encodation. Used primarily for lower-case alphanumerics. The lower-case alphanumeric characters use 5.33 bits. The upper-case and special characters use 10.66 bits. Represents the X12 encodation. Uses the characters from ANSI X12 EDI data set. Each character takes 5.33 bits. Represents the EDIFACT encodation. Used to encode ASCII values in the 32-94 range. Each character takes 6 bits. Represents the Base256 encodation. Used to encode characters in the whole ASCII range. Each character takes 8 bits. Represents the ASCII GS1 encodation. Used to encode FNC1 characters in the ASCII range. Represents the symbol size of the generated barcode. Automatically determined square symbol size. Automatically determined rectangular symbol size. 10x10 symbol size. 12x12 symbol size. 14x14 symbol size. 16x16 symbol size. 18x18 symbol size. 20x20 symbol size. 22x22 symbol size. 24x24 symbol size. 26x26 symbol size. 32x32 symbol size. 36x36 symbol size. 40x40 symbol size. 44x44 symbol size. 48x48 symbol size. 52x52 symbol size. 64x64 symbol size. 72x72 symbol size. 80x80 symbol size. 88x88 symbol size. 96x96 symbol size. 104x104 symbol size. 120x120 symbol size. 132x132 symbol size. 144x144 symbol size. 8x18 symbol size. 8x32 symbol size. 12x26 symbol size. 12x36 symbol size. 16x36 symbol size. 16x48 symbol size. The exception thrown related to symbol size. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The EncodingMode enumeration determines the type of the acceptable data. Auto mode. Accepts byte data. Allows text data. Allows numeric data. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The number of columns of the generated barcode. The number of rows of the generated barcode. How much data will be available for error correction. Gets or sets how much data will be available for error correction. Gets or sets the number of rows from the generated barcode. Gets or sets the number of columns from the generated barcode. Gets or sets the type of the acceptable data. Gets the true/false values representing each module in the PDF417 code. Switch to "Uppercase". Switch to "Lowercase". Switch to "Mixed". Switch to "Punctuation" only for next character. Initializes a new instance of the class. Provides methods for encoding and validation of double-byte Kanji characters. Initializes a new instance of the class. This method encodes the data for the Kanji Mode. Validates the data, to ensure no invalid characters are present. Determines the type of code, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji. Byte Mode. Allows Numbers [0-9]. Allows characters or numbers. Kanji Mode. Determines how much data is available for error correction. Low. Medium. Quartile. High. Determines the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets. None. ECI 9. ECI 8. ECI 7. ECI 6. ECI 5. ECI 4. ECI 3. ECI 2. ECI 1. ECI 10. ECI 11. ECI 13. ECI 15. ECI 17. ECI 21. ECI 22. ECI 23. ECI 24. UTF-8. ECI 27. Signifies application of special formatting to the code data. None. FNC 1 in first position. FNC 1 in second position. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The type of code that will be used for encoding. Determines the size of the QR code and the amount of information that can be encoded. Accepted values are in the range [1..40]. If you set the version to a number outside this range, version will be calculated automatically. How much data will be available for error correction. Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets. Application of special formatting to the code data. The application identifier to be encoded in the QR code. Gets the true/false values representing each module in the QR code. Gets the matrix, reflecting the filled modules/positions in the QR code matrix. Gets the size of the QR code based on the current version. Gets or sets the version of the QR code. The version determines the size of the QR code and the amount of information that can be encoded. Accepted values are in the range [1..40]. If you set the version to a number outside this range, version will be calculated automatically. Gets or sets the type of code that will be used for encoding, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji. Gets or sets how much data will be available for error correction. Gets or sets the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets. Gets or sets application of special formatting to the code data. Gets or sets the application identifier to be encoded in the QR code. Creates the elements needed to draws the Swiss Cross in the middle of the QRCode. The size of the flag area including the quiet area. Gets or sets whether the bars of the barcode should be stretched to fill the space available. Gets or sets whether the barcode should calculate a checksum. Gets or sets a module by which the barcode can be scaled up. Gets the value currently being encoded by the symbology. Holds the information needed for a bookmark QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. The url this bookmark points to. Optional title for the bookmark. Holds the information needed for a MeCard QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text string to be set as the name in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the kana name in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the nickname in the phonebook. The date to be set as the birthday in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the memo in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the telephone number in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the videophone number in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the e-mail address in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the address in the phonebook.The fields divided by commas (,) denote PO box, room number, house number, city, prefecture, zip code and country, in order. The text string to be set as the homepage URL in the phonebook. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text string to be set as the name in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the kana name in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the nickname in the phonebook. The date to be set as the birthday in the phonebook. The text string to be set as the memo in the phonebook. A collection of text strings to be set as telephone numbers in the phonebook. A collection of text strings to be set as the videophone numbers in the phonebook. A collection of text strings to be set as the e-mail addresses in the phonebook. A collection of text strings to be set as the addresses in the phonebook.The fields divided by commas (,) denote PO box, room number, house number, city, prefecture, zip code and country, in order. A collection of text strings to be set as the homepage URLs in the phonebook. Represents a value with a specific structure that can be converted into a string to be used to generate a QRCode. Validates and returns all errors as a new line delimited string. Builds the string value that will be used for encoding in a barcode. Represents the format of the email to be encoded by a QR code. MAILTO format. MATMSG format. SMTP format. Holds the information needed for a email QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. Receiver's email address. The subject of the email. The body of the email. The format in which the data will be represented by the QR code. Represents a value with a specific structure that can be converted into a string to be used to generate a QRCode. Validates and returns all errors as a new line delimited string. Builds the string value that will be used for encoding in a barcode. Additional information can be used for the scheme with message and for the scheme with structured reference. Initializes a new instance of the class. Can be used to indicate the payment purpose or for additional textual information about payments with a structured reference. Contains coded information for automated booking of the payment. Unstructured information can be used to indicate the payment purpose or for additional textual information about payments with a structured reference. Bill information contain coded information for automated booking of the payment. The data is not forwarded with the payment. Builds an empty value. Validates the instance. The message and bill information combined must contain 140 characters or less. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents the base class for an address used with SwissQRCode. Initializes a new instance of the class. Two-letter country code according to ISO 3166-1. Gets the country of the address. Validates and returns all errors as a new line delimited string. Builds the string value that will be used for encoding in a barcode. Provides alternative schema content for a SwissQRCode. Initializes a new instance of the class. Parameter character chain of the alternative scheme. Parameter character chain of the alternative scheme. The first line of the alternative procedure. The second line of the alternative procedure. Builds an empty value. Validates the instance. A maximum of 100 characters per line are permitted. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Determines whether the data after the EPD trailer contains billing information field. If not, an additional empty line needs to be added before writing the alternative procedures. Contains information for the address of a (Ultimate) Creditor or Ultimate Debtor in a combined address schema. Initializes a new instance of the class. Two-letter country code according to ISO 3166-1. Includes street and building number or P.O. Box. Includes postal code and town. Gets the first line of the address. Gets the second line of the address. Validates the instance according to the schema for a combined address. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents the information to identity a (Ultimate) Creditor, Ultimate Debtor. Initializes a new instance of the class. The name of the contact. The address of the contact. Can be either an instance of or Gets the name of the contact. Gets the address of the contact. Builds an empty contact value. Validates the instance. Name has to be less than 70 characters and address is validated based on the type of address. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents information about an IBAN. Initializes a new instance of the class. The string representation of the IBAN. The type of the IBAN. Gets the IBAN string for display purposes. Gets the IBAN without any dashes or spaces. Gets the type of the IBAN. Validates a Swiss or Lichtenstein IBAN. Format is: 2 letters ISO country code [CH or LI], 2 digits IBAN check digits, 5 digits Bank and Branch Code, 12 digits Account Number. For QR-IBAN the 5 digits after the IBAN check digits should be in the range [30000 - 31999]. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents the types of IBANs that can be encoded in a SwissQRCode. Standardized representation of a bank account number in accordance with the ISO 13616 standard. A QR-IBAN corresponds to the rules stipulated in ISO 13616 standard for IBAN and contains a special financial institution identification (QR-IID). Represents either a QR reference or an ISO 11649 Creditor Reference for a payment within a SwissQRCode. Initializes a new instance of the class. Must contain the code QRR where a QR-IBAN is used; where the IBAN is used, either the SCOR or NON code can be entered. Either a QR reference or an ISO 11649 Creditor Reference. Gets the type of the reference. Gets the reference value. Validates the instance according to the rules for the respective type of reference. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents the types of payment reference that can be added to a SwissQRCode. QR reference: 27 characters, numeric, check sum calculation according to Modulo 10 recursive (27th position of the reference). Creditor Reference (ISO 11649): max 25 characters, alphanumeric. No reference value is provided. Contains information for the address of a (Ultimate) Creditor or Ultimate Debtor in a structured address schema. Initializes a new instance of the class. Two-letter country code according to ISO 3166-1. Maximum 16 characters permitted. Must be provided without a country code prefix. Maximum 35 characters permitted. Street. Maximum 70 characters permitted. Building number. Maximum 16 characters permitted. Gets the P.O. number. Gets the name of the city. Gets the name of the street. Gets the house number. Validates the instance according to the schema for a structured address. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Represents the currencies allowed to be used for payment information in a SwissQRCode. Three character codes according to ISO 4217. Swiss franc. Euro. Holds the information needed for a SwissQRCode to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. The IBAN of the Account/Payable to. The currency of the payment. Information of the contact that receives the payment. Reference information for the payment. Optional additional information for the payment. Optional information of the contact that makes the payment. Optional amount of the payment. Optional alternative procedures for the payment. Gets the IBAN of the Account/Payable to. Gets the currency of the payment. Gets the information of the contact that receives the payment. Gets the reference information for the payment. Gets the additional information for the payment. Gets the information of the contact that makes the payment. Gets the amount of the payment. Gets the alternative procedures for the payment. Validates the instance. Validates all fields and relations between them. Builds the string value to be provided to the RadBarcode when encoding a SwissQRCode. Holds the information needed for a telephone QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. The telephone number. Holds the information needed for a text message QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. The number of the receiver. Optional body of the message. Represents different authentication protocols for WiFi. Wired Equivalent Privacy. Wi-Fi Protected Access. No password. Represents a input field for a WiFi value. Initializes a new instance of the class. The value this instance holds. True if the value is in Hexadecimal format, otherwise false. Gets the value of this input instance. Gets a value indicating whether the property holds information in a Hexadecimal format. Gets the value with all special symbols escaped. Holds the information needed for a WiFi QR code to be validated and generated. Initializes a new instance of the class. SSID (Service Set Identifier) of the WiFi network. Password of the WiFi network. Authentication mode (WEP, WPA/WPA2, None). Set flag, if the WiFi network hides its SSID. Gets the SSID. Gets the password. Gets the authentication protocol. Gets a value indicating whether the network is hidden. The exception that is thrown when an invalid symbol is detected in the input of a RadBarcode. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The maximum length that was exceeded. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The exception that is thrown when an invalid symbol is detected in the input of a RadBarcode. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the InvalidSymbolException class with serialized data. Provides a base class for RadBarcode validation exceptions. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the ValidateException class with serialized data.